zoosystema fait suite,

avec la même tomaison, au Bulletin du

Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,

4 e série, section A, Zoologie.

Rédacteur en chef :

D. Defaye

Conseil éditorial :

S. Gofas (Illustration)

A. Ohler (Nomenclature)

Assistante de rédaction :

F. Kerdoncuff

Corrections-relecture :

H. Bertini

S. Hoffart-Muller

J. Thomas

Comité scientifique :

G. Balvay, INRA, Thonon-les-ba'ins

C. Combes, CNRS, Perpignan

J. Génermont, UPS XI, Orsay

L. Laubier, Aix-Marseille II, Endoume

J. Lebbe. UPMC Paris VI

C. Lévêque. ORSTOM, Paris

B. Salvat, EPHE, Perpignan

M. Sibuet, IFREMER, Brest

A. Thiéry, UAPV, Avignon

J. Vacelet, Aix-Marseille II, Endoume

A. Matsukuma, Kyushu University, Japan

A, Minelli, University of Padova, Italy

P. Ng, University of Singapore

N. I. Platnick, AMNH New York. USA

J. M. Ramos, Universidade Santa Ursula, RJ,

Brazil

F. Vuilleumier, AMNPI New York, USA

Abonnements pour l'année 1998 (prix FIT)

Annual subscription rates 1998 (exduding VAT)

Abonnement général / General subscription : 1 800 FF

zoosystema 800 FF

adansonia : 500 FF

geodiversitas : 800 FF

zoosystema peut être obtenu par voie d'échange.

Pour toutes informations s'adresser à :

zoosystema may be obtained on an exchange basis.

For further information please mite to:

Service des périodiques et des échanges de la

Bibliothèque centrale du Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle

38 rue Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire

75005 Paris

Tél. : (33) (0)1 40 79 36 41

Fax : (33) (0)1 40 79 36 56

zoosystema

Éditions scientifiques du Muséum, Paris

Éditions du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, 1998

Photocopies :

Les Publications Scientifiques du Muséum adhèrent au Centre

Français d’Exploitation du Droit de Copie (CFC), 20 rue des

Grands Augustins, 75006 Paris. Le CFC est membre de

l’International Fédération of Reproduction Rights Organisations

(IFRRO). Aux États-Unis d’Amérique, contacter le Copyright

Clearance Center, 27 Congress Street, Salem, Massachusetts 01970.

Photocopies:

The Scientific Publications of the Muséum adhéré to the Centre

Français d'Exploitation du Droit de Copie (CFC), 20 rue des Grands

Augustins, 75006 Paris. The CFC is a member of International

Fédération of Reproduction Rights Organisations (IFRRO).

In USA, contact the Copyright Clearance Center, 27 Congress Street,

Salem, Massachusetts 01970.

Papers in honour of Alain Crosnier

Éditeurs invités

Guest editors

Enrique Macpherson, Rafael Lemaitre, Bertrand Richer de Forges & Raymond B. Manning

Les « Crosnier’s cronies » :

par la fenêtre du grenier

Crosnier’s cronies and

their view from

the attic window

Depuis près de deux décennies, de nombreux car-

cinologistes du monde entier (y compris nous-

mêmes) ont escaladé plusieurs fois les quatre

étages de l'escalier, tort raide, qui mène au bureau

d’Alain Crosnier, au Muséum national d’Histoire

naturelle, à Paris. Le souffle repris, accueillis par

son sourire habituel, er échangées les’ amabilités

d’usage, Alain nous faisait le point sur les der¬

nières expéditions françaises et nous montrait

enfin les centaines d'échantillons impeccablement

conservés et étiquetés que nous devions absolu¬

ment étudier. A la fin de norre séjour, nous avions

enfin le privilège d’être admis dans le club des

collègues les plus persévérants d Alain, qu’il a

joyeusement baptisé « CroSniers ironies ».

Des beautés parisiennes, nous n'avons pas pu voir

grand-chose (excepté par la fenêtre du grenier, un

coin de ciel parisien ou un pigeon, effarouché par

la vue des chercheurs en plein travail). Mais,

après l’examen d’un petit nombre d échantillons,

il devenait évident que les collections que nous

étions en train d’étudier constituaient un trésor

incomparable : une faune nouvelle er incroyable¬

ment diversifiée dépassant routes nos espérances.

Les efforts déployés par Alain pour accumuler,

trier, répartir les spécimens et publier les résultats

de nos travaux, ont suscité notre reconnaissance

aussi bien professionnelle qu’amicale.

Quand nous avons sollicité les auteurs pour obte¬

nir des articles sur les échantillons MUSORS-

TOM, la réponse a éré immédiate et unanime !

Tous sc sont accordés pour trouver l’hommage

mérité, er très vite, ils ont envoyé leurs manus¬

crits, fondés une fois encore sur les collections

françaises. Notre travail a été aisé. En lui dédiant

For nearly two décades, many carcinologists

from around the world (ourselves included)

hâve climbed many times the four floors of

steep stairs thaï lead to Alain Crosnier’s office

in the Paris muséum. Once there, greeted with

his usual smile, and the intnoductory conversa¬

tion over, and after updating us on the results

of the latcst Fïench expéditions, Alain showed

us the hundreds of impeccably preserved and

labeled sanrples rhat we absolutely needed to

study. At the end of our working visit, we had

the opporniniry to graduate as one of a select

gmup of Alain's long lasting colleagues, which

he playfully called ‘'Crosnier’s cronies”.

We could not see much of the beauty of Paris

(from the lah, fhrough the artic window, only

a glimpse of Parisian sky or ihe occasional

startled muséum pigeon staring down ac busy

scienrists was possible...), but after examina-

tion of a few samples, it Liecatne clear thaï the

collections we were studying represented an

incomparable trcasurc chest conraining a new

and incredibly diverse crusracean fauna rhar

exceeded our expectations. Alain’s efforts in

amassing, protessing and distriburing the spé¬

cimens, publishing the results ol our studies,

and manyyears of facilitating die work of spé¬

cialises, lcd co the émergence of a professional

récognition and friendship towards Alain.

When we solicited written contributions from

those who vvorked with MLISORSTOM

samples, the response was swift and unani-

mous. Ail colleagues contacred agreed rhat the

honor was needed, and soon rhereafter delive-

red manuscripts, once more based on French

139 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

ce volume regroupant des articles illustrant un

large éventail de crustacés, écrits par des spécia¬

listes du monde entier, nous souhaitons simple¬

ment témoigner à Alain la reconnaissance

scientifique internationale qu'il a bien méritée.

L’initiative de cet hommage ayant été prise par

les collègues étrangers, ils sont majoritaires parmi

les auteurs.

La réussite des activités d'Alain tient à la mise en

œuvre d’une méthode simple et efficace pour

réaliser une recherche de qualité en Systé¬

matique. Avec beaucoup de ténacité, il a su trou¬

ver des fonds pour les quatre étapes indis¬

pensables r (l) la récolte ; (2) le tri et la réparti¬

tion des échantillons auprès d'un réseau mondial

de spécialistes ; (3) la possibilité de séjours rému¬

nérés pour les chercheurs ; (4) la publication des

résultats.

Depuis de nombreuses années, Alain a proposé

des échantillons de différentes campagnes fran¬

çaises outre-mer réalisées par lui-même ou

d’autres collègues français. Après un long voyage,

les échantillons arrivaient à Paris dans de grands

fûts et étaient soigneusement* triés et étiquetés,

principalement par Alain pendant des heures, des

jours, des semaines, et parfois des mois. Puis, il

recherchait patiemment les spécialistes à qui

confier ces échantillons, De telles offres s’accom¬

pagnaient généralement d’une aide financière

pour venir travailler, un mois ou plus, au

MNHN, Paris (Laboratoire de Zoologie-

Arthropodes). Si le travail n’était pas terminé à la

fin du séjour, les spécimens étaient expédiés chez

le spécialiste. Les résultats étaient publiés dans les

volumes MUSORSTOM, soigneusement édités

par Alain dans les Mémoires du Muséum national

d'Hîstoire naturelle. Le financement de ces

volumes provenait généralement du gouverne¬

ment français mais Alain trouvait, si nécessaire,

des fonds complémentaires pour ne pas en retar¬

der la publication. Comme fruit de sa persévé¬

rance, plusieurs centaines de nouveaux taxons

ont ainsi été décrits par les « Cwsnier's croates »

dans environ 9 000 pages, 5 000 figures et

200 planches photographiques (dont de nom¬

breuses en couleur), des séries MUSORSTOM

dont le volume 20 paraîtra cette année. De plus,

collections, to the editors. Our job was easy. In

dedicating this volume of articles dealing with a

cross-section of crustacean groups, and writren

by scientists from around the world, we sitnply

wish to give Alain the public récognition that we

believe he well deserves. The cast of authors is

prédominant!)' from outside France, as the réco¬

gnition was primarily intended to be from his

international colleagues.

The success of Alain’s activiries can be artributed

largely to the implémentation of a simple but

effective workittg straregy for conduering basic

systematic research. He bas euergetically prorno-

ted and sought funds to support ail four indis¬

pensable steps: (1) collecting; (2) accuratc sorting

followed by distribution of samples to a world¬

wide network of specialists; (3) rémunérated

working opportunities for scientists; and (4)

publication of results.

For many years, Alain gathered samples from

various French overseas expéditions in which he

and other French colleagues partieipaied. Aller a

long journey, the samples, arrived in Paris in

large drums, and were carefully sorted and label-

led, mainly by Alain during hours, days, weeks,

and somerirries monrhs. He pariently looked for

active specialists from around the world, to

whom the samples were offered. Such offers,

however, did not corne wirh the prospect of glory

atone, but wirh a supporting grant to work in the

Paris Muséum (Lab. Zoologie-Arthropodes) fora

monih or more. If work was not completed at

the end of the stay, the specimens were shipped

to the home base of the specialisr. The results

were published in rhe MLISORSTOM volumes,

carefully edired by Alain himself in rhe Mémoires

du Muséum nationald'Ilistoire naturelle. Funding

for the volumes was largely from French govern-

ment sources, but Alain found, when necessary,

complementary support to permit that the publi¬

cation ol results ol MUSORSTOM campaigns

was not delayed. It is a tribute to his persévérance

that several hundred new taxa (and srill coun-

ting) bave been described so far by Crosnier’s

cronies, in nearly 9000 pages, 5000 figures, and

200 photographie plates (many in colour), publi¬

shed in the MUSORSTOM sériés, which will

140

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

de nombreuses autres études, fondées sur du

matériel français, ont été publiées dans d’autres

revues scientifiques, en France et à l’étranger,

d’autres sont en cours... Il ne fait aucun doute

que d’ici quelques années, le leadership d’Alain et

les études qu’il a suscitées auront une influence

importante sur nos connaissances de la biodiver¬

sité, de la biogéographie et de l’évolution de la

riche faune de l’Indo-Pacifique et peut-être

même de l’océan mondial. Par ailleurs, la contri¬

bution personnelle d’Alain doit être soulignée

pour l’étude des crevettes carides en particulier,

et plus récemment des crevettes pénéides de

l’Indo-Pacifique.

Au nom de tous les participants à ce volume,

c’est un plaisir d’exprimer notre gratitude à Alain

sous la forme d’articles scientifiques. Avec notre

sincère admiration, nous les dédions à notre plus

estimé collègue et notre ami très cher.

reach the 20th volume this year. In addition,

numerous other studies based on the French

material hâve also bcen published in other scien-

tific journals in France and abroad, and many

more studies are still in progress. There is little

doubt that over the Corning years, Alain’s leader¬

ship, and the studies he has promoted, will hâve

a profound impact on our views of the diversity,

biogeography and évolution of the rich Indo-

Pacific fauna, and perhaps even the world océans

as well. Yet, Alain's own contributions hâve to be

mentioned, on caridean shrimps particularly, and

more recently the penaeoid shrimps of the Indo-

Pacific.

For ail participants in this volume, it is a pleasure

to express our gratitude to Alain in the form of

scientific articles. With sincere admiration, we

dedicate them to a most esteemed colleague and

dear friend.

Les éditeurs invités /the guest editors

E. Macpherson, R. Lemaitre, B. Richer de Forges, R. B. Manning

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

141

New Galatheoidea (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Anomura) from hydrothermal Systems

in the West Pacific Océan: Bismarck

Archipelago and Okinawa Trough

Keiji BABA

Kumamoto University, Faculty of Education

Kumamoto 860-8555 (Japan)

keiji@gpo.kumamoto-u.ac.jp

Austin B. WILLIAMS

National Marine Fisheries Service Systematics Laboratory

National Muséum of Natural Fiistory, Smithsonian Institution

Washington D.C. 20560 (U.S.A.)

mnhiv025@sivm.si.edu

Baba K. & Williams A. B. 1998. — New Galatheoidea (Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomura)

from hydrothermal Systems in the West Pacific Océan: Bismarck Archipelago and Okinawa

Trough. Zoosystema 20 (2): 143-156.

KEYWORDS

hydrothermal Systems,

West Pacific Océan,

Chirostylidae,

Uroptychus,

Galatheidae,

Shinkaiinae,

Sbinkaui ,

biogeography.

ABSTRACT

Two anomuran decapod crustaceans of the superfamily Galatheoidea that are

new to science are described from hydrothermally active areas of the western

Pacific Océan. Uroptychus edisonicus n.sp., family Chirostylidae, from a vol-

canic crater on Edison Seamount near Lihir Island, Bismarck Archipelago,

Papua New Guinea, is the third species of the genus known to occur in

hydrothermally active areas, both of the others coming front the North Fiji

Basin. The new species is more similar to non-hydrothcrmal congeners from

the Banda Sea and the central North Pacific Océan than to those known

from vent areas. Shinkaia crosnieri n.g. n.sp., family Galatheidae, from active

hydrothermal areas in the Okinawa Trough and Edison Seamount is placed

in the monotypic Shinkaiinae n. subfam. having similarities to the

Munidopsinae, but with distinctive characters of its own including carapace

shape and ornamentation, very short (or reduced) epipods on the third

maxillipeds, features of thoracic sternum, legs, and dense ventral mat of

setae.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

143

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

MOTS CLÉS

écosystème hydrothermal,

Pacifique occidental,

Chirostylidae,

Uroptychm,

Galatheidae,

Shinkaiinae,

Shinkaia,

biogéographie.

RÉSUMÉ

Galatheotdea (Crustacea. Decapoda, Anomura) nouveaux des écosystèmes hydro-

thermaux du Pacifique occidental : archipel de Bismarck et fosse d'Okinauia.

Deux crustacés décapodes anomoures de la superfamille des Gulatheoidca,

nouveaux pour la science, sont décrits de sites hydrothermaux du Pacifique

occidental, Uroptychm edisotticvs n.sp., de la famille des Chirostylidae, prove¬

nant d’un cratère volcanique sur le Seamount Edison près de Lihir dans

l'archipel de Bismarck en Papouasie-Nouvelle-Guinée, est la troisième espèce

du genre connue de sites hydrothermaux, les deux autres provenant du bassin

nord-fidjien. La nouvelle espèce est plus proche de ses congénères non-

hydrothermaux de la mer de Banda et du nord du Pacifique central que de

ceux de sites hydrothermaux. Shinkaia crosnieri n.g. n.sp„ de la famille des

Galathcidac, est originaire des sites hydrothermaux de la lossc d'Okinawa et

du Seamount Edison ; elle est placée dans une nouvelle sous-la mil le tnono-

typique Shinkaiinae, qui présente des ressemblances avec les Munidopsinae,

mais aussi des caractères distinctifs propres comme la forme et l'ornementa¬

tion de la carapace, des épipodites sur les troisièmes maxillipèdes très courts

(ou réduits), les caractéristiques du sternum thoracique, des pattes, et un

tomentum dense de soies ventrales.

INTRODUCTION

Exploration of hydrothermal environnants

continues to disclose species previously unknown

to science. On several occasions, scientists diving

in the Japanese DSRV Shinkai 2000 collected

and recorded on video tape a number of samples

and numeraus views of a galatheid decapod crus-

tacean species from hydrorhermally active areas

of the Okinawa Trough (Fig. I) (for general loca¬

tions see Holbach étal. 1989; Sa Irai et al. 1990;

Hashimoto et al. 1995). This same galatheid and

an unknown chirostylid decapod crnstacean were

collected Irom a submarine volcano by scientists

on board the German RV Sonne while mapping

largely uneharted oflshorc areas of the Tabar-to-

Feni island chain in the New Ireland Basin of

Papua, New Guinca from March 11 to

April 5 1994 during the Epitherma] Deposits

Southwestcrn Pacific Océan (EDISON) cruise

(Herzig et al. 1994, charted location). The site of

this samplitig was a volcanic cône on Edison

Seamount south of Lihir Island. The new chiro¬

stylid, Uroptychus edisonicus, is describcd and

illustrated from the unique représentative collec¬

ted. Specimens of the new galatheid Shinkaia

crosnieri from both of the above localities are des-

cribed, illustrated, and identified as a new genus

and species in a new subfamily, the Shinkaiinae,

placed near the Munidopsinae (Baba 1988).

The sites Itom which these Samples were collec¬

ted lie more than 4400 km apart. In this région,

hydrothermalism associated with calderas at

modest depth (< 1500 ni) represents a variation

from much deeper submarine hydrorhermat Sys¬

tems associated with mid-ocean lidge spreading

or subduction zones (Takeda & Hashirnoco

1990; Hashimoto et al. 1995). The Okinawa

Trough lies near a juncture of the Eurasian and

Philippine plates while the New Ireland Basin

lies on the eastern arc of the North Bismarck

Plate in the tectonically complcx Bismarck

Archipelago région (Hamihon 1979, maps on

figures 145, 146). The sites thus are in disjunct

régions of the northern West Pacific back-arc

complex (Galkin 1992).

AfiBKEVlATlONS

JMSTC Japan Marine Science & Technology Cen-

ter, Yokosuka (Japan);

MNHN Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,

Paris (France);

USNM Holotypcs and patatypes of new taxa depo-

sited in the U.S. National Muséum of

Natural Histüry, Smithsonian institution,

Washington, D.C. (USA);

che Cheliped iength, tip of rostrum to ventral

articulation with sternum;

144

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Hydrothermal Galatheoids in the West Pacific

SYSTEMATICS

Family ChiroSTYLIDAE Ortmann, 1892

Uroptycbus edisonicus n.sp.

(Figs 1,2)

MateriM . — Bismarck Archipelago. West Pacific

Océan, Papua New Guinea, Raison Seamounr, near

Lihir Island, 3°19.Ü7’S - 152°34.92’E, 1492 m, RV

Sonne No. Sbb-1535, 29.111.1994, coll. M.

Hanningron & 1. jonasson: holotype, ovig. 9

(USNM 251479).

130E 140E 150E 160E

Carapace length, tip of rostrum to posterior

margin ol carapace;

coll.

Collecton

Rpr

Length propodus of cheliped, ventral arti¬

culation with carpus to tip of propodal fm-

ger, right;

Lpr

Same, left;

Pereopod;

Pleopod;

sel

Short carapace length, base of eyestalk to

posterior margin of carapace;

Total length, tip of rostrum to posterior

margin ol telson plates;

Maximum width of carapace.

Fig. 1. — Philippine Sea, bathymetry charted at 3000 m intervals, land areas shaded. Bordered on west (left) by Taiwan, Philippine

Islands. and soulh by Papua New Guinea. Sample localities starred, Okinawa Trough upper left, Lihir Island lower right. Base map

from British Océanographie Data Centre (1994).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

145

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

EtymoloGY» — The species is named for Edison

Seamount, from which it was collected.

Measurements. —cl, 6.24; 5cl, 4.20; chl, 17.5; ova

(3 présent), 1.28 X 1.39 (in millimétrés).

DlAGNOSIS

Carapace dorsally smooth, with sparse short fine

setae, latéral margin divergently convex, leebly

indented, antérolatéral spine small Luit distinct;

greatest width of carapace measured at about

posterior one quarter of iength excluding ros-

trum. Rostrum triangular, 0.54 rimes as long as

remaining carapace, not cari mite ventrally.

Latéral orbital angle acuminate. Eycstalks subcy-

lindrical, barely reachitig midlength of rostrum;

cornea not dilated, Iength more than that of

remaining eyestalk. Antennal peduncles unarmed

on distal two segments, antennal scale reaching

end of ultimate segment ol pedunele. l'hird tho¬

racic sternite anteriorly concave, without médian

notch and spincs. Chelipeds relatively slender,

unarmed. Widking legs unarmed dorsally; propo-

di distally broadened; dactyls with prominent,

proximally diminishing spines on prehensile

margin.

Description

Carapace excluding rostrum shortcr than greatest

width; dorsal surface convex, smooth, with sparse

fine setae, minutely punctate, without ridge

along postérolatéral margin. Latéral margins

convexly divergent posteriorly, spineless except

for small but distinct antérolatéral spine; greatest

width ol carapace between insertions of second

and third walldng legs. Latéral orbital angle acu¬

minate.

Rostrum elongate triangular, 0.54 rimes postor¬

bital carapace Iength, une to three asymmetrical-

ly arranged spines on each latéral margin tapered

distal portion; tip slightly damaged but apparent-

ly acuminate.

Sternal plastron wide relative to Iength; third

thoracic sternite concave, without médian notch

and spines on anterior margin, moderarely

depressed in ventral view; fourth thoracic sternite

with convex, finely denticulate latéral margin.

Abdominal segments smooth, glabrous and spi¬

neless.

Antennular peduncles with disto-lateral and

-inesial processes on basal article simple but well

developed. Antennal peduncles with distal article

longer than penultimate article, both unarmed;

antennal scale slightly hroader at hase than

penultimate article, reaching end of distal article.

Third maxillipeds with ischium bearing crest ol

many (more than 30) corneous spines on mesial

ridge, slightly more widely-spaced proximally

than distally; merus unarmed on flexor margin,

bearing blunt distolareral process; dactyl and

propodus densely setose on prehensile surfaces,

dactvl spatulate at np.

Chelipeds smooth, finely setose, Iength 3.8 rimes

postorbital carapace Iength; ischium with blunt

dorsal process; merus, carpus and palm unarmed;

pahn slightly wider and 1.3 cimes as long as car-

pus, Iength 4.3 times width; fingers curving ven-

trad. opposable margins of movable finger with

low process somewhat distal to midlength and

proximal to smallcr opposing process on movable

finger.

Walking legs somewhat coniprcsscd, smooth and

shinlng, vety Jighdy setose, propodus offirst and

second distoventrally btoadened and spined,

third less so, to oppose flexor surface ol slightly

curved dactvl bearing strong rather evenly-spaced

spines on flexor margin, six on first, seven or

eight on second and rhird respectively; Iength of

dactyl/propodus on right side, first walking

leg 0.59, second 0.51, third 0.66.

Remarks

So far only two species of the genus Uroptycbus

are known front active sites of hydrothermal

vents; U. bktivus Baba et de Saint Laurent, 1992

and U. tbermalis Baba et de Saint Laurent, 1992,

both from the North Fiji Basin. These are phylo-

geneiicallv rather remote from dûs new species in

their elongate carapace, the third thoracic s tel'ni te

bearing two submedian spines on the concave

anterior margin. and the short antennal scale.

The small antérolatéral spine, shapes of the ster¬

nal plastron, third maxillipeds and chelipeds, and

lack of spines on distal two articles of the anren-

nal peduncles, are similar to U. sctosidigitalis

Baba, 1977 from off Midway Island. The latter

species is distinctive in the carapace being smooth

on the latéral margins and the walking legs bea¬

ring strongly curved densely setiferous dactyls.

146

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Hydrothermal Galatheoids in the West Pacific

The walking legs having propodi distally widened from the Banda Sea. T he latter rwo species are

and dacryls armed vvith strong spines on prehen- characterized by rhe carapace bearing a row of

sile margins are also possesscd by U. humants latéral spines, the chelipcds bearing spines on the

Zarenkov et khodkina, 1981 front the Marcus- irterus and carpus, and the antennal pcduncles

Necker Rise, and U. xiphûlepis Van Dam, 1933 bearing strong spines on the distal two articles.

Fig. 2. — Uroptychus edisonicus n.sp., holotype 9 ovig. USNM 251479; A. carapace and abdomen, dorsal; B, carapace, latéral; C,

sternal plastron; D right antenna, ventral; E, endopod ot rlght third maxilliped (distal two segments omitted), latéral; F. right cheliped,

dorsal; G, chela of same. latéral; H, right first walking leg, latéral; I, distal segments of same, latéral; J, distal segments of right

second walking leg, latéral. Scale bars ; 1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

147

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

Family Galatheidæ Samouelle, 1819

Subfamily Shinkaunae n. subfam.

Diagnosis

Carapace slightly convex, without grooves on

dorsal surface, latéral margins smoorhly convex,

slighrly uprurned and bearing many forward

trending spines in adults. Strong angle latéral to

flattened, immobile basal ly fused eyescalks with

cornea on ventral surface, orbir obscure in dorsal

view. Pterygostomian flap anteriorly produced,

covering grcater part of antennal peduncle.

Dense long plumose setae on sternum, pterygo¬

stomian flap, and ventral surface of pereopods.

Chelipeds strong, broad. depressed and nearly

equal, propoda! finger bearing ventral longitudi¬

nal pit. Walking legs stout and moderately flatte¬

ned, dactyls bearing prchensile cornb of dense

corneous sctac. Gill formula, ten arrhrobranchs,

four pleurobranchs, epipods présent on maxilli-

ped 3 and legs 1-3. First maxilliped witliout lash.

The subfamily contains only the following genus.

Sbinkaia n.g.

Type SPECiES. — Sbinkaia crosnieri n.sp.

ETYMOLOGY. — From the liante of the deep submer¬

sible Shinkai 2000. The gender is féminine.

Diagnoses

Characters as for the subfamily.

Sbinkaia crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1,3-6)

Material. — Bismarck Archipelago. West Pacific

Océan, Papua New Guinca, Edison Seamount, north-

eastern craitr rirn neat Lihir Island, 3°18.85’S -

152°34.92’E, 1483 m, RV Sonne No. S29-1531,

20.111.1994, coll. M. Hanningtcm & I. Jonasson:

holotype d (USNM 231480); 2 paratypes 2 2,

1 ovig., 1 newly molted (USNM 231 481 ).

okinawa Trough. 27'32.7’N - 126‘'58.2’E, 1394 m,

DSRV Shinkai 2000 Dive/Cruise No. 20479,

13.V. 1990: 2 paratvpes 6 d (USNM 251482;

JMSTC Ano-000l-90). — 27'16.2’N - 127"04.9 - E.

1330 m, 130-200 °C, DSRV Shinkai 2000,

10.IX. 1988. coll. Masaaki Kimura: 2 paratypes, I 6.

1 2 with tip of rostrum crackcd (MNHN-

Ga 4239), — 27°33,0 N - 126°58.0’E. 1390 m,

DSRV Shinkai 2000 Dive/Cruise No. 20672,

14.V.1993: 3 paratypes, 1 d, 2 2 2, male with abdo¬

men broken, tips of Angers worn on both chelae

(JMSTC Ano-0006-93).

Me.ASUREMF.NTS. — See table 1.

Etymology. — The species is named in honour of

Alain Crosnier, eminent decapod crustacean systéma¬

tise.

Description

Carapace longirudinally aval in dorsal view; laté¬

ral margin bccoming slightly upturned in large

adults, bearing many similar shaped, forward

trending, closely-set small spines, one to four

anterior to notch demarking anterior brandi of

cervical groove, larger spine following notch suc-

ceeded by 25-30 small spines in tinbroken file,

though absent from postérolatéral part of bran¬

chial région, many of them doubled or supernu-

merary, but poorly developed in young and

obsolescent in large adults. Dorsal surface fairly

smooth, uncvenly ornamented wirh ciliared

punctations, many tending to be assoçiated with

obsolescent small transverse rugae, more promi¬

nent on flattened peripheral zone than on eleva-

ted gastrocardiac région.

Ro.strurn prominent, flattened dorsally, straplike

in outline, margins sometimes slighrly bowed

laterally at one quarrer length, then converging

along rwo-thirds oflength, but distal third often

rather abruptly triangukr wirh sides bearing five

to eight asymmetrically arranged small, anterior¬

ly directed spines (if nnt obsolescent from wcar),

ending in sttbacure distal spinelike tip ornamen¬

ted with ill-defined circlet ol strong subapical

setae. Rostral margins merging basally with sinti-

larly flattened, concave orbital margins, each

flanked laterally by subtriangular antennal spine,

slightly sinuous on mesial margin, and with laté¬

ral margin leading to tip slightly upturned to

fornt shallowly çupped dorsal surface.

Pterygostomian flap hinged beneath overhanging

latéral margin of carapace, generously clorhed

with long plumose setae set in antcrolatcrnlly

trending rows of short impressed Iinear pits, but

with atuerodorsal surface slighrly granular and

rclatively unciliatcd; cach place anreriorly sub¬

triangular, with dorsal submarginaJ longitudinal

ridge and dpped by rather acute anterior spine

148

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20 (2)

Hydrothermal Galatheoids in the West Pacific

falling slightly short of plane perpendicular to

distal level of antennal peduncle, often with

smaller supernumerary spines above tip and one

or two below it; ventral margin indented to faci-

litate free movement of cheliped.

Abdominal segments 2-6 with terga bearing tufts

of setae distributed in two transverse rows, terga

not transversely ridged; pleura directed laterally,

those of segment 2 asymmetrically triangular

with rounded tip, pleura of segments 3-5 more

or less squared laterally and bearing soit setae

ventrally, those of segment 6 narrower and with

posterior margin sinuously oblique.

Tailfan bearing long dense setae on distal mar¬

gin; telson made up of seven unequal platelets,

but suggestion of two elongate intercalated plate¬

lets between large médial and posterior ones at

either side, médial platelets with dense latéral

fringe of short setae in male; deep narrow cleft in

middle of posterior margin. Uropods broad,

large protopod with distal margin scalloped, its

mesiodistal lobe bearing obsolescent marginal

spines, mesial and latéral rami each with convex

latéral margin.

Eyestalks each a dorsally flattened projection

nearly as wide at base as rostrum and nestled

under rostrum and antennal spine at sides;

broadly fused ventral to base of rostrum, shal-

lowly concave and lightly spined on mesial mar¬

gin; somewhat convex laterally, extending to or

Fig. 3. — Shinkaia crosnieri n.sp. clustered in situ on rocks associated with hydrothermalism, Okinawa Trough, Ihiya Seamount,

27°32.6'N - 126°58.2'E, 1410 m, DSRV Shinkai 2000 Dive 366, 12.IX.1988. In addition to the new galatheoids, bresiliid shrimps are

seen in lower left hand corner and upper center of picture, others may be hidden. Photo provided by Jun Hashimoto.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

149

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

Table 1. — Measurements of Shinkaia crosnieri n.sp. For paratypes JMSTC Ano-0006-93: total lengths of ail specîmens are approxi-

mate because the abdomen is almost impossible to extend to a stable length, and its articulation with the céphalothorax is extremely

flexible.

sel

Rpr

Lpr

Holotype

USNM 251480

37.2

25.8

26.2

60.0

24.9

26.5

Paratypes

USNM 251481

9 ovig.

43.7

32.8

30.2

76.5

29.3

29.2

9 newly moited

Egg size (oval), mean

of 4 = 3.5 x 4.4

35.9

28.0

28.4

64.0

23.0

22.5

USNM 251482

6 heavyfouling

36.3

28.4

25.4

62.2

21.1

16.5

33.1

26.6

22.3

56.6

20.4

20.0

MNHN-Ga 4239

21.3

16.6

15.9

39.0

10.5

11.0

<î

13.0

10.2

8.9

21.0

6.2

7.0

JMSTC Ano-0006-93

39.6

31.3

29.5

71.5

22.5

21.0

52.7

41.2

37.7

86.9

43.0

37.6

23.4

18.7

16.9

42.5

11.4

12.0

beyond base of niangul.tr rostral tip and bearing

one or more strong latéral spines near midlengtli

followed by obsolescent small spines along proxi¬

mal sector ol distolateral margin tapering to

acute tip ornamented with ill-defmed circlet of

strong subapical setae; slendei. colorless, trans¬

verse band ventrally near base representing vesti¬

gial cornea, sliglitly arigular and broadened

mesially in ovigerous lemale, but sometimes

interrupted, and apparently obsolescent in large

males; part of cornea visible Iront dorsal and laté¬

ral view in some specimens.

Antennular peduncles with strong basal article

bearing two well separaled slender spines laceral-

ly, their tips extending nearly to level reached by

tip of latéral spine of eyesralk, lower spine slight-

ly mesial to spine above ît. AntennaJ peduncles

with four more or less depressed articles évident;

fixed basal article bearing strong latéral spine

overreaching articulation with article 2; latter

bearing closely appressed triangular flattcncd

latéral spine and two mesioventral spines;

article 3 with mesial spine and three spines ven¬

trally on distal margin, partly fused; terminal

article extending nearly to level reached by latéral

spine of eyesralk: flageilum reaching abour to tip

ofextended cheliped.

Ventral aspect of céphalothorax bearing markedly

dense, long, plumose pilosity on proximal

articles of Mxp3, coxal, basial. ischial and métal

articles of PI-4, and on sternal plates. Epipods

présent on Mxp3 and PI -3, ail short.

Mouthparts as illustrated in l : ig. 6. Tliird maxit-

lipeds vvirb well-developed exopod; articles more

or less sculpturcd, except for propodus and dac-

tyl; dactyl bearing dense terminal tuft of setae,

propodus relatively broad and short, with similar

terminal tuft; carpus with mesial shoulder bea¬

ring dense Cuit ol setae; s pars et piesial mit on

irregularly volute merus and ischium, latter with

concave margin bearing small teerh distinct in

small specimens especially on distal ha If, obsoles¬

cent in large specimens; denser setae on basis and

coxa, latter bearing small mesial spine; epipod

short and tapered to acute tip; anterior arthro-

branch well-developed, with row of eight pal-

mate lamellae on distal margin, posterior

arthrobranch similar, with more numerous

lamellae.

Chclipeds (PI) strong, nearly equal. Merus with

strong mesiodistal spine, smaller disrolateral

spine, distodorsal margin bearing widelv-spaccd

rübercles, subdistal dorsal row of about seven

irregular small spines coiuinued as setae at either

end, largest spine in row near antérolatéral cor¬

ner of dorsal patch of transverse obsolescent

150

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Hydrothermal Galatheoids in the West Pacific

Fig. 4. — Shinkaia crosnien n.sp.; A, B, paratype 9, cl. 35.9 mm, USNM 251481; A. dorsal; B, ventral; C-G, holotype <?, cl,

37.2 mm, USNM 251480; C, dorsal; D, ventral; E, chelipeds, ventral; F. same, left dorsal; G, same, right dorsal. Scale bars: 20 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA * 1998 • 20(2) 151

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

rugae and setae behind ir. Corpus with seven

strong mesial spines, curved middors.il longitudi¬

nal row of seven spiniform tubercles, spined

squames on anterior margin, and tract of about

three irregular latéral longitudinal rows of varicd

srnall stout spines laterally ending in small

antero-lateral spine. Chela with fingers straight,

prehensile serrated edges closely approxiniated in

distal fîve-eighths of length followed proximally

by slight gape and motariform tooth near base;

palm o( propodus bcaring crest of seven to eight

strong mesial spines, and about seventeen spines

laterally along both palm and fixed finger endïng

in strong curved calcareous tooth at tip, below

this row another row of about 15 smaller spines;

ventral, deeply excavated longitudinal pit near

articulation of dactyl slightiy asymmetrical

and narrowly obclavate; dactyl with crest of eight

to nine varied mesial spines cnding in curved

tooth at tip, forming with tip ofserrate prehensi¬

le edge a fork for rcceiving tip of fixed finger;

scattered tufts of setae on ail surfaces lu rows, set

in pits, on spines, or associated with obsolescent

rugae.

Walking legs (P2-4) similar to each other in

structure; coxa, basis, ischium fringed with setae

dorsally, ventrally, and on surfaces adjacent to

articular membranes; merus with thick tracts of

setae on ail surfaces, but setae on carpus, propo-

dus and dactyl confmcd to tufts emerging from

widely spaccd pits; dorsal crest of spines on

merus, carpus and propodus, titose of merus and

carpus ending in discally projecring terminal

spine; carpus and propodus with dorsolateral

crest of smaller spines; less prominent ventral

crest of spines on merus ending in strong ventro-

lateral spine; P3-4 with latéral aspect of merus

bearing numerous eiliared pits at base of

tubercles, P2 less prominently ornamented late¬

rally; P2-4 carpus and propodus with dorsal crest

of eight to ten spines ending in extended distal

spine and flanked by dorsolateral row of about

nine smaller spines; P2 with thickly scattered low

tubercles laterally, but P3-4 with smooth central

tract and venuolaceral tract of tubercles; cor-

neous venual spine often ar either distal side of

articulation berween carpus, propodus, dactyl;

dactyls of P2-4 with comb of 17-18 anteriorly

trending corneous spines on prehensile edge,

strong tip corneous. Chelate P5 mucli more slcn-

der than preceding legs, smoother and folded on

ieself at merocarpal joint, most noticeable setae

in thick cleaning brusb on mesial aspect of chela

and laterally on distal pan of palm and full length

of fingers, lattet loothless and gaping on prehen-

stle margin, spatulatc at tips.

Male with Pli gently curved, slendcr, cylindrical

basal article bearing broadened, foliaceous termi¬

nal part forking into acute mesial and latéral tips;

PI2 stouter and longer, slender cylindrical basal

article bearing clongate oval terminal section

consisting of proximal and distal connate lobes,

somewhat cupped on anterior aspect but ciliate

over convcx posterior aspect, longest setae on

margin, PI3-5 mucli smaller, not obviously bira-

mous. Female with P12 smaller than PI3-5, not

obviously biramous.

Discussion

The new species placed in the new subfaniily

Shinkaiinae bas a superficia! resemblance to the

Porcellanidae in the shape of cjielipeds and wal-

king legs, but ir apparenrly fits the définition of

the Galatheidae (Borradaile 1907; Balss 1957;

Baba 1990), with regard to the: (I) antennular

peduncles bearing a strongly spined basal article;

(2) antennal peduncles composed of four articles;

(3) last rhoracic sternite being separated from the

preceding sternite; and (4) gill formula (four

pleurobranchs, ten arthrobranchs, and an epipod

on ma_\illiped 3).

The reduced eyes and lack of lash on exopods of

the first maxilliped indicate that the new species

is close to the Munidopsinae, but may be diffe-

rentiated from that subfaniily by the:

— flattish carapace without dorsal grooves;

— strong angle latéral to the flattened immobile

eyestalk;

— anteriorly produced pterygostomian flap cove-

ring greater part of the antennal peduncle;

— lack of elevated transverse ridges between tho-

racic sternites 4-7:

— dense plumose setae on the sternum, pterygo¬

stomian flap, and ventral surface of legs;

— epipods on the third maxillipeds short, tape-

ring to end. and bearing short setae distally;

— epipods présent on pereopods 1-3. Chace

(1942), however, pointed out inconsistency in

152

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Hydrothermal Galatheoids in the West Pacific

presence of epipods un legs of Municlnpsis spe-

cies. Ail epipods induding those on the third

maxillipeds are short and subequal in the présent

species, but in other galafheids (Galatheinae and

Munidopsinae) they arc usually elongate and

mastigobranehiatc on the third maxillipeds, and

if présent, on the pereopods.

The immobile eyestalks each bearing a transver-

sely subterminal cornea or remnants of it on the

ventral surlace, and the orbits hardly visible in

dorsal view might also be considered to characte-

Fle. 5- — S hinkaia crosnieri n.sp.; A, C, I, M. S; E, F ovig. 2, paratypes, USNM 251481; B, D, ■!, J, K, 4 , paratypes, JMSTC

Ano-0006-93, F, G, H. L, 4 , paratypes, JMSTC Ano-0001-90; A. carapace and proximal articles of pereopods, right latéral; B, ros-

trum, eyestalks and anterior carapace, dorsal: C, same; 0, rostrum and eyestalks, ventral and slightly tllled toward vlewer. cornea

lenticular (shaded): E, eyestalks and base of rostrum, ventral and slightly lilted toward vlewer, cornea discontinuous (shaded);

F, eyestalks showrng variation in shape ol cornea. ventral, transverse bar. right; G, same, central oval and latéral wedge intoriuptod,

left: H, basal antennular article and pan of succeeding articles, right; I, antennal peduncle, left; J, sixth segment of abdomen, telson

and uropods, dorsal, 2; K, same, S \ L, thoracic sternum (denuded); M, dactyl and propodus, right P2. Scale bars: A-L, 10 mm; M,

4 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

153

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

rize the Shinkaiinae, but somewhat simiJar eyes-

talks are known in Mkniaopsis subcheldta Balss,

1913, from vvest oT Sumatra (Balss 1913;

Doflein &C Balss 1913) [A/. pldna Baba, 1986,

From Okinawa Trough appears to lie a synonym

of this species].

The characters For the subFainily Shinkaiinae lis-

ted here fit well within those thaï de Fi ne the

Family Galatheidae; thereFore, the key to généra

of Galatheidae provided by Baba (1988; 53) can

be modiFied to accommoda Ce Shinkaia (the

Shinkaiinae) as follows:

Fig. 6. — Shînkaia crosnieri n.sp., mouthparts: A-C, paratype $. USNM 251482; A, mandible, lett ventral; B, same, dorsal; C, same

mesial; D-l. paratype S, newly molted. USNM 251481 ; D, maxillule, left ventral: E, maxilla. left ventral; F, first maxilliped, left ventral;

G, same, left oral; H, second maxilliped. left ventral; I, third maxilliped, left ventral. Scale bars: A-C, E-G, 10 mm; D, H, I, 4 mm.

154

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Hydrothermal Galatheoids in the West Pacific

1. Eyes usually well-developed; exopod of first maxilliped with lash.

...Subfamily Galatheinae

— Eyes usually reduced; exopod of first maxilliped without lash.2

2. Ventral aspect of céphalothorax not clothed with mat of long silky setae .

...Subfamily Munidopsinae, Munidopsis

— Ventral aspect of céphalothorax clothed with mat of long silky setae.

......... Subfamily Shinkaiinae, Shinkaia

The unusual deeply excavated longitudinal ven¬

tral pit on the propodus of each chela of

Shinkaia crosnieri (Fig. 4) might seem to be

unique to the Shinkaiinae, but that is not so.

Munidopsis lentigo Williams et Van Dover, 1983

has a shallowcr but similar ventral spot on each

chela near the articulation of the dactyl. Both ol

these species are limircd to marine hydrothermal

environments, so lar as known, but Williams &C

Van Dover noted similar spots on chelae ol non-

hydrotherm.il homolid crabs.

I fashimoto et al. (1995) gave an excellent ecolo-

gical and biogeographic summary of faunal élé¬

ments sampled Iront marine chemosynthetic

conimunities of Southern Japan. Among rhe lat-

ter, the Okinawa Trough is a dépression about

100 km wide by 1000 km long. Biological com-

munities reported thcrc by them were discovercd

on Minami-Ensei knoll in the central graben of

the Olcinawa Trough approximately 140 km west

of Amami Ohshirna Island. Uneveti topography

in deprhs, varying front en. 500 to more than

1000 ni, suggests volcanic origin. These depths

are somewhat less than those front which the

reported samples of Shinkaia crosnieri were pho-

tographed and collcctcd.

There are minor différences among individuals

of S. crosnieri in samples taken from the

Okinawa Trough and those from Edison

Scantount, eyestalks and rostrum in the latter

tending to be slightly more slender and clongate

than in those from the Okinawa région, but

measurements of these features overlap in the

sériés as a whole, so there are no clear-cut diffé¬

rences among individuals in these samples that

obviously corne from widely separated localities

on different tectonic plates. Galkin (1992) was

well aware of distributional problems conccrning

isolated hydrothermal conimunities, but ac-

knowlcdged evidence of extensive faunistic

exchange between individual basins and among

mid-ocennic ridge Systems. It will be itueresting

to sec il the observed distributional pattern for

the new species is sustained when other spéci¬

mens are collcctcd in this région.

Acknowledgements

We are indebted to Verena Tunnicliffe,

Department of Biology, University of Victoria,

Brirish Columbia, Canada, for spécimens from

the Bismarck Aichipc-lago that were collcctcd by

Mark Hannington and fan Jonasson, Geologic.il

Suive}' of Canada,, on board the German RV

Sorine during ics Epithermal Deposits

Southwestern Pacific (EDISON) cruise, 1 1

March to 5 April 1994, and to Jun Hashimoto of

the Japan Marine Science and Technology

Center, Yokosuka, and Masaaki Kimura ol the

University of the Ryukyus, Okinawa, for provi-

ding specintens as well as pertinent photographs

and video tapes from the Okinawa Trough col-

lectcd with aid of the Japanese DSRV Shinkai

2000. The second author is indebted to the

Japan Society for the Promotion of Science for a

grant to underwrite a period of study in rhe

senior author s laboratory. The map was prepared

by D. Colcs, and illustrations of S. crosnieri were

prepared by Keiko Hirâtsuka Moore and Ruth

Gibbons. Drafts of the manuscript were read by

F. A. Chace Jr. and B. B. Collette.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20(2)

155

Baba K. & Williams A. B.

REFERENCES

Baba K. 1977. — Fivc new species of chirostylid crus-

taceans {Decapoda, Anomura) Irom off Midway

Island. Bulletin of the National Science Muséum,

sériés A (Zool.) 3 (3): 141-156.

— 1986. — Macrura Reptamia. Anomura and

Brachyura: 148-231. 279-416, in Baba K., Hayashi

K. &Toriyama M. (eds), Decapod Grimace,ms font

Continental Shelf and S/ope Around Japon. The

Intensive Research of Unexp/oited Fishery Resources

on Continental S/opes. japah FishericS Resource

Conservation Association, Tokyo, 336 p.

— 1988. — Chirostylid and galatheid crustaceans

(Decapoda: Anomura) of the “Albatross”

Philippine Expédition, 1907-1910. Researches on

Crustacea, Spécial Number 2: i-v, 1-203.

— 1990. — Chirostylid and galatheid crustaceans of

Madagascar (Decapoda. Anomura). Bulletin du

Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, série 4, A

(1989) 11 (4) : 921-975.

Baba K. & de Saint Laurent M, 1992. — Chirostylid

and galatheid crustaceans (Decapoda: Anomura)

front active thermal vent areas in the Southwest

Pacific. Scientia Marina 56 (4): 321-332.

Balss H. 1913. — Neue Calatheiden aus der

Ausbeuce der dcurschcn Ticfsee-Expédition

“Valdivia." Zoo/ogischer A/izerger 41 (5): 221-226.

— 1957. — Decapoda. VIII. Systcmatik. Bronns

Klasseu and Orduungen. des Tierrcichs Band 5,

Abteilung 1, Bucli 7, I ieferung 12: 1 505-1672.

Borradaile !.. A. 1907. — On the classification ot the

decapod crustaceans. Annals and Magazine of

Naturell Hhtory, sériés 7 19(114): 457-486.

British Océanographie Data Centre 1994. —

GEBCO digital atlas [computer file]: digital version

of the IOC/JHO General bathymétrie chars of the

océans (GEBCO). British Océanographie Data

Centre, Birkenhead. Merseyside, United Kingdom,

1.06 & CD-ROM.

Chace F. A. ]r. 1942. — Reports on the scientific

results of the Atlantis expéditions to the West

Indies. under the joint auspices of the University of

Havana and Harvard University. The Anomuran

Crustacea. I. Galatheidae. Fonda 11:1 -106.

Doflein F. & Balss H. 1913. — Die Decapoden der

Deutschen Tiefsee-Expeditiou. Wissenschajiliche

Ergebnisse der Deutschen Fief ee-Expedit ion aufdern

Dampfer “Valdivia" 1898—1899. |ena 20; 125-184,

plates 12-17.

Galkin S. V. 1992. — fhc- benrhic fauna of hydro¬

thermal vents in the Mânlis Basin. Oceanology 32

(6): 768-774.

Halbach P., Nakamura K-l., Wahsner M., Lange J.,

Sakai H., Kaselir/. I... Hansen R.-D., Yatnano M.,

Post J., Prause B., Seiferr R., Michaelis W.,

Teichmann F., Kinoshita M., Marten A., Ishibashi J.,

Czerwinski S. & Blurn N. 1989. — Probable

modem analogue of Kuroko-type massive sulphide

deposits in the Okinawa Trough back-arc basin.

Nature 338: 496-499.

Hamilton W. 1979. —Tectonics of the Indonesian

région. U. S. Genlogical Survey , Profesaonal Paper

1078: 1 -IX. l-3n5.

Hashimoto J., Olira S., Fujikura K. & Miura T.

1995. — Microdistribution pattern and biogeogra-

phy of the hydrothermal vent communiftes of the

Minami-Fnsei Knoll in rhe Mid-Okinawn Trough,

western Pacific. Deep-Sea Research ! 42 (4):

577-598.

Herzig P., I lannington M., MclnneS B., Stoflers P.,

Viflinger H., Scilen R., Binns R, bi l.cibe T.

1994. — Submarine volcanism and hydrothermal

venting studied in Papua New Guinea. Eos7 5 (44):

513,515,516.

Ortmann A., 1892. - Die Decapoden-Krcbse des

Strassburger Muséums, mit besonderer

Berüeksichtigimg der von Flcrrn Dr. Dodcrlcin bei

Jap.ut and bei den Liu-Ktu-Liiseln gesantmcltcn

und !.. Z. im Strassburger Muséum aulbewahrten

Formen. IV'. Die Abrheilungen Galatheidea und

I’aguridea. Zoologischeu Jahrbnchcrn, Abteilung ftir

Systcmatik. Géographie und Biologie der Tiere 6:

241-326, plates I I, 12.

Sakai 11., Ganto T., Kim F.-S., Tsursumi M.,

Tan a Ica T.. Ishibashi J., Wakita H., Yamano M. &

Ootnori T. 1990. - Venting of carbon dioxide-

rich fluid and hydrate formation in Mid-Okinawa

Froyigh Back-arc Basin. Science 248: 1093-1096.

Samouelle G. 1819. — A nomenclature oj British ettto-

mo/ogy, or a catalogue of above 4,000 spccies oj the

classés Crustacea. Mp'lapoda. spiders, mites and

insens , alphahctically arranged, and intended as labels

for cabinets of British insecte, [...] front the

Emonwlogist's Usefu! Compendium. London. 43 p.

Falteda M. & Hashimoto J. 1990. — A new spccies

of the getius Paralomis (Crustacea, Decapoda,

1 ilhodtdae) from the Minami-Enseï Knoll in rhe

Mid-Okinawa Trough. Bulletin of the National

Science Muséum, Tokyo , séries A (Zoology) 16 (2):

79-88.

Van Dam A. j. 1933- — Die Decapoden der Siboga-

Expedition. VIII. Galatheidea; Chirnstylidae , in

Siooga-Expedirie. monographie 39a7. F. J. Brill,

Leiden, vîii + 46 p.

Williams A. B. & Van Dover Ç. F. 1983. — A new

species of Munidopsis ftom submarine thermal

vents of the East Pacific Rise at 21°N (Anomura:

Galatheidae). Proçeedhtgs of the Biologirctl Society of

Washington 96 (3): 481 -488.

Zarcnkov N. A. & Khodkina F V 1981 — Decapod

Crustacea; 83-93 (in Russian], in Kuznetsov A. P.

&i Mironov A. N. (eds), Benthos of the submarine

mountains Marcus-Necker and adjacent Paci fie

régions. Akadcmiya Nauk SSSR. Moscow, 1 56 p.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

A new species of the genus Brachycarpus

(Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae)

from New Caledonia

Alexander J. BRUCE

Queensland Muséum, P. O. Box 3300, South Brisbane,

Queensland, 4101 (Australia)

a.bruce@mailbox.uq.edu.au

KEYWORDS

Brachycarpus,

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Palaemonidae,

new species,

New Caledonia,

Bruce A. J. 1998. — A new species of the genus Brachycarpus (Decapoda, Caridea,

Palaemonidae) from New Caledonia. Zoosystema 20 (2): 157-165.

ABSTRACT

A new species of palaemonine shrimp, Brachycarpus crosnieri, from Uvea,

Loyalty Islands, New Caledonia, is described and illustrated. The new species

is readilv distinguished from the two other species of rhe genus by the elon-

gated carpus of its second pereopod. Both Indo-West Pacific species are now

known from New Caledonian waters and the new species is also known from

Madang, Papua-New Guinea.

MOTS CLÉS

Brachycarpus,

Crustacea,.

Decapoda,

Palaemonidae,

nouvelle espèce,

Nouvelle-Calédonie.

RÉSUMÉ

Une nouvelle espèce du genre Brachycarpus (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae)

de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Brachycarpus crosnieri, provenant d’Ouvéa, îles

Loyauté (Nouvelle-Calédonie), est décrite et illustrée. Cette nouvelle espèce

se distingue facilement des deux autres espèces du genre par le carpe allongé

du deuxième péréopode. Les deux espèces de F Indo-Pacifique sont mainte¬

nant signalées de Nouvelle-Calédonie et la nouvelle espèce est également

connue de Madang (Papouasie-Nouvelle-Guinée).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

157

Bruce A. J.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Brachycarpus was designated by Bâte

(1888) in the Challenger Report on the Macrura

for his species B. savigrtyi. This species was subse-

quently synonymized by Kemp (1925) with the

species originally described as Balaemun l/inngiti-

culatus by Lucas (1846), based on specimens

from Oran and Boue, Algeria. Since then the

species h as been teported extensively from the

warmer waters of the world. It is now sparsely

recorded (rom most o( the Indo-West Pacific

région, front the Red Sea to Hawaii, most recent-

ly from Jâpan (Okuno &c Osawa 1994), and

more abundantly from the Eastern Pacific,

Eastern and Western Atlantic and western

Mediterranèan -Sea. À second species of rhe

genus, B. holthuisi , was lacer reportée! from

Brazilian waters (Fausto Filho 1966). The disco-

very of a second Indo-West Pacific species ot this

genus in New Caledonian waters, where B. biun-

guiculatus (Lucas, 1846) also occurs, is therefore

of interest.

Abbreviations

MNHN Muséum national d Histoire naturelle,

Paris;

CL postorbital carapace length.

Brachycarpus crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1-4)

Rhynchocinetes sp. — Allen &C Steene 1994; 148 (col.

%■)•

Brachycarpus biunguiculatus — Bruce 1996: 4, 5 (par-

tim).

Matf.RIAL EXAMINPT). — New Caledonia. Loyalty

lslands, Uvea, Passe de la Meurthe, 6-10 m, scuba,

16.Xl.199l. coll. J. L. Menou: holorype, ovig. 9

(MNHN Na. 12854).

Measurf.MES'TS. — Holorvpe 2, postorbital cara¬

pace lengch, 9.0; catapace and rosrrum, 18.0; total

body length (approx.), 41.5; second pereopod, chela,

11.8; carpus, 8.2; itierus, 7.8; length of ovura (advan-

ced), 0.95 (in millimétrés!.

Etymoloc.v. — lr is ,i pleasure to dedic.tte this species

to Dr Alain Crosnier in récognition of his great

contribution, directly and indirectly, to knowledge

particularly of rhe carcinological fauna of the Indo-

West Pacific région, and ol his help and frîendship

over many vcars.

DISTRIBUTION. — Known only from rhe type locality,

Uvea, Loyalty lslands, and Madang, Papua-New

Guinea (Allen & Steene 1994).

Description

S'mall-sizcd palaemonid shrimp, of robnst sub-

cylindrical body form. Rostrum (Fig. IA) well-

developed, compressed, extending well beyond

scaphocerite (Fig. 1 B), subcqtnd to carapace

length. horizontal, slightly upturned distally;

dorsal carina well-developed with seven acute

dorsal teeth, first three situated on carapace, ftrst

ut ahoiit 0.5 of carapace length, tip slender, elon-

gate, with single small preterminal dorsal tooth,

with sparse interdental médian setâe, Ventral cari¬

na with three large acute teeth, distal tooth

slightly in advance of antennular peduncle, distal

ventral margin with submarginal serae. Carapace

smoorh, glabrous, antennal spine strong, margi¬

nal, hepatic spine smaller, at slightly lower level,

ar abour 0.25 ot carapace length; posterior orbi¬

tal margin (Fig. IC) ttiarlced by low ridge,

without knob-like lower termination; pterygo-

stomial angle not produccd, blunvlv obtuse.

Abdomen (Fig. 1 D) smooth, glabrous; third seg¬

ment not posterodorsally produccd, pleura of

first three segments large, broadly rounded, (oiuth

and fiftb (Fig. LD) posterovenlrally acute; sixth

segment about 1.2 fîmes longer rhan depr.h, pos¬

térolatéral and posteroventral angles acute.

Toison (Fig. 1H) about 1.5 rimes length ot sixth

segment. 2.5 finies longer than anterior width,

sides sublinear. posteriorly convergent, paired

submedian setae anteriorly, with two pairs of

subequaJ dorsal spines at 0.5 and 0,75 of telson

length, .spines about 0.08 ol telson length, poste¬

rior margin (Fig. 31) about 0.3 of maximal ante¬

rior width, angular, centrally rounded, with small

acute médian point, latéral spines small, intermé¬

diare spines long, slender, about 0.3 of rclson

length. two densely plumose submedian setae

slightly shorrer than intermédiare spines, with

smaller additions! seta on right.

Antennule (Fig. 1F) with proximal segment

about 1,25 finies longer than widc, disrolareral

angle strongly produced with long acute latéral

158

ZOOSŸSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Bruce A. J.

tooth exceeding médial margin of intermédiare

segment, medially convex, serose, latéral margin

convex, wich submarginal row of setae ventral ly,

médial margin less convex, setose, with well-

developed acute ventromedial tooth on left side,

absent on right. with large boss proximodorsally,

statocysr normal, with small gtanular statolith.

stylocerite short, acute, reaching to about 0.5 of

segment length; intermédiare segment dorsal

length about 0.45 of proximal segment length,

1.5 tintes longer than wide, medially setose, obli-

quely arriculated with distal segment; distal seg¬

ment subequal to dorsal length of intermédiare

segment, 2.0 times longer than central width;

upper flagellum biramous, proximal nine seg¬

ments fuSed, shorter rantus incomplète, with

numerous groups of aesthetascs on ail except ftrst

two segments, longer ramus slender, incomplète,

lowcr flagellum slender, incomplète.

Antenna (Fig. IG) with basicerite with large

acute latéral tooth; carpocerite short, reaching to

about 0.33 of scaphocetite length, twice as long

as wide, flagellum well-developed, slender, fili-

fornt, incomplète; scaphocetite far exceeding

antennular peduncle, about 3.4 times longer

than wide, greatest width at about 0.3 of length,

at level ol distal carpocerite, lamella produced,

blundy angular, slightly exceeded by strong disto-

lateral tooth, latéral margin straight.

Eye (Fig. 1E) with large globular wellpigmented

cornea, diametet about 0.24 of CL, with small

dorsal marginal ocellus; stalk short, broad, twice

as wide as long, length about 0.3 of corneal dia-

meter.

Ophthalmic segment (Fig. IC) with two small

médian tubercles; médian pigment spot distinct.

F.pistome with médian amener carina, without

beak.

Mandible (right) (Fig. 2A) robust, with well-

developed slender 3-segmcnted palp (Fig. 3A),

distal segments subequal, about 1.4 times proxi¬

mal segment length; incisor process short, broad,

with three stout teeth distally. cutting edge

confluent with ntolâf process; molar process

stout, with four blum teeth. Maxillula (Fig. 2B)

with short stout bilobed palp (Fig. 3B), upper

lobe slender, sparsely setose, lovver lobe stouier,

with distoventra! tubercie beattng two small spi-

nules (Fig. 3C); upper lacinia slender, distally

truncate, with three pairs ot short spines distally,

and three single spines proximoventrally; lower

lacinia shorr, tapering distally, with numerous

spiniform setae distally. Maxitla (Fig. 2C) with

sparsely setose tapering palp, basal endite elon-

gatc, bilobed, upper lobe longer and stouter than

lovver, both with simple setae distally; coxal endi¬

te obsolète, médial margin leebly convex, non-

setose; scaphognathice broad, about 2.2 times

longer than wide, posterior lobe large, rounded,

about 0.3 of length, anterior lobe distally narrow,

médial margin concave. First maxilliped

(Fig. 2D) with slender tapering, sparsely setose,

dorsomedially concave palp; basal endite large,

1.5 times longer than wide, médial margin with

numerous long fine setae; coxal endite medially

bicarinate, dorsal carina setose distally, ventral

carina setose proximally; exopod well-developed,

with long flagellum with numerous plumose

setae distally, caridean lobe large; epipod large,

deeply bilobed. Second maxilliped (Fig. 2E) with

dactylar segment narrow, médial margin with

dense fringe of spiniform setae, propodal seg¬

ment broad, rounded distally. anterior margin

with long spines dorsally, long setae ventrally;

carpus and ischiomerus normal; basis stout, fee-

bly concave ventromedially, exopod well-develo-

ped, with long flagellum with small latéral

lamella proximally, with numerous plumose setae

distally; coxa strortgly produced medially, bitari-

nate, ventral carina serose, with large simple epi-

pod laterally, bearing well-developed podo-

branch. Third maxilliped (Fig. 2F) robust, excee¬

ding carpocerite by 0.4 of penultimate segment,

ischiomerus fully tused to basis, twisted, distola-

terally expanded, dorsal and ventral borders with

numerous spiniform setae, exopod well deveJo-

ped, with long flagellum with numerous plumo¬

se setae distally; penultimate segment 4.5 times

longer ihan wide, about 0.5 of combined iscliio-

meral-basis segment length, dorsal and Ventral

margins with long spiniform setae medially; ter¬

minal segment about 0.6 of penultimate segment

length, 5.0 times longer than proximal width,

tapering distally, with shorr stout terminal spine,

with about twelve trans-verse tows of short

spines dorsally, ventral border tnore feebly spinu-

late; coxa with small setose ventromedial process,

small oval epipod laterally, with two small

I 160

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1998 • 20 (2)

New species of Brachycarpus

arthrobranchs (smaller upper arthrobranch lost

front Fig. 2F).

Fcmrth choracic stcrnite with a small slcnder, very

sharp médian process; Fifth with transverse lami¬

na with small médian notch; posterior sternires

unarmed. Abdominal stérilités unarmed, fifth

with feeble médian carina.

First pereopod (Fig. 3D) slender, exceeding sca-

phocerite by 0.2 of carpus; chela (Fig. 3E) with

palm subcylindncal, slightly compressed, about

2.3 tintes longer than central depth, fingers long,

slender, with strongly hooked tips, about

1.75 times palm Icngth, with sharp cutting edges

throughout length, without teeth: carpus sube-

qual to chela length, about 8.5 limes longer than

distal width, tapering proximally; merus sub

cylindrical, subequal to carpus length, wirh few

sparse setae; ischium about 0.5 of merus length,

ventrally carinate, with numerous short setae;

basis and coxa normal, slender, basis with long

setae distoventrally, coxa with rounded distoven-

tral process, fringed with short setae.

Second pereopods well-developed, subequal,

similar (see photograph. Allen &C Steene 1994).

Holofype specimen with only one detached

second pereopod preserved (Fig. 3F). Chela

(Fig. 3G) about 1.3 times CL, palm smoorh,

subcylindrical, slightly compressed and tapering

distally, about 3.6 rimes longer than deep, fingers

(Fig. 3H) long, slender, sparsely setose, about

10.0 rimes longer than proximal depth, 1.1 times

palm length. with strongly hooked tips, dactylus

with tvvo very small teeth at 0.25 of length,

opposing single similar tooth on fixed finger,

anterior cutting edges sharp, entire; carpus subc-

qual to CL, 8.0 times longer than distal width,

1.65 times palm length, distally slightly expan-

ded, unarmed; merus about 0.9 of carpus length,

9.0 times longer than width, unarmed; ischium

0.5 of carpus length, 5.0 times longer than distal

Fig. 2. — Brachycarpus crosnieri n.sp., holotype 9, MNHN Na.12855, right mouthparts, ventral; A, mandible; B, maxiflula; C, maxil-

la; D, tirst maxilliped; E, second maxilliped; F, third maxilliped, latéral. Scale bars: 1 mm.

161 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New species of Bracbyctirpus

Fig. 4. — Brachycarpus crosnieri n.sp., holotype 9, Uvea, New Caledonia, MNHN Na.12855. Photo by J.-L. Menou.

width, tapering proximally, unarmed. Basis and

coxa without spécial features.

Third pereopod (Fig. 31) slender, exceeding sca-

phocerite by half propod length; propod equal to

0.62 of CL; dactyl (Fig. 3K) with unguis fused to

corpus, unguis not cornified, about 2.7 times

longer than basal width, 0.33 of dorsal corpus

length, corpus compressed, about 2.8 times lon¬

ger than deep, dorsal and ventral margins subpa-

rallel, with paired setae distolaterally, dorsal

border devoid of setae, ventral margin with stout

acute distal accessory tooth, about 0.5 of ungual

tooth length; propod (Fig. 3J) about 6.5 times

dactyl length, 21 times longer than central

depth, sparsely setose, with paired distoventral

spines, about 0.4 of dactylar corpus length, six

evenly spaced similar ventral spines; carpus about

0.6 of propod length, unarmed; merus subequal

to propod length, about 12 times longer than

central depth, unarmed; ischium slightly shorter

than carpus, unarmed; basis and coxa normal,

coxa with small ventral process with single long

seta. Fourth pereopod similar, propod about 0.65

of CL. Fifth pereopod similar, with propod 0.76

of CL, without transverse rows of cleaning setae

distally.

Pleopods without spécial features.

Uropod (Fig. 11) with protopod distolaterally

acute (?, slightly damaged), with several long

simple setae distodorsally; exopod about

2.5 times longer than central width, latéral mar¬

gin straight, submarginally setose ventrally,

distally with small acute tooth, with large mobile

spine medially (Fig. 3M); endopod subequal to

exopod length, about 2.7 times longer than

maximal width.

General coloration (Fig. 4) a uniform light red-

dish, including rostrum, antennal peduncles and

flagella, and pereopods, with conspicuous darker

reddish bands transversely across each abdominal

segment posteriorly, paler anteriorly, caudal fan

uniform (see Allen & Steene 1994).

Systematic position

Brachycarpus crosnieri closely resembles and is

closely related to both the other species of the

genus, B. hiunguiculatus (Lucas) and B. holthuisi

Fausto Filho. It can be readily distinguished from

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

163

Bruce A. J.

both by the much more elongate carpus of the

second pereopods, which is particularly short in

B. biunguiculatus . hence the generic liante.

The postorbital carina is simple in both B. hol-

thuisi and B. crosnieri , but is provided with a very

characteristic abruptly rounded lower end in

B. biunguiculatus (Fig. 5).

The mandibuiar palp is well-developed in both

Indo-West Pacific species, but is remarkably

reduced in the Bra/ilian species, which also has

the fourth pleuron bluntly angled, whereas it is

acuteiy produced in both other species. The

ntouthparts of B. crosnieri closely resemble those

of B. biunguiculatus as illustrated by Schmitt

(1939).

Fig. 5. — Brachycarpus biunguiculatus (Lucas), 9, CL 10 mm.

Latham Island, Zanzibar. Anterior carapace, orbital région.

Scale bar; 2 mm.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Brachycarpus BATE

1. Second pereopod carpus long and slender, ca, 1.6 times palm length (rostrum far

exceeding antennular peduncle and scaphocerite); rostral dentition 3 + 4/3.

.................... B. crosnieri n.sp.

— Second pereopod carpus shorter, not exceeding palm length (rostrum not exceeding

antennular peduncle and scaphocerite) .2

2. Second pereopod carpus distinctly shorter than palm length; dorsal telson spines

subdorsal; rostral dentition 2-3 + 5-4/3-4 . B. biunguiculatus (Lucas)

— Second pereopod carpus subequal to palm length; dorsal telson spines latéral; rostral

dentition 2+6/2-3 . B. holthuisi Fausto Filho

Remarks

At présent the subfamily Palaemoninae contains

only seventeen généra and, ol these, Brachycarpus

is the only one to possess biunguiculate dactyls

on the adult ambulatory pereopods. In contrast,

the numerous généra of the subfamily

Pontoniinae hâve the majority, which are gene-

rally commensally associated with other marine

invertebrates, provided with biunguiculate or

even more ornate dactyls on these appendages.

These are presumably rclated to their commensal

life-style. There is no indication of a commensal

life-style in the case of Brachycarpus species, or of

any other member of the Palaemoninae, and

most of the Pontoniinae with simple dactyls are

probable free-living micropredators or browsers.

However, B. biunguiculatus has been reported

from high eiiergy situations, />., reef front surge

chânnels (Holthuis 1953; pers. obs.). No other

palaemonine shrimps occur in these habitats. In

these situations stout biunguiculate ambulatory

dactyls w'ould bc of considérable use in maintai-

ning station wlien exposed to forceful, rapidly

changing conditions of water flow. Other palae-

164

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New species of Brachycarpus

monine shrimps are generally found in less vio¬

lent or even stade waters, where such a feature

would be redundant.

In addition to its morphological characters,

B. crosnieri may also be distinguished from

B. biunguiculatus by its colour pattern in life,

with conspicuous transverse red bars across the

abdominal terga, which arc not présent in the

latter species (Okuno & Osawa 1994; Bruce

1996), and apparently also absent from B. hol-

thuisi, which is described as uniformly coloured

(Fausto Filho 1966).

Brachycarpus biunguiculatus has also been repor-

ted from Uvea, LoyaJty Islands, from the North

Pléiades Islands, also collected by J.-L. Menou

(Bruce 1996): the précisé habitats of both species

were not recorded. The présent specimen was

overlooked during the examination of some

B. biunguiculatus specimens, so it is possible that

some reports in the literature of that species may

refer to specimens of B. crosnieri.

REFERENCES

Allen G. R. & Steene R. 1994. — Indo Pacific Coral

Reef Guide'. 1-378, col. pis. Tropical Reef Research,

Singapore.

Bâte C. S. 1888. — Report on the Crustacea Macrura

dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years

1873-1876, in Report on the Scientifc Results ofthe

Voyage of H.M. S. Challenger during the Years

1873-1876, Zoology 24: i-xc, 1-942, pis 1-157.

Bruce A. J. 1996. — Crustacea Decapoda:

Palaemonid shrimps from the Indo-West Pacific

région, mainly from New Caledonia, in Crosnier

A. (ed.), Résultats des Campagnes MUSOR-

STOM, volume 15, Mémoires au Muséum national

d'Histoire naturelle 168 : 197-267.

Fausto I ilho J. 1966. — Brachycarpus holthuisi, nova

espécic de crustacceo do Brasil (Decapoda,

Palaemonidae). Archivos da Estado de Biologia

Marinha da Vniversidade do Cear-Brazil 6 (2):

123-125.

Holthuis L. B. 1952. — A general révision of the

Palaemonidae (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia) of

the Americas. II. The subfamily Palaemoninae.

Allan Hancock Eoundation Publications , Occasiona!

Paper 12: 1-396.

— 1953. — Enumération of the Decapod and

Stomatopod Crustacea from Pacific Coral Islands.

Atoll Research Bulletin 24: 1-66.

Kemp S. 1925. — On various Caridea. Notes on

Crustacea Decapoda in the lndian Muséum. XVII.

Records ofthe lndian Muséum 27: 249-343.

Lucas H. 1846. — Crustacés. Arachnides.

Myriopodes et I lexapodes. Exploration scientifique

de l Algérie pendant les années 1840, 1841, 1842.

Sciences physiques. Zoologie I. Histoire naturelle des

Animaux articulés I : 1 -403, pis 1-8.

Okuno J. & Osawa M. 1994. — First record of a

palaemonid shrimp, Brachycarpus biunguiculatus

(Lucas, 1849) from Japan. Proceedings of the

Japanese Society ofSystematic Zoology 50: 13-19.

Schmitt W. L. 1939. — Decapod and other

Crustacea collected on the presidential Cruise of

1938 (With Introduction and Station Data).

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 98 (6): 1-29,

pis 1-3.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

165

A new coral inhabiting barnacle of the genus

Chionelasmus (Cirripedia, Balanomorpha)

from New Caledonia, Southwest Pacific

John S. BUCKERIDGE

Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, UNITEC

Private Bag 92025, Auckland (New Zealand)

jbuckeridge@unitec.ac.nz

Dans le champ de l'observation,

le hasard ne favorise que les esprits préparés.

(Louis Pasteur, 1854)

Buckeridge J. S. 1998. — A new coral inhabiting barnacle of the genus Chionelasmus

(Cirripedia, Balanomorpha) from New Caledonia, Southwest Pacific. Zoosystema 20 (2) :

167-176.

KF.Y WOROS

Chionelasmus,

Eolasmatinac,

Balanomorpha,

Cirripedia,

New Caledonia,

Southwest Pacific.

ABSTRACT

This paper describes Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp., from a guyot on the nor-

thern part of Norfolk Ridge, to the south of New Caledonia. This new spe-

cies, within the previously monospecific genus Chionelasmus, inhabits a

living octocoral, Murictdes sp. indet. Comments on the distribution and

habitat of the new species are provided, including a proposai for the method

by which the cyprid larva of C. crosnieri gained access to the axial skeleton of

the octocoral.

MOTS CLÉS

Chionelasmus,

Eolasmacinac,

Balanomorpha,

Cirripedia,

Nouvelle-Calédonie,

Sud-ouest Pacifique,

RÉSUMÉ

Une nouvelle balane de Nouvelle-Calédonie du genre Chionelasmus

(Cirripedia, Balanomorpha) associée à un octocoralliaire. Le genre

Chionelasmus était jusqu’à présent considéré comme monospécifique et

Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp. est maintenant décrite du Banc Éponge, un

guyot de la partie septentrionale de la Ride Norfolk, au sud de la Nouvelle-

Calédonie. Cette nouvelle espèce est associée à un octocoralliaire du genre

Muricides et le mode de pénétration de la larve cypris vers son squelette axial

est discuté.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

167

Buckeridge J. S.

INTRODUCTION

The ftrst known species of Chionelasmus , C. dar¬

wini was described by Pilsbry (1907), from

417-430 nie très ofF rbe Hawaiian Islands. Since

tbat timc, the distribution of the genus bas been

extended to the Indian Océan (Nilsson-Cantell

1928; Yamagutbi 1998), and the Southwest

Pacific (Kermadec Islands) (Poster 1981). The

fossil record is now known to cxtend back co the

Eocene (Buckeridge 1983; 1993). This paper

examines (utther living material, recovered by

Bertrand Richer de Forges, Iront the northern

part of the Norlolk Rîdge.

The specimens studied here are preserved in

alcohol, and hâve been examined witb the aid ol

microscopy and dissection. In addition to scan-

ning électron microscope photographs of the

exterior ot the bolotype, illustrations ol opercula,

mouth parts and appendages hâve been drawn

with the aid of a caméra lucida.

The holotype MNHN-Ci 2685, and paratypes

MNHN-Ci 2686 to Ci 2688 inclusive, are depo-

sited in the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle

(MNHN), Paris, France; a further paratype,

CAX 118, is held in the type collections ar the

UNITEC Insticute of Technology, Auckland,

New Zealand.

SYSTEMATICS -

Subclass C1RRIPEDIA Burmeister, 1834

Order SESSILIA Lamarck, 1818

Suborder BALANOMORPHA Pilsbry, 1916

Superfamily Chionei asmatoi dea

Buckeridge, 1983

Family CHIONEIASMATIDAE Buckeridge, 1983

DISTRIBUTION. - — Uppet Palaeocene to Eocene (New

Zealand); Recent, 207-1 ISO m (Pacific Océan).

Dlagnosls

Shell of six primary wall plates: rostrum (R),

carina (C), and two pairs of dedicated latera, ros-

trolatera (RI.) and carinolatera (CL), ail in

contact with the substrate and surrounded by

distinctly separate whorl(s) of basal imbricating

plates; sheath formed by R, C and CL; RL not

entering sheath; basis thinlv calcareous.

Remarks

The exclusion of the RL from the sheath is a use-

ful indication of antiquity, being characteristic

only of the Chionelasmatoidea and the most pri¬

mitive Pachylasmatoidea: Waikalasma, Eolasma

and Pachylasma (Buckeridge 1996a, b).

Genus Chionelasmus Pilsbry, 1911

Type SPECIES. — - Chionelasmus darwini darwini

(Pilsbry, 1907). Recent, 207-450 m, North Pacific

Océan.

Srrt ifs INCl UDt.fi. — Two living species are presently

ariributed ro this genus, one being further divided

into two subspecies; Chionelasmus darwini sensu stricto

(Pilsbry. 1907), Nortli Pacific Océan (207-450 m);

Chionelasmus darwini n.subsp. (Yantaguchi, 1998),

Indian Océan (420-526 ni); plus the new species des¬

cribed hcrc: Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp., Southwest

Pacific Océan (505-1180 m).

DISTRIBUTION. — Upper Palaeocene ro Eocene (New

Zealand); Recent, 207-1180 m (Indian and Pacific

Océans).

DlAGNOSlS

Chionelasmatinae with trimorphic basal imbrica¬

ting plates, which, although attributable to up to

four whorls, are integrated into one.

Remarks

Chionelasmus dit fers from Eochionelasmus

Yamaguchi, 1990 primarily in the nature of the

imbricating whorls (Yamaguchi & Newman

1990). In Eochionelasmus, there are berween five

and nine distinct whorls of imbricating plates,

however these plates are monomorphic, lacking

the alar extensions characteristic of Chionelasmus.

Chionelnsmus crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1-5)

M'A'I PRIAI EXAMINED. — New Caledonia.

BERYX 11: stn CH02, 24°57’S - 168°2]'E,

505-600 m, 14.X. 1992: 5 specimens attached to a

dctorticared octocoral. — Stn CH05, 24°54'S -

168”22'E, 600-650 m, 15.X. 1992: 8 specimens

embedded in the living octocoral Muricides sp. indet.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

A new species of Chionelasmus

Record* — Foster (1981: 354). 1180 ni. Material

losr, opercula and body pans noc figured by Foster

(Joe. rit.).

Type SPECIMENS. — Holotype, MX'H N-Ci 2685: com-

plete shell, wirli complemental male on operculum,

from stn CH05 (Fig. 1); soft rissue removed and prepa-

red for drawing and SLM photography. Paratypes:

MNHN-Ci 2686, one complété shell. from sm CH 05.

with soft tîssue and opercula removed; MNHN-

Ci 2687, 5 speeimens, 4 complété, from stn CHÜ5;

MNHN-Ci 2688, 5 speeimens, 4 complété from stn

CH02; CAX 118: 1 specirften Irom stn CH05.

ErYMOl.OGY. — The new species is named ru honour

Dr Alain Crosnier, ORSTOM (Institut Français de

Recherche Scientifique pour le Développement en

Coopération), Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,

Paris. On two separate occasions, 1993 and 1996, I

hâve had the privilège ofworlcing in Paris wirh Alain.

He is one of a spécial breed of scientisrs, who thrbugh

scientük rigor, professionalism and dedication, lettves

a legacy with ORSTOM that is uniikely to Lie equa-

led, I am proud to be able to call Alain both a much

respected colleague in science, and a friend.

HABITAI. — Stations CP CH02 and CF105 are loca-

tcd on the liât, limestone cappcd summit of a large

guyoi, knovvn as Seamount B, or “Spongc Bank".

Seamount B is part of a linéament ot guyots at the

northern part of Norfolk Ridge. to the south of New

Caledonia. Watcr températures ar 600 métrés are

10-12 “C. In addition to stylasterids, and octocorals

wirh cirripedes, the sire is known for a veiy rich and

diverse spongc launa, including lithisrids, tetractinel-

lides, detnonsponges. More thân 190 invertebrate spe¬

cies hâve been recorded from the site (Bertrand Ricner

de Forges, pers. comm.).

Fig. 1. — Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp., holotype. MNHN-Ci 2685; A, latéral view of whole specimen. with complemental male atta¬

chée! near apex of tergum (right side): B, latéral view of whole specimen (left side); C, dorsal view of whole specimen; D, carinal view

of whole specimen; E, rostral view of whole specimen. Scale bar: 5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

169

Buckeridge J. S.

Diagnosis

Tergum with broadly rounded, well-defined

spur; scutum with protruding articulât ridge

extending half lengrh of tergal margin; cirrus VI

with four pairs of setae on anterior edge of inter¬

médiare segments.

Description

Holotype (MNHN-Ci 2685): rostro-carinal dia-

meter 12.4 mm; width 9.1 mm; height 8.7 mm.

Paratype (MNHN-Ci 2686): rostro-carinal dia-

meter 11.4 mm; width 9.7 mm; height 12.5 mm.

Shell whire, porcellanous; base calcareous, very

rhin centrally, but thickened nearer paries, with

short but weak terminal ribs or extensions; canna

vvell developed, semi-conic, with extended alae,

approximately twice height of rostrum. RL and

CL clearly separated front paries of rostrum and

canna respect ively by broad exposed alar areas on

latter plates; internally, RL uot entcring the

sheath. Primary plates transversely sculptured

wiih fine growth Unes, each paries with central,

very wcakly-developed longitudinal ribs, rib spa-

cing approxintating apices of basal imbricating

Fig. 2. — Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp., paratype, MNHN-Ci 2686; A, tergum (right), interior; B, same. exterior: C, scutum (right),

interior: D, same, exterior. Scale bar; 4 mm.

170

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20(2)

A new species of Chionelasmus

plates; growth lines sligluly basally deflected

approaching pariétal ribs. Alae almost cônflueni

with paries, possessing very fine apico-basal striae

transversely bctween well spaced growrh lines,

welting absent. Interior of carina with low, nar-

row rib along alar margin. Imbricating plates tri-

morphic, two types hâve “alar extensions” or

overlapping margins (eithcr on one, or both

sides), one lype lacks alar extensions; alar exten¬

sions with well lornied, subvemcâl, growth lines;

imbricating plates and base ot pariétal plates in

contact with substrate; base of paries slightly

inflected inwards.

Opercula (Fig. 2): tergum triangular, basal mar-

Fig. 3. — Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp.. holotype, MNHN-Ci 2685; A, labrum and palps (setae shown on left palp only); B, mandible

(right side); C, intermediate segment of cirrus VI showing setal arrangement (right side); D, first maxilla (left side); E, cirrus III (left

side, shown with setae removed); F, caudal appendage, pénis and basal portion of cirrus VI. Scale bars: A-D, 0.5 mm; E, F, 2 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

171

Buckeridge J. S.

gin sligluly concave, carinal margin slightly

convex; c-xterior with well-developed transverse

growth lincs Crossing strong apico-basal striac,

and fine, délicate, apico-basal micro-striae;

apico-basal furrow projected as b road, modéra te-

ly rounded spur at basi-scucal angle; interior with

elevated articular ridge; articulât furrow modera-

tely deep; crcsts for depressor muscles moderately

developed near basi-carinal angle. Scutum trian-

gular, basal and tergal inargins broadlv and gent-

ly convex; externally wîrh strong growth lines eut

by fine apico-basal micro-striae; protruding arti¬

cular ridge extending haif iength ot tergal mar¬

gin; internally with weakly-developcd, centrally

placed, adductor muscle pic, articular ridge eleva¬

ted with strong transvefse growth lines.

Body parts (Fig 3): inandible tridentate, outer

edges of second and third teeth with occasional,

fine, flattened serrations, inner angle pectinate

with numerous short spines; first maxilla with

rwo large upper spines, notch poorly-developed,

centrally with group of three large spines, lower

angle with numerous smaller spines, relatively

hirsute overaii; second maxilla biiobed. Pénis

long, basal third smooth, non-hirsute, outer rwo

chirds annulated, hirsute at end; labrum broadly

cnrved, with numerous small, but well-formed,

centrally disposed teerh; palps moderately shar-

ply rounded, with setae primarily on inner side,

well-separated,

Cirrus I anterior and posrerior rami about equal

number of segments. Cirrus II more like

cirrus III than cirrus I. Anterior rami of cirri III,

VI, V and VI slightly shorter in Iength than pos-

terior rami, although occasionally with more seg¬

ments. Cirrus VI with intermédiare segments

having four pairs ol setae on the anterior edge;

caudal appendages about rwice Iength ol basal

pedicel of cirrus VI. For holorype, segments per

rami, (first line from cirri on right side, anterior

ram us first), and for caudal appendages (c.a.) as

follows;

c.a.

9/10

15/17

20/21

26/28

27/26

25/28

10/10

15/18

21/21

26/23

25/26

23/25

Colour (in alcohol): the holotype and paratype

shells are presently creamy-white internally and

externally. Sonic soft tissue in the holotype has a

straw tinting, e.g. the chitinous cutdng edges of

the mouth parts.

Remarks

1 his specics is unusual in the choice of an octo-

cora! for its host. Spccimens from station CH05

are deeply embedded in the cotai, with soft tissue

coveringall but the orifice and opercula (Fig. 5).

Yaniaguchi (1998) places much emphasis on the

disposition, arid the number of imbricating

plates (see Fig. 4). The number of imbricating

plates in C. cmnieri varies ontogenetically, and

in sonie spccimens may differ slightly on each

side ot the shell [ e.g, the larger specinlen from

Ci 2688 (R-C diameter; 9.1 mm) has an extra

plate “c 1 ” on the lef't sidel.

The fine, basal ribbing (or nodes) on ihe pariétal

plates was initially thought to hâve been a func-

tion of the substrate surface pattern. The spéci¬

mens grow however, on a cylindrical structure,

with a longitudinal surface texture. As stich, the

ribbing could he expected to lie linearly arran¬

gée!. TliJt they are radial in overall disposition

indicates that ribbing is a primary feature.

Ir is unfortunate that the material described by

Ftister (1981), From the Kermadee Islands, has

been lost from New Zealand’s océanographie col¬

lections (held at the National Inscitute of Water

R CL C

Fig. 4. — Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp. The arrangement of wall

plates in adult specimen. Pariétal plates: R. rostrum; C. carina;

RL, losirolfltus, CL cannolnlus Basal imbrioatiog plates - r'

imbricating plate added beiwtren R and I': c' imbricating plate

addea batween i 1 and C: r 1, c ! , imbricating plates ot second lier,

variotisly disposed as shown sr and se imbricating piales

added dlrectly below R and C; ri' and cl' iinbncaling plates

addod dlrectly below RL and CL; c 3 (not in bold). imbricating

platn occasionally tound below c £ and C, Numerals clown left

hand suie indieatv 1 whpn nornbei'" ot loidricpiing pia;<js n c 3

présent, sc would fall into a fourth whorl.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

A new species of Chionelasmus

Fig. 5. — Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp.; A, the relationship of C. crosnieri n.sp. with the host octocoral, Muricides sp. indet. (Paratype,

MNHN-Ci 2687); B. detail of specimen central right of A, showing attached juvénile (damaged); most of the Shell, apart from that clo-

sest to the orifice is buried wifhin the coral tissue; C, cirrus I (left side, SEM photograph); D, cirrus II (left side, SEM photograph);

E. detail of D, showing basal portion of anterior ramus of cirrus II (SEM photograph). Scale bars: A, 10 mm; B-E, 1 mm.

173 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Buckeridge J. S.

and Acmospheric Research, Wellington).

Although Foster did not publish figures of body

parts and opercula, he did préparé working dia-

grams, and these hâve been made available by

courtesy of Professor T. Yamaguchi. The man-

dible, first maxilla, caudal appendages and pénis

conform to the holotype of C. crosnieri n.sp., but

rhere are no known figures of the labrum or

palps. There are slight variations witb the oper-

cula, but these différences are interprered as

ontogenetic. Posters material being juvénile.

Nonetheless, the tergunt of Posters material pos-

sessed a concave basal margin, and the scutum

had an articular ridge that cxtcnded for about

half the length of the articular margin. These

characters. supported by the géographie location

of the specimen, are considered sufFtcient to

place the Kerntadec Islands material within

C. crosnieri n.sp.

Specimen MNHN-Ci 2685 (Fig. I) possesses a

small barnacle, attached near the apex of the

right tergunt (R-C diameter: 2.3 mm). This grew

initially within the articular furrow, but with

ontogeny, now occupies a larger area on the ter-

gum. Both rerga and scuta of this barnacle pos-

sess dimpled apical primordial valves. Only the

first of the imbricatiog plates (C 1 ) is présent,

with the primary wall of the shell bemg compri-

sed of six parierai plates (i.e. R-RL-CL-C-CL-

RL). This arrangement corresponds to that of an

early postlarval stage (Newman 1687; ftg. 6B),

rather titan that of a complentental male (as in

Hui & Moyse 1984).

HOST REWTlONSHtPS

Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp. is commensal on an

octocoral, Muricides sp. indet. It is not attached

to the surface of the octocoral however, but to

the axial skeleton. Except for the opercula and

the apical parts of the carina and rostrum, no

part of the barnacle shell is visible, i.e. it lies

buried within the soft tissuc of the coral (Fig. 5).

The mechanism by which cyprid larvae gain

access to the axial skeleton is unknown, as it Ls

uncertain whecher they could burtow through

coral tissue. Observations, however, hâve been

made on barnacle commensals on gorgonians

living off La Jolla, California (Contez 1973).

Gomez proposed that cyprid larvae of Balanus

galeatus gained access to rite axial skeleton after

nudibranch feeding exposed the axis. The bar-

nacles were gcnerally found terminally on coral

branches, the preferred sites for nudibranch pré¬

dation, suggesting that the cyprids attached

themselves to the axis during, or shortly after,

nudibranch feeding. A similar mechanism may

provide an opportun! ty for C. crosnieri cyprids to

gain access to the axis of Muricides.

Al’FINITIES

Chionelasmus crosnieri n.sp. closely resembles

Chionelasmus darwini (Pilsbry), but may be dis-

tinguislted front that spccies by the opercula and

body parts. Lite tergum in C. crosnieri n.sp. lias a

more obtuse apical angle, a broader, more clearly

defined spur with a less acute basal angle; the

scutum is broader. with the prorruding articular

ridge extending for about half the length of the

tergal margin, it has a basal utargin that is btuad-

ly convex (rather than concave or sinuous), and a

moderately acutely rounded basi-occludcnt

angle. Cirrus VI has four pairs of setae on the

an ténor edge of intermédiare segments (C. dur-

unni has ftve). The mandible lacks the medium-

si/ed secondary teeth that occur in C darwini,

and the first maxilla possesses only two upper

spines, with mimerons fine setae below the lower

angle. The pénis is only annulated over two

thirds of its length, and is only hirsute at the tip

(C. darwini is annulated and hirsute over the

entire length).

This species is similar to specimens of Eocene

âge Irom the Chathatn Islands, figured in

Buckeridge (1983: 61), as Chionelasmus darwini.

Unfortimatcly very lew opercula hâve been rcco-

vered from the fossil material. Of particular note

is' the tergal margin of the scutum, which has the

prorruding tergal ridge extending for about two

thirds of its length. This character serves to dis-

tinguish the fossil material from ail living forins,

and places it closest to C. crosnieri n.sp. It is

hoped that further collecting will clarify the sys-

teinatic location of the Chatham Islands mate-

rial, although at présent, it seems most likely that

it will be placed within C. crosnieri as a further

subspecies.

C. crosnieri is readily distinguished from

Eochionelasmus ohtai Yamaguchi, 1990, by

174

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new species of Chionelasmus

having less titan five whorls of intbricating plates,

a scutum which possesses an almost 90° basi-ter-

gal angle (F. ohtai is broadly rounded) and a ter-

gum, which in E. ohtai has a more deeplv

excavated basal margin. The mouth parts of

E. ohtai, unlike C. crosnieri , possess distinctive

features that are interpreted by Yamaguchi &

Newman (1990) as adaptations for living in a

hydrothermal environment.

Biogeography

The Southwest Pacific has been interpreted by

Buckeridge (1996a), as a centre ol Sessilian évo¬

lution during the early Cainozoic. Matiy primi¬

tive sessilian cirripedes are first recorded front

this part of the world, e.g. Chionelasmus is first

knovvn from the Eocene ol the Chatham Islands

[it is also knovvn Iront the Eocene of Tonga,

although detail of this location is unpublished

(Yamaguchi &L Newman 1990)]. If the South¬

west Pacific is confirmed as the centre for chio-

nelasntatoid spéciation, this spéciation occttrred

after the breakup of Gondwana. If this is so, long

range dispersai during the mkLCainozoic, rather

than vicariance, is the ntost likely trtechanism for

Chionelasmus to hâve coloni/ed the Indian

Océan and northern Pacific.

Acknowledgements

The author wishes to sincerely thank

Dr. Crosnier for the invitation to work on the

MUSORSTOM collections, and for access to

the material. Professor William A. Newman,

Scripps Institutc of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA,

and Professor Toshiyuki Yamaguchi. Chilta

University, japan, provided thoughtful cont-

rnents, via e.mail during the préparation of the

manuscripr. Mme Marie-José D’Hondt identi-

fied the octocoral, and Dr Danielle Defaye (both

of Muséum national d’Histoirc naturelle, Paris)

provided station site data and helpful comments.

REFERENCES

Buckeridge J. S. 1983. — Fossil barnacles (Cirripedia:

Thoracica) of New Zealand and Australia. New

Zealand Gcologkal Survey Paleontologkal Bulletin

50: 1-151.

— 1993. — Cirripedia and Porifera, in Campbell

H. J. et al., Creraceous-Ccnozoic Geology and

Biostratigraphy of the Chatham Islands, New

Zealand, Instituts of Geological and Nuclear Si lences

Managraph 2: I -240. (Released 1994).

— 1996a. l’hylogeny and Biogeography of the

Primitive Svssilia and a considération ol a Tcthyan

origin for the group. Crustacean Issues,

A. À. Balkema Publishcrs, Rotterdam. 1995

(1996), 10: 255-267.

— 1996b. — A living fossil Waikalasma boucheti n.sp.

(Ciriipedia, Balanomorpha) from Vanuatu (New

Hébrides), Southwest Pacific. Bulletin du Muséum

national d'Histoire naturelle, série 4, A 18 (3-4) :

447-457.

Foster B A. 1981. — Cirripedes from océan ridges

norrh of New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of

Zaology 8: 349-367.

Cornez E. D. 1973- — Observations on feeding and

prey specificiry of Tri conta feseiva (Stearns) wirh

comments on other J ritoniids. The Veliger 16:

163-165.

Hui F. & Moysc J. 1984. — Complemem.il males in

the primitive balanomorph barnacle, Chionelasmus

darwini. Journal of the Marine Biological Association

ofthe United Kingdom 64: 91-97.

Newman W. A. 1987. — Evolution of cirripedes and

their major groups, in Soniliward A J. (cd ),

Barnacle Biology, Crustacean Issues, A. A. Balkema

Pubtishers, Rotterdam 5: 3-42.

Nilsson-Cantell C. A. 1928. — The cirrïpede

Chionelasmus (Pilsbry) and a discussion of irs phy-

logeny. Armais and Magazine ofNatuntl History 10:

445-455.

Pilsbry H. A. 1907. — Hawaüan Cirripedia. Bulletin

ofthe Bureau ofFùheries 26: 181190.

Yamaguchi T. 1998. — Review of Chionelasmus dar~

wini (Pilsbry, 1907) (Cirripedia: Balano-

morplia): A comparison between the Pacific and

Indian Océan (populations. Species Divcrsity 3 (1):

in press.

Yamaguchi T. & Newman W. A. 1990. — A new

and primitive barnacle (Cirripedia: Balanomorpha)

from the Norlh Fiji Basin abyssal hydrothermal

fîeld, and its evolutionary implications. Pacific

Science 44: 135-155.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

175

Buckeridge J. S.

Addendum

One of the referees of this manuscript, Diana S.

Jones, has advised that she has a paper in press

with the MUSORSTOM sériés entitled

“Cirripedia Thoracica: New Species of Chione-

lasmtoidea and Pachylasmatoidea (Balano-

morpha) of New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Wallis

and Futuna Islands, with a review of ail currently

assigned taxa”. This paper includes reference to

Chionelasmus dariuini Nilsson Cantell from the

Southwest Pacific, but does not split the species.

In light of this work, Jones’paper and Yamaguchi

(1998), an opportunity exists for further analysis

of the genus as a whole.

176

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Systematic status and géographie distribution

of Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869 (Crustacea,

Brachyura, Trapeziidae), a symbiont

of reef corals

Peter CASTRO

Biological Sciences Department, California State Polytechnic University

Pomona, California 91768-4032 (U.S.A.)

pcastro@csupomona.edu

KEYWORDS

Brachyura,

Trapeziidae,

biogeography,

Pacific océan.

Castro P. 1998. — Systematic status and géographie distribution of Trapezia formosa

Smith, 1869 (Crustacea, Brachyura, Trapeziidae), a symbiont of reef corais. Zoosystema

20 (2) : 177-181.

ABSTRACT

A révision of Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869 has shown that it is found throu-

ghout the Indo-West Pacific région and not restricted to the eastern Pacific.

MOTS CLÉS

Brachyura,

T rapeziidae,

biogéographie,

océan Pacifique.

RÉSUMÉ

Position systématique et distribution géographique de Trapezia formosa Smith,

1869 (Crustacea, Brachyura, Trapeziidae), un symbionte des coraux récifaux.

Une révision de Trapezia formosa démontre que cette espèce n’est pas limitée

au Pacifique oriental mais présente une vaste répartition dans l’Indo-Ouest-

Pacifique.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

177

Castro P.

INTRODUCTION

Trapezia forrnosa, an obligate symbiont of pocil-

loporid reef corals, is one of four species of the

genus tbat occur in the eastern Pacific région

(Fig. 1). I i waj> de.scrihcd front rhc Gulf of

Panama (Smith 1869) and known from rhe soudt-

ern Gull ol California in Mexico to northern

Ecuador and the Galapagos Islands (Castro

1982, 1996). Castro (1982; 1996) suggested thaï

several lu do-West Parific records of T. formata

had resuhed boni crroneous identifications and

that this species, like T. corctllina Gerstaecker,

1857, was endemic to the eastern Pacific. Live

specimens and muséum collections were studied

to résolve the taxonomie status of the species and

to elucidate its géographie distribution. Holdings

of the following institutions were the source of

materials:

ASIZ

SMF

MNHN

RMNH

BMNH

LACM

CBM

SAM

CHCD

USNM

ZRC

Academia Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan;

Forschungsinstitut Senckcnberg,

Frankfurt;

Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle,

Paris;

Nationaal Naïuurhistorisch Muséum,

Leiden;

Naturel History Muséum, London;

Naturel History Muséum of Los

Angeles County;

Naturel History Muséum and

Institute, Chiba, Japan;

South African Muséum. Cape Town;

Taiwan Muséum. I aîpci;

U.S. National Naturel History

Muséum, Washington;

Zoology Référencé Collection,

National Universicy of Singapore.

TAXONOMYAND GEOGRAPHIC

DISTRIBUTION

Tmpezia forrnosa Smith, 1869

Trapezia forrnosa Smith, 1869: 286 (Panama). —

Castro 1996: 544, fig. 4 (synonymy and référencés for

eastern Pacific populations). - Garth 1971: 188

(Maldîve Islands). - Ribcs 1978: 14 (La Réunion).—

Dai et al. 1983: 252, 261, fig. 14C, pl. 4, fig. 8

(South China Sea). - Huber 1985: 23 (Marshall

Islands). - Clîang et al. 198'': 215 (1 aiwan). — Dal &

Yang 1991: 380, 587. fig. 187 (3). pl. 52, fig. 4

(South China Sea). - Castro 1997a: 81 (Corel Sea).

Trapezia digiralis var. forrnosa — Borradaile 1902: 265

(Maklive Islands).

Trapezia ferruginea — Tweedie 1950: 126 (Cocos

(Keeling) Islands; part.) (not Trapezia ferruginea

Latreilk\ 1828).

Trapezia bclla Serène 1984 : 278, fig. 187, pl. 38,

fig. F (La Réunion), (not Trapezia bel la Dana, 1852)

not Trapezia forrnosa : sce synonymy for Trapezia glo-

bosa (Castro 1997b).

MaïT.KIAI tS'AMlM lK — Eastern Pacific. Mexico,

Clipperton (slatld, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia,

Ecuador, Galapagos Islands: see Castro (1996).

Marshall Islands. Fnewctak Atoll, stn 197. 1965,

coll J- w. Knudsen: 1 6 , 3 9 9 (LACM). —

Sin 196, coll. J. W. Knudsen: 7 <3 d, 10 9 9, 1 juv.

(IACM); 5.V1J 1.1967, coll. ). W. Knudsen: 12 33,

9 9 9 (LACM).

Tuvalu. Onutoa Island, 7 ni, 8.X.1951, coll. A. H.

Barnier: l o (USNM).

C.oral Sea. Chcsterfield Islands, stn DW 92,

19’03.0’S - 158°53.93'E, Corail 2 . ORSTOM, 8 m,

26.V111.1988: 4 dd,4 9 9 (MNHN-B 25191).

Japan. Kii, Shionomisaki, on Pocillopora damicomis,

10-20 m, 25.V. 1995, coll. K. Nomura: I 3

(CBM). — Rvukyu Islands, Yoron Island,

22.V1I.I967, coll. T. Sakai: 6 3 3,3 9 9 (SMF

23339).

Taiwan. Orchid (l.an-Yu) Island, 26°03'N -

12I°32'E, on P. damicomis , 6.1.1982, coll. Y.-S.

Chem 1 3, 1 9 (LACM 82-125.4); 21-22.IIL1996:

1 9 (CHCD 1054), — Kcnting Narional Parle,

26.1V. 1986, coll. M.-S. long; 1 6, I 9 (ASIZ);

17-20.IV. 1996: 1 3, 1 9 (CHCD).

Guam. Pago Bây, on Pocillopora meandrina and

P Dt'rrucosa: 10 I I.IX. 1997, coll. P. Castro: 3 3 3,

5 9 9 (SMF).

Spratly (Nansha) Islands. Taiping Island, 114 r ’22'E -

10°23'N, 20.1V.1V94, coll. M.-S. )eng: 3 3 3, 3 2 9,

1 juv. (ASIZ).

Indonesia. Antbon, sin 39, Runtphius Biohiscorkal

Expédition, 0.5 m, 8.VIL 1990, coll. M. Lavaleye:

1 9 (RMNH D 471 OS). — Stn 27. 26-27.XI. 1990:

1 <î (RMNH D 47105), 2 9 9 (RMNl 1 D 47106).

Cocos (Keeling) Islands. 1941. coll. C. A. Gibson-

Hilh 1 3,2 9 9 (ZRC 1997.777).

Kenya. Mombasa, Ras Iwatine, 4”OI.3'S - 39 U 44’E,

on Stylopbora. I m, 27.11.1971. coll. A. J. Bruce: 1 3,

1 9 (BMNH). — Mombasa Island, 4°04.5’S -

39°40.5'E, coll. A. J. Bruce; 1 cî (BMN11). — Tiwi,

4‘T5‘S _i8”36'E, 2 m. 1,01.1971, coll A. J. Bruce:

1 9 (BMNH); 14.111.1972, coll. N. Bruce: I 3

(MNHN-B 25292).

Seychelles. Aride Island, stn 71 L 4“13 S - 55°40’E,

NIOP-E fytv Seychelles Expédition, on P. verrtunsa,

19.XILI992: 1 3 (RMNH D 47109). Praslin

Island. on small Pocillopora, 17.11.1972, coll.

A. J. Bruce: 5 3 3,6 9 9 (MNHN-B 25289). —

178

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Status of Trapezia formosa

Fig. 1. — A, Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869: live specimen from Enewetak, Marshall Islands (photograph courtesy of M. Huber);

B, Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869: live specimen from Arid Island, Seychelles (RMNH D 47109). CE, Eastern Pacific species of

Trapezia (preserved specimens from Gorgona Island, Colombia): C, T. corallina Gerstaecker, 1857 (top right); D, T. ferruginpa

Latreille, 1828 (top left); E. T. formosa Smith, 1869 (lower right); F, T. digitalis Latreille, 1828 (lower left). Scale bars: 1 cm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

179

Castro P.

Stn 27, 4°58’N - 54°59'E, Reves 2, ORSTOM, 25 m,

8.IX. 1980: 1 6 (MNHN-B 25290). — Mahé Island,

stn 612, 4°65’S - 55°3TE, NIOP-E Tyro Seychelles

Expédition, reef fiat and slope, on P. verrucosa ,

12.XII.1992: 2 $ (RMNH D 47110). — Remire

Reef, 12.11.1972, coll. A. J. Bruce: 1 6 , 1 9

(MNHN-B 25288). — St François Atoll, stn 792,

7°05’S - 52°44’E, NIOP-E Tyro Seychelles Expédition,

on P. eydouxi , outer slope, 5-6.1.1993: 1 6 , 1 9

(RMNH D 47107); 1 6 (RMNH D 47111).

Aldabra Island. 1 6 , 1 9 (MNHN-B 14034).

îles Glorieuses. 16.IX.1958, coll. A. Crosnier &

J. Millot: 2 6 3,1 9 (MNHN-B 25291).

La Réunion. La Saline, on P. verrucosa, outer reef

slope, 5 m, coll. S. Ribes: 1 d , 1 9 (MNHN-

B 8345); on Stylophora , outer reef slope, 5 m, coll.

S. Ribes: 3 6 6,2 9 9 (MNHN-B 23096); on

P. verrucosa , coll. S. Ribes: 1 6 , 1 9 (MNHN-B

23097); on P. verrucosa, outer reef slope, 15 m, coll.

S. Ribes: 2 6 6 , 2 9 9 (MNHN-B 23098). — St

Gilles, reef fiat, 17.IX. 1982, coll. M. de St Laurent:

1 9 (MHNR26).

Mozambique. Coconut Bay, 17.V.1973, coll.

B. Kensley: 1 9 (SAM A43242).

DISCUSSION

Trapezia formosa, together with five other species

(73 bella Dana, 1852, T. cheni Galil, 1983,

T. garthi Galil, 1983, T. globosa Castro, 1997 and

T. speciosa Dana, 1852), is characterized by its

small size, relatively thick chelipeds with short

and stubby fingers, carapace with rounded antéro¬

latéral borders, reduced or absent epibranchial

teeth and the absence, except in juvéniles, of a

suture between the second and third thoracic

sternites. The six species are best differentiated

by their colour patterns (see Castro 1997b).

T. formosa is most common in small colonies and

live coral fragments.

There are no morphological différences between

Indo-West Pacific and eastern Pacific populations

of T. formosa. Apparent différences in the mor-

phology of the male gonopod were found to be a

function of size. It becomes rounder with increa-

sing size in ail populations studied.

Slight colour différences, nevertheless, distinguish

eastern Pacific populations from Indo-West

Pacific ones. Examination of live individuals

from Guam, freshly-preserved ones from

Okinawa and colour photographs of live indivi¬

duals from Taiwan (Fig. 2A, B), the Marshall

Islands (Fig. IA) and the Seychelles (Fig. IB)

shows that the carapace and chelipeds are bright

Fig. 2. — A, B, Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869: live specimens from Orchid Island, Taiwan (LACM 82-125.4). Scale bars: 1 cm.

180

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Status of Trapezia formosa

orange throughout the range of the species. The

walking legs of Indo-West Pacific individuals,

however. show fine, net-likc red fines, a characrer

never reported from live eastern Pacific spéci¬

mens (Castro 1996). Cofor photographe of live

specimens from Panama and close observation of

preserved specimens from this and other eastern

Pacific locations revealed a similar, though not

cqually noticeahlc pattern. Another différence is

tirât, with the exception of eastern Pacific and

Guam individuals, the antérolatéral and anterior

borders of the carapace and anterior and distal

borders of the cheliped merus and carplts are

orange red. Pire colour of preserved specimens

from the South China Sea was given as “orange

red" with dark “net-Iike markings on the dorsal

surface of ihe appendages (Dai et al. 1983) and

orange “outlined by dark orange lines” with an

"obscure meshwork pattern” on the appendages

(Dai & Yang 1991).

Throughout ics range, 7. formosa shows square to

irregular orange red to dark broyvn réticulations

thaï cover the upper lialf of the inner border of the

cheliped propodus. l'he lower lialf is orange yel-

low; the fmgers brown. The eyes are greenish grey.

In spite of similarities in morphology and colour

pattern, ihe genetic distance between Panama

and F.newetak populations of T. formosa were

found to be similar to genetic distance between

morphologically close but distinct species of

Trapezia (see Huber 1985). Littie or no gene

flow appears to uke place between the Panama

and Enewctak populations, Further studies of

gene-en/.yme Systems and DNA may ultimately

provide évidente to show lhat geograpliically iso-

lated populations of T. formosa and other widcly

distributed species of trapezijds stich as /. ferru-

ginea Latreilje, 1828 and T. digitalis Latreille,

1828 are genctically isolated species. Tliese spe¬

cies could perhaps be distinguished by small dif¬

férences in coloür patterns, not by morphological

characters used in traditional taxonomy.

Acknowledgements

Spécial thanks are due to A. Crosnier for entrus-

ting me with ORSTOM’s collections and for dri-

ving me into new territories, which launched this

and other investigations.

REFERENCES

Borradaile L. A, 1902. — The Xandiidae and some

orher crabs. Marine crustaceans 111: 237-271, in

Gardinet ). S. (ed.), The Tanna and Geography of

the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Volume 1.

Cambridge Univeisity l’ress, Cambridge.

Castro P. 1982. Notes on symbioric decapod crus-

taceans front Gorgofta Isiand, Colombia, wiih a

révision of the eastern Pacific species ol Trapezia

(Brachyura, Xanthidae), symbionts of seleractinian

corals. Anales efel lustitulo de Inmtigaciows Marinas

de Panfa de Br tin 12: 9-17.

— 1996. — Eastern Pacific species of Trapezia

(Cru.stace-.t, Brachyura: Trapeziidae), sibling species

symhiotte with reef corals. Bulletin of Marine

Science 58: 531-554.

— 1997a. — Trapcziid crabs (Brachyura: Xanthoidea:

Tt.ipcziidac) ol New CaJcdonia. eastern Australia,

and the Coral Sea: 59-107, in Richer de Forges B.

(ed.), Les fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-

Calédonie (Sédimentologie, Benthos), brades &

Thèses. Volume 3. ORSTOM, Paris.

— 1997b — Trapeaiid crabs (Brachyura:

Xanthoidea: Trapc/iidae) of French Polynesia:

109-139, in Richer de Forgés B. (ed.), Les fonds

meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Calédonie

(Sédimentologie, Benthos), Etudes 6- Thèses.

Volume3. ORSTOM. Paris.

Cliang K.-EL, Chen Y.-S. & Chcn C.-P. 1987. —

Xantliid crabs in die corals, Pocmopord dumiconm

and T. vernir osa of Southern Taiwan. Bulletin of

Marine Science 41 (2) : 214-220.

Dai A. ik Yang S. 1991. Crabs of the China Sens.

China Océan Press, Beijing, 21 + 608 p.

Dai A., Song Y., Chen G. & Yang S. 1983. — On the

crabs of the Xiçlta Fslands - Xanthidae. Studia

Marina Sinisa 20: 231 -201.

Gart.h J. 5, 1971.— Borradailc’s Maldivian collec¬

tions revisited. Journal, of the Marine Biologit al

Association ofIndia, 1969, 11: 182-190.

Huber M. F,. 1985. — Population genctîcs of c-ighi

species ol Trapezia (Brachyura: Xanthidae). sym¬

bionts of corals. Marine Bio/ogy 85: 23-36.

Ribes, S. 1978. — La macrpfaune vagi le associée a la

partie rivante des sdérat tmiaires .sur un récif fran¬

geant de Ti/o de La Réunion (océan Indien).

Thèse de doctorat Université Aix-Marseille JJ. 167 p.

Serène R. 1984. Crustacés décapodes hrachyotires

de l'Océan Indien occidental et de la rner Rouge.

Xanthoidea: Xanthidae et Ttapc/.iidae. Addendum:

Carpiliidae et Menippidae par A. Crosnier, Faune

Tropicale 24 ; 1-400.

Smith S I. 1869. — Notes on new or lirrle known

species of American cancroid Crustacea. Proceedings

of the Boston Society of Ndtural History 1 2: 274-289.

Tweedie M. W. F. 1950. — The fauna of rhe Cocos-

Keeling fslands, Brachyura and Sromatopoda.

Bulletin of the Raffles Muséum 22: 105-148.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

181

A new reef lobster of the genus

Enoplometopus A. Milne Edwards, 1862

(Decapoda, Nephropoidea) from the western

and Southern Pacific

Tin-Yam CHAN

Institute of Marine Biology, National Taiwan Océan University,

Keelung, (Taiwan, R.O.C.)

tychan@ntou66.ntou.edu.tw

Hsiang-Ping YU

Graduate School of Fisheries Sciences, National Taiwan Océan University,

Keelung, (Taiwan, R.O.C.)

Chan T.-Y. & Yu H.-P. 1998. — A new reef lobster of the genus Enoplometopus A. Milne

Edwards, 1862 (Decapoda, Nephropoidea) from the western and Southern Pacific.

Zoosystema 20 (2): 183-192.

ICEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Nephropoidea,

Enoplometopus,

new species.

ABSTRACT

A new reef lobster, Enoplometopus crostiieri n.sp., is described based on a

Taiwanese specimen. This new species can be readily disringuished from ail

others of the genus bv having one inrermediate and one postcervical teeth on

the carapace, as well as a distinctive coloration. E. crostiieri is also known

front the Timor Sea and French Polynesia. A key to the genus Enoplometopus

is also provided,

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Nephropoidea,

Enoplometopus,

nouvelle espèce.

RÉSUMÉ

Une nouvelle langouste récifale du genre Enoplometopus A. Milne Edwards,

1862 (Decapoda, Nephropoidea) de l’ouest et du sud Pacifique. Une nouvelle

« langouste » récifale, Enoplometopus crosnieri n.sp., est décrite à partir d’un

spécimen de Taïwan. Cette nouvelle espèce peut être facilement distinguée

de toutes les autres du genre par la présence sur la carapace d’une dent inter¬

médiaire et d’une dent postcervicale et par sa coloration distincte. crosnieri

est également signalée de la mer de Timor et de Polynésie française. Une clc

du genre Enoplometopus est présentée.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Chan T.-Y. & Yu H.-P.

INTRODUCTION

In January 1997, a live specimen of an unusual

reef lobster of rhe genus Enoplometopus A. Milne-

Edwards, 1862, was found in a sea-food restau¬

rant near the National Taiwan Océan University

(NTOU), Keelung. T he animal was immediately

purchased and kept in an aquarium at the

NTOU. 1 his large specimen was hnind to hâve a

completely different coloration (Figs 1, 2) ihan

E. ocddentalh (Randall, 1840), the onlv species

of the genus previously known front Taiwan

(Chan &: Yu 1993). Although the presence of a

large red ocellus (or “bullseye”) on the latéral

carapace in our Taiwanese specimen resembles

the colour pattern reported for E. holthuisi

Gordon, 1968, the morphological characters of

the Taiwanese specimen differ considerably from

E. holthuisi. Our specimen and E. holthuisi could

be assigned to different subgenera or even généra

[e.g. Enoplometopus (sensu Holthuis 1983) for the

Taiwanese specimen and ! foplometopus Holthuis,

1983 for E. holthuisi ] according to some authors

{e.g. Holthuis 1983; Kensley &t Child 1986; de

Saint Laurent 1988; Tiirkay 1989; Poupin et ni

1990; Poupin 1996). Carchd comparions sho-

wed that our specimen is distinct from ail known

species of the genus. Moreover, the colour photo-

graph of a specimen from French Polynesia

(Poupin et al. 1990: pl. III-c; Poupin 1996;

pl. V-h), and some unpublishcd photographs of a

specimen from the Timor Sea (A. J. Bruce, pers.

comm.) also clearly show that they represent the

same undescribed species discovered in Taiwan.

This reef lobster is here described.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The Taiwanese specimen was kept in an aqua¬

rium at NTOU for about four months, molting

once befbre dying. Both the specimen and com¬

plété molt are deposited at the crustacean collec¬

tion at NTOU. The carapace lengrh (cl) and

body length (bl) given were measured dorsally

from the orbital margin to the posterior margin

of the carapace and distal margin of the telson,

respectively.

The following species deposited at NTOU were

used for comparions: E. occidetitalis (Randall,

1840) [Taiwan: 3 3 3 44.2-46.5 mm cl; 4 9 9

31.9-44.8 mm cl; Singapore aquarium shops,

place of origin unknown: 1 9 14.3 mm cl],

E. debelius Holthuis, 1983 [Singapore aquarium

shops, place of origin unknown: 2 3 3

11.2-13.8 mm cl, I 9 12.3 mm d], E. daumi

Holthuis, 1983 [Philippines, 1 ovig. 9 18.5 mm

cl; Singapore aquarium shops, place of origin

unknown: 3 3 3 13.6-18.6mm cl, 2 9 9

13.1 -14.2 mm cil, E. gracilipes (de Saint Laurent,

1988) [French Polynesia: 1 3 46.1 mm cl].

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Enoplometopus crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1-3)

Enoplometopus n.sp. - Poupin et al. 1990: pl. III-c;

Poupin 1996: pl. V-h.

M ATI: RI AI l-XAMINIT).— Northern Taiwan. Keelung,

llo-Ping Island (probably caughr wirh lobster crap net

al about 100 ru deep off Keelung), January 1997:

holotype, ovig. 2, S S.4 mm cl, 135 7 mm il, molt

54,7 mm d, obtàined from sea-food restaurant in fish

market (NTOU 1997-1 -H).

Type-LOCAUTY. — Keelung, northern Faiwan.

ETYMOLOGY. — The genus Enoplometopus already lias

species named after two prominent macruran decapod

taxonomists who are still with us; Le. F. A. Chace Jr.

and L. B. Holthuis. It is a pleasure here to ïnclude

A. Crosnier’s name in this genus. Moreover, this

active and colourful lobster marches well with the

impression of A. Crosnier to ocher carcinology col-

leagues.

SlZE. — Rather large for the genus, with carapace

length 46-54.7 mm.

DiSTRIRU t ION. — Western and Southern Pacific;

known with certainty from Taiwan, Timor Sea (near

Darwin, Australia) and French Polynesia (sce

'‘Remaries"). At depths of about 100 m, on hard bot-

toms.

Description

Size moderately large. Body distinctly pubescent

and with nrany long stiff hairs. Rostrum elonga-

ted, triangular and sharply pointed; exceeding

antennular peduncle, and armed with two pairs

184

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new species Enoplometopus

of latéral teeth. Carapace bearing one large supra-

ocular spine, one large intermédiare, six médian,

two latéral and one postcervical teeth; intermé¬

diare tooth larger than supra-ocular spine;

médian teeth with anteriormost one small but

distinct while posteriormost one more or less as

large as intermédiare tooth; postcervical tooth

large, similar in size to supra-ocular spine.

Antérolatéral carapace armed with large antennal

spine (strongly bent inwards) and minute bran-

chiostegal spine. Dorsal surfaces of rostrum and

carapace scattered with few long stiff hairs. Eyes

well-developed, subspherical. Scaphocerite (inclu-

ding distolateral tooth) reaching tip of antennular

peduncle. Antennal peduncle slightly overrea-

ching scaphocerite; basal segment bearing a

strong ventral spine (basicerite spine), with dorso-

lateral angle blunt and not developed into spine.

Maxilliped III overreaching scaphocerite by distal

two segments; carpus bearing small distoventral

spine; merus with two large distoventral teeth;

ischium having one disto-outer and one disto¬

ventral spines, inner margin serrated, consisting

of row of sharp teeth; basis with distoventral

spine. First chelipeds exceeding scaphocerite by

one half carpus; almost equal in size and shape

except for cutting edges of fingers; chelae with

fingers slightly longer than palm; fixed finger

slightly longer than movable finger, outer and

inner margins heavily serrated with large teeth

and covered with many long stiff hairs, tips of

fingers elongate and curving inwards; dorsal and

ventral surfaces of palm densely covered with

sharp tubercles except for marginal areas; dorsal

hinge of fingers armed with large tooth, ventral

hinge bearing large tubercle; fingers distinctly

ridged medially and bearing only few sharp

tubercles near bases; cutting edges of right fingers

distributed with many small crushing teeth as

well as a few larger ones on that of movable fin¬

ger, while that of fixed finger also bearing five

large broad teeth; cutting edges of left fingers ser¬

rated, with numerous small sharp teeth, that of

fixed finger also bearing six large teeth while that

Fig. 1. — Enoplometopus crosnieri n.sp., holotype ovig. 9 , 55.4 mm cl., Keelung, Taiwan (NTOU 1997-1-H).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

185

Chan T.-Y. & Yu H.-P.

of movable finger having elcvcn additional

moderatc sized teeth; some long stifï hoirs pré¬

sent along cutting edges ol borh chelae; corpus

and merus nearly completely covered with large

and small teeth along oll inargins; ischium

having inner margin entirely serraled with teeth,

outer margin bcaring only large distal tooth.

Pereiopods II to V suhchelate, with distal prolon¬

gations (or palms) ol propodi becoming less

developed posteriorly; distal prolongation of pro-

podus bcaring rwo long distal spines in pereio-

pod II, that of pereiopod III having two distal

and onc subdistoventral long spines, that of

pereiopod IV with three distal and one subdisto-

ventral long spines, that of pereiopod V spoon-

shaped and without spine; dactylos of

pereiopod V also bearing basal knob, Recepta-

culum seminis on thoracic sternum with blunt

anterior end; posterior end wider and also blunt;

latéral margins as double convex lobes, without

spine or tttbercle.

Abdomen with many long stiff hairs (more

nunterous posteriori) ), bearing a low but distinct

médian ridge on somites II to VI; pleura II, III,

IV and VI provided With blunt postérolatéral

angle; pleuron V with margins generally smooth.

Telson trapezoid and slightly longer than maxi¬

mum widrh, bearing one pair of movable latéral

spines and three pairs of postérolatéral spines

(inner pair longcsr). Uropods with protopodite

divided dorsally into two lobes each with sharp

spine-like apex, inner lobe also bearing two to

three spinules on latéral margin and one spine on

posterior margin; endopod shorter than telson

and armed wilh a postérolatéral spine; exopod

slightly longer than telson, having distinct diae-

resis with strong outer spine followed by one

movable spine.

Coloration

Body generally orange red. Eyes dark brown.

Carapace with large white-margined red ocellus

(or bull.seye) on latéral surface. Two narrow

oblique white lines running front dorsal to ventral

carapace, also prcsent beitind thc bullseye. Antero-

dorsal carapace pinkish and distributed vvich many

red blotcbes. Teeth on dorsal carapace banded

with red and white. RostraJ teeth, anrennuiar and

antennal peduncles with alternating orange and

white bands. Antennular llagella with outer surfa¬

ce orange; inner surface whitish. Antennal flagella

uniformly orange. Base of antennal peduncle and

branchiostegal area on carapace conspicuously

white, with area in-between distinctly reddish.

Abdominal rergites mainly orange pink and with

some scactered red blotches; dorsal ridges on somi-

te II to VI reddish, each bearing white médian

spot; red-margined white spot présent above each

abdominal hinge; pleura generally reddish and

bcaring rwo large white spots antero- and postero-

latetally (former one larger); somite VI covered

with irrcgular thick transverse white band near

posterior margin. Tailfan with distal margin red¬

dish, basal part mostiy reddish, and distal part

mainly pale purple.

Maxillipcd fil with alternating orange and white

bands. Large cbeliped with palm light pnrplish

red, tubercles reddish, teeth on latéral margins

whitish and with red bases (those on inner mar¬

gin of palm as large red spots); hinge benveen

fingers ntarked a.s large red spot; (txed finger whi¬

tish and with médian ridge covered with thick

red bands, cutting edges with small reddish teeth

and large whitish teeth; movable finger orange

purple, with médian ridge covered with thick red

bands, teeth on outer margin orange and with

red bases, cutting edge with small reddish teeth

and large reeth somewhat orange; carpus and

merus with alternating orange and white bands,

disto-dorsal margin ol borh segments bright

purple, teeth generally whitish, with red bases.

Pereiopods II to V wirli distal three segments

entirely orange while meri and ischia with alter¬

nating orange and white bands, large white spot

also presenr on latéral side of coxae. Pubescence

on body light brown, with long stiff hairs golden

brown. Eggs dark purple.

Remarjcs

The présent species can be readily separated front

ail the other known species of the genus and

being somewhat intermédiare between the two

subgenera (or généra) “ Enoplometopus ” (sensu

Holrhuis 1983) and Hoplometopus Holthuis,

1983 proposed by some authors (e.g. Holthuis

1983; Kensley fk Child 1986; de Saint Laurent

1988; Türkay 1989; Poupin et al. 1990; Poupin

1996). Morphologically, it may be grouped in

186

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

A new species Enoplometopus

Fig. 2. — Enoplometopus crosnieri n.sp., holotype 9 , 55.4 mm cl., Keelung, Taiwan (NTOU 1997-1-H); A, latéral view; B. dorsal

view.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

187

v &aÊjK!L JgHijk ; . J

1 j

K^ik «j

l p. œwm

I ^ mt ~ Wà

I I

Æf 1

§w

1 Wf*a MA

| A 1

pu r

1 _Ci

| D_ \j

A new species Enoplometopus

Holthuis (1983) subgenus “Enoplometopus" by

bearlng one postcervical tootb, abdominal pleuca

only bluntly angutar and thc teison armed with

ont- latéral spine. Nevcrtheless, loi the number of

intermcdiate tecth on thc carapace (le. one ins-

tead ol tvvo) it conformes to the définition of

Hoplometopus. Moreover, the présence ol a large

“bullseye” on the latéral carapace is very similar

to the colour pattern of E. antillensh Lütken,

1865 (see photo in Gonzalez 1995) and E. hol-

tbuisi Gordon, 1968 (see photo in Debelins

1986; Debelius &T Baensch 1994; Gosliner et al,

1996), the larter two species being both grouped

in the so-called Hoplometopus , Therefore, the

présent species is treated as new lor irs unique

combination ol the above characters.

Compared to the five known species ol the so-

called “ Enoplometopus" group (sensu Holthuis

1983), the présent new species is distinct in

having only one intermediate tooth and bearing

a bullseye on the latéral carapace. Furthermore, it

appears that only E. occidentalis (Randall, 1840)

of this group can attain to a similar large size as

E, crosnieri. A comparison of £ crosnieri with the

four species at hand [i.e. £ occidentalis, E. debe¬

lius Holthuis, 1983, £ daumi Holthuis, 1983

and £ gracilipes (de Saint Laurent, 19S8)1 sho-

wed that the new species is also distinct in bea¬

ring only two pairs of latéral teeth on rostrum,

carapace having two latéral teeth but six médian

teeth, branchiostegal spine very srnall, large che-

lipeds and inner protopodite of uropods more

spinous, and receptaculum seminis with latéral

margins smooth. It is found that the abdomens

of £ occidentalis and E. gracilipes bear a blunt

médian ridge, too. The médian ridge is rudimen-

tary in E. gracilipes but it is progressively more

developed with size in E. occidentalis. On the

other hand, no trace of médian ridge is observed

in E. debelius and £ daumi. E. chacei Kensley et

Child, 1986 appeats also do not possess a

médian ridge on thc abdomen It is interesting

that the postcervical “spine” is mcrely represen-

ted by a small protrusion in thc six specimens of

£ daumi at NTOU (though in livc specimens

this postcervical protrusion was whitc in colour

and being very distinct). In this way, the charac-

ter used by Kensley &c Child (1986) to xeparate

E. chacei Iront E. daumi becontcs unclear.

Nevcrtheless, thc possession of only two pairs ot

rostral tecth in £ chacei can probably separate it

front £ daumi as wcll as thc other species of thc

“Enoplometopus’’ group (sensu Holthuis 1983)

except £ crosnieri (which, on the other hand,

differs front £ chacei in many other characters as

mentioned above), Species of this genus générally

hâve a very distinctive coloration, and their iden¬

tifications are heavily relied on coloration but

with very slighr morphological différences percei-

ved (e.g. Holthuis 1983; Kensley & Child 1986;

Tiirkay 19.89), Nevcrtheless, it seems that some

constant morphological différences can probably

bc found amongst the species il more specimens

arc available lor direct comparisons. Jtt thc mean-

time, coloration is still a very important character

in distingujshitig the species of Enoplometopus and

the following key is proposed for the eleven spe¬

cies recognized at présent as valid in this genus.

Key TO THE species OF THE GENUS Enoplometopus

1. Carapace at most with one postcervical tooth; abdominal pleura broadly convex or

with a blunt postérolatéral angle; latéral margins of teison armed with one pair of

médian spine.s .2

— Carapace with two postcervical teeth; abdominal pleura bearing a strong tooth;

latéral margin of teison armed with two pairs of médian spines .7

2. Carapace with one intermediate tooth and a very large ocellated spot on latéral sur¬

face .£ crosnieri n.sp.

— Carapace with two intermediate teeth and without very large spot on latéral surface

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

189

Chan T.-Y. & Yu H.-P.

3. Rostrum bearing two pairs of latéral teeth; body orange red and with colour mar-

kings limited to lower carapace and posterior margins of abdominal soniites .

. E. cbacei Kensley erChild, 1986

— Rostrum bearing three or more pairs of latéral teeth; colour spots and/or srripes

présent on entire body .4

4. Five médian teeth on carapace .5

— Four médian teeth on carapace .6

5. Postcervical tooth large; body orange red and with some conspicuous white spots

on abdomen, fewer on carapace, posterior pereiopods with alternating white and

orange bands . E. occidentale (Randall, 1840)

— Postcervical tooth indistinct or absent; body purple red and with blue-margined

white spots, posterior pereiopods not banded and posterior margin of tailfan bluish

... E. pictus A. Milne Edwards, 1862

6. Postcervical tooth distinct; body whitish and almost uniformly covered with small

purple dots.E debelius Holthuis, 1983

— Postcervical tooth rather indistinct; body purplish with carapace bearing vertical

reddish brown stripes and abdomen provided with many white spots .

. E. daumi Holthuis, 1983

7. Latéral carapace with large ocellated spot ................8

— Latéral carapace without large ocellated spot...9

8. Dorsal carapace covered with fine red dots; antennular flagella uniformly reddish ..

. E. antillensis Lütken, 1865

— Dorsal carapace distributed with irregular white stripes; antennular flagella with

alternating red and white bands . E. holthuisi Gordon, 1967

9. Carapace covered with irregular orange red stripes ...... E. voigtmanni Türkay, 1989

— Carapace covered with red spots ........ 10

10. Antennal flagella whitish; antennular flagella with alternating red and white bands;

abdominal pleura and tailfan with many conspicuous white spots ...

... E. callistus In tés et Le Loeuff, 1970

— Antennal and antennular flagella uniformly orange red; abdominal pleura and tail¬

fan without distinct white spots . E. gmcilipes (de Saint Laurent, 1988)

(Only E. antillensis and E. callistus arc found in the Atlantic, ail other species inha¬

bit the Indo-West Pacific.)

190

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new species Enoplometopus

The presence ol a bullseye on the latéral carapace

makes the coloration ol E. crosnieri tacher similar

ro E. holthuisi (Debelius 1986; Debelius &

Baensch 1994; Gosliner et al. 1996; Poupin

1996: pl. Vla-b, as “Hoplomeiopus n.sp.’) which

is also widely distributed in the western Pacific

(perhaps even in the Indo-Wcst Pacific). Other

than these two species arc motphologically very

different, it appears that the bullseye of E. hol-

thuisi has a médian white spot which is lacking

in H. crosnieri. Moreover. the autennular flagella

as well as the pereiopods 11 to V are distinctly

banded in E. holthuisi but in E. crosnieri the

antennular flagella and the distal three segments

of pereiopods 11 to V are not banded. Further

différences in the coloration of F, holthuisi from

E crosnieri are: branchiostegal area without large

white spot, white linés on posterior carapace

more numerous and interrupted, large chejipeds

without any bright purple colour and hinge of

fingers not particularly reddish, and abdomen

bearing more white spots. E. antillensis front the

Atlantic also has a bullseye on the latéral carapace

(Gonzalez 1995). Neverthelcss, its coloration dif-

fers rentarkably from borh E, crosnieri and

E. holthuisi b}' the dorsal carapace entirely cove-

red with small dots.

The coloration of the French Polynesinn spéci¬

men showed in Poupin et ol. (1990, pl. 1 Fie) and

Poupin (1996, pl Vh) clearly depicts rhe présent

new species. Sever.il photographs on a specimen

collected from rhe Timor Sea (hy lohster trap at

about 100 m deep) near Darwin of Australia

received from A, J. Bruce (pers. comra.) also

show the coloration of E. crosnieri. Thereforc,

this new species is known from Taiwan, the

Timor Sea and the French Polynesia. It is likely

that E. crosnieri may la ter prove to be widely dis¬

tributed in the western and Southern Pacific or

even Indo-West Pacific.

The genus Enoplometopus has recenrly received

many attentions on its taxonomie affinity [Le.

from ranking it up to the superfamily level (de

Saint Laurent 1988) or placing ir under Axiidae

(Holthuis 1983; Kensley & (Th iId 1986) as well

as separating it inro two subgenera (Holthuis

1983; Kensley & Child 1986; Türkay 1989) or

généra (de Saint Laurent 1988; Poupin et al,

1990; Poupin 1996)]. There is no intention to

discuss further on these subjects in views of the

insufRcient specimens available and many species

being still poorly known. This genus is here pla-

ced under Nephropoidea mainly referring to the

close resentblance in the general appearances of

these animais, may il be ju.se for conveniencc. On

the other hand, the intermédiare characters of

the présent new species at least diminish one ( i.e.

rhe numher ot intermediate teeth) of the four

characters used before to definc the two “subge-

nera" of these imeresting lobsters.

The holoty'pe was alive when collected in January

1997. It was a bertied fernale but the eggs quick-

!y shaded after it was transferred to an aquarium

in the laboratory. The animal readily accepted

varions kinds ol food such as fish and shrimp

méats as well as trozen adult artemia. lr was very

aggressive and whenever something approached

its tank iL would be immcdiatcly face the approa-

ching object and viciously wave its massive claws.

Lhe animal molted on 10 April 1997 and died

on 8 May 1997 of an unknown cause, after being

held in the laborarory for about four months.

Acknowledgements

We sincerely thank Dr. A. J. Bruce, formerly in

the Muséum and Art Galleries of the Northern

Terri tory. Darwin and Dr. 1. Poupin, formerly in

the Service Mixte de Surveillance Radiologique

et Biologique, Montlhéry for providing us rhe

information and photographs of the Timor Sea

and French Polynesian specimens, respectivcly.

We also like to thank Mr. S. H. WU of our labo-

raton' for collecting this interesting lohster and

thereby making the présent study possible. J his

work was supportée) by the research grants from

lhe National Science Couneil, Taiwan, R.O.C.

REFERENCES

Chan T. Y. & Yu H. P. 1993. — The illustrated lobs-

icrs of Taiwan. SMC Publisbing Inc., Taipei,

247 _p.

Debelius H. 1986. - Reef lobsters: Genus

Enoplometopus. Ereshuoater and Marine Aquarium 9

(3): 12-17.

Debelius H. tk Baensch H. A. 1994. — Marine Atlas-,

lhe joint aquarium care ufinvertebrates and tropical

marinejishes. Mergus, Hong Kong, 1215 p.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

191

Chan T.-Y. & Yu H.-P.

Gonzalez J. A. 1995. — Catàlogo de los crustdceos decd-

podos de las Islas Canarias: Gambas. Langostas.

Cangrejos. Publicaciones Turquesa S. L., Islas

Canarias, 282 p.

Gosliner T. M., Behrens D. W. & Williams G. C.

1996. — Coral reef animais of the Indo-Pacific: ani¬

mal life from Africa to Hawai’i exclusive of the verte-

brates. Sea Challengers, Hong Kong, i-vi, 314 p.

Holthuis L. B. 1983. — Notes on the genus Enoplo¬

metopus, with descriptions of a new subgenus and

two new species (Crustacea, Decapoda, Axiidae).

Zoologische Mededelingen 56: 281-298, pis 1-4.

Kensley B. & Child C. A. 1986. — A new species of

Enoplometopus (Thalassinidea: Axiidae) from the

northern Philippines. Journal of Crustacean Biology

6 (3): 520-524.

Poupin J. 1996. — Atlas des crustacés marins profonds

de Polynésie Française. Récoltes du navire MARARA

(1986/1996). SMSRB, Louis-Jean, Gap, 59 p, pis

1 - 20 .

Poupin J., Tamarii T. & Vandenboomgaerde A.

1990. — Pêches profondes aux casiers sur les

pentes océaniques des îles de Polynésie française

(N/O Marara - 1986/1989). Notes et Documents

d'Océanographie du centre ORSTOM , Tahiti 42:

1-97, pis 1-3.

Saint Laurent de M. 1988. — Enoplometopoidea,

nouvelle famile de Crustacés Décapodes Astacidea.

Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires de TAcadémie des

Sciences, Paris, série 3, 307: 59-62.

Türkay M. 1989. — Enoplometopus (Hoplometopus)

voigtmanni n. sp., a new reef lobster from the

Maldive Islands. Senckenbergiana maritima 20

(5/6): 225-235, pis 1-2.

192

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1938 - 20(2)

The first stage zoea of Pseudoliomera speciosa

(Dana, 1852) (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Brachyura, Xanthidae)

Paul F. CLARK

Department of Zoology, The Natural History Muséum,

Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD (U.K.)

p.clark@nhm.ac.uk

Bella S. GALIL

National Institute of Oceanography, Israël Océanographie and Limnological Research,

POB 8030, Haifa 31080 (Israël)

galil@math.tau.ac.il

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Xanthidae,

Actaeinae,

first stage zoea,

Pseudoliomera speciosa.

Clark P. F. & Galil B. S. 1998. — The first stage zoea of Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana,

1852) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura. Xanthidae). Zoosystema 20 (2) : 193-200.

ABSTRACT

The first zoeal stage of Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana, 1852) is described,

iliustrated and compared with knovvn first stage zoeas of the Xanthidae

MacLeay, 1838 subfamily Actaeinae Alcock, 1898. No first stage zoeal cha-

racter or combination of characters defining the Actaeinae was found.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Xanthidae,

Actaeinae,

premier stade zoé,

Pseudoliomera speciosa.

RÉSUMÉ

Le premier stade zoé de Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana, 1852) (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Brachyura , Xanthidae). Le premier stade zoé de Pseudoliomera spe¬

ciosa est décrit, illustré et comparé avec les premiers stades zoés des Xanthidae

MacLeay, 1838 de la sous-famille Actaeinae Alcock, 1898. Il n'a été trouvé

aucun caractère ou combinaison de caractères du premier stade zoé qui puisse

définir les Actaeinae.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

193

Clark P. F. & Galil B. S.

INTRODUCTION

Of the fourteen généra assigned by Serène (1984:

20) to the Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 subfamily

Actaeinae Alcock. 1898, the fïrst zoea is descri-

bed for four Recently an ovigerous crab of a fifth

actaeine genus Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana,

1852) was collected from Mauritius and the first

stage zoeas were hatched in the laborarory. The

purpose of this study is to compare the chaeto-

taxy of P. speciosa with known Actaeinae first

stage zoeas.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The ovigerous Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana,

1852) was collected by SCUBA diving from

Albion Rocks, Baie de la Petite Rivière, off

Victory Road, Petite Rivière, Albion, Mauritius,

ca. 20° 12,5*5 - 57 U 23-5’E, 3-7 m, 15 May 1995.

The female was held in the Mauritius Fisheries

Research Centre Laboratory at about 25 U C unril

the eggs hatched on vighteenth to nineteenth

May 1995- The first stage zoeas were preserved

in alcohol and the spent fernale, together with

the remaining undissected zoeas, were deposited

in The Natural HLstorv Muséum, London under

the registration ntimbcc 1997-1 -

The first stage zoeas were not stained and dissec-

ted appendages were mounted in Polyvinyl lacto-

phenol using a WILD M5 binocular microscope

with a supplementary lens (x 2). Lite cover slips

of the si ides were sealed with clear Sally Hansen

nail varnish and the appendages were drawn

using an OLYMPUS BH-2 microscope equipped

with Nomarski interférence contrast and atta-

ched caméra tucida, Five replicates of each appen-

dage were dissected to complété setal

observations. The long plumose natatory setae of

the first and second maxillipcd are drawn trunca-

ted. The sequence ol the zoeal description is

based on the malacostracan somite plan and des-

cribed from atiterior to posterior. Setal armature

on appendages is dcscribcd from proximal to dis¬

tal segments and in order of endopod to exopod.

Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana, 1852)

(Figs 1-4)

Description

Zoea 1

Carapace (Fig. IA. E, F): dorsal spine curved

with rnany small xpines, longer than rostral

spine; rostral spine shorter than dorsal spine,

fcacrionally longer than antennal protopod,

arraed with spines; latéral spines présent and

armed with spines on dorsal margin; one pair of

posterodorsal setae; ventral margin without setae;

anterodorsal surface of carapace sparsely covered

with small spines; eyes sessile.

Antennule (Fig. IB): uniramous, endopod

absent; exopod unsegmented with tour terminal

aesthetascs (two broad and long, two shorter and

slender) plus one small terminal sera.

Antenna (Fig. IC, D): protopod distally spinu-

late, fractionallv shorter in length than rostral

spine; endopod reduced to a small spine; exopod

rudiment,try, unsegmented, with one long sub-

terminal and two terminal setae unequal in

length.

Mandible; palp absent.

Maxillule (Fig. 2A): coxal endite with seven

setae; basial endite with five terminal s'etal pro-

cesses and two small teerh; endopod 2-segmen-

ted, proximal segment with one seta; distal

segment with six (2 subterminal + 4 terminal)

setae; exopod seta absent.

Maxilla (Fig. 2B): coxal endite bilobed with 4 * 4

setae; basial endite bilobed with 5 + 4 setae; endo¬

pod bilobed with 3+5 (2 subterminal t 3 termi¬

nal) setae; exopod (scaphognathite) margin with

four setae and one long distal stout proccss.

First maxillipcd (Fig. 3A): coxa without setae;

basis with ten setae arranged 2, 2, 3, 3; endopod

5-segmented with 3, 2, 1, 2, 5 (1 subterminal +

4 terminal) setae respectivcly; exopod 2-segmen-

ted. distal segment with four long terminal plu¬

mose natatory setae.

Second maxillipcd (Fig. 3BL coxa without setae;

basis with tour serae; endopod 3-segmenred,

with 1, 1, 6 (3 subterminal + 3 terminal) setae

respectivcly; exopod 2-segmented, distal segment

with four long terminal plumose natatory serae.

Third maxilliped: absent.

Pereiopods: absent.

194

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

First zoea of Pseudoliomera speciosa

Abdomen (Fig. 4A, B): five somitcs; somite 2

vvith a pair of dorsolateral processes directed

anteriorly; somice 3 with a pair of dorsolateral

processes directed ventrally; somites 1-2 with

rounded postérolatéral processes and somites 3-5

with short postérolatéral spinous processes; so¬

mite 1 without setae; somites 2-5 with one pair

oi posterodorsal setae; pleopod buds absent.

Telson (Figs 2C, 4A, B): each telson fork long,

gradually curved distally; one long and one sig-

ntoid latéral spine; dorsal médial spine présent;

posterior margin with three pairs of stout spinu-

late setae.

DISCUSSION

Clark & Ng (1998, table 1) tabulated first stage

zoeal characters that, used in combination, might

define the Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 and the

zoea I ol Pseudoliomera speciosa described in this

study is fully in accord with this définition. The

first stage zoea of Pseudoliomera speciosa exhibits a

distinctive spinulation of the anterodorsal cara¬

pace surface that séparâtes it from known

Actaeinae zoea I larvae.

Clark & Ng (1998) suggest that the carapace

spine armature, the antenna and spinulation of

the telson forks may provide distinguishing cha¬

racters for xanthid taxa below the Family levcl, at

the first zoea stage. These characters were exami¬

ne cl in the first stage zoeas of Actaea semblatae

Guinot. 1976 [as Actaea sa aigri yi (H. Milne

Edwards, 1834)] by Terada (1987); Novactaed

pulchdla (A. Milne-Edwards, 1865) by Terada

(1990); Gaillardiellus orientalis (Odhner, 1925)

by Ng & Clark (1994); Actaeodes hirsutissimus

(Riippell, 1830) and A. tomentosus (H. Milne

Fig. 3. — Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana, 1852): zoea I. A, first maxilliped; B, second maxilliped. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

197

First zoea of Pseudoliomera speciosa

Edwards, 1834) both by Clark & Al-Aidaroos

(1996)] and Irom Pseudoliomera speciosa descri-

bed in the présent study in order to establish

subfamilial characters diagnostic oJ first stage

Acraeinae zoea. Al! these lirst stage zoeas

conform with the Xanthidae characters listed by

Clark & Ng (1998, table 1).

Carapace spine armature

The carapace spines of Pseudoliomera speciosa

(this study, Fig. IA, E, F) are spinulate, the dor¬

sal has numerous minute spines, the rostral has a

nuraber of well-developed spines distally and the

latéral are spinulate on the dorsal niargin. In

comparison only the rostral spine of Actaeodes

tomcntosus and A. hirsutissimus ftrst stage zoeas,

as dcscribed by Clark & Al-Aidaroos (1996,

fig. 1A-C), is spinulate, and the dorsal and latéral

spines are smooth. The dorsal and rostral spines

of Novactea pulcbella appcar proportionately lon¬

ger (Terada 1990, fig. 5Al ) when comparcd with

Actaeodes, and the rostral spine is smooth. The

carapace spines ol Gaillardielltb orientalis (Ng &

Clark 1994, fig. IA) are naked but distinctive

with rounded swollen tips on the dorsal and laté¬

ral spines. Ail the carapace spines of Actuea sem¬

blatae , as described by Terada (1987, fig. Il,

Al), are devoid of spinulation and hâve pointed

tips.

Antenna

The antenna of P. speciosa (see rhis study

Fig. 1D) is idenrical to that ol Actaeodes tomento-

sus (Clark & Al-Aidaroos 1996, fig. IF, G) and is

differentiatcd Irom A. hirsutissimus (Clark & Al-

Aidaroos 1996, fig. 1E, H) by the exopod seta-

rion, instead ol one long .subterminal and two

unequal setae, the latcer species possesses only

one terminal seta. An endopod reduccd to a

small spine is characteristic of rhese rhree species.

In N pulcbella , the antennal exopod (Terada

1990, fig. 50) is similar to P speciosa , but the

protopod is naked and the endopod well-develo¬

ped. Ng & Clark (1994, fig. IC, D) illustrated a

smooth protopod for G. orientalis with a distinc¬

tive swollen rip that ts devoid of an endopod,

although the exopod is similar to P. speciosa and

A. tomcntosus. The antenna of Actaea semblatae

figured by Terada (1987, fig. 11, Al) depicts a

smooth protopod without a swollen tip, the

endopod is présent and the exopod is redueed to

a single seta.

Spinulation of te/son forks

Ail the telson lork spines of P speciosa are promi¬

nent, with the distal larcral spine sigmoid in

shape (this study, Fig. 2C). The proximal latéral

and the dorsal telson spines of Actaeodes tomento-

sus are prominent with a slightly smaller distal

latéral spine (Clark & Al-Aidaroos 1996,

fig. 3E) By comparison, the telson armature of

A. hirsutissimus (Clark & Al-Aidaroos 1996,

fig. 3D) and N. pulcbella (Terada 1990, fig. 3FI1)

is similar except that the distal latéral spine is

considerabiy redueed, The telson armature ot

G. orientalis (Ng & Clark 1994, fig. 2C) and

Actaea semblatae (Terada 1987, fig. HI, II) com¬

prises setae, not spines as described for the other

species.

Front the extsting descriptions ofknown actaeine

first stage zoeas and this study, no single charac-

ter or suite of characters appears to define the

Aetaeinae.

Acknowledgements

We wisb Alain Crosnier a happy rerirement and

thank him for his support. This study could not

hâve been undertaken without the help of the

Fishery Officers at the Albion Fisheries Research

Centré, Ministry of Fisheries and Marine

Resources, Petite Rivière, Albion, Mauritius and

the logistical support provided by the

Smithsonian Institution.

REFERENCES

Alcoçk A. 1898. — Materials for a CarCtnolûglcal

Fa un a of India. No. 3. The Brachyura

Cyclometopa. Part I. The Family Xanthidae.

Journal of die Asiatie Society ofBengal, Calcutta 67

(2) No. 1:67-233.

Clark P. F. & Al-Aidaroos A. M. 1996. —The first

zoeas of Actaeodes hirsutissimus (Rüppell, 1830) and

A. tomcntosus (H. Milnc Edwards, 1834) (Crusta¬

cés, Dccapoda, Brachyura. Xanthidae, Aetaeinae),

in Symposium on the Red Sea Marine Envi¬

ronment. jeddah, 1994. Journal oj Kiog Abdu-

laziz Uiüversity , Manne Sciences, Spécial issue 7:

207-214.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

199

Clark P. F. & Galil B. S.

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L. 1998. — The larval deve¬

lopment of the poisonous réel crab, Lophozozymus

pictor (Fabricius, 1798) (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Brachyura, Xanrhidae, Zosiminae) widi comments

on familial characcers for first stage zoea,

Zoosystema 20 (2) : 201-220.

Dana J. D. 1852. — Conspectus Crustaceorum, &

C. Conspectus of the Crustacea of the Exploring

Expédition under Capt. Wilkes, U.S.N., including

the Crustacea Cancrotdea Corystoidea. Procredings

of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

6 (3): 73-86.

Guinot D. 1976. — Constitution de quelques

groupes naturels chez les Crustacés Décapodes

Brachyoures. I. La superfamille des Bellioides et

trois sous-familles de Xanthoidea Xanthidae

(Polydectinae Dana, Trichiinae de Haan, Acraeinae

Alcock). Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle , nouvelle série, série A, Zoologie, 97 t

1-308. pis DI 9.

MacLeay W. S. 1838. — On the Brachvurous

Decapod Crustacea. Brought frotn the Cape by

Dr. Smith: 53-71, pis 2, 3, in Smith A.,

Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa; consisting

chiefly of figures and descriptions of the abjects of

natural history collected during an expédition itito the

interior of South Africa, in the years 1834, 1835,

and 1836; fttted ont by ‘The Cape of Good Hope

Association for Exploring Central Africa’: together

tvith a surnmetry of African Zoology, and an inquiry

into the geogrdphical ranges ofspecies in that quaner

of the globe, Published under the Authority of the

Lords Commissioners of lier Majcstys Treasuty, hwer-

tebratae. Smith, Elder and Co., London [1849].

Milne Edwards A. 1865. — Etudes zoologiques sur

les Crustacés récents de la famille des Cancériens.

Nouvelles Archives du Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle- Paris 1 : 177-308, pis I 1-19,

Milne Edwards R. 1834. — Histoire naturelle des

Crustacés, comprenant l'anatomie, la physiologie et la

classification de ces animaux. Volume 1. Lihrairie de

Roret, Paris, xxxv + 468 p.

Ng P. K. L. & Clark P. F. 1994. — The first stage

zoea of GaillardieUus orientalis (Odhner, 1925),

with notes on the subfamily Actaeinae (Crustacea :

Decapoda: Brachyura: Xanthidae). Raffles Bulletin

of Zoology 42 (4): 847-857.

Odhner T, 1925. — Monographie Gattungcn der

Krabbenfamille Xanthidae L Gôteborgs Kungliga

Vetenskaps och Vitter Sam halles Handlinger.

NyTidsfoljd , ser. 4. 29 (I): 1-92, pis 1-5.

Rüppell W. P. E. S. 1830. — Beschreihung and

Anbildung von 24 Arten Kurzscbwanzigen Krabben,

als Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte des rothen Meers;

1-28, pis 1-6. LL L. Brônner, Frankfurt a.M.

Sercnc R. 1984. — Crustacés Décapodes Brachyoures

de l’océan Indien occidental et de la mer Rouge,

Xanthoidea : Xanthidae et Trapcz.iidae. Avec un

addendum par Crosnier (A) : Carpiliidae et

Menippidae, Faune Tropicale, n° XXIV : 1-349,

pis 1-48.

Terada M. 1987. — Zoeal forms of 14 species of

crabs frotn the F.nshunada. Researches in Crustacea,

Tokyo 16: 93-120 [mainly in Japanese].

— 1990. — Zoeal development of five species of xan-

thid crabs, reared in the laboratory. Researches in

Crustacea , Tokyo 18: 23-47, figs 1-9 [mainly in

Japanese].

200

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

The larval development of the poisonous mosaic

crab, Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798)

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura, Xanthidae,

Zosiminae), with comments on familial

characters for first stage zoeas

Paul F. CLARK

Department of Zoology, The Natural History Muséum

Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD (U.K.)

pfc@nhm.ac.uk

Peter K. L. NG

School of Biological Sciences, National University of Singapore

Kent Ridge, Singapore 119260 (Republic of Singapore)

sbsngkl@leonis.nus.edu. sg

Clark P. F & Ng P. K. L. 1998, — The larval development of the poisonous mosaic crab,

Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798) (Crustacea, Decapoda. Brachyura, Xanthidae,

Zosiminae), with comments on familial characters for first stage zoeas. Zoosystema 20 (2):

201 - 220 .

ABSTRACT

The four zoeal stages and megalopaJ phase of the xanrhid crab Lophozozymus

pictor (Fabricius, 1798) are described and fully illustrated. A comparison bet-

ween the /.oeal stages of L. pictor and Atergatis reticuldtus is tabulated.

Characters selected front larvae représentait; six subfamilies, which may defi-

ne first stage Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 ( sensu Serène, 1984) zoea, are listed.

The first stage zoeal appendages of Palapedia ualcntini Ng, 1993, considered

to bc diagnostic of a new Xanthidae subfamily Kraussiinae Ng, 1993, are

reappraiscd and the chaetotaxy of the antennal exopod as a diagnostic eharac-

ter of the Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 (sensu Serène, 1984) is discussed.

RÉSUMÉ

Le développement larvaire du crabe vénéneux, Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius,

1798) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura, Xanthidae. Zosiminae). et commen¬

taires sur les caractères familiaux des premiers stades zoés. 1 es qua t re stades zoés

et la phase mégalopc du crabe Xanthidae Lophozozymus pictor sont décrits et

illustrés de manière- détaillée. Les stades zoés de /.. pictor et A'Atergatis reticu-

latus sont comparés sous forme de tableau. A pattir des larves de six sous-

familles, les caractères pouvant définir le premier stade zoé des Xanthidae

MacLeay, 1838 (au sens de Serène 1984) sont énumérés. Les appendices du

premier stade zoé de Palapedia valcntini Ng, 1993, considérés comme carac¬

téristiques d'une nouvelle sous-famille de Xanthidae, les Kraussiinae Ng,

1993, sont réexaminés et l’utilisation de la chétotaxie de l’exopodite anten-

naire comme caractère diagnostique des Xanthidae est discutée.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Xanthidae,

premier stade zoé,

airacières familiaux,

Lophozozymus,

Palapedia.

KEY WORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Xanthidae,

first stage zoea.

familial diagnostic characters,

Lophozozymus,

Palapedia.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

201

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

INTRODUCTION

The poisonous lndo-West Pacific reef crab

Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798)

(Xanthidae) has been the subject ol many stu-

dies, but most of the work has focused on its

taxonomy and biology (Guinot 1977. 1979:

Yasumoto et al. 1986; Llewellyn & Endean

1989). As part of rhe studies on the eeology and

toxic nature ol tliis species in Singapore (Chia et

al. 1993; Nge/v//. 1990, 1992), several ovigerous

females were obtained. From one of these

females, four zoeal stages and the mcgalop phase

were reared in the laboratorv and chis présent

paper serves to describe and figure these larvae.

This is the First larval accouru, of a Lophozozymus

species and only rhe second of the Zosiminae

{sensu Serène 1984); see the description by Terada

(1980) of Atergatis reticulatus. The opportunity is

also taken to redescribe the First stage zoea of

Palapedia valentini Ng, 1993 (Krausinae).

MATERIAL AND METHODS

The ovigerous female of Lophozozymus pictor was

collectée! from a reef on Siloso Beach, Sentosa

Island, Sïngapore, and is now deposited, together

with remaining larvae, in the Zoological

Référencé Collection, National Uruversity of

Singapore (ZRC 1997.771).

The ovigerous crab was isolated in a tank with

strong aération. First stage zoea hatched on the

twenty-ninth January 1992 and development to

megalop was complétée! by the end of February,

The larvae were reared in 10 cm diameter plastic

bowls in about I cm depth of 100% Filtered sea

water. Ail stages were fed with newly hatched

brine shrintps (cysts filtered ofF). The water was

changed daily and contained no additives,

Average water température was about 26 °C.

First and second /oeas were stocked at about

twenty per bowl, third and fourth /oeas as well as

the megalops at about ten per bowl. No crab

stages were obtained. Ail specimens were initially

preserved in buffered formalin and later transfer-

red to 70% alcohol.

The larvae were dissected using an M5 Wild

binocular microscope with a supplementary lens

(x 2). Appendages were not staincd and were

mouitted on slides using polyvi’nyl lactophenol.

Cover slipes were sealed with clear Sally Hansen

nail varnish. Serai observations and drawings

were made using an Olympus BH2 microscope

with Nomarski interférence conrrasr and caméra

Iurida artachment. The long aesthetascs on the

antennulcs, and the long plumose serae on distal

exopod segments are not fuily illustrared but are

drawn truncated. The dorsal carapace spines of

the thirel and fourth stages are not illustrated

because lhey appeared not to survive the préser¬

vation proccss and therefore any setation on

these could not be recorded. The zoeal descrip¬

tion is baser! on the malacostracan somite plan

and is ordered from anterior to posterior. Serai

armature on appendages is described front proxi¬

mal to distal segments and in order of endopod

to exopod.

Seven First stage, seven second stage, five third

stage, Five fourdt stage /.oeas and rhree megalops

of Lophozozymus pictor were dissected for this

study. Howevcr; of rhe three extant first stage

zoea of Palapedia valent itii deposited iti the

Zoological Reference Collection, National

University of Singapore (ZRC 1997.770), only

two specimens were prepared for the redescrip¬

tion of appendages.

Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798)

(Figs 1-21)

Larval descriptions

Zoea /

Carapace (Fig. IA): dorsal spine long and

straight, spinulation absent; rostral spine slightly

shorter than dorsal spine, approximately equal in

length to the protopod of antenna, spinulation

absent; latéral spines présent, much shorter than

rostral and curving ventrally; anrerodorsal setae

absent; one pair of posterodorsal setae; each ven¬

tral margin wirhour setae; eyes sessile,

Antennule (Fig. 2A): uniramous, endopod

absent; exopod unsegmented with two broad,

long, two shorter, slender terminal aesthetascs

and one terminal sera.

Antenna (Fig. 8A, B); protopodal process devoid

of spinulation, approximately equal in length to

202

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Larval development of Lophozozymus pictor

Fig. 1. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): anterior view

of carapace; A, first zoea; B, second zoea. Scale bars: 1 mm.

Fig. 2. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): antennule; A,

first zoea; B, second zoea; C, third stage; D, fourth stage. Scale

bars: 0.1 mm.

rostra] spine; endopod absent; exopod rudimen-

tary, unsegmented with three unequal setae, two

smallest setae terminal, largest seta subterminal.

Mandible: palp absent.

Maxillide (Fig. 9A): coxal endite with seven

setae; basial endite with five setal processes and

two small reeth; endopod 2-segmented, proximal

segment with one seta; distal segment with six

(two subtcrminal, four terminal) setae; exopod

seta absent.

Maxilla (Fig. I OA): coxal endite bilobed with 4 +

4 setae; basial endite bilobed with 5 + 4 setae;

endopod bilobed with 3 + 5 (2 subterminal +

3 terminal) setae; exopod (scaphognathite) margin

with four setae and one long distal stout process.

First maxilliped (Fig. 11 A): coxa without setae;

basis with ten setae arranged 2, 2, 3, 3; endopod

5-segmented with 3, 2, 1, 2, 5 (1 subterminal +

4 terminal) setae respectively; exopod 2-segmen¬

ted, distal segment with four long terminal plu-

mose naratory setae.

Second maxilliped (Fig. 1 2A): coxa without

setae; basis with four setae; endopod 3-segmen-

ted, with 1, !, 6 (3 subterminal + 3 terminal)

setae respectively; exopod 2-segmented, distal

segment with four long terminal pluntose natato-

ry setae.

Third maxilliped; absent.

Pereiopods; absent.

Abdomen (Figs 13A, 14A): five somites; somite 2

with one pair of dorsolateral processes directed

anteriorly; somite 3 with one pair of dorsolateral

proccssess dirçcted posteriorly; somites 1-2 with

short rounded and somites 3-5 with postérolaté¬

ral spinous processes rudimentary; somites 2-5

with one pair of posterodorsal setae; pleopod

buds absent.

Telson (Figs 13A, 14A, 15A): each fork long,

gradually curved, nor spinulated; two pairs of

small latéral spincs; one pair of dorsal médial

spines larger than laterals; posterior margin with

three pairs of stout spinulatc setae.

Zoea II

Carapace (Figs IB, 3A): four pairs of anterodor-

sal setae; each ventral margin with four setae

(one plumose anterior seta and three non-plu-

mose posterior setae); eyes sralked; otherwise

unchanged.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

203

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

Fig. 3. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabriclus, 1798): chaetotaxy of

ventral carapace margin, A, second zoea; B, third stage zoea:

C, fourth stage zoea, Scale bar 0.3 mm.

Antennule (Fig. 2B): exopod with one additional

broad, long aesthetasc; otherwise unchanged.

Antenna (Fig. 8C, D): endopod présent; exopod

reduced; otherwise unchanged.

Mandible: unchanged.

Maxillule (Fig. 9B): coxal endite with eight dis¬

tinct setae; basial endite with eight setal pro¬

cesses, inner margin with teeth no longer

prominent; endopod unchanged; exopod seta

présent.

Maxilla (Fig. lOB): exopod (scaphognathite)

margin with thirteen setae, long distal stout pro-

cess no longer prominent; otherwise unchanged.

First maxiliiped (Fig. 11 B): exopod distal seg¬

ment with six long terminal plumose natatory

setae; otherwise unchanged.

Second maxiliiped (Fig. 12B): exopod distal seg¬

ment with six (occasionally seven) long terminal

plumose natatory setae; otherwise unchanged.

Fig. 4. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): anterior view

of carapace, third zoea. Scale bar: 1 mm.

Fig. 5. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): anterior view

of carapace, fourth zoea. Scale bar: 1 mm.

204

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Larval development of Lophozozymuspictor

Fig. 6. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798); A, latéral view

of megalop carapace: B. dorsal view of megalop carapace; C,

megalop antennule. Scale bars: A, B, 1 mm; C, 0.1 mm.

Fig. 7. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): maxilla of

megalop. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

Third maxilliped: absent.

Pereiopods: absent.

Abdomen (Figs 13B, 14B): somites 3-5 with pos¬

térolatéral spinous processes more developed;

somite 1 with one médial seta; otherwise un-

changed.

Telson (Figs 13B, 14B, 15D): posterior margin

with three pairs of stout spinulate setae plus one

pair of mediâl setae; ocherwise unchanged.

Zoea III

Carapace (Figs 3B, 4): six pairs of anterodorsal

setae; each ventral margin with nine setae (one

plumose anterior seta and eight non-plumose

posterior setae); otherwise unchanged.

Antennule (Fig. 2Q: biramous; endopod bud

présent; exopod With one additional subterminal

aesthetasc; otherwise unchanged.

Antenna (Fig. 8E, F): endopod longer; exopod

reduced; otherwise unchanged.

Mandible: unchanged.

Maxillule (Fig. 9C): coxal endite with nine setae;

basial endite with cleven setal processes; other¬

wise unchanged.

Maxilla (Fig I0C): coxal endite with 5 + 4 setae;

basial endite bilobed with 5 + 5 setae; endopod

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

205

Larval development of Lophozozymuspïctor

Fig. 9. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius. 1798): maxillule; A,

first zoea; B. second zoea; C. Ihird zoea. Scale bars: 0.1 mm.

unchanged; exopod (scaphognathite) margin

with twenty-ihree setae.

First maxilliped (Fig. ISA): endopod distal seg¬

ment now with six (two subterminal and four

terminal) setae; exopod distal segment with eight

long terminal plumose natatory setae; otherwise

unchanged.

Second maxilliped (Fig, 19A): exopod distal seg¬

ment with nine long terminal plumose natatory

setae; otherwise unchanged.

Third maxilliped (Fig. 17A): présent, rudimenta-

ry and biramous; endopod slighdy longer than

exopod.

Pereiopods (Fig. 16C): présent, tudimentary,

undifferentiated into segments; cheliped bilobed;

gills présent on pereiopods 1-3.

Abdomen (Figs I 3C, 14C): 6-segraented;

somites 3-3 with postérolatéral spinous processes

more pronouneed and extended posteriorly;

somite 1 with three setae; somite 6 without setae;

Fig. 10. — Lophozozymus piclor (Fabricius. 1798): maxilla:

A, firsl zoea: B, second zoea: C. third zoea. Scale bars: 0 1 mm.

pleopod buds présent on somites 2-6, uniramous

with endopods absent; otherwise unchanged.

TeLson (Figs 13C, 14C, 15C): posrerior margin

with three pairs of stout spinulate setae plus two

pairs of médial setae; otherwise unchanged.

Zoea IV

Carapace (Figs 3C, 5): seven pairs of antero-

dorsal setae; eaclr ventral margin with thirteen

setae (one plumose anterior seta and twelve non-

plumose posterior setae); otherwise unchanged.

Antennule (Fig. 2D); endopod unchanged; exo-

pod now with 2 + 7 thin subtcrminal aesthetascs,

terminal aesthetascs unchanged.

Antenmt (Fig. 8G, H): endopod longer; exopod

reduced; otherwise unchanged.

Martdible (Fig. 16A): palp présent.

Maxillule (Fig. 17D); coxal endite with twelve

setae; basial endite with thirteen setal processes;

otherwise unchanged.

207 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Clark P. F. &c Ng P. K. L.

Fig. 11. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): first maxilli- Fig. 12. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): second

ped; A, first zoea; B, second zoea. Scale bars: 0.1 mm. maxllliped; A. first zoaa; B, second zoea. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

Maxilla (Fig. 17F): coxal entlite unchanged;

basial endite bilobed vvith 5 + 7 setae; endopod

unchanged; exopod (scaphognarhite) margin

with thirty-two setae.

First maxilliped (Fig. I8B): exopod disral seg¬

ment with ten long terminal plumose natatory

setae; othcrvvise unchanged.

Second maxilliped (Fig. 19B): exopod distal seg¬

ment with eleven long terminal plumose nata¬

tory setae; otherwise unchanged.

Third maxilliped (Fig. 17B): developing; other¬

wise unchanged.

Pereiopods (Fig. 16D-H): developing with diffé¬

rentiation ol segments, segments without setae;

gill appendages not discernible.

Abdomen (Figs 17G. 20A, C„ E, G, I, K): posté¬

rolatéral sptnous processes more pronounced and

extended posteriorly; pleopods biramous with

endopods présent except on pleopod 5 (somi-

te 6); otherwise unchanged.

Telson (Figs 17G, 20A, M): posterictr margin

with three pairs of stout spinulate setae plus four

pairs of médial setae; one pair of médial setae

présent on dorsal surface; otherwise unchanged.

Mégalop

Carapace (Fig. 6A, B): short rostrum deflected

posteriorly; setation as figured.

Antennule (Fig. 6C): peduncle 3-segmenred with

1, 1, 4 (2 short + 2 long) setae respecrively;

endopod 1-segmented with five terminal setae;

exopod 4-segmented, segments 2, 3, 4, with 9, 8

and 4 (subterminal) aesthetascs respectively, seg¬

ments 3, 4 with 2, 2 (1 subterminal, 1 terminal)

setae respectively,

Ahtenna (Fig, 81): 3-segmented peduncle with 4,

1, 2 setae respecrively; 7-segmented flagellum with

0, 2, Oj 4, 0, 4, 4 (terminal) setae respectively.

Mandible (Fig. 16B:) palp 3-segmented, distal

segment with eleven marginal setae.

I 208

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 ■ 20 (2)

Larval development of Lophozozymus pictor

A B C

Fig. 13. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): dorsal view

of abdomen: A, fîrst zoea; B ; second zoea; C, third zoea. Scale

bars: 0.5 mm.

Maxillule (Fig. 17F): coxal endite with seventeen

setae; basiai endite with twcnty-two setal pro¬

cesses; endopod 2-segmented, proximal segment

with three setae, distal segment with four (two

subterminal and two shorter terminal) setae.

Maxilla (Fig. 7): coxal endite bilobed with 10 + 7

setae: basiai endite bilobed with 7 long,

1 minute + 10 long, 1 minute setae; endopod

simple with 1 subterminal sera + 4 setae on rhe

lower external margin; exopod (scaphognathite)

margin with fifty-three setae and Four latéral

setae.

First maxilliped (Fig. 21A): epipod with thirteen

long setae: coxal endite with fourteen setae;

basiai endite with twenty-four setae; endopod

unsegmcnted with four setae and a small termi¬

nal spine; exopod 2-segmented, proximal seg¬

Fig. 14. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): latéral view

of abdomen: A. first zoea; B. second zoea; C, third zoea. Scale

bars: 0.5 mm.

ment with one proximal and one distal seta; dis¬

tal segment with one small subterminal seta and

seven long terminal pluntose feeding setae.

Second maxilliped (Fig. 21 B): epipod w'ith ele-

ven long setae; prodobranch gill présent; coxa

and basis not differentiated, with two setae;

endopod 5-segntented, ischium with two setae,

merus with three setae, earpus with one seta,

propodus with six setae, dactylus with seven

setae; exopod 2-segmented, proximal segment

with two marginal médial setae; distal segment

with five long terminal plumose feeding setae.

Third maxilliped (Fig. 17C): epipod with twenty-

three long setae and arthrobranch gill; coxa and

basis not differentiated, with twenty-four setae;

ischium inner margin with six teeth and twcnty-

two setae; merus with sixteen setae; earpus with

209 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20(2)

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

Fig. 15. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): dorsal view

of telson; A, first zoea: B, second zoea: C, third zoea. Scale

bars: 0.1 mm.

eight setae; propodus with ten sctac; dactylus

vvith eighr setae; exopnd 2-segmented, proximal

segment with four marginal setae, distal segment

with two minute subterminal spines and five

long terminal plumose raptatory setae.

Pereiopods (Fig. 2IC-G): ail segments well diffe-

rentiated and with set;ie; ischium of chela with

prominent hook; ischium of walking legs 1-3

with a single spine; propodus of fifth pereiopod

with rhree long subterminal setae.

Sternal plates: plates 1-3 fused with minute

médial spine flanked with four pairs of setae;

sternal plate 4 with a pair of minute médial

spines and an outer pair of minute spines and

with four pairs of setae; sternal plates 5 and 6

with onc seta on each side; remaining sternal

plates setae not observed but may lie présent.

Abdomen (Figs 17H, 20B, D, F, fi, J, L): six

somites présent; somite 1 with three pairs of late-

Fig. 16. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): mandibular

palp; A fouilh zoea B. megalop, pereiopods, C, third zoea;

D-H. fourth zoea. Scale bars: A. B. 0.1 mm; C-H. 0.5 mm.

ral setae, three médial setae and three pairs of

posterior marginal setae; somites 2 and 3 with

onc pair of médial setae and five pairs of poste¬

rior marginal setae; somite 4 and 5 with two

pairs of mediâl setae and five posterior marginal

setae; somite 6 with two pairs of latéral setae;

somites 2-3 each with une pair of biramous pJeo-

pods, endopod unsegmented with subterminal

hooks on rhe internai niargin; exopod unseg¬

mented, pleopods 1-4 with 19, 20, 17, 15 long

marginal plumose natatory setae rcspectively;

uropod présent on somite 6, biramous wirh an

Fig. 17. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius. 1798): A-C, third

maxilliped: A. third zoea; B, fourth zoea; C, megalop;

D E, maxillule; D, fourth zoea; E, megalop. F, maxilla of fourth

zoea; G, H, dorsal view of abdomen: G, fourth zoea; H, mega¬

lop. Scale bars: A, B, 0.5 mm; C-H. 0.1 mm.

I 210

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 ■ 20(2)

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

Fig. 18. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): first maxilli-

ped; A, third zoea: B, fourth zoea. Scale bars: 0.1 mm.

endopod seta, exopod with nine long marginal

plumose natatory setae.

Telson (Figs 17H, 20B, N): with two pairs of

médial dorsal and ventral setae, one of latéral

setae, three posterior marginal setae (variable in

number).

Palapedia valentini Ng, 1993

(Figs 22-25)

Palapedia valentini Ng, 1993: 145-147, fig. 5A-E.

Redescription

Zoea I

Carapace (Fig. 22A, E, F): dorsal spine long and

curved disrally with small tubercules, nearly

twice as long as rostral spine; rostral spine much

shorter than dorsal spine, approximately equal in

Fig. 19. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): second

maxilliped: A, third zoea: B, fourth zoea. Scale bar: 0.1 mm.

length to the protopod of antenna, with a few

small tubercules; latéral spines présent and distal-

ly curved posteriorly; one pair of posterodorsal

setae; ventral margin without setae; eyes sessile.

Antennule (Fig. 22B): uniramous, endopod

absent; exopod unsegmented with two broad,

long, two shorter, slender terminal aesrhetascs

and one terminal setae.

Antenna (Fig. 22C, D): protopodal process distal-

ly spinulate, approximately equal in length to ros¬

tral spine; endopod absent; exopod rudimentary,

unsegmented with rwo unequal terminal setae.

Mandible: palp absent.

Fig. 20. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): A, B. latéral

view of abdomen: A, fourth zoea; B. megalop: CF. firsl pieo-

pod, somile 2; C, fourth zoea: 0. megalop. second pleopod,

somita 3 E, fourth zoea: F, megalop, G-L, third pleopod,

somile 4; G, fourth zoea; H. megalop, fifth pleopod. somite 5:

I. fourth zoea: J mogalop, slxth pleopod (uropod), somile 6;

K, lourlh zoea; L, megalop; M. N, dorsal viow of telson; M, rourth

zoea; N, megalop. Scale bars: A, B, 0.5 mm; C-M, 0.1 mm.

212

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Fia. 21. — Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798): A. fîrst maxil-

liped of megalop; B. second maxilliped of megalopa, C, D,

megalop; C. first pereiopod (chela); D, second pereiopod (fîrst

walking leg) E G, megalop: E. Ihird pereiopod (second walkîng

leg); F, lourth pereiopod (third walking leg): G, fitth pereiopod

(fourth walking leg). Scale bars: A, B, 0.1 mm; C-G, 0.5 mm.

Larval development of Lopbozozymuspictor

Fig. 22. — Palapedia valentini Ng, 1993: zoea I; A, latéral view

of carapace; B, antennule; C. antenna; D. antennal exopod;

E, dorsal spine; F, rostral spine. Scale bars: A-C, E, F, 0.1 mm;

D, 0.05 mm.

Maxillule (Fig. 23A): coxal endiie with seven

setae; basial endiie with five serai processes and

two small teeth; endopod 2-segmenied, proximal

segment with one seta; distal segment with six

(two subterminal, four terminal) setae; exopod

seca absent.

Maxilla (Fig. 23B): coxal endire bilobed with 4 +

4 setae; basial endite bilobed with 5 + 4 setae;

endopod bilobed, with 3 + 5 (2 subterminal +

3 terminal) setae; exopod (scaphognarhite) margin

with four setae and one long disral stout proce.ss.

First maxilliped: (Fig. 24A) coxa wirhout setae;

basis with ten setae arranged 2, 2, 3, 3; endopod

5-segmented with 3, 2, 1, 2, 5 (1 subterminal +

4 terminal) setae respective!}'; exopod 2-segmen-

ted, distal segment with four long terminal plu-

mose natatory setae.

Second maxilliped (Fig. 24B): coxa withouc

setae; basis with four setae; endopod 3-segmen-

Fig. 23. — Palapedia valentini Ng, 1993: zoea I; A. maxillule; B,

maxilla; C, telson. Scale bars: 0.1 mm.

ted, with 1,1,6 (three subterminal and three ter¬

minal) setae respectively; exopod 2-segmented,

distal segment with four long terminal plumose

natatory secae.

Third maxilliped; absent.

Pereiopods: absent.

Abdomen (Fig. 25A, B): five somites; somite 2

with one pair of dorsolateral processes directed

anteriorly; somite 3 with one pair ol dorsolateral

processes directed ventrally; somites 1-2 with

routtded postérolatéral processes and somites 3- 5

with short postérolatéral spinous processes; somi¬

te 1 without setae; somites 2-5 with one pair ol

posterodorsal setae; pleopod btuis absent.

Felson (Figs 23C; 25A. B); cach fork long, gra-

dually curved distally; two minute latéral spines;

large dorsal médial spine distally curved anterior¬

ly, posterior margin with three pairs of stout spi-

nulate setae.

215 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20(2)

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

Fig. 24. — Palapedia valentini Ng, 1993: zoea I; A, first maxilli-

ped; B, second maxilliped. Scaie bar: 0.1 mm.

DISCUSSION

Serène (1984) listcd scven généra, Atergatopsis ,

Atergatis, Paratergatis, 2Lozymod.es , Platypodia ,

Zosimus and Lophozozymus as.signed to fhe

Zosiminae, but until now the only genus for

which the 2 oeal development is known for this

xanthid subfamily is Atergatis from the descrip¬

tion by Terada (1980) o FA. reticulatus- From his

figures (1-3, D1-D4), Terada (1980) overlooked

a number of characters described in this présent

study including dorsal carapace setarion, setation

of the ventral carapace margin, the rnandibular

palp and the third maxilliped. Nevcrtheless, a

comparison between the four zocal stages ol

A. reticulatus and L. pictor is useful (sec Table 1).

However, speculating on zoeal subfamilial cha¬

racters from only these two accourus o( this

taxon would be misleading.

Fig. 25. — Palapedia valentini Ng. 1993: zoea I, abdomen; A,

dorsal view; B, latéral view. Scale bar: 0.5 mm.

Of the twelve subfamilies now attributed to the

Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 s.str. (Serène 1984; Ng

1993; Ng & Chia 1994), the zoea of six are

known and these include Chlorodiinae Alcock,

1898; Xanthinae MacLeay, 1838; Zosiminae

Alcock, 1898; Actaeinae Alcock, 1898;

Euxanthinae Alcock, 1898 and Kraussinae Ng,

1993. One first stage zoea that meets modem

day descriptions was sclected to represent each of

these subfamilies, Pilodius nigrocriniltts by Terada

(1982); Xctntho incisus by Ingle (1991);

Lophozozymtts pictor from this présent study;

Gailletrdiellus orientales by Ng &c Clark (1994);

Mono rite ns couchi by Ingle (1991) and Palapedia

valentini by Ng ( 1993).

From the selected first zoea, only the endopod of

the second maxilliped of Mnnndaeus couchi was

re-examined because Ingle (1991: 235) described

the distal segment of the endopod as “4 + 1

216

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20 (Z)

Larval development of Lophozozymuspictor

Tablé 1. — A list of characters that may separate the zoea of Atergatis reticulatus (from Terada 1980) and Lophozozymus pictor

(from this présent study).

A. reticulatus

L. pictor

Antennule

appearence of endopod

ZIV (fig. 2D4)

Zlll (Fig. 2C)

Antenna

spinulation of protopod

présent (fig. 2D’1-D'4)

absent (Fig. 8A, C, E, G)

Maxillule

setation of coxal endite

setation of basial endite

Zll 7; ZIII8

(fig. 2D”2, D"3)

Zlll 9 (fig. 2D"3)

Zll 8; Zlll 9 (Fig. 9B. C)

Zlll 11 (Fig 9C)

Maxilla

setation of coxal endite

setation of basial endite

ZIV 6 + 4 (fig. D'"4)

ZIV 6 + 7 (fig. D"'4)

ZIV 5 + 4 (Fig. 21)

ZIV 5 + 7 (Fig. 21)

Abdomen

setation of somite 1

Zll 0; Zlll 0; ZIV 0

(fig. 3, D2-D4)

Zlll; Zlll 3; ZIV 3

(Figs 13A, C; 22A)

Telson

dorsal médial setation

posterior médial setation

of posterior margin

ZIV 0 (fig. 3.D4)

Zll 0; Zlll 3; ZIV 4

(fig. 3, D2-D4)

ZIV 1 pair (Figs 22A: 26A)

Zll 2; Zlll 6; ZIV 8

(Figs 13B. C; 15B, C: 22A; 26A)

(sometimes 5+1) setae”. The distal segment was

confirmed as 5 + 1 setae or, as recorded in this

study for Lophozozymus pictor , 3 subtermina] +

3 terminal setae. The above first stage zocas share

the same chaetotaxy for the foliowing appen-

dages: maxillule, maxilla, first maxilliped, second

maxilliped and the somitcs of the abdomen.

Table 2 lists these appendages with a description

of their chaetotaxy and segmentation. Used in

combination, these characters may define the

Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 s.str. Zoeal features

not shared by these species are the antennal mor-

phology, configuration of carapace spines and

setatïon and armature of the telson forks. It is

these features that may provide characters for the

Xanthidae at subfamilial level.

Recently Ng 11993) establixhed a new Xanthidae

subfamily, Kraussiinae. He described the first

stage zoea for one of the species assigned ro this

new taxon, Palapedia vnlentim and suggested

(Ng 1993: H9) that several peculiar zoeal fea-

tures supported the establishment of a new sub¬

family. These characters included the setal

formula of the first maxilliped basis and the first

endopod segment of the first maxilliped. Two

extant first stage zoea from the original study

were dissected, the appendage characters reap-

praised, redescribed and figured in this présent

study. A number of zoeal characters were oVer-

looked or misinterpreted by Ng (1993, fig. 5A)

including absent dorsal carapace setation which

are présent (this study, Fig. 22A); absent (Ng

1993, fig. 5C) small terminal seta on the anten-

nule which is présent (this studv, Fig. 22B); coxal

setation of the maxilla with 5 + 2 (Ng 1993,

fig. 5F) instead of 4 + 4 (this study, Fig. 23B);

basial formula of the first maxilliped with 7 (2,

1, 2, 2) setae (Ng 1993, fig- 5H) instead of 10

(2, 2, 3, 3) (this study, Fig. 24A); first endopod

segment setation of the first maxilliped with two

setae (Ng 1993, fig 5H) instead of tbree (this

studv, Fig. 24B); distal endopod segment setation

of the second maxilliped with five (Ng 1993,

fig. 51) setae instead of six (this study, Fig. 24B)

and the latéral processes on abdominal somites 1,

2 (Ng 1993, fig. 5K) instead of somites 2, 3 (this

217 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

Table 2. — A list of first stage zoeal characters thaï, used in combination, may define the Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838.

Carapace

1 pair ot posterodorsal setae

ventral carapace margin devoid of spines

Antennule

uniramous, endopod absent

Mandible

palp absent

Maxillule

coxal endite with 7 setae

basial endite with 5 setal processes and 2 smail teeth

endopod 2-segmented, proximal segment with 1 seta

distal segment with 5 (2 subterminal, 4 terminal) setae

exopod seta absent

Maxilla

coxal endite bilobed with 4 + 4 setae

basial endite bilobed with 5 + 4 setae

endopod bilobed, with 3 + 5 (2 subterminal and 3 terminal) setae

exopod (scaphognathite) margin with four setae and one long distal stout process

First

maxilliped

basis With 10 setae arranged 2. 2, 3, 3

endopod 5-segmented with 3, 2. 1,2, 5 (1 subterminal and 4 terminal) setae respectively

exopod 2-segmented, distal segment with four long terminal plumose natatory setae

Second

maxilliped

basis with 4 setae

endopod 3 segmented, with 1,1. 6 (3 subterminal and 3 terminal) setae respectively

exopod 2-segmented, distal segment with 4 long terminal plumose natatory setae

Third maxilliped

absent

Pereiopods

absent

Abdomen

5 somites

somite 2 with t pair of latéral processes directed anteriorly

somite 3 with 1 pair of latéral processes directed posteriorly

somites 2-5 with 1 pair of posterodorsal setae

pleopod buds absent

Telson

posterior margin with 3 pairs of stout spînulate setae

study Fig. 25A, B). In fact the setal armature of

Palapedia valentini , especially with respect to the

chaetotaxy of the firsi maxilliped, does not differ

from other Xanthidae as iisted in table 2.

Martin (1984, fig. 1) ftgured features for six

groups of xanthid zoeaS and the First stage zoeal

appendagcs of Palapedia valentini agréé with ail

cight characters dcfining his group I which inclu-

de (Martin 1984: 221): (1) dorsal, rostral and

carapace spines ail well-devçloped; (2) the rostral

spine and the anténnal protopod are approxima-

tely equal in length; (3) a reduced exopod with

two short terminal setae; (4) two subterminal

and four terminal setae on the distal segment of

the maxillule endopod; (5) eight setae on the

endopod of the maxilla; (6) basal endopod seg¬

ment of first maxilliped with three setae;

(7) basal endopod segment of second maxilliped

with a single seta; and (8) dorsolateral knobs

(spines) on abdominal segments (somites) 1 and

2. I.ophnzozymus pictor first stage zoea contorm

to seven of Marrin’s eight group I characters.

HowCVer, the définition by Martin (1984) ol the

anténnal exopod character for his xanthid

group I, “Anténnal exopod reduced [...] never

armed with more tban two short terminal setae”,

is ambiguous. Lophozozymus. pictor posscsscs one

long subterminal seta in addition to the two

218

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Larval development of Lophozozymuspictor

short terminal setae and therefore it is unclear

whether th is specics would be placed by Martin

in his xanthid group I.

Rice (1980. 325) recognized three types of xan¬

thid antennal exopod: (1) a rudimentary exopod

with one or two terminal setac or unarmed;

(2) an exopod subequal to or longer than spinous

process and with a sera more or less midway

along its length and (3) an exopod one third-one

quarter the length of the spinous process with

rvvo or three termina] setae. The antennal exopod

of Palapcdni valentini conforma to définition (1),

however, that of Lophozozymus pictor cannot be

assigned to an y of the xanthid criteria defined by

Rice.

Current evidence suggests that the antennal exo¬

pod is not a zoeal character to define the

Xanthidae MacLeay, 1838 (sensu Serène 1984)

and its significance at subfamilial level remains

unclear. The presence of two terminal setae on

the antennal exopod is of interest, but the impor¬

tance of this zoeal character within the

Kraussiinae Ng, 1993, has yet to be established.

Acknowl edgeme n ts

The authors considered working in the attic of

the Laboratoire de Zoologie (Arthropodes) with

Alain Crosnier a rare privilège. We thank Alain

for much support, encouragement and humour.

We would also like to thank Diana Chia for

assistance in collecting and patiently rearing the

zoeas of Lophozozymus pleins rhrough to megalop

ph ase. Peter Ng acknowledges grant RP900360

hom the National University of Singapore.

REFERENCES

Alcock A. 1898. — Materials for a Carcinological

Fauna of India. No. 3. The Brachyura Cyclo-

metopa. Part I. The Family Xanthidae. Journal of

the Asiatic Society ofBengal, Calcutta 67 (2) No. 1:

67-233.

Chia D. G, B., Lau C. O., Ng P. K. L. & Fan C. 11.

1993. — Localisation of toxins in the poisonous

mosaic crab, Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1798)

(Brachyura, Xanthidae). loxicon 31 (7): 901-904.

Fabricius L C. 1798. — Entomologie! Systematica

Entendant et A uct a Seatndum Classes, Ordines,

Généra, Species, Adjectis Synonymis, Locis, Observa-

titmihus, Discriptionibus. Supplementum Entorno-

logtae Systemalicae: 572. Hafniae.

Guinot D. 1977. — Données nouvelles sur la morpho¬

logie, la phylogenèse et la taxonomie des Crustacés

Décapodes Brachyoures. Thèse de doctorat d'Ftat ès

Sciences, soutenue le 21 juin 1977 I Université

Picrrc-et-Marie-Curie. 2 volumes : l-XV, 486 p.,

XVI-XXIV, 56 p [Ronéotypé].

- - 1979. — Données nouvelles sur la morphologie, la

phylogenèse et la taxonomie des Crustacés

Décapodes Brachyoures. Mémoires du Muséum

national d'Histnire naturelle de Paris , série A.

Zoologie. 112: 1-354. pis 1-27.

Tngle R. W. 1991. — Lart/al stages of Nonheastern

Atlantic crabs. An illustrated key: f 1992] xii + 1-363.

Figs 1-2.40. Natural History Muséum Publications

& Chapman & Hall, London (Publication date

28 Novcmbcr 1991).

1 .lewellyn !.. F.. & F.ndcan R. 1989. —Toxiciry and

paralytic shellfish toxin profiles of the xanthid

crabs, Lophozozymus pictor and Zosintus aeriens , col-

lected from sorae Australian coral reefs. Toxicon 27

(5): 596-600.

MacLeay W. S. 1838. — On the Brachyurous

Dc-câpod Oustacea Brought from rhe Cape by

Dr. Smith 53-7L pis 2, 3, in Smith A., Illustra¬

tions of the Zoology of South Africa; cotnisthig chieffy

°! figures and descriptions of the abjects of natural hi>-

tnty collected duritig an expédition into the interior of

South Africa, in theytars ISM, ISA 5. and 1836; fit-

ted ont by ‘The Cape of Good Hope Association for

Exploring Central Africa': together with a summary

»/ Afriean Zoology, and an inquity into the geogra -

phicat ranges of species in that quarter of the globe.

Publishcd ttnder the Autlsority of the Lords

Commissioners of Her Majestys Treasury, hiuerte -

brntae. Smith, Eldet and Co., London (1849).

Martin j. W. 1984. — Notes and bibhography on the

larvae of xanthid crabs, with a key to the known

xanthids zoeas ot the western Atlantic and Gulfof

Mexico. Bulletin uf Marine Science 34 (2): 220-239.

Ng P. K. L. 1993. — Kraussiinae, a new sublamily for

the gettera Kruussia Dana, 1852, Palapcdta, new

genus, and Gatthasia, new genus (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Brachyura: Xanthidae), with descrip¬

tions of two new species from Singapore and tne

Philippines. Baffles Bulletin of Zoology 41 (1):

133-157.

Ng P. K. I.. & Chia D. G. B. 1994. — The genus

Glyptocarcinus Takeda, 1973, with descriptions ofa

new subfamily. two new gênera and two new spe¬

cies from New Galedonia (Crustacés, Decapoda,

Brachyura, Xanthidae), Baffles Bulletin of Zoology

42 (3): 701 -730.

Ng P. K L., Chia D. G. B.. Koh £. G. L. & Tan

L. W. H. 1992. — Poisonous Malaysian crabs.

Nature Malaysiana 17 (1): 4-9.

Ng P. K. I. & Clark P. F. 1994. — The First stage

zoea of Gaillardiellus orientalis (Odhner, 1925),

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

219

Clark P. F. & Ng P. K. L.

with notes on the subfamily Actaeinae (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Brachyura: Xanthidae). Raffles Bulletin

ofZoology 42 (4): 847-857.

Ng P. K. L., Tan L. W, H., Ng C. S. & Gopala-

krishnakone P. 1990. — Poisonous Crabs : 101-116,

in Gopalakrishnakone P. (ed.), A Colour Guide to

Dangerous Animais. Ridge Books, Singapore Univ.

Press, Singapore.

Rice A. L. 1980. — Crab zoeal morphology and its

bearing on the classification of the Brachyura.

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 35:

271-424.

Serène R. 1984. — Crustacés Décapodes Brachyoures

de l’océan Indien occidental et de la mer Rouge,

Xanthoidea : Xanthidae et Trapeziidae. Avec un

addendum par Crosnier A. : Carpiliidae et

Menippidae. Faune Tropicale 24 : 1-243, pis 1-48.

Terada M. 1980. — Zoea larvae of four crabs in the

subfamily Xanthinae. Zoological Magazine, Tokyo

89: 138-148.

— 1982. — Zoeal development of the chlorodinid

crab, Pilodius nigrocrinitus Stimpson. Zoological

Magazine, Tokyo 91: 23-28.

Yasumoto T., Yasumura D., Ohizumi Y., Takahashi

M., Alcala A. & Alcala A. L. 1986. — Palytoxin in

two species of xanthid crab from the Philippines.

Agricultural and Biological Chemistry 50 (1):

163-167.

220

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new species of Intesius (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Goneplacidae) from the deep water

of French Polynesia

Peter J. F. DAVIE

Queensland Muséum. P.O. Box 3300

South Brisbane, Queensland (Australia)

p.davie@mailbox.uq.edu.au

Davie P. J. F.1998. — A new species of Intesius (Crustacea, Decapoda, Goneplacidae)

from the deep water of French Polynesia. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 221-227.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Intesius ,

deep water,

Pacific Océan,

new species.

ABSTRACT

A new species of the previously monotypic genus Intesius , I. crosnieri, is des-

cribed from 500 m depth in French Polynesia. New records of I. pilosus

Guinot et Richer de Forges, 1981 are also recorded from off north

Queensland, Australia. The two species can be easily separated by the shape

of the carapace and antérolatéral teeth. Figures are provided of both species.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Intesius ,

eaux profondes,

océan Pacifique,

nouvelle espece.

RÉSUMÉ

Une nouvelle espèce du genre Intesius (Crustacea, Decapoda, Goneplacidae) des

eaux profondes de Polynésie française. Intesius crosnieri, une nouvelle espèce du

genre Intesius, considéré jusqu'à présent comme monotypique, est décrite de

Polynésie française par 500 m de profondeur. Intesius pilosus Guinot et

Richer de forges, 1981 est également signalée du nord du Queensland, en

Australie. Les deux espèces se distinguent facilement par la forme de la cara¬

pace et les dents antérolatérales.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

221

Davie P. J. F.

INTRODUCTION

The specimen, for which the new species is des-

cribed, was sent to me for study by Joseph

Poupin of the French Service Mixte de Contrôle

Biologique (SMCB). It had already been exami-

ned by Dr Alain Crosnier, and recognized as pro-

bahly new to science.

Intesius Guinoc et Richer de Forges. 1981, has

until now been considered monotypic, including

only /. pilosus Guinot et Richer de Forges, 1981.

It was placed into the Goneplacidae but the rela-

tionships witliin the îâmily hâve nOt been further

clarified... "La position taxonomique et Intesius

pilosus n.sp. sera précisée ultérieurement"

(Guinot & Richer de Forges 1981 b: 256).

Abbreviations

mm millimétrés;

Gl, G2 first and second male gonopods;

MNHN Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,

Paris;

QM Queensland Muséum, Brisbane.

The abbreviated terminology used for carapace

régions is that used by Serène (1984) following

Dana (1852).

Measurements given in the text are of carapace

breadth (c.b.) followed by length.

SYSTEMATICS

Family GONEPLACIDAE MacLeay, 1838

Intesius crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs IA, 2A, 3, 4)

MateriaI. UXAMINED. French Polynesia. îles sous

le vent, Maiao. stn 173. 17°38.4’S - 150°38.8'W,

rrapped, 500 m, 1996, SMCB (1. Poupin): holotype,

6 46.4 x 39.8 mm (MNHN-B25374).

EtymoloûV. — The species is dcdicated to Alain

Crosnier in récognition ofhis cnormous generosity in

allowing, and assisting me to study not just this new

crab but the large fascinarmg collections of deep water

xanthid species front French Polynesia and New

Caledonia that I hâve previously reported on (Davie

1993; 1997).

DISTRIBUTION. — Only known trom the type locali-

ty. Bathymétrie range: 500 m.

Description

Carapace

ca. 1.2 tintes broader than long; moderately

convex anteriorly, slightly convex Iront side to

side across the posterobranchials. Régions mode¬

rately well defïned, sepatated by broad furrows,

except 1P72F, 2L/3L. 5L/6L arc- not distinctly

separated. Posterior ntargin costate, with a raised

fincly granular rim; postérolatéral margins more

or less straight, converging posteriorly.

Anicrolateral margins regularl) convex, granular,

with lotir teeth behind the exorbital angle; first

and fourth teeth stitall, first Weli-separated from

orbit, indistinct, little more than a raised granu¬

le; second and third teeth subequal, aettte, with

sharp granules on the margins; fourth teeth

situated well bâcle 3nd in the fornt ol a small

spinc; greatest carapace width across third teeth.

Front ca. 0.28 rimes carapace width; square-cut,

bilobed, moderately projecting, narrow band of

sharp granules behind leading edge; separated

front orbit by a narrow, srnooth, pre-orbital sul-

cus. Carapace surface covered with small gra¬

nules diminishing in size towards the

intcr-regional furrows; thickly clothed with fine

simple setac which do not obscure the surface

detail. Upper orbital border concave, granular; a

small spinc separating deep médian and latéral

fissures. Lower orbital border inner angle formed

by large triangular, bluntly pointed tooth; latéral-

ly with a second sntaller blunt granular lobe;

with V-sbaped notch laterallv. Anteunal flagel-

lurn entering orbit, fine, long, reaching as far as

second antérolatéral tooth. Basal arttennal seg¬

ment widely separated Iront front, rectangular,

unarmed. Basal antennular segment finely granu¬

lar, with shaggy coat of short serae; palp folding

obliquely.

Third maxilliped

Merus slightly swollen on ntedial surface, nticro-

scopically granular only; about as wide as long

and about half length of ischium; antero-external

angle slightly produced, rounded. Ischium elon-

gate, sub-rectangular ca. 1.95 tintes longer than

wide.

Chelipcds

Unequal; large and robust; minor cheliped of

222

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1998 - 20 (2)

A new Intesius from the French Polynesia

Fig. 1. — A, Intesius crosnieri n.sp., holotype <J 46.4 x 39.8 mm (MNHN-B25374), French Polynesia, îles sous le vent, Maiao,

17°38.4'S - 150’38.8'W, trapped, 500 m, 1996; B, Intesius pilosus Guinot et Richer de Forges, 1981, Ç 40.8 x 36.9 mm

(QMW17026), northern Queensland, off Tully Heads, 17°59.6'S - 147°01.8'E, trawled 220 m, 12.1.1986.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

223

Fig. 2. — Magnilied view of anterior carapace; A, Intesius crosnieri n.sp., holotype i (MNHN-B25374); B, Inlesius pilosus Guinot et

Richer de Forges, 1981, S (QMW17026). Scale bar: 1 cm.

similar form but with longer more slender fin-

gers. Merus trihedral, short and broad, posterior

border with sharp spinules, with slightly larger

spine on edge ot subdistal shoulder, distally

rounded and unarmed. Carpus with strong spinc

at inner angle, ventrally unarmed; upper and

outer surfaces with smal] sharp granules. Outer

surface of palm ot large chela covered in sharp

granules dorsally and proximally, becoming

microscopically granular ventro-distally; with

only minute setae between thé granules dorsally;

minor chela with sharp granules evenly and enti-

rely covering outer surface. Fixed finger with

ventral ridge, and second longitudinal groove

below cutting margin; length cutting edge ca.

0.38 times length propodus. Ventral border of

chela slightly concave at base ot fixed finger.

Dorsal surface of dactylus microscopically granu¬

lar; dactylus broad, bearing three longitudinal

grooves on outer face, running most of length.

Pingers pointed, recurved; cutting margins of

both fingers with low molariform teeth. Fingers

entirely black except for base of dactyl, colour

not exiending backwards onto palm.

Walking legs

Medium length; compressed; relatively stout;

second pair the longest ca. 1.7 times maximum

carapace width. Merus of third leg ca. 4.2 times

longer than wide; carpus ca. 2.7 times longer

224

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2|

A new Intesius from the French Polynesia

Fig. 3. — Ventral view of Intesius crosnieri n.sp., holotype 6 46.4 x 39.8 mm (MNHN-B25374), French Polynesia, îles sous le vent,

Maiao, 17°38.4'S - 150“38.8’W, trapped, 500 m, 1996.

than wide; propodus va. 2.65 times longer than

wide; dactylus ai. 1.35 rimes length of propodus.

Dactyli thick, srraight, compressed; terminating

in an acute chicinous rip. AU leg segments unar-

med, more or less minutely granular on upper

margins; marginally fringed with setae, becoming

thicker and having a more extensive coverage dis-

tally.

Male abdomen

Third to fiftk segments fused; third segment the

widest. Segments 3-5 rapenng. Segment 6,

1.8 rimes wider than long. Telson slighrlv longer

than, and moder.ttely sunken into, segment 6;

1.36 times wider than long; evenly rnunded.

Gonopods

G1 short and stout, generally tapering, a pre-dis-

tal shoulder bearing a patch of short stout

bristles. G2 similar in length, filament occupying

distal third (see Fig. 4B-D).

Sternum

Relatively broad, finely granular and hirsute;

broad shallow dépréssion in front of telson; sutu¬

re between segments 3 and 4 incised laterally,

becoming shallow and indistinct medially.

Ri', MARKS

Intesius pilas us Guinot et Richer de Forges, 1981,

was described from a single holotype specimen.

Subsequently Davie & Short (1989) recorded a

single feinale from 183 m depth off Southern

Queensland. Further specimens from

Queensland hâve been since found, and hâve

provided valuable comparative material for

understanding the limits of variation in that spe-

cies, and helped to clearly distinguish the présent

new specics.

The carapace provides the most important cha-

racters tiseful in separating the two species.

7. pilosus is subcircular in shape, whereas l eros-

nieri has a more quadrate appearance caused by

the more convex antérolatéral margins. The gréa -

test carapace width is between the third antérola¬

téral teeth, whereas in /, pilosus the fourth

antérolatéral teeth are either as prominent, or

more prominent, than the third. The antérolaté¬

ral teeth of /. pilosus are generally more projec-

ting and acute than in 1. crosnieri , and the

accessory spinules on their margins are also more

prominent and acute. tn particular, the first anté¬

rolatéral tootli in /. crosnieri is al most obsolète,

but is a clearly differentiated, strong, spinulose

tooth in I. pilosus.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

225

A new Intesius from the French Polynesia

23.8 mm, 3 35.0 X 32.0 mm (QM-W17024). —

17°59.6'S - l47°05.5’E, trawled 260 m, 19.1.1986:

2 9? 27.5 x 25.8 mm, 27.0 x 25.1 mm (QM-

W17025). — 17“59.6’S - 147°01.8’E, trawled 220 m,

12.1.1986: 9 40.8 x 36.9 mm (QM-W17026). —

18°00.1’S - 147°01.3’E, trawled 228 m, 09.1.1986: <5

39.0 x 36.2 mm (QM-W17027).

Distribution. — Loyalty Islands (type locality), and

Coral Sea off eastern Queensland to 27°S latitude.

Bathymétrie range: 183-400 m.

Remarks

The présent sériés of specimens are very consis-

REFERENCES

Dana J. D. 1852. — Crustacea. United States

Exploring Expédition during years 1838, 1839,

1840, 1841, 1842 under command of Charles

Wilkes, U.S.N. 13: 1-685. Atlas (1855): 1-27,

pis 1-96.

Davie P. J. F. 1993. — Deep water xanthid crabs

from French Polynesia (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Xanthoidea). Bulletin du Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, série 4, A 14 (2) :

501-561.

— 1997. — Crustacea Decapoda: Deep water

Xanthoidea from the South-Western Pacific and

the Western lndian Océan, in Crosnier A. (ed.),

Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

Volume 18, Mémoires du Muséum national

d'Histoire naturelle 176 : 337-387.

Davie P. J. F. & Short J. 1989. — Deep water

Brachyura (Crustacea: Decapoda) from Southern

tent in morphology, and agréé closely with the

description and figures of the holotype. There is

variation in the prominence of the last antéro¬

latéral tooth, such that it may be equal in promi¬

nence to the third or slightly more projecting.

Acknowledgements

I am most grateful to Joseph Poupin for asking

me to undertake rhis study; and to Bertrand

Richer de Forges and Enrique Macpherson for

inviting me to contribute to this spécial volume

honouring Alain Crosnier.

Queensland, Australia with descriptions of four

new species. Memoirs of Queensland Muséum 27

(2): 157-187.

Guinot D. & Richer de Forges B. 1981a. — Crabes

de profondeur, nouveaux ou rares, de l’Indo-

Pacifique (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura) (pre¬

mière partie). Bulletin du Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, série 4, A (1980) 2 (4) :

1113-1153.

— 1981b. — Crabes de profondeur, nouveaux ou

rares, de I Indo-Pacifique (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Brachyura) (deuxième partie). Bulletin du Muséum

national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, série 4, A 3 (1) :

227-260.

Serène R. 1984. — Crustacés Décapodes Brachyoures

de l’océan Indien occidental et de la mer Rouge,

Xanthoidea: Xanthidae et Trapeziidae. Avec un

addendum par Crosnier A. : Carpillidae et

Menippidae. Faune Tropicale, ORSTOM, 24:

1-400, pis 1-48.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

227

A new genus and a new species of alpheid

shrimp (Decapoda, Caridea) from Japan

Ken-lchi HAYASHI

National Fisheries University, 2-7-1 Nagatahonmachi, Shimonoseki,

Yamaguchi, 759-6595 (Japan)

hayashik@fish-u.ac.jp

Hayashi K.-l. 1998. — A new genus and a new species of alpheid shrimp (Decapoda,

Caridea) from Japan. Zoosystema 20 (2): 229-238.

KEYWORDS

Crustacés,

Decapoda,

Alpheidac,

Cavipelta,

new genus,

new species,

Pacific Océan.

ABSTRACT

A new genus of the family Alpheidae is established, based on a new species

from Japanese waters. Cavipelta yarnasbitai n.g., n.sp. is characterized by

having a sinus on the lower margin of the carapace in both sexes and a flap-

like process on the exopod of the uropod in large males. It also bears a robust

and thickened antennai flagellum and a mesially curved chela of the first per-

eopod in large males. C. yarnasbitai was usually collected from burrowes of

thalassinids, The systematic position of the new genus is discussed and the

biologv of the new species is briefly presented.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacca,

Decapoda,

Alpheidac,

Cavipelta ,

nouveau genre,

nouvelle espèce,

océan Pacifique.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre et une nouvelle espece de crevette alphéide (Decapoda ,

Caridea) provenant du Japon. Cavipelta yarnasbitai n.g., n.sp. est caractérisée

par la présence d’un sinus sur le bord inférieur de la carapace dans les deux

sexes et d'un appendice foliacé sur l’exopodite de l’uropode chez les grands

mâles. Elle porte également un flagelle antennaire robuste et épaissi et la

pince du premier pérciopode est courbée en son milieu chez les grands mâles.

<7. yarnasbitai est généralement récoltée dans les terriers de rhalassinides. La

position systématique de ce nouveau genre est discutée ainsi que la biologie

de cette nouvelle espèce.

Hayashi K.-I.

INTRODUCTION

During studies on the shrimp tauna of the Seto

Inland Sea, Japan, Yamashita (1980) collected a

srnall alpheid from burrow of Upogebia major

(De Haan). He tentatively identifiée! ir with

Athanas sp, and briefly presented its ecologicaJ

notes. Fortunately 1 could examine a part of his

material, and later 1 received other specimens of

the same species collected Iront the tidal fiat of

several localittes of Southern Japan. As roughly

illustrated in Yamashita (1980), rhis species is

readily disnnguished from ail the known species

of Athanas by having a rounded sinus ar the

ntiddle of the lower margin of carapace and roun-

ded pectinations on the diaeresis of the outer uro-

pod. Thèse featurcs are possibly unique in the

family Alpheidae and even in the section Caridea,

and for diis reason the new genus, Cavipe/ta, is

defmed for the species, C, yannishitai n.sp.

Ail specimens hâve been deposited in the collec¬

tion of the National Hisheries University (NFU).

The specimen size is indicated by the carapace

length (CL) including the rostrum.

Family Ai.pheidaf. Rafinesque, 1815

Camp cita n.g.

Type SPECIES. — Cavipelta yamashitai n.sp.

Etymology, — The naine is derived from the Latin

cavus , ntcaning hollow, and pelta meaning shield, in

reference to the tact tliat the lower margin of the cara¬

pace is apparently hollowed in the species of dus

genus. The gender is féminine.

Diacnosis

Small alpheid. about 25 mm in body length.

Rostrum short, acute; carapace smooth, without

carina or spirie but with rounded insertion ar

middle ol lower margin; cardiac notch well-deve-

loped. Abdomen smooth without carinae or

spines. Triangular flap articulated at postérolaté¬

ral angle of sixth somite. Telson with two pairs of

dorsal spines; posterior margin not terminating

in triangular tooth, with two pairs of spines late-

rally. Anal tubcrcle absent.

Eyes largely exposed from dorsal view.

Antennular peduncle long; stylocerite triangular,

well developed. Antennal peduncle robust, with

scaphocerite reduced; flagellum robust and long.

Mandible with molar process and 2-jointed palp

articulated with base of incisor proccss. Palp of

First maxilliped 2-segmented. Second maxilliped

without podohranch. Third maxilliped with

arthrobranch; coxa with both strap-like epipod

and flattened process. Exopods on First to third

maxilliped wcll-developed. First pereopods

moderately robust, similar and equal, carried

extended; fingers lacking molar tooth and fossa.

Second pereopod slender with 5-segmentcd car-

pus. First three pereopods with strap-like epipod.

Uropod with long and articulated flap on distal

end of exopod in large males but without in

fèmales; diaeresis of exopod with séries of roun¬

ded lobes in both sexes. Appendix masculina lon¬

ger than appendix interna but not overreaching

endopod of second pleopod.

GUI formula as follows:

Maxilliped

Pereopod

3 4 5

Pleurobranch

1 1 1

Arthrobranch

Podobranch

Mastigobranch

1 1

Epipod

Exopod

Systematk: position

Cavipclni probably belongs to the primitive

gioup of the family Alpheidae, characrerized by

having a short rostrum, dorsally exposed eyes,

articulated plate of sixth abdominal somite, no

sound-producing mechanism on the First pereo-

pods, serrated diaeresis of the exopod of uropod

and pereopoda! epipods. Potamalpheops l’oweil,

1979 and Pseudoathanas Bruce, 1983 share these

characters with the new genus. However,

Cavipelta is unique among the family in beanng

a sinus on the lower margin of the carapace in

both sexes, and having dap-like processes on the

exopod of the uropod in adulr males. These fea-

tures are apparently imcommmi in lIic family,

and even in the Caridea, although sottie similar

features are observed in a few groups.

230

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New alpheid shrimp from Japan

The antérolatéral angle of the carapace is fairly

excavated in sonie généra of the family

Pasiphaeidae (Holthuis 1993). In Cavipelta the

cenrral part ol the lower margin o( the carapace,

at about rhe level of the base of the First or

second pereopods, is sinuous. This sinus is deve-

loped in large specimens of both sexes, and less

in small specimens.

Some specified fèatures of the uropods are obser-

ved in other alpheids. The serrated diaeresis

appears in some alpheids; many movable spines

in Pseudoathanas (Bruce 1983) and some immo-

vable spines in Potamalpheops (Povvell 1979) and

Prionalpheus (Bannct & Bannef I960). There are

some specics of other alpheid généra with one or

two spines or spinifoi.m processes on the diaeresis

(Crosnier & Forest 1966; Miya 1972; Hayashi

1996). However, in these généra the spines are

more or less pointed, whereas in serrated lobes o!

Cavipelta they are immovable and large with

rounded apex.

The exrended uropodal exopod is not known in

other alpheids, Mohoatris bayeri Holthuis, 1973

bears an exrremely long and slender process on

the uropod, but it is on the endopod (Holthuis

1973). Racilins nnnpressus Paulson, 1873 has a

large spine other than rhe outer distal one on the

exopod of rhe uropod, but it is also on the endo¬

pod (Paulson 1875; Bruce 1985; Hayashi 1995).

In contrast Cavipelta has a slender and elongated

flap on the outer uropod. This flap is articulated

with more than two segments. This character is

seen in the large males only, and is entirely absent

in small males as well as in ovigerous females in

which the outer margin of the exopod is largely

rounded as in other members of rhe family.

The uropodal serration is the best character to

distinguish Cavipelta from the related généra,

even in small individuals or female specimens

which do not hâve a dillerentiated uropodal flap

and the carapacial sinus.

Cavipelta also bears other features uncommon in

other alpheids, such as a robusr and thichencd

antennal flagellum, and a mesially curved chcla

ol the first pereopod in large males. The antennal

flagellum, which is larger in males than in

females, is rigid, strengthencd proximally and

curved upward. The First pereopods are similar

and usually set in the extended position. The

chela is sexually dissimilar. In large males il is

curved mesially; the immovable finger is curved

at a right angle or more than 90" to the palm.

The movable finger, therefore, is situated perpen-

dicutarly at the distal end of the major part of

the leg. In lemales and small males the chela is

not modificd, the finger is situated at a distolate-

ral position.

The gill formula of Cavipelta is different from

that of the related généra, Pseudoathanas and

Potamalphcops. An arihrobranch is présent on the

base of the third maxillipcd in Cavipelta and

Potamalphcops (Poweil 1979), but absent in

Pseudoathanas (Btuce 1983). A strap-like epipod

is présent on the rhird maxillipcd and the first

four pereopods in Potamalphcops (Poweil 1979),

but on rhe First threc pereopods only in

Pseudoathanas, ln the latter genus, there is no

strapdike epipod on the third maxillipcd, only a

flattened process (Bruce 1983). In Cavipelta the

strap-like epipod is présent on first three pereo¬

pods and on the third maxilliped, and a flattened

and anteriorly pointed process is also présent.

Cavipeltayamashitai n.sp.

(Figs 1-4)

Athanas sp. - Yamashiui, 1980: 6, unnumbered fig.

MaI r;RIAL IXAMINH). — Seto Inlatid Sea. Tidal fiat,

oflf Miyajima, Hiroshima Préfecture, living in tube of

Upogebi.i major, 4.VITI.1980, Coll. K. Yamashita:

1 d, holorype (NFU No. 530-2-1877). -

13.11.1990. Coll. K. Yamashita; 10 et a, 3 oviq. d.

3 9 î.para types (N F U No. 530-2-1878). — Tidal

fiai, otf Kutanabc Shrinc, Hirao, Yamaguchi

Préfecture, Coll, M. Kainiichi: ! <3, para type (NPU

No. 530-2-1.879). — Tidal flar, ToVo Port, Èhime

Préfecture, 12.V.1995, Coll. Y. Ide: 1 d, ! 9,2 juvé¬

niles, para types (NFU No. 530-2-1880).

Southern Sea of Japan. Mouth of Matsumoto River,

off H agi. Yamaguchi Préfecture, dredge sample,

VIII. 1984. Coll. M. Amio: 1 ovig. 9, 1 juv., para-

types (NFU No. 530-2-1881).

ETYMOLOGY. — I he spécifie name is dedicated to

Mr. Kinji Yamashita, of the Miyajima Aquarium, who

collected this species and called attention to it more

than fifteen years ago.

SlZK. — The holotypc, a complété male 6.8 mm CL.

The males with a flap-like process on the exopod of

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

231

Hayashi K.-I.

the uropod are more than 6.0 mm CL, and the largest

male is 7.6 mm CL. I lie ovigerous females are nearly

equal to males in sïze, 4.6-7.2 mm CL. A fernale of

6.8 mm CL bears about 100 eggs and lheir diameter

is 0.5-0.6 X 0.42-0.47 mm. The egg nuniber and egg

size of the other tliree females are similar to those o(

this fernale.

Description

Small alpheid with slender and smooth body

(Fig. 1). Rostrum short triangular in dorsal view,

reaching only to base of eye, with short mid-

dorsal crest in larger specimens (Fig. 2A, B).

Carapace smootb, without spines on anterior

margin (Fig. 2C); cardiac notch deep; lower mar-

gin with well-developed sinus at position of base

of first or second pereopod (Figs 2B, 4B, C).

Abdomen smooth without carinae or spines.

First pleuron sometimes with small indentation

just above antérolatéral corner (Fig. 4C). Pleura

of fifth somite pointed but not sharp. Posterior

process of sixth somite with small spine on upper

distal end; articulated plate large and triangular

(Figs 2D, 4H-J). Telson with two pairs of large

spines, anterior pair at proximal fourth and pos¬

terior pair at middle (Figs 2D, 4H-J); posterior

margin largely roundcd with two pairs of spines

laterallv short outer and long inner.

Eyes exposed dorsally and latcrally, with small

anteromesial process (Fig. 2A-C); corner well-

pigmented, oval in outline in dorsal view

(Fig. 2L). Antennule long and slender; stylocerite

triangular, acute, reaching end of proximal one

third of first segment; second segment 1.5 limes

as long as first; third segment much shorter than

first (Fig. 2A, B, L); outer llagellutn as long as

peduncle, and rhickened al several basal joints;

inner flagellum slighrly longer than peduncle

with short setae on proximal liait (Fig. 2L).

Antennal peduncle more robust in males than in

females, overreaching scaphocerite and antennu-

lar peduncle; scaphocerite comparatively small,

Fig. 1. — Cavipelta yamashilai n.sp., holotype, 3 from Miyajima Island, 7.3 mm CL (NFU No. 530-2-1877). Scale bar: 5.0 mm.

232

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Hayashi K.-I.

with outer margin straight, ending in distinct

spine overreaching lamella; flagellum rigid, and

strengthened, more than twice as long as carapa¬

ce (Figs 1, 2A, M).

Mouthparts nor spécifie. Mandible composed of

medium-si/.ed molar process, broad incisor pro-

cess with Several teetb distaily and 2-segmented

palp attaclied ro base of incisor process (Fig. 2F),

Mâxilla with broad distal endite and small proxi-

mal endite (Fig. 2G). First maxillipcd with 2-seg-

mented endopod, proximal segment small wirh

stiffhair distaily: epipod large, oval (Fig. 2H),

Second maxilliped wirh long exopod and nblong

epipod (Fig. 21). Third maxillipcd reaching distal

end of antennal pecluncle, with arthrobranch,

strap-like epipod and long exopod; large flatte-

ned process présent on coxa; proximal segment

as long as distal tvvo segments eombined; disral

segment less than twice as long as intermédiare

segment, with many rows of hrnsh-like setae on

low r er margin and five short apical spines (Fig. 2J).

First pereopod massive, equal, usually extended

forward. In males overreaching end ol antennal

peduncle by chela; ischium less than hait as long

as merus, pointed àt dorsodistal end; rnerus cylin-

drical, 1.8 tintes as long as ischium, with row of

small spine-lilte processes on dorsal margin; car-

pus 1.2 tintes as long as ischium with one or two

similar processes on dorsal margin. Chela as long

as merus, palrn cylindrical with small excavation

near proximal articulation and few low processes

just antenor of excavation: (ingers curved mesially

at right angle to palnt in ntost specimens, or

slightly backvvard in lârger males; articulation of

Angers présent near outer discal part of palnt and

ntovable finger sttuated horizontally at anterior-

most position; immovable finger with two large

irregular teeth on cutting edge and movahle fin¬

ger with usually small tooth on cutting edge

(Figs 3A, B, 4F). In ovigerous females firsr pereo¬

pod not spécifie; movahle finger artîculated nor-

mally with outer distal side of palm; fingers

compararively small, less than half as long as

palm; dorsodistal end of ischium pointed; dorsal

margin of meriis serrated, but câfpus smooth. ht

females and small males first pereopod similar to

ovigerous females in general shape but merus and

ischium with smooth margins (Fig. 4G).

Second pereopod reaching end of antennal scale.

equal, slender; merus as long as ischium; carpus

longer than merus, 5-segmented, proximal and

distal segments subequal and longer than inter¬

médiare three segments; chela slightly shorter

than distal two segments of carpus (Fig. 3C).

Thirtl pereopod overreaching antennal peduncle

by d.tctylus; ischium with small spine on outer

surface; merus about rwtce as long as ischium,

unarmed; carpus as long as Ischium with small

spine on lower distal corner: ptopodus about

1.5 tintes as long as carpus, with three or four

spines on posterîor margin and one pair of spines

on distal end; dactylus simple, acute, one hall as

long as propodus (Fig. 3D). Fourth pereopod

reaching distal end of antennal; shape and sputa¬

tion similar to ihird pereopod (Fig. 3E). Fifth

pereopod slenderer, reaching distal end of stylo-

cerite; ischium and carpus unarmed; propodus

with several rows of setae on distal half and one

or two spines on proximal tlnrd or middle of

posterior margin (Fig. 3F).

First pleopod hilobed, not spécifie in either sex.

Endopod of second to fifth pleopods with slen¬

der appendix interna in hoth sexes, Male second

pleopod with slender appendix maseuhna nearly

rwice as long as appendix maxculina, hui falling

short of distal end ol endopod; several long setae

présent near apex of masculinj (Fig. 2K).

Uropod broad, longer than telson; protopod

ending in twO pointed processes: endopod broad,

oval, nor spécifie (Figs 2D, 4H-J). Diaeresis of

exopod with nine ro lourteen, usually nine to

eleven, rounded immovable lobes, outer two or

three lobes subequal in size and larger than

inner; outer margin ol exopod ending in spinule

sitnated ar outer margin of oirtermost spine of

diaeresis; distinct acute spine présent under

outermosr or second spine ol diaeresis (Figs 2D,

4H-J). Distal end of exopod with long flap in

large males; in some specimens more than halfof

exopod, and composed ol two or three segments

(Figs 2D, 4H, 1, K).

BlOIOt.Y

According to Yamashita (1980), the présent spe-

cies was found associated with rhe rhalassinid

Upogcbia major (De Flaan), on the tidal fiat of

Miyajima Island. He found that rhis shrimp

swam out from the Upogebia burrow in which he

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New alpheid shrimp from Japan

poured a pl,aster to examine the shape of the bur-

row. Many spécimens of this .spccies vvere collec-

ted from the Upogebia burrow using this sanie

method. The other material from Toyo Porr

indicates rhe possibilité' of the association with

other than thalassinid shrimps, because the label

indicates that it was collected together with

Callianassa jqponica Ortmann, Upogebia major

and the bivalve Mactra venerijormis Reeve. Ail

other spécimens of this specie.s were collected

from tidal flats of the southwestern part of Japan.

Remarks

As mentioned above, Yamashita (1980) briefly

described and illustrated this species under the

naine o ï Athanas sp. Part of his specimens are

included in the présent material examined.

Sonic important characters show considérable

variation with sex and growth I hc sinus on the

lower margin of carapace is less developed or

entirely absent in specimens |ess than 5.0 mm

(Fig. 4A-C). The larger specimens always bear

this sinus, and it is larger and deeper in males

than in females. Judging from its position and

shape it may be related to the smooth movement

of the first (or second) pereopod.

The first pereopod of the large males morpholo-

gically differs from that of the females and the

smaller males, especially the chela (Figs 1, 2B,

4D-G). The ovigerous females and small speci¬

mens hâve a normal slender chela, although with

rough margins on the ischium and nierus in ovi¬

gerous females. In large males the chela is curved

niesially, and in the male from Toyo Port, the

immovable finger is bent backward with two

large teeth on the cutting edge The palm, car-

pus, merus and ischium are provided with small

spine-like processes on the inesial margin.

A long flap-like process extends from the outer

margin of the exopod of uropod in large males

only. It is entirely absent Irom ovigerous females

and small specimens (Figs 2D, 4FI-K). The long

flap is composed of two or three joints. The

function of this appendix could not be deter-

mined.

Acknowledgements

f wish to express my sincère thanks to Mr Kinji

Yamashita, Mr Yoichi Ide, Dr M. Amio and

Dr Tatsuo f lama no, who kindly sent me these

interesting specimens. li is a great pleasure to

contribute to rhe présent volume dedicated to

Dr Alain Crosnier, who lias contributed so much

to our knowledge of decapod crustaceans. I am

also indebted to Dr Fenner A. Chace, Jr. and

Dr Rafael Lemaitre, for reading the manuscript

and offering valuable suggestions.

REFERENCES

Banncr A. H. & Banner D. M. 1960. —

Contributions to the knowledge of the alpheid

shrimp of the Pacific Océan. Part VI. Prionalpbeus ,

a new genus of the Alpheidae. Pacific Science 14:

292-298.

Bruce A. j. 1983. — Pseudocithanas darwiniemis, new

genus, new spccies, an alpheid shrimp from the

Northern Terrrtory, Australia. Journal of

Crus ta cran Biology 3 (3): 463-471.

— 1985. — Sonic caridean associâtes of scleractinian

cotais in du- Ryukyu fslands. Gal/ixea 4 1-21, pl. I.

Crosnier A. &c Forest J. 1966. — Crustacés

Décapodes: Alpheidae. Campagne de la Calypso

dans le golfe de Guinée et aux îles Principe, Sùo

Pomé et Annohon (1956) et Campagne aux îles du

Cap-Vert (1959) (suite) 19. Annales de l'Institut

Océanographique de Monaco AA : 199-314.

Rayas h i R. 1995. — Généra Aretopsis, Racilius, and

Vexiüipar. Prawns, Shrimps and Lobsters from

Japan (84), Aquahiology (99): 276-280 [in

Japanese],

— 1996. — Généra Metalpheus, Batella , and

Nenluilpheus. Prawns, Shrimps and Lobsters from

Japan (90). Aquahiology (106): 381 -385 |in

Japanese].

Holtnuis L. B. 1973. — Mohocaris , a new genus of

alpheid shrimps from the Caribbcan région

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Natanria). Biological

Rcsults of the University of Miami Deep-Sea

Expéditions, 99. Bulletin of Marine Science 23:

489-495.

— 1993. — The récent généra of the caridean andste-

nopodidcan shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda) with an

appendix on the Oïder Amphionidacea. Backhnys

Publishers, The Nerherlands, 328 p.

Mîya Y. 1972. —The Alpheidae (Crustacea,

Decapoda) of Japan and its adjacenr waters. Part 1.

Publications of the A ni a k usa Marine Biology

Laboratury, Kyushu University 3: 23-73, pis 1-14.

PauUon W. 1875. — Investigations on the Crustacea of

the Red Seu with notes on CrUsMt eu of the adjacent

sens Part f. Podophilialniata and Earioph/hahnata

(Cumacea). S.V. Kul zhenko, Kien,144 p. [in

Russian].

237 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Hayashi K.-I.

Powell C. B. 1979. — Three alpheid shrimps of a

new genus from West African fresh and brackish

waters: taxonomy and ecological zonation

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia). Revue de Zoologie

Africaine 93 : 116-150.

Yamashita K. 1980. — Fauna around Miyajima

Island. Noah’s Ark, (20): 6, 7 [in Japanese],

238

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus and species of Calanticidae

(Cirripedia, Thoracica, Scalpellomorpha)

from Australian waters

Diana S. JONES

Western Australian Muséum,

Francis Street, Perth, Western Australia 6000 (Australia)

jonesd@museum.wa.gov.au

Jones D. S. 1998. — New genus and species of Calanticidae (Cirripedia, Thoracica,

Scalpellomorpha) from Australian waters. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 239-253.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Thoracica,

Scalpellomorpha,

Calanticidae,

dccp water,

Coral Sea,

Australia,

new species.

ABSTRACT

A previously undescribed calanticid species was found in the collections of

tlie Australian Muséum, Sydney. The combination of features match some of

the characteristics of the genus Smilium, as currently defined, and do not ful-

fil the nccessary criteria for inclusion in any of the remaining calanticid géné¬

ra. Several characters, however, are typical of Calantica. Therefore, a new

genus and species is proposed and is accordingly named Crosnieriella acan-

thosubcarinae. The uncertain relationships berween the presently recognized

calanticid généra are discussed.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Thoracica,

Scalpellomorpha,

Calanticidae,

eau profonde.

Mer du Corail,

Australie,

nouvelle espèce.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre et une nouvelle espèce de Calanticidae (Cirripedia, Thoracica,

Scalpellomorpha) des eaux australiennes. Une espèce non encore décrite des

collections de l’Australian Muséum à Sydney rappelle par certains de ses

caractères le genre Smilium , tel qu’il est actuellement défini, et ne satisfait pas

aux critères qui permettraient de l’inclure dans l’un des autres genres de la

famille. Plusieurs caractères sont cependant typiques de Calantica. En consé¬

quence, un genre nouveau et une espèce nouvelle sont proposés sous le nom

de Crosnieriella acanthosubcarinae. Les affinités, incertaines, entre genres de

Calanticidae actuellement reconnus sont discutées.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

239 I

Jones D. S.

INTRODUCTION

The relationships between the calanticid généra

hâve long been (.incertain, with various généra

and dilfering numbers of atrributed généra

having been a.ssigned ro the farnily. There has

never been a révision ol this poorly known, large-

ly relicrual group of scalpel lomorphs thar

includes several clades, the boundarîes between

which are generally blurred by intermediate

forms. The situation has been furthcr confused

by the chaotic specics-ievel taxonomv within

Calantica Gray, 1825 and Smilium Gray, 1825.

Various species hâve been transferred front one

genus to the other, and sometimes back again,

with little substantivc tc-ason. for example, at

various tintes both C. pollkipedoides (Hoek,

1907) and C. trisfùnosa (Hoek, 1883) hâve been

removed to Smilium and then subsequently re-

included in Calantica (sce Pilsbry 1908; Caïman

1918; Weltner 1922; Broch 1931;Zevina 1981).

Similarly, S. zancleanum (Seguenza, 1876) was

removed to Calantica and then later reassigned to

Smilium (see Withers 1953; Foster 1978).

Calantica pedunculostriata Broch, 1931 is cur-

rently removed to Smilium (see I iu & Ren

1985). Other species Ilot example C. karnpcni

(Annandale, 1909), C. scnrpin (Aurivillius,

1892), C. spunlatcm Foster, 1978], which were

originallv assigned to Smilium, hâve been remo¬

ved subsequently to Calantica (see Broch 1931;

Utinomi 1962; Foster 1978).

This paper does not attempt to deal with these

problems, as these will be reviewed elsewhere. 1

am currendy tevising the calanticid généra and

will re-evaluate the status of the new genus at

that time.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Specimens were examined with the aid of micro-

scopy and dissection, and illustrations of the

whole animal were iriade with the aid of a camé¬

ra lucida. Shell architecture was investigated by

X-ray images of whole .specimens (holotype,

cap. 25.) mm, AM P40986; paratype, cap.

22.2 mm, AM P49989) and of a bisected spéci¬

men (paratype, cap 28.7 mm, AM P49989), and

soft parts were cleared, stained with Solophenyl

Blue 2RL and mounted, accordtng to the

method of Jones (1993). The appendages and

the mouthparts were drawn with the aid of a

caméra lucida. Ail measurements are in milli¬

métrés. The terminology follows that of Jones

(1990, 1992) and Newman (1987, 1991, 1996).

The holotype and the pararypes are deposired in

the Australian Muséum, Sydney (AM).

Arbrj-.viations

c.a. caudal appendage;

cap. capitular length;

i n Is miles;

ped. peduncular length.

SYSTEMATICS

Superorder THORACICA Darwin, 1854

Order PEDUNCULATA Lamarck, 1818

Suborder SCALPELLOMORPHA

Newman, 1987

Family CAtAN HC1DAP, Zevina, 1978 (entend.)

DlAGNOSlS

Pedunculata with capitulunt protected by six pri-

mary calcareous plates or their rudiments, name-

ly rosrrum (R), carina (C), paired scuta (S) and

terga (T), three pairs oflatera, including rostrola-

tera (RL), latcra (L) and carinolatera (CL.) and

(exccpt for Pisiscalpellum) a subcarina (SC), plus

various other supplententary capitular plates (r-c)

to a total of 60 + plates, with as few as nine in

reduced forms; umbo of carina apical, sometimes

subcentral; plates arranged in two more or less

distinct whorls, those in lower whorl either over-

lapping, or being overlapped by, adjacent plates.

Peduncle usually with rows of unilorm-sized cal-

carcous seules. Caudal appendages setose, some¬

times mulci-ariiculate. Basic mandible with three

teeth, lower angle pectinate, sometimes smaller

extra teeth below fïrst tooth. Maxillule lacking

step-ltke cutting edge. Sntall males often associa-

ted with larger hermaphrodites or ft-malcs; males

clearly divided into peduncle and capitulum,

with six or more small capitular plates.

240

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus and species of Australian calanticid

Remarks

Zevina (1978) dividcd the Scalpellidae inco eight

subfamilies, based on the nlimbcr of capitular

plates and their degree of development, the posi¬

tion of the umbos, the number of segments in

the caudal appendages and the degree of deve¬

lopment ol the males. The Calanticinaê embra-

ced five généra, namely Calan tira Gray, 1825,

Euscalpellum Hoek, 1907, Pdracalantica

Utinomi, 1949, Scillaelepas Seguenza, 1876 and

Smilium Gray, 1825. Zevina includcd Polticipes

Leach, 1817 in the Pollicipinae and Pisiscal -

pellum Utinomi, 1958 in the Scalpellopsinae.

Subsequenrly, in a révision ol the toSsil barnades

of New Zealand and Australia, based solely on

capitular plate architecture. Buckeridge (1983)

placed the généra Calant ica and Smilium, toge-

ther with Pollicipes, Pisiscalpcllum, Capitulant

Oken, 1815 and the fossil gênera Zeugmatolepas

Withers, 1913 and Titanolepas Withers, 1913 in

the Calanticinaê. Bucketidgc also recognized

Scillaelepas as a subgenus ol Calantira but placed

Euscalpellum in the Scalpellinac. Newman (1987,

1991, 1996) elevated the sublamily CaLinticinae

to FuiI familial status and set asidc a number ol

fossil généra in a new tamily, the Zeugmato-

lepadidae Newman, 1996.

The inclusion of Smilium, Calantica and

Scillaelepas wirhin the Calanticidae is undispu-

ted, but it is évident that a satisfactory diagnosis

has yet to bt produced. The contuscd taxonomy

ol the scalpcllomorph lamily Calanticidae was

briefly reviewed by Jones & Lânder (1995).

Crosnieriella n.g.

Type SPECIES. — Crosnieriella acanthosubcarinae n.sp.,

by rnonotypy,

ETYMOLOGY. — The genus is named in honour of my

friend and colleague Dr Alain Crosnier, both as an

appréciation of his scientiftc endeavours and as a tri-

bute to his monumental efforts in supporting studies

on deep water marine fauna, in particular those asso-

ciated with the MUSORSTOM expéditions.

Diagnosis

*? Hermaphrodite with a basic plan of nineteen

capitular plates, including six primary plates,

namely rostrum (R), carina (C), paired terga (T)

and scuta (S), two subcarinae (SC 1 , SC 2 ), five

pairs ol latera including carinolatera (CL. 1 , CL. 2 ),

latera (L ! , L 2 ), and rostrolatera (RL), and a

subrostruni (SR), plas up to sixteen supplemen-

tary capitular plates (r-c); upper latéral (L 1 ) pla¬

ced between scutum and carina, carinal margin

not developed; scutum with basal margin angu-

lar; umbos of carina and scutum subapical.

Filamentary processes présent. Caudal appen¬

dages uniarticulate.

'? Complcmental male attached between scuta

and adductor muscle.

(* Vestigial pénis of Crosnieriella acanthosubcari¬

nae n.sp. suggests known specimens are likely

female with dwarf males.)

Remarks

Crosnieriella n.g. is most similar to Smilium and

shares some characters with Calantica , but the

apomorphic réplication ol the plates at the cari¬

nal end ofthe capitulum distinguish Crosnieriella

n.g. from these two généra. Smilium bas a basic

plan of thirteen capitular plares, with a total ol

up to fîfteen (,S. hùrridum Pilsbry, 19)2 ) to as

lew as nine plates |S. hypocrites (Barnard, 1924)].

Calantica also has a basic plan of thirteen capitu¬

lar plates, with a total of 60 + to as few as eleven

plates |both extremes occur in C. spinosa (Quoy

et Gaimard. 1834)].

In Crosnieriella n.g.. the upper latus (L 1 ) is partly

elevated from the lower whorl of capitular plates,

where a new lattis (L 2 ) replaces it. L 1 rnoves to a

position between the carina and the scutum, but

does not develop a distinct carinal margin. In

Calantica, the tergum is between the carina and

the scutum and the médian latus (L) remains in

the lower whorl. la Smilium , L 1 bas a distinct

carinal margin and is not part of the lower whorl

of capitular plates, being well elevated between

the carina and the scutum. The position of L 1 is

more obviously a pan of the lower whorl of capi¬

tular plates in fossil Smilium species (c.g., S. tor-

tachillense Buckeridge, 1983 and 5. subpbtnum

Withcis, 1924) but it is transitionally placed in

Recent species (Buckeridge 1983).

Buckeridge (1983) considered Smilium as the

most derived taxon wirhin the Calanticidae, and

regarded it as showing the closest relationship

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

241

Jones D. S.

with the more modifiée! scalpellines. Fie retained

Smilium in the Calanticidae due to the large size

of the rostrum, a plesïomorphie character, and to

the position of L 1 . Foster (1978) had previously

defined a quadrangular L 1 , plaeed hetween the

scutum and rhe carina, as characreristic of

Smilium. This shape results from the develop¬

ment of a carinal margin.

In Crosnieriella n.g.. the basal margin of the scu¬

tum is angular. Foster (1978) included within

Smilium those species with an almost 90° bend

in the basal margin of the scutum. Buckeridge

(1983) broadened Posters interprétation, and

considered that the basal margin needs only to

be clearly angular, suggesting that the basal mar¬

gin became progressively angular rhrough the

Cenozoic, resulting in some of the acutely angu¬

lar Recent taxa such as 5. acutum Hoek, 1883.

Crosnieriella acantbosubcarinae n.sp.

(Figs 1-6)

TYPES. — Holotype, ? hermaphrodite, cap. 25.1 mm

(AM P 40986). 2 paracypes, ? hermaphrodites, cap.

22.2 mm, cap. 28.7 mm (AM I’ 49989).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Australia. 9 mis NE One

Tree Island, Capricorn Group, Queensland, 22°27’S -

152°15’E, 175 m, 08.11.1969, coll. B. Goldman,

J. Paxton, J. Veevers: 3 spécimens (AM P 40986).

EtYMOLOGY. — The species ts named in référencé to

the two spine-like subcannae on the capitulum.

Distribution. — Ail spécimens were collected from

the type localitv, from a mud and shell bottom,

175 m.

DlAGNOSIS

Basic plan of nineteen fully-calcified, calcareous

plates, plus various small supplementary plates,

resulting in complément of up to thirry-five capi-

tular plates, arranged in three consecutive

whorls', two pairs of horn-like carinolatera (CL 1 ,

CL 2 ); two spine-like subcarinae (SC 1 , SC 2 );

lower whorl with variable number (up to sixteen)

of small, thorn-like supplementary capitular

plates (r-c) arranged in tiers; upper laïus (L 1 ) pla-

ced berween scutum (S), tergum (T), carina (C)

and carinolateral 1 (CL 1 ); acute basi-tergal angle

of upper latus (L 1 ) angled toward carina.

Peduncle coveicd with numerous calcareous,

small, peg-like, non-imbricating scales arranged

in three to seveti distincrly separated, raised,

horizontal bands, separated by contracted bands

of peduncle. One pair of small, nipplc-likc fila-

mentary appendages on prosoma. Maxilla with

densely .setose band dose to, and extending length

of, cutting margin.

Description

Large individuals ? hermaphrodite. Capitulum

Fig. 1. — Crosnieriella acanthosubcarinae n.sp., ? hermaphrodites, X-ray. A, paratype, cap. 22.2 mm, whole specimen from right

side (AM P49989); B, holotype, cap. 25.1 mm, whole specimen from right side (AM P40986); C, paratype, cap. 28.7 mm, bisected

specimen, right side (AM P49989); D, paratype, cap. 28.7 mm, bisected specimen, left side (AM P49989). Scale bar: 10 mm.

242

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20(2)

New genus and species of Australian calanticid

laterally compressed; îrregularly subtriangular,

higher than wide; apex oblique, sligbtiy reflexed

tovvards carinal .suie. Occludeiu margin ol capi-

tulum sinusoïdal, carinal margin subparallel to

occludent margin in lower une hall lu three

quarters. Tbree whorls of fully çalcified, dirty-

whire capirular plates; plates covered by inodera-

tely thick, ftnely seto.se, yellovvish membrane,

outline of plates ohen indistinct; surlaces of

plates marked with faint iransverse growth lincs,

plates separated by distinct interspaces, ail plates

entirely covered by cuticle. Capirular architecture

with basic plan of nineteen plates, plus various

small supplementary plates, resulting in a total of

up to thirry-ftve capitulât plates (Figs 1-4).

Rostrum (R) triangular, more than twice as widc

as high, similar in size to upper latéral (L 1 ); plate

curved outward, tree from capitulum, apex acute,

curved upward and inwatd toward capitulum.

Scutum (S) subtriangular to quadrangular,

higher than wide; occludent and tergal margins

Fig. 2 — Crosnieriella acanlhosubcannae n.sp., ? hermaphrodi¬

te, paratype, cap. 28.7 mm (AM P49989), viewed from the left

side. C, carina; CL, subcarina; L, latera; R. rostrum: RL, rostro-

latera; S, scuta: SC, subcarina: SR, subrostrum: T, terga; r, c,

supplemenary capitular plates.

forming acute, upwardly directed angle, tip not

projecting from occludent margin; umbo subapi¬

cal, acute tip slighrly projecting from occludent

margin; rostral and upper latus margins sub-

equal, shorter than occludent and tergal margins;

upper larus margin subparallel to occludent mar¬

gin, rostral margin alrnost straight; internally

adductor muscle pit prominent. Tcrgum (T)

elongaced, narrow, triangular, apex subacute,

slighrly reflexed rowards carinal side; occludent

margin geiitly convex, narrow process appended

on upper one rhird; scutal margin not straight,

exciser! with small, shallow, triangular indenta¬

tion. creating spur in upper one third; carinal

margin longest, alrnost straighr, apically rermver-

red in upper onc quarter. Carina (C) extending

above apex of upper latéral (L*) to rhree quarters

length of tergal margin, apex meeting margin of

tergum at angle of 110°; canna internally conca¬

ve, externally laterally compressed; carina angu-

larly flexed in distal one sixrh, lower portion

wider and rhree rimes longer rhan upper portion,

both portions meeting at angle of 120°. umbo at

angle; carinal roof externally laterally convex,

growing wider from umbo downwards, sides

relatively wide and llattened in upper portion;

plate basally rounded, overlain laterally by cari-

nolatus 1 (CL 1 ).

RL CL'

SR L 2 SC

Fig. 3. — Crosnieriella n.g., diagram of basic capitular arma-

ment, viewed from the right side: 10 plates.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

243

Jones D. S.

Upper latus (U) triangular, basal margin elonga-

ted, sinuous, scutal margin subequal to basal

margin, concave; cergal margin shortest margin,

almost straight, apex curvcd inward, retroverted

towards scutum, apex slightly overlying tergum

in larges! specimen examined. Rostrolatus (RL)

triangular, similar to but smaller than rostrum;

curving outward, free from capirulum, apex cur-

ved upward or inward. Inframedian latus (L 2 )

similar to rostrolatus in size, triangular, higher

Fig. 4. — Crosnieriella acanlhosubcarinae n.sp., diagrams illustrating the relative positions ol supplementary capitular plates (r-c)

found on different individuals from the same population [terminology lollows that ot Newman (1987)]. A, right side of capitulum, para-

type, cap. 22.2 mm (AM P49989); B, left and right sides of capitulum, holotype. cap. 25.1 mm (AM P40986) and left side of capitu¬

lum, paratype, cap. 22.2 mm (AM P49989); C, left side of capitulum. paratype, cap. 28.7 mm (AM P49989); D, right side of

capitulum, paratype, cap. 28.7 mm (AM P49989).

244

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus and species of Australian calanticid

than widc; curving ourward, free from capitu-

lura, apex curved outvvard or downward.

Carinolatus 1 (CL 1 ) horndike, similar in si/e to

subcarina 1 (SC 1 ); curving outward, free from

capitulum, subacute apex pointing outward or

retroverced toward carina. Subrostrum (SR)

smallcr than rostrum, rhorn-like, curving out¬

vvard, apex pointing upvvard ot downward from

capitulum. Subcarina 1 (SC 1 ) spine-likc, more

than twice as large as rostrum; curving outward

free from capitulum, apex pointing outward or

downward. Subcarina 2 (SC 2 ) spine-like, similar

to SC 1 in shape but smaller in size; curving out¬

ward free from capitulum, apex pointing

upward, outward or downward. Carinolatus 2

(CL 2 ) horn-like, similar to SC 1 in shape but

smaller in size, larger and more developed than

L 2 . Small supplemenrary capirular latera (r-c)

arranged in tiers (Figs 2, 4A-D); chorn-like,

heighr four tintes width, apices pointing ourward

and downward. Small, closely spaced, calcareous

spiculés, similar to small pedurtcular scales, in

inter-spaces between S and L 1 , R and SR, RL

and L 1 , I. 2 and L 1 , CI 1 and L 1 , CL 1 and SC 1 ,

CL 1 and CL 2 , CL 2 and SC 2 , spiculés outlining

shape of places.

Peduncle vellowish, conica-columnar, subequal

to, or shorter than, length of capitulum; covered

with numetous, calcareous, small, peg-like, non

imbricating, whitish scales; scales arranged in

three to seven distincily separated, raised, convo-

luted, latéral bands, separated by latéral contrac-

ted bands of peduncle; each raised band

consisting of two to three rows ol larger, peg-like

scales; near pedunculo/capitular junctiun scales

upright in position, gradually turnittg ourward

and downward in progression down peduncle;

scales longet, more dense on carinal side ot

peduncle; contracted areas berween raised bands

with smaller peg-like scales, uprighr in position

wherever rbeir peduncular placement.

Ovigerous fren3e apparently absent: eggs not

présent- Posterior edge of intercalary lold bet-

ween cirri III and IV with one pair of filamenta-

ry appendages developed as downward-directed,

nipple-like projections.

Labrurn strongly bullate, teeth absent.

Mandibular palp ovate, setose, long setae distally.

Mandible with four teeth, upper largest, second

smallesi, large subsidiary tooth between teeth

one and two, sometimes small subsidiary tooth

berween teeth two and three; margins of ail teeth

wirhout serrations; lower angle pectinate.

Maxiilule with distinct, densely setose band close

to and extending length of cuttiitg edge; one

large stout and two smaller serae at upper angle;

ntargin wirhout norch, indiscinerly steppetl,

crowded with numerous setae of unequal length,

setac in paired groups of four to six; lower angle

slightly protubérant, with seven to eight pairs of

smaller setae. Maxilla almost quadrangular;

continuous sériés of finely serrulate setae along

ail inargins. Chaerotaxy ctenopod. Cirral formu¬

la as follows:

Cirrus

III

VI c.a.

paratype right

26 +

22 1

(cap. 28.7 mm)

left

22 1

22 +

Cirrus 1 not separated from cirrus II, rami sub¬

equal, anterior ramus shorter than posterior;

proximal segments of anterior ramus protubérant

anteriorly and postenorly, segments of both rami

setose, setation ntore dense on inner surfaces,

setae finely serrulate. Cirrus II longer than

cirrus 1; rami subequal, anterior ramus slightly

longer than posterior; proximal segments of ante¬

rior ramus slightly protubérant anteriorly, seg¬

ments of both rami becoming elongated distally;

distal segments of anterior ramus with two to

three pairs of long setae on anterior faces, distal

segments of posterior ramus with two to four

pairs of long setae on anterior faces; proximal

segments of both rami more densely setose, setae

finely serrulate; bunches of long, finely serrulate

setae at postero-distal corner of segments.

Cirrus III slightly longer than cirrus II; rami

subequal, segments ol both rami becoming elon-

gared disrally; distal segments of borh rami with

two to four pairs of long setae on anterior faces,

proximal segments more densely setose, setae

finely serrulate; bunches of long, finely serrulate

setae at postern-disral corner of segments.

Cirrus IV-VI similar, longer than cirrus III; rami

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

245

Jones D. S.

subequal, segments oblang, bearing four pairs of

setae an anrerior faces, first two pairs longest,

setae finely serrulate; bunches of long, flnely ser-

ruiate setae at posteto-distal corner of segments.

Caudal appendages small, one tliird height of

basal segment of pediccl of cirrus VI; uniarticula-

te, leaf-like; few sparse, small, terminal setae dis-

tally, minute spines on inner surface. Pénis

minute, one sixth beight of basal segment of

pedicel of cirrus VI; setae and annulations

absent.

Dimensions:

capitulum

length width

peduncle

length width

total

length

holotype

25.1

20.8

29.2

11.7

54.3

paratype

22.2

14.5

16.3

10.5

38.5

paratype

28.7

22.2

22.7

11.4

51.4

Single complemental male located between

scuta, near occludent margin, just above adduc-

tor muscle; peduncle longer tban capitulum; six

well-developed capitular plates; tetgum dia-

mond-shaped, beaked apex retroverted towards

occludent margin; scutum subtriangular; carina

équilatéral triangular; rostrum similar to carina

but smaller.

Discussion

The generic placement

The new genus described herein is included in

the family Calanticidae. It has a combination of

features which match most, but not ail, of the

characteristics of the calanticid Smilium. as cur-

rently defined, although several characters are

more ryptcal of Cdlantiça and one character (the

presence of filamentary appendages) is not typi-

cal of either Smilium or Calautica. The following

characters were considered when assessing the

generic status: the position of the upper latus

(L l ), the position of the umbos of the capitular

plates, the form of the scutum, the form of the

complemental male, the tendency to form extra

plates on the capitulum, the lorm of the cirri, the

presence of a subrostrum, and the presence of

filamentary appendages.

The position of the upper latus (V)

The diagnosis for Cahmtica States that the ter-

gum occupies the whole space between the scu¬

tum and the carina (Pilsbry 1907, 1908; Withcrs

1953; Newman et al. 1969), and a similar capi¬

tular plate arrangement also occurs in Sci/lae/epas

and Pisiscalpellum . Thus in Calantica, rhe

médian latus (L) is situated in the lowerwhorl of

plates (together with rhe subcanna, the carinola-

teral and the rostrolatéral), below the primary

plates. There aie, however>sotne, spçcies presently

included in Calantka rhat hâve a parrially eleva-

ted upper latus occupying some of the space bet¬

ween the scueum and ihe carina - e.g.

C. pollicipedoides ; C. pusilla Utinomi, 1970. In

these species the upper latus is triangular or sub-

triangular and a carinal margin is not developed.

This contrasts to pasr diagnoses for Smilium,

wbich emphasize the presence of the médian

latus which has moved up between the scurum

and the carina. In Smilium the médian latus (L 1 )

is elevated, front the lcrwer whorl of plates to a

posirion above the carinolatus, below the tergum

and between the scutum and the carina, and a

new latus (L’) replaces it below. In the process,

L ] develops a distinct carinal margin and

becomes subquadrate, quadrate, or pentagonal,

although in the latter case it often appears super-

fïcially triangular. Within Smilium , however,

S. bnrridttrn and S. scorpio (synonym of 5. s excor¬

nu t uni Pilsbry, 1907 and C. pedunvulOS tri a ta)

possess a triangular T 1 which is parrially elevated

between the scutum and the carina. Tn

Euscalpe/lum the quadrangular or pentagonal L 1

occupies a similar position to that in Smilium.

The I. 1 is absent in Paraccilantiiu.

In Crosnieriella n.g., L 1 is placed below the ter¬

gum and between the scutum and the çarjna. its

position, however, although elevated between the

carina and the scutum, is not Cotally above the

carinolateral (CL'), as in Smilium and

Eiis'calpellurn , but more in line with CL 1 and

above the otlter lacera. Although the basi-tergal

angle of L 1 of Crosnieriella acnnthosubcarinae

n.sp., which is directcd toward the carina, dis-

tinedv séparâtes the tergum and CL 1 , a carinal

margin is not developed; the shape of L 1 is thus

triangular, not quadrangular. I he L 1 of C. pusil¬

la, C. pollicipedoides and A. horndum are similarly

246

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Fig. 5. — Crosnleilella acanthosubcarinae n.sp.. ? hermaphrodite, paratype, cap. 28.7 mm (AM P49989). A. latéral view of proEoma

to show filamentary appendages, B, left mandible; C, right mandible; D, left maxillule; E, right maxillule; F, left maxilla. Scale bars. Ar

E, 0.5 mm; F, 0.05 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Jones D. S.

shaped and similarly placcd. In thèse species che

plate is in a transitional position, hetween the

upper and the lower whorls ot capitular plates.

This is intermediate between the arrangement

found in Cctlanlica and that occurring in

Smilium and Euscalpellum.

The position ofthe urnbos of the capitular plates

In Crosnieriella n.g. the carina and the scutum

hâve subapical umbos. In Calant ica, Pisiscal-

pellum and Scillaelepas the umbos of ail the capi¬

tular plates are apical; in Paracalantica and

Titanolepas ail the umbos are apical apart from

that of the scututn. Iti Smilium the umbos of tbe

carina, the scutum and the upper latus may be

apical or subapical. The umbo ot the upper latus

is subcentral or apical in EuscalpeTlum , with that

of the scutum either subcentral, subapical or api¬

cal, and that of the carina subcenrral or apical.

The form of the scutum

The basal margin of tbe scutum of Crosnieriella

n.g. is clearly angular in form. Foster (1978)

considered Smilium to include rhose senJpellids

where, as well as a quadrangulat upper latus (L. ),

an angular scutal basal margin is developed. The

bend is almost 90° and, in conséquence, the scu¬

tum acquires rostral and upper latus margins on

either side of the apico-basal ridge. Using these

criteria Foster (1978) suggested that S. scorpin

should be assigned to Calantica and, on the basis

of the structure of the scututn, that Smilium

should include the fossil forms S. subptanum,

C. sulci Withers and Scalpellum zancleanum.

Buckeridge (1983), however, also included

within Smilium calanticids having the basal mar¬

gin of the scutum clearly angular. On this basis,

C. scorpio sensu Foster (1978) would thus be

re-instated within Smilium.

The form of the male

Calantica , Euscalpellum, Paracalantica,

Pisiscalpellum , Scillaelepas s.l. and Smilium carry

males, either tn the integument between the

scuta near the adductor muscle ( Calantica,

Euscalpellum , Paracalantica, Smilium ), in a

subrostral position ( Scillaelepas ), or inside the

scutum near the apex {Pisiscalpellum). The male

of Euscalpellum is not differentiated into capitu-

lum and peduncle and bas a total of three capitu¬

lar plates (a pair of elongated scuta and a rudi-

mentary carina). In Paracalantica the

complemental male has four large capitular

plates and rudimentary terga, with the short

peduncle wholly huried in the cutide of the hcr-

maphrodite. The males of Calantica, Para¬

calantica and Smilium are differentiated into

peduncle and capitulum, the larter with six well-

dcveloped capitular plates. The males of

Crasnieriella n.g. are differentiated into a capitu-

lum with six well-developed capitular plates and

a peduncle wbich is longer rhan the capitulum.

On the capitulum of the calanticid male, as well

as the six primary plates, srnail médian latera

sometimes develop.

The tendency to form supplementary latera

on the capitulum

Whilst rhe presence of small, .supplementary late¬

ra appears to be characteristic of Crosnieriella,

their number and disposition on the capitulum

appear ro bc variable (Figs 1À-D, 2, 3A, C). The

interprétation of the capitular architecture of

Crosnieriella acanthosuhcarinae n.sp. is based

soiclv on three spécimens front one locality, and

more m.trerial from scveral different populations

is needed to fully document the complément of

supplementary capitular latera. Yamaguchi &

Newman (1997) emphasized variability in the

pattern and number of basal imbricating plates

in the balanomorph genus Eochionelasmus

Yamaguchi, 1990 {in Yamaguchi & Newman

1990), and bave since been able to distinguish

populations from the Manus, Ncmh Fiji and Lau

Basins (Newman pers. comm.; Yamaguchi &

Newman 1997).

The tendency to develop a variable number of

small supplementary capitular latera offert with

varying numbers on each side of the capitulum, is

recognized in some species of Calantica. Hoek

(1907) recorded rwo supplementary latera on one

side of one of bis six specimens of C. pollicipe-

dotdes, in addition to the three thaï ail the speci¬

mens possessed and Hiro (1932) similarly noted

rwo additional latera on one side of a specimen of

C. ejuinquilatera Hiro, 1932. Four or five pairs of

supplementary capitular latera are developed in

C. spinilatera, and in C. spinosa a variable number

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

Jones D. S.

of small latera develops, often varying în numhcr

on each si de, and addiûonally the subroscrum may

be présent or absent (Darwin 1851; Batham

1945, 1946; Foster 1978). The inlramedian lattis

(L 2 ) may be reduced or absent in sortie C kampe-

ni (Broch 1931 ) and this plate may also be redu¬

ced on otte side in C. quinquelatera (Hiro 1932).

The form of the ci tri

The appendages hâve been described for some

species of Smilium and Calantica. However,

considering the existing confused species taxono-

my, it would be unwise to attempt to characteri-

ze the form of the cirri found in these two

généra. The following data regarding the form of

the cirri in the calanticids hâve been exuacted

from the literarure.

In C. quinquelatera, S. acutum, S. nudipes

Annandale, 1916, S. peronii Gray, 1825,

S. sinense (Annandale, 1910) and S. zancleanum

the rami of cirrus 1 are unequal and there is a

pronounced interspace between cirrus 1 and cir¬

rus II. In Pi'SHcalpellum the rami of cirrus I are

unequal and cirrus I is sec somewhat apart front

cirrus II. In Euscalpellum ro stratum E)ar\vin,

1851 cirrus I is ser far apart from cirrus II and

the rami are subequal. In Crosnieriella acantho¬

subcarinae n.sp. cirrus I is not separated from cir¬

rus II, and the rami are subequal.

In C. kampeni , C. pallicipedoides, C. scorpio,

C. spinilalem , C. spinosa and 5. hypocrites cirrus I

has subequal rami and there is no pronounced

interspace between cirrus I and cirrus II. In Scil-

laelepas (5.) fosteri Newman, 1980 and 5. (5.)

gemma (Aurivillius, 1892) cirrus I is set only

slightly apart from cirrus II and the rami are

subequal.

The presence of a subrostrurn

The subrostrurn is absent in Pisiscalpellum and

Scillaelepas ( Scil/aelepas ), but one subrostrurn

occurs in Scillaelepas ( Aurivillias) Newman,

1980, and two in Scillaelepas ( Gruveliaelepas )

Newman, 1980. Some species ol Calantica pos-

sess a subrostrurn (e.g. C. quinquelatera, C. villo-

sa Leach, 1824, C spinosa). The fossil species

S. calanticoideum Buckeridgc. 1983 and 5. torta-

chillense also possess a subrostrurn but this plate

is absent in Recent Smilium species. The posses¬

sion of a subrostrurn in Crosnieriella n.g. is thus

not surprising, especially regarding the close rela-

rionship between Crosnieriella and Smilium , the

lutter assumed to hâve been derived Iront

Calantica (Buckeridge 1983). Crosnieriella acan-

thosubedrinde n.sp. is, rherefore, consiclered to be

close to these early représentatives of Smilium.

The presence offilamentary appendages

Crosnieriella acanthosubcarinae n.sp. has one pair

of small fila me lira ry appendages. Filatnentary

appendages occur in one species of Euscalpellum

(E. tri/lagc/lum Ren, 1989; three filamentary

appendages); in Aurivillialcpas Newman, 1980

(rhree sets); and Gruvelialepas Newman, 1980

(otte or two sets). Filamentary appendages are

absent in Smilium, Calantica, Pardcalantica,

Pisiscalpellum and Scillaelepas s.s.

Aiter considération of the above characters, a

new gémis, Crosnieriella, is proposed for the

ntaterial described hereirt. However. I am cur-

remly revising the calcanticids and lhe definitive

genus name will be determined in the context of

that révision* as will the relationships between

the généra in the fantily. It is pertinent here to

note Posters (1978) comment that, apart from

characters of the capitular plates, there are few

anatomtcal différences between Calantica and

Smilium but “if Smilium is to be retaincd as a

distinct gémis, then a révision of Calantica will

no doubt identify groups as distinct from each

other as’ from Smilium".

Spécifie relationships of

Crosnieriella acanthosubcarinae n.sp.

Considering Recent species of Smilium,

Crosnieriella acanthosubcarinae n.sp. is most simi-

lar to S. horrtdum but diflers in aspects of both

hard- and soft-part morphology. Smilium horri-

dum has a basic plan ol fifteen capitular plates in

two whorls, whereas Crosnieriella acanthosubcari¬

nae n.sp. has a basic plan of nineteen plates, plus

varions small supplemtntary plates, resulring in a

total of up to thirtv-fïve capitular plates arranged

in three whorls, with the supplementary plates

arranged in tiers. Both species bave large, thorn-

like subcarinae 1 (SC 1 ) and horn-like

carinolatera 1 (CL 1 ), the distal tips ol which pro-

ject freely from the capitulum; in both species

250

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus and species of Ausrralian calanticid

SC 1 is much Idrger than che rostrum. The shape

of che rergum of S. horriduni is triangular, wich a

broad proccss appended on die occlndent side of

che summit which ïs, therefore, very obtuse. The

tergal sumrnit of Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae

n.sp. is subacute and slightly reflexed towards the

cari lia, and the place is elongated, narrow and tri¬

angular, wirh a narrow process appended on the

occludenr side.

The form and arrangement ol the peduncular

scales differs between the two species. The

peduncle of S. horriduni is densely covered with

small, pebhle-like scales. On the carinul side are

two longitudinal sériés oflargcr, more projecting

scales and on one side chere is another indistinct

sériés of similar scales. The peduncular scales of

Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. are peg-like

and are more developed on the carinal side than

on the rostral side of the peduncle. fhey are

arranged in three to seven convoluted. latéral

hands, which are distinctly separated by contrac-

ted areas of the peduncle.

The mandible of 5. horriduni has three main

teeth, whilst diar of Crosnieriella acanthosubcari-

nae n.sp. has four. In S. horriduni the second and

third teeth are similarly si/.cd, and there are small

subsidiary teeth between the first and second,

whilst in Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. the

second tooth is the smallcst, a moderately large

subsidiary tooth is présent berween the first and

second teeth, and a small subsidiary tooth is

sometimes présent between the second and third.

Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. is known

from near One Tree [stand, Queensland,

Australia, from a depth of 175 m. Smilium horri¬

duni is a smaller species (cap. 12.0 mm, ped.

11.0 mm) and occurs in shallow water (42 m) in

the Philippines.

Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. also shows

similarities to 5. pollieipedoides in the develop¬

ment of the cari notaient 1 (CL 1 ), although their

degree of development is much greater in

Crosnieriella acantbosubcarinae n sp. Smilium

pollicipcdoides has a basic plan of fifreen capirular

plates in two whorls, with ail plates in the lower

whorl small and triangular, with their apices

pointing outward. The apex of the scutum pro-

jects beyand the occlndent margin and the ter-

gum is rhomboidal, rather than triangular as in

Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. The rostrum

of S. pollieipedoides is the largest valve and is

slightly larger than the subcarinu 1 (SC*), rather

than SC* being much larger than the rostrum, as

in 5. pollieipedoides. In addition, the carina of

5. pollieipedoides is not angularly bent, but varies

from gently convex to almost srraight.

There arc slight différences in rhe form of the

mandible between the two species. Both species

hâve lotir main teeth; 5. pollieipedoides has two

small subsidiary teerh between the first and

second teeth, whereas Crosnieriella aeauthosubca ■

rinae n.sp. has a moderately large subsidiary

tooth between teeth one and two, and sometimes

a small subsidiary tooth between teeth two and

three. The cirral counts differ berween the two

species, with almost twice as many segments in

cirrus 1 and more than rwice as many in cirrus II

in Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. compared

to S. pollieipedoides (14/16 and 23/25 compared

to 7/9 and 9/9, respeçtively).

Smilium pollieipedoides , which occurs in the

Malayan Archipelago and South Airica in depths

of 57-191) m, is a much smaller species than

Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. (cap.

6.0 mm, ped. 6.0 mm compared to 25.1 mm,

29.2 mm, respeçtively).

Calant ica scorpio, known from rhe waters of

Japan, China, the Gulf of Thailand and rhe

Malayan Archipelago from depths of 35-140 m,

has a basic plan ol thirteen capitular plates deve-

loped in two whorls. The species is similar to

Crosnieriella acanthosubearinae n.sp. in the posi¬

tions of the carinolatera' (CT 1 ), and the subcari-

na 1 (SC 1 ), although thèse plates are much less

developed in C. scorpio. The form of the hooked

rostrolatcra dtffcrs between the species, being

curved and varyitig from horn-like to thorn-like

in C. scorpio but triangular in Crosnieriella acan¬

thosubearinae n.sp. In C. scorpio , the rostrum and

SC 1 arc of similar size, rallier than SC 1 being

much larger than the rostrum, as in Crosnieriella

acanthosubearinae n.sp,

The carina of C. scorpio is gently recurved in the

upper part towards the tergum and almost

scraight in ils distal half, rather than being angu¬

larly bent. The peduncular scale arrangement

also differs between the two species. In C. scorpio

the peduncle is covered with minute, well-

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

251

Jones D. S.

spaced, hook-like scales placée! in three to ren

spaced, latéral bands, and in older specimens

sorne longitudinal stripes may develop on the

peduncle.

Cirral cou ni.s also difter between the two species.

There are a similar ntimber of segments in

cirrus I (14/16 Crosnieriella a<:dHthusubcarinae

n.sp., 13/14 C. scorpio) but tbere arc more seg¬

ments in cirrus II and the rcmaining cirri in

Crosnieriella aednthosubatrinae n.sp. le.g. for Cil

and CV1, 23/25 and 25/27 compared to 15/16

and 20/19).

Acknowl edgm ents

I wish to rhank Dr J. Lowry and Dr P. Berents,

The Australian Muséum, Sydney, for the loan of

the specimens described herein. I also rhank my

colleagues Prolessor W. Newman, Scripps

Institution ol Oceanography, Lajolla, California,

USA, and Prolessor J. Buckeridge, UNITEC

Institute of Technology, Auckland, New

Zealand, for their pertinent continents when

revicwing a draft of the manuscript, and Clayton

Bryce, Western Australian Muséum, for prepa-

ring the photographs of the X-ray images.

REFERENCES

Annandale N. 1909. — Description of a barnacle of

the genus Scalpellum from Malaysia. Records of the

Indian Muséum 3: 268-270.

— 1910. Notes on Cirripedia Pedunculara in the

collection of the Universïry of Copenhagen.

Videnskabelige Mcdddelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk

Forenirig i Kjobenhavn 1910: 211-218.

— 1916. — Barnacles from deep-sea telegraph cables

in the Malay Arehipelagu. Journal a] the Straits

Branch of the Royal Asiatie Society 74: 281 -302.

Aurivillius C, W. S. 1892,— Noue Cirripeden aus

dem Atlantischen, lndiscben und Stillen Océan.

Qfversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens

Forhanalingar 3:\ 23-135.

Barnard K. H. 1924. — Contributions ro the crusta-

cean fauna of South Af rica. No. 7- Annals of the

South African Muséum 20 (1): 1-103, pl. 1.

Batham E. j. 1945. — Pollicipcs spinosus Quoy and

Gaimard I. Notes on biology and anatomy of adult

barnacles, / ransacnons of the Royal Society of Nno

Zealand 74: 359-374

— 1946. — Pollicipes spinosus Quoy and Gaimard.

II. Fmhryonic and larva! development. Transactions

of the Royal Society ofNew Zealtud 75 405-41 K.

Bmch H. 1931- — Papers from Dt. Th. Mortensen’s

Pacific Expédition 1914 1916. EVE Indomalayan

Cirripedia. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk

Naturhistorisk Fitrening i Kjobenhavn 91: 1 -146.

Buckeridge |. ,S. 1983. — bossil barnacles (Cirripedia:

Thoracica) of New Zealand and Austrulia. New

Zealand Geologicul Suroey Paleontological Bulletin

50: 1-151. '

Caïman W. T. 1918. —On barnacles oi the genus

Scalpellum from deep-sea teiegrapli cables. Annals

an il Magazine ofNatural Hijiory I (9): 96- ) 24.

Darwin C. 1851 — A monograph of the subdass

Cirripedia, with figures of ail the species. The

l.epadidae. or. pedunculated eirripedes. Ray Society,

London, 400 p.

— 1854. — ,4 monograph on the subdass Cirripedia,

with figures of ail the species. The Balanidac. the

Verrucidtu etc. Ray Society, London, 684 p.

Fostci B. A. 1978. — The Marine Fauna of New

Zealand: Barnacles (Cirripedia: Thoracica). New

Zealand Océanographie Institute Memoir ,

Wellington 69; 1-160.

Gray J. E. 1825 — A synopsis of the généra of eirri¬

pedes arrangée) in natural fâ Un il les, with a descrip¬

tion of sonie new species. Aimait of Philosophy, new

séries 10 (2): 97-107.

Hiro F. 1932. — Reporr on the Japanese species of

the gémis Caluntica. Annotationes Zoologicae

Japonaises 13 (5)' 467-486.

I IriL-k P P. C. 1883. — Report on the Cirripedia col-

Iccted hy H.M.S. Challenger during the yearx 1873-

1876. Report of the Seienlific Results from the

lixploratory Voyavcs of H.M.S. Challenger, Zoology

S (25): 1-169. _

— 1907. — T he Cirripedia ot the Stboga Expédition.

A. Cirripedia Pedunculata. Sibogj Fxpeditie

Monographe, J, Bri]l, Leiden 3 ta-’ V-XXV, 1-127F.

Jones D. S. 1990. — The shallosv-water barnacles of

Southern Western Austraüa in Wells F. E., Walker

D E, Kirkman H. and Lethbridge R. (esls),

Proeeedings of the Third International Marine

Biological Works hop. The Marine Flora and Fauna

of Albany. Western Australia, l'JSA. Western

Australian Muséum, Perth 1: 333-4.37.

— 1992. Scalpellid barnacles (Cirripedia:

Thoracica) from rhe northeastern and central eas-

tern Australian continental shelf and slope.

Mentons of the Queensland Muséum 32 (1):

145-178.

— 1993. — Techniques lo investigate the .structure of

scalpellomorph barnacles (Thoracica: Pedunculata).

Journaloj Cntsraeean Btology 13 (2): 343-348,

Jones D. 8. fk Eander N. 1995. — A révision ol the

scalpellomorph subfnmily Calanticînae sensu Zevina

(1978): 13-4.3, in Stliram F. & Hncg J. (cds), New

Frontiers in Barnacle Biology, Crustacean Issues.

A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam.

252

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus and species of Australian calanticid

Lamarck J. B. P. A., de M., ch. de 1818. — Histoire

naturelle des animaux sam vertèbres. Volume 5.

Detervillc, Paris, 612 p.

Leach W. E. 1817.— Distribution systématique de la

classe des Cirripèdcs. Journal de Physique, de

Chimie et d’/iistnirc Naturelle, Paris 85 : 67-69-

— 1824. - Encyclopédie! Britannica: 168-171,

Supplément. Volume 3. Chicago, Illinois.

Liu R. & Ren X. 1983. — Studies rn Chinese

Cirripedia (Crustacea). VI. Suborder Lepado-

morpna. Etudia Marina Smica 25: 179-281.

Newman W. A. 1980. - A review of extant

Scillae/epas (Cirripedia: Scalpellidae) including

récognition of new species from the Norrh Atlantic,

western Indtan Océan and New Zcaland. Pethys 9

(4): 379-398.

— 1987. — Evolution of cirripedes and tlieir major

groups in Southward A. [. (eu.), Barnacle Biolog)',

Crustacean Issues, A- A. Balkema, Rotterdam 5:

3-42.

— 1991. - Cirripedia: 849-854, 859, in

Encyclopedia Britannica, 15th Edition, Volume 16.

Chicago, Illinois.

— 1996. — Cirripedia; Suborders Thoracica and

Acrothoracica, in Traité de Zoologie, Tome Vil,

Crustacés, Fascicule 2 : 453-540 [in Erench],

Masson, Paris.

Newman W. A., Xullo V. A., Wïthers T. H. 1969. —

Cirripedia: R206-R295, figs l-l 19, in Moore R. C.

(ed.), Treatise of Invcrtebrate l’aleontology, Part R:

Arthropoda 4 (1). Geological Society of America

and the Uuiversiiy of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.

Oken 1815. — Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, TL II:

362 (not seen),

Pilsbry H. A. 1907. — The barnacies (Cirripedia)

conrained in the collections of the United States

National Muséum. Bulletin of the United States

National Muséum 60: 1-122.

— 1908. — On die classification of the scalpelliform

barnacies. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural

Sciences, Philadelphia 60: 104-111.

— 1912. — Diagnoses of new barnacies from the

Philippine Archipelago and the China Sea.

Proceedings of the United States National Muséum

42: 291-294,'

Quoy J. R. E. & Gaimard J. P. 1834. — Voyage de

l’ Astrolabe. Zoologie 3, Mollusques : 627-644.

Ren X. 1989. — Two new species and one new

record of Cirripedia I horacica from the South

China Sea. Institute of Oceanology, Academia Smica,

Qingdao 20 (5): 466-473.

Seguenza G. 1876. — Ricerche paleontologiche intor-

no ai Cirripedi terziarii délia Provincia di Messina.

Con appendice intorno ai Cirripedi vivent! ncl

Méditerranée» e sui fossili terziarii dell'ltalia

Meridonalc. Parte 11. I.epadidac. Atti délia

Accademia Pontantana 10: 265-481, pl. A, B, i-x.

Utinomi H. 1949.— Studies on the cirripedian fauna

of J a pan VI. Cirripeds from Kyusyu and Rvukyu

Islands, Publications of the Seto Marine Bioiogical

Laboratoty 1 (2): 19-37,

— 1958. Studies on the Cirripedian fauna of

Japan. VII. Cirripeds from Sagami Bay. Publica¬

tions of the Seto Marine Bioiogical Laboratory 6 (3):

281-311.

— 1962. Studies on the Cirrripedian fauna ot

Japan. VIII. Thoracic Cirripeds from western

Kyusyu. Publications of the Set<> Marine Bioiogical

Laboratory 10 (2): 211-239.

—- 1970. — Studies on tInc cirripedian fauna of

Japan. 9. Distribuiion.il survey of thoracic cirripeds

in the southeastern part of the Japan Sca.

Publications of the Seto Marine Bioiogical Laboratory

17 (5); 339-372. ftgs 1-72.

Weltnc-r W. 1922. — Cirripedia der deutschcn

Tiefsee Expédition. WAssenschaftlichc Ergebnissc lier

deutschen llèfsee-Expedition auf dent Damfer

“Va ldi va ” 1898-1899, 23 (2): 59-112.

Withers f. H. 1913 — Some Miocène cirripedes of

the généra Hexelasma and Sralpellum from New

Zcaland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London 1913: 84(L854.'

— 1953. — Catalogue of Fosstl Cirripedia in the

Department of Geotogy. Volume 111.

Tertiary: 1-396, Figs 1 105, pis 1-64. British

Muséum (Natural History), London.

YamaguchJ T. Ôc Newman W. A. 1997a. —

Eochionel/tsmus paquensis, new species (Cirripedia:

Balanomorpha), from I7°25’S, north of Easter

Island: firsr record ol a sessile hydrorherntal bar¬

nacle troni the East Pacific Rise. Journal of

Cnutaceau Biolog)' 17 (3): 488-496.

— 1997b. — The hydrothermal vent barnacies

Eochionelasmus from the populations from the

North Fiji. Lan. and Manus Basins, Southwest

Pacific. Zoosysiema 19 (4) : 623-649.

Zevina G. B. 1978. — A new classification of the

lamily Scalpellidae Pilsbry (Cirripedia, Thoracica).

1. Subfarmlies Lithotryinae, Calan ticinac,

Pollicipinae. Scalpellinae, Brochîinae and

Scalpellopsinae. Zoologichesky Zhurnal 57 (7):

998-1007 (in Russianf ‘

— 1981. — Barnacies ofthe suborder i.epadomorpha

(Cirripedia. Thoracica) of the World Océan.

Part 1. Family Scalpellidae. Opredeliteli Faune

SSSR 127: 1-398 [in Russian],

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

253

Three new species of thalassinidean shrimps

(Crustacea, Axiidae and Calocarididae)

from Taiwan

Brian KENSLEY

Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Muséum of Natural History,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington D. C. 20560 (U.S,A.)

Kensley.brian@nmnh.si.edu

Tin-Yam CHAN

Institute of Marine Biology, National Taiwan Océan University,

2 Pei-Ning Road, Keelung (Taiwan, R.O.C.)

tychan@ntou66.ntou.edu.tw

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Dccapoda,

Thalassinidea,

Axiidae,

Calocarididae,

Taiwan,

new species.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea.

Decapoda,

Thalassinidea,

Axiidae,

Calocarididae,

Taïwan,

nouvelle espèce.

Kensley B. & Chan T.-Y. 1998. — Three new species of thalassinidean shrimps

(Crustacea, Axiidae and Calocarididae) from Taiwan. Zoosystema 20 (2): 255-264.

ABSTRACT

Three new species of Thalassinidea are described from deep waeer

(350-400 m) off Taiwan: Acanthaxius formosa and Acanthaxius grandis (Fami¬

ly Axiidae), and Calastacus crasnieri (Family Calocarididae). The latter is the

first record of the genus from the western Pacific, and rhe fifth species to be

described. Six species of Acanthoxius hâve previously been described, five

from the Pacific, and one from the western Atlantic.

RÉSUMÉ

Trois nouvelles espèces de lhalassinides (Crustacea, Axiidae et Calocarididae) de

Taïwan. Trois nouvelles espèces de thalassinîdcs sont décrites de Taïwan par

350-400 m de profondeur ; Acanthoxius fortnosa et A. grandis (famille des

Axiidae) et Calastacus crasnieri (famille des Calocarididae). Pour cette derniè¬

re, il s’agit de la première découverte de ce genre dans 1 ouest du Pacifique et

de la cinquième espèce décrite. Six espèces à'Aatnthaxius avaient été précé¬

demment décrites, cinq du Pacifique et une de l’Atlantique occidental.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

255 I

Kensley B. & Chan T.-Y.

INTRODUCTION

There hâve been few publications on axiids and

calocaridids from the South and East China Sea

région around Japan. Taiwan, and Korea. The

more récent of thèse includc Yokoya (1933),

Miyaké & Sakai (1967), Sakai (1987, 1992),

Sakai &C de Saint Laurent (1989), Kensley &

Komai (1992). In ail, only about fifteen species

are known from the région, none from Taiwan.

The threc new spccies described here suggest that

many more await dLscovery in what is known to

be a région ol high marine biodiversity.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Ail the spécimens reported here were obtained

from the catches of commercial deep-sea trawlers

in the fishing ports ol Taiwan. The fishing

grounds are close to the home ports, to which

the trawlers return wirh rheir catch each day.

Unless otherwise stated, specimens are deposited

at the National Taiwan Océan University

(NTOU) and the National Muséum of Natural

History, Smithsonian Institution (USNM).

Carapace Icngth (cl) is measured from the orbital

margin to the posterior margin of the carapace.

SYSTEMATICS

Family AXIIDAE Huxley, 1878

Genus Acantbaxius

Sakai et de Saint Laurent, 1989

Acantbaxius formosa n.sp.

(Figs IA, 2)

Matériau examined. — Tong-Kong. Ping Tong

County, sourh-western coast, sandy mud bottorn,

about 350 ni, 5.VI1I.1996: holotype â cl 18.0 mm

(NTOU H-1996-8-5).

Paratypes: all Iront Tong-Kong. Ping l ong County,

south-western coast, sandy mud bottorn, about

350 m, 5.VUL1995: 2 9 9 cl 14.9 mm, 16.2 mm

(NTOU P-1995-8-5). — 5.V11I.1996: 4 dd.

cl 15.5-16.9 rnm. 1 9 cl 17.0 mm, 1 ovig. 9, dama-

ged (NTOU P-1996-8-5). 2.XII.I995: 1 d cl

15 mm (USNM 253357). — 5.VU1.1996: 1 d cl

15 mm, 1 ovig. 9 cl 15.2 mm (USNM 253358).

EtyMOLOGY. — The spécifie naine is from the earlier

name of the island of Taiwan, viz. Formosa, and is

used as a noun in apposition.

Description

Carapace (Fig. 2A, B) with rostrum reaching just

beyond eyes to distal margin of article 2 of

anfennular peduncle, with threc pairs ol latéral

teerh, flankcd by pair of strong supraorbital

spines; médian carina reaching onto rostrum,

bcaring up to sixreen spines; latéral carina bea-

nng nine to ten spines, anteriormost largest; two

rows of small spines between médian and latéral

carinae, of about ten and five to six spines each;

cervical groove well-marked, widt lew spines on

dorsal edge; postcervical carapace and branchio-

sregires bearing numerous small spines or roun¬

ded tubercles. Fleuron of abdominal somire 1

triangular, ventral ly acure; pleura 2 and 3 ven-

trally broadly tounded; pleura 4-6 with low ven¬

tral rooth (Fig. 2A). Telson (Fig. 2C) siightly

longer than wide, with small médian spine on

posterior margin, two pairs of small movable

postérolatéral spines: two pairs of small spines on

dorsal surface.

Antetinal acide slender, curved, reaching distally

to base of distalmost peduncular article,

Peteopod l, larger cheliped (Fig. 2D) quite hea-

vily setose, merus with nine spines on ventral

margin, four or five spines on dorsal margin,

with (ew scatteted distolateral spines; carpus with

threc sptnes on dorsal margin, few scattered

spines on latéral surface; propoda) palm with five

spines on dorsal margin, row of forwardfy-direc-

ted sometimes overlapping spines on ventral

margin, running almost to apex of fixed finger,

latéral surface with numerous rounded and sub-

acure tubercles; dactyl with ten spines on dorsal

margin; cutting edges of both fingers having

numerous rounded tubercles. Fereopod 1, smal-

ler cheliped (Fig. 2E), merus bearing eight to

nine spines on ventral margin, five spines on

dorsal margin, few scattered distolateral spines;

carpus with three spines on dorsal margin, few

scattered spines and tubercles on latéral surface;

propodal palm with five spines on dorsal margin,

Fig. 1. — A, Acanthaxius formosa n.sp.; B, Acantbaxius grandis

n.sp.; C, Calastacus crosnieri n.sp.

256

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New thalassinideans from Taiwan

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New thalassinideans from Taiwan

few spines on latéral surface, row of about twenty

distally-directccl spines on ventral margin run-

ning onto fixed finger; dactyl with eleven spines

on dorsal margin; cutting edges ol botli tingers

having acute and rounded tubercles and teeth.

Pereopod 2 (Fig. 2F), merus with threc spines on

ventral margin. Pereopod 3 (Fig- 2G), merus

with three spines on ventral margin. Pereopod 4

(Fig. 2H), merus with two sntall teeth on ventral

margin. Pereopod 5 (Fig. 21), merus unarmed.

Uropodal latéral ram us having four spines on

latéral margin, seven spines along suture, xlender

movable spinc at junction, dorsal ridge bearing

Pive small spines; mesial ratnus with three spines

on latéral margin, distalmost largest, ftve spines

on dorsal ridge, distalmost largest (Fig. 2C).

Colour: body orange, ventrally lighrer; abdomen

with large pale latéral parches; legs orange, paler

at articulations. Eyes darlc brown.

Remarks

Ac antlutxius Jorrnosa belottgs to rhe group of

three species characteri/ed by possessing a spinu-

lose or granular postcervical carapace. Of these,

it most closely resembles A, polyacantha (Miyaké

et Sakai, 1967) from the East China Sea, A. for¬

mata differs from the earlier de.soribod species in

having fewer denticles on rhe antérolatéral cara¬

pace; fewer spines along the cervical carina; the

postcervical carapace granular radier than spintt-

lose; a more slender smaller chela; more (ten to

eleven against seven) dorsal dacrylar spines in the

larger chela; and in having fewer spinules on the

distolateral surface of the meri of the first pereo-

pods.

Acanthaxius grandis n.sp.

(Figs IB, 3, 4 )

MATERIAL EXAMINEE). — Tong-Kong. Ping Tong

County, south-westcrn coast, sandy mud, about

400 m, 5.VHt.l996; holotype S cl 33,5 mm (NTOli

H-1996-8-5).

Paratypc, Tong-Kong, Ping Tong County, south-wes-

tern coast, about 400 m, 5.Vil 1.1996: <3 cl 34.0 mm,

lacking left pereopod 1 (USNM 253356). — Su-Aou,

1-L.an County. north-eastcrn coast, sandv mud bot-

tom, about 350 m, 1996: 1 <3 cl 38.4 mm,

1 2 cl 39.6 mm (National Muséum of Natural

Science, Taiwan: 002701-00002). — Ta-Chi, I-Lan

County, north-eastern coast, sandy mud bottom,

about 350 m, 10.IV. 1998: 1 <3 cl 37.7 mm (NTOU

P-1998-4-10).

ETYMchogy. — The spécifie name refers to the large

size of the animal. Along with A. pilocheira , at

> 34 mm carapace length, this is one of the larger

Acanthaxius species.

Description

Carapace (Fig. 3A, B) with rostriim reaching well

beyond eyes, reaching to distal margin of anccn-

nal peduncle article 4, with one nt two pairs ot

latéral spines, and pair of strong supraorbital

spines at base; médian carina well-marked, rca-

ching onto base of rostrum, bearing six spines;

submedian carina having four spines (excluding

supraorbitals); latéral carina having two spines;

cervical groove strong, reaching anteroventrally

to hcparic région; postccrvical carapace glabrous.

Fleuron of abdominal somite I ventrally narrow-

ly triangular: pleura 2-4 ventrally broadly rotin

ded; pleuron 5 posteriorly rectangular; plcuron 6

with tiny ventral tooth (Fig. 3A). Telson

(Fig. 3C) slightly wider than long, with tiny pos-

teromedian tooth, tiny movable postérolatéral

tooth, and two pairs of stronger dorsal spines.

Aciclc of antenna slender, reaching distally to

distal margin of peduncle article 4. Pereopod I,

larger cheliped (Fig. 4A), merus with eight spines

on ventral margin, three spines on dorsal margin,

and scattcring of spines on distolateral surface;

carpus with four to six spines on dorsal margin,

scatrered spines on latéral surface; propodus with

four strong spines on dorsal margin, ventral mar¬

gin bearing row o( lorwardly-directcd, sometimes

overlapping spines running onto ventral fixed

finger, lareral surface with numerous scartered

spines, Ftxed finger with latéral row of spines

basally, becoming tubercles distal ly ; dactyl

having eleven to twelve spines on dorsal margin,

ftve spines on proximolateral surface; cutring

margins of both lingers bearing rounded

tubercles. Pereopod 1, smaller cheliped (Figs 3D,

4B), merus with seven spines on ventral margin,

threc to four spines on dorsal margin, with seve-

ral scattercd spines on distolateral surface; carpus

wîth six to seven spines on dorsal margin and

several spines on latéral surface; propodus with

three to four spines on dorsal margin, ventral

259 !

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New thalassinideans from Taiwan

margin consisting of row of distally-directed

sometimes overUffping s pi nos running onto fixcd

finger, latéral surface with numerous scattered

spines, fixed liuger witli latéral row of spines

becoming small rubercles distallv; tlactyl having

elcvcn spines on dorsal margin, latéral row of

spines becoming obsolète distally; cutting mar-

gins of both fingers having numerous alternating

large and small acute teeth. Pereopod 2, merus

with three srrong teeth on ventral margin.

Pereopod 3, merus with three teeth on ventral

margin. Pereopod 4, merus with two teeth on

ventral margin. Pereopod 5, merus unarmed.

Uropodal latéral ram us having five ro six spines

along latéral margin, seven to eight spines along

suture line, with a slender movable spine at junc-

tion, outer dorsal ridge bearing two spines;

mesial ramus with three spines on latéral margin,

five spines on dorsal ridge.

Colour; body orange, ventrally lighter; legs

orange-red. Eyes dark brovvn.

Remarks

Of the five species of Acanthaxius that possess a

glabrous postcervical carapace, the présent spe¬

cies closely resembles A. pilocheira (Sakai, 1987)

from Japan, especially in the relatively large size

(> cl 34.0 mm in both). Several différences,

however, can be seen between the two species.

The antennal acide is relatively longer in the

new species; in the larger cheliped of pereopod 1,

A. pilocheira has cight to ten dorsal dactylar

spines, A. grandis has eleven; in the smaller, more

slender cheliped of pereopod I, the proportion

of finger lengdi to latéral propodus length differs

(2.0 in A. pilocheira , 2.5 in A. grandis ); in the

uropod, there are more marginal spines (eight to

ten) and more suture spines (nine to ten) on the

latéral ramus of the earlier described species, than

in the présent species (five, eight), while the

mesial ramus has three marginal spines (as oppo-

sed to four in the earlier described species).

There are also différences in the shape of the

Fig. 4. — Acanthaxius grandis n.sp. holotype; A, pereopod 1, larger cheliped, setae omitted; B, pereopod 1, smaller cheliped, setae

omitted.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

261

Kensley B. & Chan T.-Y.

abdominal pleura, especially pleuron 5 in the

new species, which is posteriori}' rectangular,

rarher than rounded as in A. pi loche ira. While it

is possible that rhese différences merely reflecr a

range ol variation in a single species. they are cer-

tainly comparable to différences between species

in other axiid généra.

Family Calocarididae Ortmann, 1891

Genus Calastacus Faxon, 1893

Calastacus crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs IC, 5)

Mateuiai EXAMINPD. — Ta-Chi. I l,an County,

north-eastern coast, sandy mud bottom, 350 ni,

IO.Vl.l993: holotvpe hcrniaphrodite cl 13.0 mm

(NTOU H-1993-6-10),

Paratypes; ail from Ta-(!hï, I-Lan County, nortb-cas-

tern coast. sandy mud bottom, 350 ni. 9.IX. 1986:

hermaphrodite cl 10.5 mm (NTOU P-1986-9-9). —

21.V. 1988: hermaphrodite d 1 1.3 mm (NTOU

P-1988-5-21 ). 22.V1.1989: hermaphrodite

cl 11.5 mm (NTOU P-1989-0-22). 27.V.1992:

hermaphrodite cl 8,9 mm (NTOU P-1992-5-27). —

10.V1.1993: hermaphrodite d 12.2 mm (N TOU

P-1 993-6-10). — 27-V.I994: 2 hermaphrodites

cl 9.7 mm. 10.5 mm (NTOU P-1 994-5-27). -

3-VI1.1995: hermaphrodite cl 10.6 mm (NTOU

P-1995-7-3). 19.X.1995: 5 hermaphrodites d 9.6-

12.9 mm, l uvigerous hermaphrodite ci 11.3 mm

(NTOU P-1995-10-19). - 19.VU.1996: ovigerous

hermaphrodite d 8.9 mm (NTOU P-1996-7-19). —

17,1V. 1998: A hermaphrodites cl. 10.0-14.0 mm, 1

ovigerous hermaphrodite cl. 11.0 mm (NTOU P-

1998-4-17). — 10.VI,1993: hermaphrodite

cl. 10.0 mm (USNM 253355).

ETYMOLOCÎY. — The species is named with much gra¬

titude for Dr. Alain Crosnîer, esteented colJeague and

carcinologist par excellence.

Description

Carapace (Fig. 5A, B) somewhat inflated, gla-

brous; cervical groove dorsally faintly indicated;

rostrum spiciform, dorsally grooved, with strong

supraocular spine at base; médian canna weakly

indicated, rourided, srrongest at base of rostrum.

Pleuron of abdominal somite 1 triangular, ven-

trally subacute. Pleura 2-6 ventrally broadly

rounded (Fig. 5A). Telson (Fig. 5C) 1.7 tintes

longer than basal width, having single tiny posté¬

rolatéral movable spine on each side, posterior

rnargin evenly convex.

Fyes rounded, unpigmented, not contiguous.

Acide ol antenna slender, acute, reaching mid-

length of penultimate peduncular article.

Pcreopod I (Fig. 5G). chelipeds subequal,

ischium bcaring rive ventral spines; meru.s with

nine to ren spines on ventral rnargin, single distal

spine on dorsal rnargin; carpus unarmed; propo-

dal palm with single distal tooth on carinate dor¬

sal rnargin; fingers 0.7 ornes length ot propodal

paitn. Percopods 2-5 (Fig. 5H-K) unarmed,

pcreopod 4 longest. Plcopod 1 (Fig. 5£), distal

article broad, mesial rnargin sinuate with lused

basal lobe bcaring tiny hooles. Plcopod 2

(Fig. 5F), exopod slender, flagelliform; endopod

ol single article, followed by biarticulate appen-

dix masculina, latter with distal article longest,

both articles bearirig dense hand of stlff setae

becoming shorter distally, appendix interna lused

basally with appendix masculina. Uropodal laté¬

ral ramus having nine spines along distal oblique-

transveise suture, movable spine at junction of

latéral rnargin and suture; mesial ramus with

single distal spine on latéral rnargin (Fig. 5C).

Colour: body and eves uniformly golden yellow.

Remarks

I lie présent material agréés well with the défini¬

tion of Calastacus , provided by both de Saint

Laurent (1972) and Kensley (1989), especially in

the structure ot pleopods I and 2.

Kensley (1996, table 2) compared the four

known species of Calastacus on the basis of six

characters. for these six characters, C. crosnieri

has the following traits: the eyes are rounded and

non-cotuiguous; pcreopod 1, the dorsal rnargin

of the nierus has a single spine, the dorsal rnargin

of the carpus is unarmed, the latéral surface of

the propodus is unarmed; the mesial uropodal

ramus has a single marginal spine; the latéral

uropodal ramus' has seven spines along the sutu¬

re Ail ol rhese featutes aie shared whh C. laevis

de Saint Laurent, 1972 from the eastern Atlantic.

However, several différences separate these rwo

species: the merus of pcreopod I in the Atlantic

species is armed with rive spines on the ventral

rnargin, ten in the Taiwanese species; the ischium

beats three ventral spines in C. laevis, rive in the

262

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Kensley B. & Chan T.-Y.

présent species; pleopod 1 is distally more produ-

ced in the earlier species; the antennal peduncle

reaches iurther beyond the antennular peduncle

in the présent species; the cervical groove of the

carapace is more clearly defined in the earlier

species. As only one specimen of C. laevis is

known, and twenty two of the présent species,

conclusions based on size may not mean much,

but C. laevis has a carapace length of 14.5 mm,

while die présent perhaps smaller species ranges

from 8.9-14.0 mm.

Two of the spécimens (cl 8.9 mm, 11.3 mm) are

ovigerous. F.ggs are about 0.5 mm in diameter,

reaching 0.9 mm in diameter when close to hat-

ching.

Acknowledgements

The présent study was supported by a research

grant to the second autltor, from the National

Science Council, Taiwan, R.O.C. We are grateful

to Drs Rafael Lemaitre and Raymond Manning,

Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National

Muséum of Natural History, Smithsonian

Institution, and an anonymous reviewer, for their

useful comments and suggestions on this paper.

REFERENCES

Faxon W. 1893. — Reports on the dredging opera¬

tions off the west toast of Central America to the

Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the

Gulf ol California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz,

carried on by the U.S. Fisli Commission Steamer

“Albatross", during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z. L.

Tanner. U.S.N., commanding. Bulletin of the

Muséum of Comparative Ztiology at Harvard College

24 (7): 149-220.

Huxley T. H. 1878. — On the classification and the

distribution of the crayfishes. Proceedings ofthe Zoo-

logical Society of London for theyeur 1878: 752-788.

Kensley 13. 1989. — New généra in the rhalassinidean

familles Calocandidae and Axiidae (Crustacea:

Decapoda). Proceedings of die Biological Society of

Washington 102 (4): 900-967•

— 1996. — New species of Calocarididae from the

Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Thalassinidea). Bulletin of Marine

Science 59 (I): 158-168.

Kensley B. & Koinai T. 1 992. — Redescription of

Calocarides soyo't (Yokoya, 1933) from Japan

(Crustacea: Decapoda: Axiidae). Proceedings of the

Biologie//1 Society of Washington 105 (1): 81-85,

Miyaké 5. & Sakai K, 1967, — Two new species of

Axiidae (Thalassinidea, Crustacea) Irom i lie East

China Sea. Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture ,

Kyushu Univmity 14 (2): 303-310.

Ortmann A. 1891. — Die Decapoden-Krebse des

Strassburger Muséums. 3. Die Abtheilungen der

Reptantia Boas: Homaridae, I,orienta und

Thalassinidea. Zootogischen Jahrhuthem 6: 1 -58.

Saint Laurent M. de 1972. — Un thalassinidc nou¬

veau du golfe de Gascogne, Calastacus laevis, n.sp.

Remarques sur le genre Calastacus Faxon

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Axiidae). Bulletin du

Muséum national //'Histoire naturelle, série 3. 35,

Zoologie 29: 347-356.

Sakai K. 1987. — Two new Thalassinidea (Crustacea:

Decapoda) (rom Japan, with the biogeographical

distribution of rhe Japanese Thalassinidea. Bulletin

oj Marine Science 4 i (2): 296-308.

— 1992. — Axiid collections of the Zoological

Muséum, Copenhagen, wîtli the description ol onc

new genus and six new species (Axiidae, Thalassini-

dea, Crustacea). Zaalog/ca Scripta 2] (2): 157-180.

Sakai K. & Saint Laurent M. de. 1989. - A check

list of Axiidae (Decapoda, Crustacea, Thalassinidea,

Anoniura), with remarks and, in addition, descrip¬

tions ol one new subfamily, cleven new gênera and

two new species. Naturalises (Tokushima, Japan) 3:

1-104.

Yokoya Y. 1933. — On the distribution of decapod

crustaeeans inhabiting the continental shelfaround

Japan, chiefly hascd upon the materials collectcd by

S.S. Soyo-Maru , during the years 1923-1930.

Journal ofthe College of Agriculture, Tokyo Impérial

University, 12 (1): 1-226.

264

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

The taxonomie position of Pagurus gracilipes

(Stimpson, 1858) and Pagurus nipponensis

(Yokoya, 1933), and description of a new species

of Pagurus (Decapoda, Anomura, Paguridae)

from Japan

Tomoyuki KOMAI

Natural History Muséum & Institute, Chiba

Aoba-cho, Chuo-ku, Chiba 260 (Japan)

j90054@simail.ne.jp

Komai T. 1998. — The taxonomie position ot Pagurus gracilipes (Stimpson. 1858) and

Pagurus nipponensis (Yokoya, 1933), and description of a new species ot Pagurus

(Decapoda, Anomura, Paguridae) from Japan. Zoosystema 20 (2): 265-288.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Anomura,

Paguridae,

P drapant rodes,

Pagurus.

northwestern Pacific,

taxonoiny.

ABSTRACT

Hermît crab spécimens, previously assignée! to Pagurus gracilipes (Stimpson,

1858) from the northwestern Pacific, hâve been critically reexatnined.

Examinatîon of spécimens from various localities from Japan and Russian

Far East, has disclosed that males possess a short sexual tube on the right

coxa of the fifth pereopod, and that two species bave been synonymized

under the liante Pagurus gracilipes. The two taxa are provisionally transferred

to the genus Parapagurodes McLaughlin et Haig, 1973. Parapagurode.s graci¬

lipes is redescribed on the basîs of the specimens from northern Japan and

Russian Par East, including topotypic maierial from Hakodate Bay, Southern

Hokkaido. Parapagurodes nipponensis (Yokoya, 1933), which has been consi-

dered to be synonymous with P. gracilipes , is reinstated for specimens from

the Pacific coasr of central and southwestern Japanese main islands, from

Kashima, Ibaraki to Tosa Bay and Taiwan. The two species are for the most

part gcographically separated, though their distributions partly overlap, A

neotype is designated for P. gracilipes. and a lectotype is selected for P. nippo¬

nensis. In addition, a new species of the genus Pagurus, P. rtlaini, is described

and illustrated on the basis of material from Tosa Bay and Bungo Strait,

Japan. The new species appears closest to P. kaiensis McLaughlin, 1997,

known only from Kai Islands, Indonesia.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

265

Komai T.

MOTS CI.f.S.

Crusutcea,

Decapoda,

Anomoura,

Paguridae,

Parapagurodes.

Payants,

nord-ouest Pacifique,

taxonomie.

RÉSUMÉ

Statut systématique de Pagurus gracilipes (Stimpson, 1858) et Pagurus nippo-

nensis (Ynkoya. 1953), et description d'une nouvelle espèce de Pagurus (Deca¬

poda, Anomura, Pagttftdae) du Japon. Les pagures du nord-ouest du Pacifique

auparavant attribuas à Pagurusgracilipes (Stimpson, 1858) ont été réexaminés

de façon critique. I examen de spécimens de différentes localités du lapon et

de l’Extrême-Orient russe montre que les mâles possèdent un court conduit

sexuel sur la coxa droite du cinquième péréiopode, et que deux espèces ont

été confondues sous le nom Pagurus gracilipes. Les deux taxa sont provisoire¬

ment transférés dans le genre Parapagurodes McLaughlin et Uaig, 1973.

Parapagurodes gracilipes est redécrit d’après les spécimens du nord du Japon

et de l'Extrême-Orient russe, dont du matériel topotypique de la baie

d’Hakodate au sud d'Hokkaido. Parapagurodes nipponensis (Yokoya, 1933),

considéré comme synonyme de P. gracilipes , est rétabli pour les spécimens de

la côte Pacifique des principales îles japonaises du centre et du sud-ouest, de

Kashima (Ibaraki) jusqu’à la baie de Taxa et Taiwan. Dans l'ensemble, les

deux espèces sont séparées géographiquement, bien que leurs aires de distri¬

bution sc recoupent partiellement. Un néotype est désigné pour P. gracilipes,

et un lcctotype est choisi pour P. nipponensis. Une nouvelle espèce. P. alaini,

est ajoutée au genre Pagurus , et décrite et figurée d’après du matériel de la

baie de i osa et du détroit de Bungo au Japon. La nouvelle espèce semble

proche de /'. kaiensis McLaughlin, 1997 connue seulement des îles Kai en

Indonésie.

INTRODUCTION

Stimpson (1858) described Eupagurus gracilipes

from Hakodate Bay, Southern Hokkaido, Japan,

and later Doflein (1902) and Balss (1913) recor-

ded the species front Sagami Bay. Subsequendy,

Yokoya (1933) described a number of new spe¬

cies of hennit crabs, among client Eupagurus nip¬

ponensis. The description of this species was

based on specimens collected from various loca¬

tions in the Japanese main islands during a biolo-

gical survey of rhe continental shelf of Japan

ntade by S. S. Soyo-Mam . Yokoya was obviously

unaware of Stimpson’s description as he also des¬

cribed a new species which he named Eupagurus

gracilipes , which proved to be a homonym of

Stimpson’s (1858) taxon. Makarov (1938) placed

Yokoya’s E. nipponensis in synonymy with

Srimpson’s E. gracilipes. Yokoya’s E. gracilipes was

renamed Pagurus yokoya i by Makarov (1938;

184-185; 1962: 175), and this bas been followed

by subséquent authors such as Miyaké (1965;

1975; 1982), Miyaké & Imafuku (1980), Takeda

(1982) and Baba (1986),

During a taxonomie study ol decapod Crustacea

of northern Japan, I collected specimens clearly

assignable to Stimpson’s Eupagurus gracilipes ,

including copotypic material from HaJcodate Bay.

i noticed that die northern Japan specimens had

apparendy different colour patterns from diose in

the colour photographs of Miyaké (1982) and

Baba (1986) which depicted specimens from K i i

Minabe and Tosa Bay. The northern specimens

had nvo blue iridescent longitudinal Unes on the

right palm, and lacked brown and créant stripes

on the latéral surfaces on the ambulatory propodi.

Careful exami nation of material from various

localities in Japan, die Russian Far East and

Taiwan disclpsed that male specimens bear a short

sexual tube on the right coxa of the fifth perco-

pods, and that two species hâve been confounded

tinder the natne of Pagurus gracilipes (Stimpson).

According to current définitions of pagurid géné¬

ra, the two species cannot be assigned to Pagurus

266

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New Pagurus from Japan

Fabricius, 1775, but must instead be assigned to

Parapagurodes McLaughlin &c Haig, 1973.

The two species are geographically separated for

the most part, though their distributions partly

overlap. The species distributed in Hokkaido,

northern Honshu southward to Choshi, Chiba,

and Russian Far East is referred to Parapagurodes

gracilipes (Stimpson), and the species distributed

in the Pacific coast ol central and southwestern

Japanese main islands. Iront Kashima, Ibaraki to

Kyushu and Taiwan is referred to Parapagurodes

nipponensis (Yokoya). Parapagurodes nipponensis

has a tendency to inhabit deeper water titan

P. gracilipes. As noted above, Stimpson s taxon

originally came from Hakodate, Southern

Hokkaido. Yokoyas taxon was described on the

basis ol twenty-nine specimens collected during

Soyo-Maru cruises around Japanese main islands

(see “Remarks" under the account Parapagurodes

nipponensis). The two species are distinguished

morphologically from each other by the arma-

ntent of the ambulatory dactyls and the shape of

the posterior margin of the telson, in addition to

the coloration. As was the case with many of

Stimpson’s species, the type material of Pagurus

gracilipes apparently was destroyed (cf. Rathbun

1883). However, 1 was able to find a single lot

containing two syntypes of Eupagurus nipponen¬

sis from south of Omae-zaki ( Soyo-Maru ,

stn 278) in the collection of the Kitakyushu

Muséum of Natural History. My attempts to

find other lots were not successful. Yokoyas type

material of E. nipponensis contained specimens

from Tsugaru Strait, very near to Hakodate Bay

and from Inubo-zaki, Choshi, where the two

species are likely to overlap. In the interest of sta-

bility in nomenclature, a neotype is herein desi-

gnated for P. gracilipes , and the larger, more

intact syntype specimen is selected as a lectotype

of P. nipponensis. Parapagurodes gracilipes is fully

described and illustrated, while brief diagnosis is

given for Parapagurodes nipponensis , as the species

is very similar to P. gracilipes.

In addition, I include here a description of a new

species of Pagurus, P. alaini, from Tosa Bay and

Bungo Strait, Japan. The new species shows some

superficial resemblance to the bernbardus group

of Pagurus ( cf. Mclaughlin 1974), but it appears

closest to P. kaiensis McLaughlin, 1997, known

only from Kai Islands, Indonesia. At présent no

species-group assignment can be made for P alai¬

ni , nor has one been made for P. kaiensis.

Fig. 1. — A, Parapagurodes gracilipes (Stimpson, 1858), entire animal, dorsal, S SL 7.3 mm, Choshi, central Japan, CBM-ZC 3410;

B, Parapagurodes nipponensis (Yokoya, 1933), S SL 8.7 mm, Su-Aou, NE Taiwan, NTOU (photography by T.-Y. Chan).

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

267

Komai T.

The specimens examined in this study are deposited

in institutions indicared by the following abbrevia-

tions:

CBM

HUMZ

KMNH

MNHN

NTOU

SMI-NSMT

USNM

Natural History Muséum and lnsti-

tute, Chiba;

Laboratory of Marine Zoology,

I aculry of Fîsberies, Hokkaido

Universiry Hakodate;

Kitakyushu Muséum of Natural

History;

Muséum national d'Histoîre naturelle,

Paris;

National Taiwan Océan Universîty,

Keelung;

Showa Memorial Institute, National

Science Muséum, Tsukuba;

National Muséum of Natural Histoiy,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

D. G,

The general terminology used in the description

is that of McLaughIIn (1974), but Lemaitre

(1995) is referred to tor the posterior carapace

structure. The term “semichelate” to describe the

condition of the fourth pereopodx is used follo¬

wing Mcl.aughlin’s (1997) définition. The shield

length (SI.), measured from the tip of the ros-

rrum to the midpoint of the posterior ntargin of

the shield, is used to indien te size of specimens.

SYSTEMATICS

Genus Parapagurodes McLaughlin et Haig, 1973

Parapagurodesgracilipes (Stimpson, 1858),

comb. nov.

(Figs 1 A, 2-5, 7)

Eupagurus gracilipes Stimpson, 1858: 248; 1907:

217. - Alcock 1905; 177 (in part). - Yokoya 1939:

281. — Urita 1942:45. fig. 14.

Pagurus gracilipes — Makarov, 1938: 184 (in part),

pi. 4, fie. 4; 1962: 175 (in part), pl. 4, fig. 4. -

Vinogradov 1950: 227 (in part), fig. 117. - Miyaké

1957: 87 (in part); 1965: 647 (in part); 1975: 286 (in

part); 1982. 126 (in pari). - Igarashi 1970: 4, pl. 3,

fig. 9. - Kim 1973; 222, fig. 48, pl. 5, fig. 28. -

Takeda 1982: 68 (in part). - Komai et ni. 1992: 197.

Not Eupagurus gracilipes - Doflein 1902: 647, pL 6,

figs 6-8. — Baîts 191.3: 56. — Teran 1913: 368.

|= Parapagumdes nipponensis (Yokoya. 1933)].

Not Eupagurus gracilipes Y'okoya, 1933. 98, fig. 33

[=Pagurusyokoyai Makarov, 1938].

Not Pagurus gracilipes - Miyaké 1978: 85, fig. 33. —

Miyaké & Imafuku 1980: 59 — Baba 1986:201,303,

fig. 149 |-Parapagurodes nipponensis (Yokoya, 1933)].

TYPF MATF.lt rAL. — Japan. Off Kamiiso, Hakodate

Bav. Southern Hokkaido, 5-10 m. 8.Il 1.1991, dredge,

coll. S. Goshinta: neotype ovig. 9 SL 5.1 mm (CBM-

ZC 3414).

Ma IT.RtAt l.XAMINMD. - Japan. Obira, Japan Sea

coast of Hokkaido, 44°00’N - 141°39 E, 20 m,

21.VI 1.1 991, beam trawl, coll. S. Maruyama:

I ovig. ? SL 5.7 mm (CBM-ZC 501). — Off

Choshi, Chiba, ca. 20 m, 18.1.1995, commercial

trawler, coll. T. Komai: I d SL 7.0 mm, 1 9 SL.

6.6 min (CBM-ZC 941). — OH Choshi, Chiba,

10-20 m, 3.IX. 1996. commercial trawler, coll.

T. Komai: 2 d d SL 5.4, 9.0 mm, I 9 SL 6.7 mm

(CBM-ZC 2977) — OO Obira, Japan Sea coast of

Hokkaido, 44 WN - I41°39‘E, 42 m, 19,VIII. 1994,

slcdgc net, coll. I . Muro: 4 d d SL 4.2-7.2 mm

(CBM-ZC 5409). — Off Choshi. Chiba, 10-20 m,

10.1.1997. commercial trawler, coll. T. Komai: 1 d

SL 7.4 mm (CBM-ZC 3410). — Same data as néo-

type: 5 ovig. 9 $ .SL 5.5-6.0 mm (CBM-ZC 3415). —

Miyako Bay, Iwatc, ca. 15 m, IV. 1987, gill net, coll.

T. Komai: 3 dd SL 8.4-9.0 mm (HUMZ-C 79).

Russian Far East. Slednaya Bay, Prvmorve, subtidal,

27.VIII.1994, bcach seine, coll. M. Yabe: 1 d SL

6.4 mm (CBM-ZC 2456),

DlVi luRt_i rit in. — Knuwn with certainty from nor-

thern Japan including Hokkaido and northeastern

Honshu main island sotithward to Choshi, Chiba

(35''40 N), continental coast of the Russian Far East,

Sakhalin, subtidal to42 m.

Sl/.F. l.argest d: 9.0 mm in SL; largest 9: 6.7 mm

in SL; smallest ovigerous 9: 5.5 mm in SL.

H AM IAT. — Found in gastropod shells; occasionally

with one or more anthozoan polyps attachée! to the

shell. Inhabiting sandy or sandy mud bottom, subtidal

to a dcprli of 42 m.

Rldescruhion

Shield (Fig. 2A) varying from slightly longer

than broad to slightly broader than long; antéro¬

latéral margins sloping; anterior margin between

rostrum and latéral projections concave; poste-

rtor margin rounded; dorsal surface convex,

gcnerally .smooth, but with scattercd rufts of

moderately short setae. Rostrum disrinctly excce-

ding latéral projections, rriartgular, acute or sub-

acute, usually with small terminal spine. Latéral

projections broadly rounded orohtuscly triangu-

lar, with small terminal spine. Posterior carapace

I 268

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Komai T.

(Fig. 2B) with scattered tLifts of long setae dorsal-

ly; posteromcdian pl.ite calcified; cardiac sulci

nearly paralld, not extending to posterior niargin

of carapace; sulci cardiobranchiales slightly diver¬

gent posteriorly, not extending beyond cardiac

sulci.

Ocular peduncles (Fig. 2A) 0.6-0.7 times as long

as shieid, stout, weakiy inflated basally, corneal

région ovate, noriceably dilated; dorsomesial sur¬

face with longitudinal row of short setae. Ocular

acides subrriangular or subovare, mesial mat-gins

nearly straight or convex, latéral margins nearly

straight. somctimes sinuous, dorsal surface

concave, terminating roundly, usually with pro¬

minent submarginal spine.

Antennular peduncles (Fig. 2A, C) exceeding

ocular peduncles by 0.5-0.7 length of ultimate

segment; ultimate segment about 1.5 times lon¬

ger than intermediate segmenc, with row of setae

dorsally; basal segment stout, inflated ventrally

and laterally, uriarmed latemlly.

Antennal peduncles (Fig. 2A) exceeding ocular

peduncles by 0.5-0.75 length of fifth segment;

with supernumerary segmentation. Fifth segment

unarmed, with few setae on mesial surface. Third

segment with vcncmmcsial distal angle produced,

terminating in prominent spine, partîally obscu-

red by tufts of moderateiy long setae. Second seg¬

ment with dorsolateral distal angle produced,

terminating in simple or bifid spine, mesial mar-

gin with few small spines; dorsomesial distal

angle with small spine, mesial surface with

numerous setae. First segment with or without

small spine at laterodistal margin. Antennal

acide arcuate, slightly shorter to somewhat lon¬

ger than ocular peduncle, nearly reaching or dis-

tinctly overreaching distal corneal margin,

sharply edged mesially, dorsal surface flattened,

mesial margin unarmed, but with tufts of setae.

Antennal flagella long, simple.

Mandible (Fig. 3A) typical of genus. Maxillule

(Fig. 3B) with proximal endite subquadrate;

endopod with oue or two bristles on well develo-

ped, broadly based internai lobe, external lobe

produced, recurved toward inrerior. Maxilla

(Fig. 3C) with endopod inflated basally, exten¬

ding beyond distal margin of scaphognathite.

First maxilliped (Fig. 3D) with endopod exten¬

ding as far as distal margin of distal endite.

Second maxilliped (Fig. 3E) widi basis-ischium

fusion incomplète. Third maxilliped (Fig. 3F)

with basis-ischium fusion incomplète; basis

(Fig. 3G) with strong, corneous tipped spine

mesially; crista dentata on ischium (Fig. 3G)

composed of relatively stout spines, bccoming

more slender and doser distally, accessory tooth

strong; rnerus usually with acute spine on dorso-

distal margin; carpus with dorsodistal margin

unarmed.

Right cheliped (Figs 3H, 4A, B) moderateiy

(small specimens) to considerably (large spéci¬

mens) elongate. Ghela 1.8-2.0 times as long as

wide, dorsolateral margin convex. Dactyl

approximately equalling length of palm; cutting

edge with row ol four strong calcareous teeth in

proximal 0.75 length and with row of small cor¬

neous teeth subdistally. terminating in strong cal¬

careous tooth, overlapped by fixed finger;

dorsomesial margin sharply ridged, tuberculate

proximally, dorsal surface with sharp ridge

mesially, sometimes weakiy tuberculate proximal-

ly; ventral surface with scveral tufts of stiff setae.

Cutting edge of fixed finger with row of low cal¬

careous teeth and of small corneous teeth subdis-

tally, terminating in calcareous claw. Palm

slightly- shorter than carpus; dorsal surface

convex, with small granules or spinulose

tubercles, occasioiially arranged in transverse

rows, malung surface rugose, alrnost naked; dor¬

somesial surface weakiy elevated, sioping to

mesial surface, with larger, flattened tubercles,

occasionally multifid distally; dorsolateral margin

with tow of moderateiy strong spines or tubercles

increasing in size distally; latéral surface with

numerous low, occasionally bifid or multifid

tubercles and granules; ventral surface with few

tubercles. Carpus subequal in length to merus;

dorsal surface convex, with numerous scattered

spines or spinulose, frequently bifid or multifid

tubercles and distinct row of spines mesiad to

mid-line, distal margin denticulate. dorsomesial

margin with row of strong, acute or subacute

spines, increasing in stze distally; dorsolateral sur¬

face sioping to latéral surface; mesial surlace vvith

few low tubercles dorsally; latéral surface with

scattered short oblique rows of small spines or

tubercles and granules; ventral surface with few

small acute or subacute spinulose tubercles.

270

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Komai T.

Merus with dorsal surface having cransverse mul-

tidenticulare ridges and row ol short setae or

bristles, distal margin with several small or

moderately strong, acute spines, extendiug late-

rally and mesially; latéral and mesial faces almost

smooth dorsally, with short vertical granular

ridges ventrally; ventral surface spinulose or

tuberculate. Ischium with row of small spines or

denticles and tufts of setae on ventromcsial mar¬

gin, venrrolateral margin with few small spines or

tubercles. Coxa with few small spines at vetitrola-

teral distal angle; ventromesiai margin with dense

tufts of stiff setae.

Left cheliped (Figs 31, 4C, D) rcaching distal

margin of car pu.s or mid-length of palm of right

cheliped. Chela 1.9-2.2 times longer than wide,

widest at base of dactyl, dorsolateral margin

slightly convex or nearly straight. Dactyl

approximately twice length of palm; dorsomesial

margin convex, with row of low protubérances or

small tubercles and row of tufts of stiff setae,

dorsal surface sometimes with row of small

tubercles proximally; mesial and ventral surfaces

nearly smooth, but with scattered tufts of stiff

setae; cutting edge with row of closely set cor-

neous teeth and few obtuse calcareous teeth, rer-

minating in small corneous elaw, slightly

exceeded in length and overlapped by ftxed fin-

ger. Cutting edge of ftxed finger with row of clo¬

sely set corneous teeth, terminât!ng in small

corneous claw. Palm with dorsolateral and dorso¬

mesial margins weakly elevated, with single row

of simple spines or spinulose tubercles, dorsal

surface with several rows of moderately strong

spines or spinulose tubercles; mesial and latéral

surfaces nearly smooth, with few low protubé¬

rances and tufts of stiff serae; ventral surface with

small, occasionally spinulose tubercles and tufts

of short setae. Carpus subequai in length to

merus; dorsal surface oblique, dorsomesial mar¬

gin with single row of srrong spines, dorsolateral

surface with short suhmedian row of prominent

spines or spinulose tubercles and latcrally with

obliquely vertical multifid protubérances bearing

bristles, distal margin strongly spinous; mesial

surface slightly concave, with few low protubé¬

rances bearing setae and scattered tufts of mode-

rately long setae, ventromesiai margin minutely

tuberculate distally; ventral surface nearly smooth.

Merus triangular in cross-section; dorsal surlace

with transverse, multidenticulate ridges bearing

long setae, distal oncs extendiug to mesial sur¬

face, distal margin with one prominent spine

obscured by setae; mesial face nearly smooth,

with few tults of short setae dorsally, distal mar¬

gin unarmed; latéral face with few short, vertical

ridges distally and scattered setae, distal margin

unarmed; ventral surface with multidenticulate

tubercles, ventromesiai and ventrolateral margins

each with row ol small, simple or multifid

tubercles and short setae. Ischium with row of

simple or bifid spines on ventromesiai margin,

ventrolateral margin with row ol small spinulose

tubercles. C.'oxa similar to thaï ol right cheliped.

Ambuiatory pereopods (Fig. 5A, D) long; right

second pereopod often ovcrreaching tip ol right

chela. Dacryls (Fig. SB, C) 1.32-1.53 times lon¬

ger than propodi in second pair, 1.38-1.64 tintes

longer in third pair, relativcly broad; in latéral

view, weakly or moderately cttrvcd ventrally; in

dorsal view, strongly rwisfed; dorsal surfaces cach

wirh shallow longitudinal sulctts proximally and

row of moderately small spines laterad ro sulctts,

continuons wirlt acute subdistal ridge bearing

bristles; latéral and mesial surfaces cach with pro¬

minent longitudinal sulcus, accompanied proxi¬

mally with deep dépréssion; mesial surfaces each

with rows ol small corneous spines on either stde

of sulcus and with tufts of stiff setae ventrally;

ventral margins wealdy sinuous, each with cwetny-

six to forty-one spinules, beconting more closely-

set distally. l’ropodi distinctly longer than carpi;

dorsal surfaces each with irregular rows of simple

or multidenticulate spines, distal margins each

with few small spines; latéral surfaces each with

obliquely vertical, multidenticulate protubé¬

rances bearing short setae dorsally and few

bidenriculate small tubercles ventrally, distal

margins dentîculate; mesial surfaces each with

scattered bidentîculare tubercles; ventral surfaces

each with small tubercles and tufts of short setae.

Carpi much shorter than meri; dorsal surfaces

each with single or double row ol strong, simple

or multifid spines, increasing in size distally; laté¬

ral surfaces each with prominent demiculate

ridge bearing short setae and multidenticulate

protubérances or tubercles dorsally, surfaces ven-

trad to ridge nearly smooth; mesial surfaces near-

272

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Komai T.

ly smooth, each with few simple or bifid small

tubercles dorsallv; ventral surfaces smooth. Meri

with corivex dorsal and ventral margins, chose of

second pereopods relatively broad; dorsal surfaces

each with strong, transverse, multidenticulate

ridges bearing bristles (lidges Icss dcveloped in

left third pereopod), mesial margins dclimitcd

except for left third pereopod, with row ol long

setae and few small spincs; latéral surfaces nearly

smooth, with fcw tufts ol minute setae; mesial

surfaces nearly smooth, with few simple or bifid

tubercles near ventral margins except for left

third pereopod; ventral margins each with irregu-

lar rows ol simple or multidenticulate spines in

second pair and right third, nearly smooth in left

third. Ischia of second pair with small tubercles

on ventral surfaces, third pair with ventral sur¬

faces unarmed; dorsal and ventral surfaces each

with tufts ol setae. Coxae unarmed; females with

paired gonopores. Anterior sternal lobe on sixth

thoracic somite (Fig. 2D) proportionally broad,

subquadrate, wealdy skewed, silicate medially,

with suif setae on anterior surface.

Fourth pereopods (Fig. 2E) setose, semichelate.

Fig. 5. — Parapagurodes gracilipes (Stimpson, 1858), neotype, 9 SL 5.1 mm (CBM-ZC 3414). Hakodate Bay, Southern Hokkaido,

Japan; A, right second pereopod, latéral; B, sarre, dactyl, mesial; C, same, dorsal; D, left third pereopod, latéral. Soale bars: A, D,

2 mm; B, C, 1 mm.

274

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New Pagurus from Japan

Dactyl curved, withour preungual process.

Propodal rasp composed of several rows of cor-

neous scales.

Fifth pereopods chélate. Right coxa (Fig. 2F) of

males with short scxual tube, sometimes curved

posteriorly; left coxa with gonopore encircled

posteriori) 1 by row ofsetae, no sexual tube.

Srernite of eighth ihoracic somite (Fig. 2F) deve-

loped anteriorly as two subovate lobes separated

by shallow médian groove, anterior margins each

with tult of dense setae.

Abdomen with three unequally biramous unpai-

red pleopods on third to fifth somites in males,

with exopods moderately well-developed, endo-

pods strongly reduced; with four unpaired pleo-

pods in temales, second to fourth pleopods with

both rami well-developed, fifth pleopod with

exopod well-developed, endopod noticeably

reduced.

Uropods strongly asymmetrical. Felson (Fig. 2G)

with posterior lobes nearly symmetrtcal, latéral

margins oblique, occasionally with spinules

proximally at least on left side; posterior margin

(Fig. 2F1) with indistinct or very sinall médian

cleft, each terminal margin nearly horizontal,

eighr to ten small spines and two or three stron-

ger spines ai pos tel daterai angle, transverse inci¬

sion moderately deep.

Eleven pairs of phyllobranchiae.

Coloration

In life: shield mottled or reticulated with brown

and créant, anterior margins between rostrum

and latéral projections reddish. Posterior carapace

mottled reddish brown. Ocular peduncles with

base colour gray-brown, reticulated basally, beco-

ming darker toward corneal base, with row of

four dark brown spots on dorsontesial surfaces.

Antennular peduncles tnottled brown, few dark

brown spots on distal segment. Antennal

peduncles mottled or reticulated with grey-

brown, with tinge of red at articulations of each

segment. Merus of third maxilliped with strong

iridescence on dorsal surface. Palm of right cheli-

ped generally brown, paler laterally and mesially,

with two longitudinal lines of blue iridescence

on dorsal surface, confluent distally and exten-

ding onto basal part of fixed finger; palra of left

cheliped with blue iridescence medially; spines,

tuberclcs or protubérances on both palm dark

brown; carpi of both chclipeds generally pale yel

lowish brown, with spines or tubercles darker;

rneri generally pale yellowish brown, becoming

darker distally, protubérances dark brown.

Dactyls ot ambulatorv pereopods with three dark

grey and nvo créant stripes on latéral surface,

becoming obscure distally; propodi grey-browtt

generally, with tinge of cream or yellowish brown

dorsodisrally, venrrolateral ro ventral surface pale

yellowish brown or cream; carpi grcy-brown

generally, latéral surface ventral to granular ridge

appearing as dark grey line with tinge of reddish

brown, tubercles and dorsal row ol spines dark

brown; meri mottled or reticulated with yellowish

brown, becoming darker distally, with spots of

dark brown on latéral surfaces, dorsal protubé¬

rances dark brown.

In preservative: faded into straw colour entirely.

Remarks

There is a marked variation in growth of the che-

lipeds. with chose of larger specimens becoming

elongate and more slender wirh increasing body

size. The shape of rhe ocular acides varies from

subrriangular ro semiovate.

Parapagiirodes nipponensis (Yokoya, 1933),

comb. nov.

(Figs 1 B, 6, 7)

Eupagurus gracilipes - Doflein 1902: 647, pl. 6,

figs 6-8. - Bals* 1913: 56. - Terao 1913: 368. Noc

Eupagurusgracilipes Sdmpson, 1858.

Eupagurusgracilipes- Alcock 1905: 177 (in part).

Eupagurus nipponensis Yokova, 1933: 87 (? in part),

fig- 32.

Pagurus gracilipes - Makarov 1938: 184 (in part);

1962; 175 (in part). - Vinogradov 1950: 227 (in

part), fig. 1 17. - Miyaké 1965: 647 (in part),

fig. 1093; 1975: 286 (în part), pl. 116, fig. 5; 1982:

126 (in part), pl. 42, fig. 5. - Fakeda 1982: 68 (in

part).

Pagurus gracilipes - Miyaké 1978: 85, fig. 33. —

Miyaké Ht Imafuku 1980: 59. — Baba 1986: 201,303,

fig. 149. Not Pagurus gracilipes (Stimpson, 1858).

TVN: MATERIAI. — Japan. South of Omae-zaki,

Shizuoka, Soyo-Maru, stn 278, 79 m, 2.Vil.1927: lec-

totype (herein selected) â SL 8.0 mm (KMNH). —

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

275

Komai T.

Same lot; paralectotype ovig 9 , fragmented

(KMNH).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. —Japan. Off Kashima,

Ibaraki, 35°55.8'N - 140°54’E, 65 m, 24.IV.1991,

commercial trawler: 2 6 6 SI. 8.0, 9.2 mm (CBM-

ZC 50). — Ofï Choshi, Chiba, 65 m, 8.V.I991,

commercial trawler: 1 6 SL 8.4 mm (CBM-

ZC 51). — Off Choshi, ta. 60 m, I8.V1.1991. com¬

mercial trawler: 3 6 6 SL 8.0-10.4 mm

(CBM-ZC 54). — Off Choslii, 35"45 N - 140"58T.,

60 m, 21.X. 1991, commercial trawler: 1 ovig. ? SL

7.2 mm (CBM-ZC 60). — Off Kochi, Tosa Bay,

Shikoku, 90-190 m. 2.X.1989, bcam trawl by RV

Toyohata-Maru , col 1. K. Sasaki: 2 6 6 SL 5.4,

8.2 mm: 4 9 5 Sl. 43-6.4 mm (CBM-ZC 637). —

Off Kii Minabe, Kii Peninsula. 80-100 m,

24.111.1995, gill net. coll, T. Komai: 1 S SL 7.3 mm

(CBM-ZC 1162). — Off Koel.i, Tosa Bay, 150-

154 m, 5.111.1993, beam trawl by RV Toyohaw-Maru:

3 9 9 SL 5.6-7,5 mm (CBM-ZC 3389). — Off

Kochi, Tosa Bay. 188 190 m. 10.VIII.I992. beam

trawl by RV Toyohata-Mayu , coll. K. Sasaki: 3 â S SL

7.0-8.4 mm, 1 ovig. 9 SL 8.8 mm (CBM-

ZC 3462). — Off Kochi, Tosa Bay, 110-130 m,

14.XI.1988, beam trawl by RV Toyohata-Marn , coll.

T. Komai: 3 6 6 SL 7 4-12.3 mm, 2 99 Sl. 10.0,

13.2 mm (HUMZ-C 666) — OffHayaim, Miura

Peninsula, Sagami Bay, depth unknown, 22.V.1925,

beam trawl: 2 6 6 SL 7-4, 8.3 mm, I 5 Sl, 8.1 mm,

1 ovig. 9 SL 8.4 mm (SMl-NSMT-CrR 120). -

Kannon7.uka-da.shi, Amadaïba, Sagami Bay, 60-80 m,

16.VII.1957: 1 6 SL 11.0 mm (SMl-NSMT-

CrR 1312). — Off Jogashima. Sagami Bay. 80-85 in,

25.Vil.1959: 1 6 SL 8.2 mm (SM1-NSMT-

CrR 1617). — Off logasbima. Sagami Bay,

! 10-175 m, 6.11.1954' 1 6 SL8.0 mm (SMl-NSMT-

CrR 2198). — Off Jogashima, Sagami Bay, 83 ni,

26.1.1965: 1 6 SL 7.0 mm (SMl-NSMT-

CrR 2303). — Kannonzuka-dashi, Amadaiba, Sagami

Bay, 65-68 m, l4.FII.I968: I ovig. 9 SL 5.0 mm

(SMl-NSMT-CrR 3568). - Off Kochi, Tosa Bay.

190 m, 6.IX.1989, beam trawl by RV Toyohata-Maru,

coll. K. Sasaki: 1 9 SL 6,7 mm (L1SNM 284142).—

Off Kochi, Tosa Bay, 33‘16.14’N - 133 Ü 40.13'E,

186-190 m, 17.V. 1993, beam trawl by RV Toyohata-

Maru, coll K. Sasaki: 1 6 Sl, 7 2 mm (USNM

284143).

Taiwan. Off Ta-Shi, NE Taiwan, l-Lan County,

depth unknown, 26.1.1997, commercial trawler, coll.

T.-Y. Chan: t 6 SL 8.7 mm (N I OU).

Distribution. — Known with certaînty from rhe

Pacific coasc of Japan from Kashima, Ibaraki, south-

ward to Kagohima, Goto lslands, Kosiki Islands,

Taiwan (new record), at depths of 30-300 m. It

remains undear whether P. nipponenùs occurs in the

Japan Sea.

SlZK. — Largesl (3: 12.3 mm in SE. largesi 9:

13.2 mm in SI., smallest ovigerous 9: 5.0 mm in SL.

HABITAT. — Found in gastropod sheüs (apparently

prefers narîcid shells), usually with one or more

anthozoan polyps arrached to rhe shell. Inliabiting

sandy or sandy mud bottom often mixed with shell

fragments, at deprhs of 30-300 m.

Diagnosis

Shield, cephalic appendages, and chelipeds

(Fig. 6A-C) similar to those of Parapagurodes gra-

cilipes. lîactyls of second and rhird pereopods

(Fig. 613. E) slender, occasianally elong.tte,

1.14-1.63 times longer than propodi in second

pair, 1.38-1.65 rimes longer in third pair, venrral

margins each with 37-62 small corneous spi-

nules, carpi wirh granulate ridge on each latéral

surlace, meri of second pereopods relativelv slen¬

der. Right coxa of fifth pereopod in males wirh

short sexual tube, sometimes curved posterîorly;

left coxa with gonopore encircled posceriorly by

row of setae, no sexual tube. Telson (Fig. 6F, G)

wirh posterior margin deeply concave, each ter¬

minal margin strongly oblique, witb cight or

nine small spines increasing in stze laterally and

one strongly venrrad curved sptne at postérolaté¬

ral corner. Eleven pairs of phyllobranchiae.

Coloration

In life: shield generally brown, but mottled or

reticulated with brown and cream under higher

magnification. Posterior carapace reddish brown.

Ocular peduncles with base colour grey-hrown,

reticulated basally, becoming darker toward cor-

neal base. Amennular peduncles mottled brown,

with few dark brown spots on distal segment.

Antenua! peduncles mortled or reticulated with

grey-brown, wirh tinge of red ar articulations of

each segment. Merus of third rnaxilliped with

strong iridescence on dorsal surface. Palm of

right chelipcd generally brown, paler laterally

and mcsially, without longitudinal litres of blue

iridescence on dorsal surface: palrn ot letr cheli-

ped without line of iridescence médial ly; spines,

tubercles or protubérances on botb palnr dark

brown; carpi of both chelipeds generally brown,

with spines or tubercles darker; meri generally

pale yellowish brown, becoming darker distally,

protubérances dark brown; each segment with

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Komai T.

srrong iridescence. Dactyls of ambulatory pereo-

pods with threc dark grey and two cream srripes

on latéral surface, becoming obscure distally;

propodi with latéral surfaces bearing three cream

(dorsal, middlc and ventral) and two brown

stripes; curpi grey-brown gencrally, Jater;d surface

ventral to granular ridgc appearing as dark grey

line with tinge of rcddish brown, tubercles and

dorsal row of spines dark brown; meri muttled or

reticulated with yellowish brown, becoming dar-

ker distally and dorsally, with spots of dark

brown on latéral surfaces, dorsal protubérances

dark brown; carpi and meri with strong irides¬

cence.

In preservativc: faded into straw colour entirely.

RE MARKS

Yokoya ( 1933) described Ettpagurus nipponensis

on the basis of twenty-nine specimens from twelve

Soyo-Maru stations: north ol Inubo-zaki, Chiba,

33 m (srn 133); South ol Misaki, Sagami Bay,

106 m (stn 238), Suruga Bay, 64 m (stn 267);

Suruga Bay, 91 m (stn 277); south of Omae-zaki,

Shizuoka, 79 m (stn 278), south of Lake

Hamana, 77 m (stn 288); east of Sata-misaki,

Kagoshima, 117 m (stn 298); south of Owase,

Mie, 123 m (stn 360); near Omae-zaki,

Shizuoka, 64 m (stn 376); south of Koshiki

Islands, 132 m (stn 132); southeast of Goto

Islands, 152 m (stn 431); and Tsugaru Strait,

91 m (stn 651). Yokoya’s original description and

figure ol the specics was presumably based on the

ovigerous female from Kagoshima (stn 298) He

did not designate a holotype, and therefore, ail

specimens are synrypes. Despite mv attempts, I

was able to find only a single lot containing one

male (SL 8.0 mm) and one ovigerous female

(fragmented!) from south of Omae-zaki,

Shizuoka (stn 278), in the collection of the

Kitakyushu Muséum ofNatural History. 1 seiec-

ted herein this male specinten as a lectotype for

Pampagurodes nipponensis. The lectotype is dried,

and its pour condition prevents me lrom making

detailed observations.

Discussion on Pampagurodes gracilipes

AND 7? nipponensis

The présent study discloses the presence of a

short right sexual tube in males of the two taxa

which hâve been previously assigned to Pagurus.

The tube is quite small, usually translucent, and

often curved posteriorly, making it casjly over-

looked in casual examination. It is inceresting to

note that the two species show close resemblance

to the members of the bernhardus group of

Pagurus proposed by McLaughlin (1974), contai¬

ning P. bernhardus (Linnaeus, 1758), P. armatus

(Dana, 1851), P. ocholensis Brandt, 1851, /.’ aleu-

ticus (Bcncdict, 1892) and P. acadianus

(Benedict, 1901). The characrcrs showing simila-

rity include a tecurved external lobe of the endo-

pod of maxillule; short, stout octllar peduncles

with ovately dilated corneae; slighlly raised dor-

solateral and dorsomesial margins of the pàlm of

chelae; and elongate, strongly twisted dactyls of

the second and third pereopods, which beat pro¬

minent médian sulcus on each latéral and mesial

surfaces. The absence of the right sexual tube in

males has been confirmed lot Pagurus armatus,

P. ochotensis and P. aleuticus (cf McLaughlin,

1974; pers. obs.), but it needs to be verified for

P. bernhardus and P. acadianus Apart from the

presence of a short right sexual tube, P. gracilipes

and P. nipponensis do not show close resemblance

to the three previously described species of

Pampagurodes ( P. makarovi McLaughlin et Haig,

1973; P laurentae McLaughlin et Haig, 1973,

and P. hartae McLaughlin et Jensen, 1996) and

Shield length (mm)

Fig. 7. — Scatter plot of rtumber of ventral spinules on dactyl of

left third pereopod and shield lenglh for Pampagurodes graci¬

lipes and P. nipponensis.

278

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New Pagurus from Japan

they are Immediately distinguishcd from the lat-

ter three species by the characters abovc mentio-

ned. The strong similarity found between two

species herein assigned to Parapagurodes and die

bernbardus group of Pagurus inay cause a ques¬

tion about che phylogenetic significance of the

sexual tube developmenr exiltibited by the genus

Parapagurodes. The présent generic assigment

should be considered provisional, at least until

such time as the phylogenetic significance of the

sexual tube development in the Paguridae is tho-

roughly discussed.

Parapagurodes gracilipes and P. nipponensis are

quite similar. At présent, the geographical ranges

of P. nipponensis appear restricted to the central

and southwestern parts of the Japanese main

islands, from Kashtma, Ibaraki to southertt

Kyushu and Taiwan, whcreas P. gracilipes is dis-

tributed from Choshi, Chiba northward to

Hokkaido, Sakhalin, and the commentai coast of

Russia (and probably Korea), Only in the Sou¬

thern part of the Kashima-nada région of the

Pacific coast, are these two species likely to over-

lap. However, the available data strongly suggest

thar they are bathymctrically scparated in the

région: P gracilipes oceurs at depths shallower

than 42 m, and P nipponensis occurs at depths

greater that 30 m. The telson provides a good

character to separate the two species. In P. graci ¬

lipes, the posterior rnargin of the telson is less

concave, wirli the termina! margins nearly hori¬

zontal (Fig. 211). In confrast, in P nipponensis,

the posterior rnargin of the telson is noticeably

concave, with the terminal margins strongly

oblique (Fig. 6G); the spincs on the terminal

rnargin may be more widely separated in P nip¬

ponensis than in P, gracilipes. Parapagurodes nippo¬

nensis usualfy has more numerous spinules on the

ventral rnargin of the ambulatory dacryls than

P. gracilipes. For example, the dactyl of the left

third pereopod beats tblrty-seven to sixty-two

spinules (45.9722 on average; N = 36) in P. nip¬

ponensis, whereas it bears nventy-six to forty-one

spinules (35.0555 on average; N = 19) in P gra¬

cilipes (see Fig. 7). Live coloration is different in

the two species. In P gracilipes , tlte palm of the

right cheliped bears a clear longitudinal line of

blue grey iridescence that is absent from the right

palm of P nipponensis. In P nipponensis, the pro-

podi of the second and third pereopods bcar

clear brown and créant stripes on the latéral sur¬

faces, whereas in P. gracilipes , the segments are

devoid of clear stripes on the latéral surfaces.

The type tnaterial of P. nipponensis included spé¬

cimens from a station in Tsugaru Strait, very

near Hakodate, the type locality of P. gracilipes,

and Inubo-zaki, wbere the two species are likely

to overlap. I could not confirm the identity ot

those specimens as they could not he located.

Therefore, Yokoya’s refetence is listed question;!

bly as “in part" in the synonymy because ol the

possibiliry that the type material mighr include

specimens of the two species. Makarov (1938;

1962) placed Yokoyas taxon in synonymy with

P. gracilipes witliuut comment. The citations by

Alcock (1905), Vinogradov (1950), Miyaké

(1965; 1975; 1982) and Takeda (1982) of

Pagurus gracilipes arc listed as "in part’’ because

theit general accounts include the ranges of both

species. The reports hy Doflein (1902), Balss

(1913), Miyaké ôc tmaluku (1980) and Baba

(1986) ol Pagurus gracilipes perrain exclusively to

the taxon occurring in Sagami Bay, Kii

Peninsula, or dosa Bay, and therefore are refe-

rable to Parapagurodes nipponensis. 1 reexantined

the specimens from Sagami Bay r referred to as

Pagurus gracilipes by Miyaké (1978), and confir-

med thaï ail actually represent Parapagurodes nip¬

ponensis.

Genus Pagurus Fabricius, 1775

Pagurus alaitii n.sp.

(Figs 8-11)

I Y Pt: MATERJAI. Japan. Off Kochi, Tosa Bay,

Shikoku, 33°15'N 133“39'E, 188-190 m,

10.VIII. 1992, bcam trawl hy RV Toyohata-Maru of

Kochi University, colI. K. Sasaki: nolotypc 6 SI

7.7 mm (CBM-ZC 3410). — Saine data, 190 ni,

7,Vil.1992, bcam trawl hy RV Toyobata-Mam, coll,

K. Sasaki: 2 para types. Sê SL, 4.6, 10.0 mm, CBM-

ZC 3417. - Sanie data: I paratype <3 SL 6.1 mnt

(MNIIN-Pg 5497). — Off Saiki. Bungo Strait,

150-200 m, 7-X1.1994, commercial trawler, coll.

T. Komaî: 1 pararvpe 6 SL 4.0 mm, 1 ovig. ?

Sl. 4.3 mm (CBM-ZC 3418).

Distribution. —- Known only from Tosa Bay,

Shikoku, and Bungo Suait, Japan, 188-190 m.

279 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Komai T.

Si/!:. — Largest specimen: SL 10 mm; ovigerous 2:

SL 4.3 mm.

HABITAT. — Found inhabiring gastropnd shells.

ETYMOLOGV'. — This species is dedicated to Dr Alain

Crosnier, the eminent sciendst of ORSTOM, Paris. I

would like to express herein my sincere thanks to him

for his generous lielp in various ways.

Description

Shield (Fig. SA) as wide as or wider than long:

antérolatéral margins terraccd; anterior margin

between rosrrnni and latéral projections concave;

posterior margin rounded; dorsal surface convex,

generally smooth, with fevv tufts of short setae

laterally. Rostrum slightly exceeding latéral pro¬

jections, broadly triangular, with or without

small terminal spimile, with few setae dorsally.

Latéral projections triangular, well-prodticed,

with long terminal spine. Posterior carapace

(Fig. 8B) with scuttered tufts of short setae dor¬

sally; posteromedian plate calcified; cardiac sulci

nearly parallel, not extending to posterior margin

of carapace; sulci cardiobranchiales noticeably

divergent posteriorly, extending posteriorly

beyond cardiac sulci.

Ocular pedunclcs (Fig. 8A) 0.52-0.7 times as

long as shield, stout, not inflated basally, cortical

région ovate, noticeably dikued; dorsomesîal sur¬

face with longitudinal rovv oi tufts of short setae.

Ocular acides triangular, dorsal surface weakly

concave, terminating subacuiely, usually with

prominent submarginal spine.

Antennular peduncles (Fig. SA) exceeding ocular

peduncles by 0.5-0.7 Icngth ol ultimate segment;

ultimate segment about 1.5 times longer than

penultimate segment, with rovv of setae dorsally;

basal segment stout, inflated ventrally and late¬

rally, bearing acute spine laterally.

Antennal peduncles (Fig. 8A) exceeding ocular

peduncles by half to three-fourths length of fifth

segment, witb supernumerary segmentation.

Fiftb segment unarmed, with levv setae on mesial

surface. Third segment with ventromesial distal

angle produced. terminating in prominent spine

partially obscurcd by tufts of moderatelv long

setae. Second segment with dorsolateral distal

angle produced, terminating in simple spine,

mesial margin with seven to nine small spines

increasing in size distally; dorsomesîal distal

angle with prominenr spine, mesial surface with

numerous setae. First segment with or without

spine laterodistally, ventrodistal margin with pro¬

minent spine ar distolatcral angle, Antennal

acide slightly arcuace, distinctiy overreaching dis¬

tal corneal margin, mesial margin unarmed, but

with numerous setae. Antennal flagella long,

simple.

Mandible (Fig. 9A) typical of genus. Maxillule

(Fig. 9B) with proximal endite subquadraçe;

endopod with ont- hristle and one sera on well-

developed, broadly based internai lobe, external

lobe produced, not reçurved Maxilla (Ftg. 0C)

wii b endopod inflated basally, reaching distal

margin of scaphognathite. First maxilliped

(Fig. 9D) witli endopod extending beyond distal

margin of distal endite. Second maxilliped

(Fig. 9E) with basis-ischium fusion incomplète.

Third maxilliped (Fig. 9F) with b axis-ischium

fusion incomplète; basis (Fig. 9G) with few pro¬

minent spines mesially; crista dentata (Fig. 9G)

composcd of relatively stout spines, becoming

smaller distally, accessory tooth strong, stout;

merus usually with acute spine on dorsodistal

margin; carpus with dorsodistal margin unar¬

med. Third thoracic sternite with distal margin

slightly convex, witb assemblage ol setae medial-

ly-

Right chelipcd of male (Figs 9H, 1, 10A, B)

considerably elongate, not setose. Chela 2.0-

2,2 times longer than wide. Dactyl shorter than

palm; dorsal surface convex with obtuse ridge

mesial to midline, granular, bearing fevv tufts of

stiff setae; dorsomesia! margin not distinctiy deli-

mited; mesial surface granular, with few tufts of

short setae; ventral surface almost smooth, with

tufts of moderately short setae; cutting edge with

rovv of moderately strong calcareous teeth and

short row of small corneous teeth suhdistally, ter¬

minating in calcareous claw. Curring edge of

fixed finger wirh. rov\ r of moderately strong calca¬

reous teeth in proximal 0.75 and small calcareous

teeth in distal 0.25, terminating in calcareous

claw. Palm slightly longer than carpus; dorsal

surface convex, granular (granules subsquamate

under high magnification, often forming rrans-

verse rows, Fig. 91), dorsomesial margin nearly

straight, nor strongly delimited but weakly eleva-

I 280

ZOOSVSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New Pagurus from Japan

ted, dorsolateral margin convex, with row o( Carpus distinctly broadened distally, with small

small blunt spines or granules, extending poste- to moderately strong spines on dorsomesiaJ mar-

romesially, and becoming stronger distally; gin, dorsolateral margin not dèümtted, dorsal

mesial, latéral and ventral surfaces granular; ven- surface with moderately strong spines and tnulri-

tral surface moderately in fia ted, with tufts of fid or simple tuberclcs ofvarious size» distal mar-

moderately short or long setae on fixed finger. gin with few spines; latéral surface with

Fig. 8. — Pagurus alaini n.sp., holotype tf SL 7.7 mm (CBM-ZC 3416), Tosa Say, Shikoku Japan; A, shleld and cephalic appen-

dages, dorsal (selae on rlght side partially omitted); B, carapace, dorsal (setae on shield and right side of remaining carapace omit-

ted); C, sternal lobe of sixth thoracic somite, ventral; D, distal three segments of right fourth pereopod, latéral; E, distal part of dactyl

of right fourth pereopod, latéral; F, coxae of fifth pereopods and sternal lobe of eighth thoracic somite, ventral; G, telson, dorsal.

Scale bars: A. D, 2 mm; B, 5 mm; C, F, G, 1 mm; E, 0.5 mm.

281 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Komai T.

numerous multifid or simple tubercles; ntesial

surface slightly concave, with fewer small simple

tubercles or protubérances, ventromesial margin

with row of small tubercles; ventral surface

moderately inflated. vcntrolateral margin with

row of small tubercles or subacuce spines distally.

Merus with dorsal surface bearing transverse low

protubérances accompanied by bristles and tu ifs

of moderately long setae proxinially, distal mar¬

gin with one prominent spine; mesial surface not

granulare, latéral surface with small simple or

multifid tubercles ventrally; ventTal surface with

moderately small tubercles (simple or sometinies

multifid) or with clusters of granules, ventrolate-

ral margin with row of small or moderately small

tubercles or spines, becoming stronger and more

acute distally. Ischium with scattered ru/ts of

serae and row ol small but acute spines on mesial

margin.

Left cheliped (Figs 9J. 10C, D) overreaching base

of dactyl of rigbt cheliped or reacbing mid-Iength

of palm. Chela with greatest width across base of

dactyl 2.4 rimes longer than wide. Dactyl dis-

tinctly longer than palm; dorsal surface slightly

convex, rnostly smooth, with médian row of

small simple or b i fi cl tubercles proximally and

scattered tufts of stiff setae, dorsomesial margin

nor distinct!}' delimited; mesial surface with row

of small tubercles or low bifid protubérance; ven¬

tral surface almost smooth, with tufts of modera¬

tely long setae; cutting edge witli row of.small,

acute or blunt calcareous tceth and interspersing

small corrteous tectli, tcrminating in small cor-

neous claw. Cutting edge of fi.xed finger with row

of small corneous teeth, terminating in calca-

reous claw. Palm disrinctly shorrcr than carpus;

dorsal surface with granules and small tubercles,

often forming transverse rows, promincntly ele-

vated in midline and with two or three rows of

small tubercles, extending onto fixed finger and

increasing in sizc distally; dorsomesial margin

not strongly delimited. dorsolateral margin near-

Iy straight or slighrly sinuous, with row of small

tubercles, extending to proximal 0.3 of fixed fin¬

ger; mesial surface with relative!)' Strong tubercles

dorsally, ralher smooth, with few tufts of setae

ventrally; latéral surface coarsely granular; ventral

surface muderately inflated, nearly smooth, with

scattered tufts of setae on fixed finger. Carpus

slightly widened distally, with row of small

tubercles and one or few moderately strong

spines, dorsolateral margin with row of modera¬

tely strong spines and small spines or tubercles,

dorsal surface nearly smooth, distal margin

concave, with strong submedîan projection, bea¬

ring few moderately strong spines; latéral surface

with scattered multifid protubérances and verti¬

cal rows of granules, often bearing few setae;

mesial surface with fewer moderately small,

simple or multifid tubercles or protubérances,

ventromesial margin with row of relarively strong

simple or multifid tubercles; ventral surface

moderately inflated, with low tubercles or protu¬

bérances. Merus with dorsal surface bearing

transverse low protubérances, sometimes exten¬

ding tu mesial surface, and with bristles and tufts

of moderately long setae proximally, distal mar¬

gin wïih one prominent spine; mesial surface not

granulate, but with low protubérances ventrally,

latéral surface also not granulate, but with small

tubercles ventrally; ventral surface with modera¬

tely small rubercles (simple or sometimes mulri-

fid) and few setae, ventrolateral margin with row

of small to moderately small tubercles or spines

becoming rnore acute distally. Ischium with scat¬

tered tufts of setae and row of small but acute

spines on mesial margin.

AmbuJatory pereopods (Fig. 11A-C) long, sinti-

lar to left front righl. Dactyls 1.45-1.81 tintes

longer iltan propodi in second pair, 1.63-

1.79 tintes longer in tltird pair, relarively slender;

in latéral view, wcakly to moderately curved ven¬

trally: in dorsal view, weakly Iwisted; dorsal sur¬

faces obtuscly ridged throughout leuglli. with

small subacute protubérances and row ol long

brislleS or small corneous spines in distal half;

latéral and mesial surfaces eaclt with prominent

longitudinal sulcus, accompanied proximally

with cleep dépréssion; mesial surfaces with row of

small corneous spines dorsally; ventral margin

wealcly sinuous, with eleven to twenty-three

small corneous spines, becoming longer and

more elosely-set distally. Propodi distinctly lon¬

ger than carpi; dorsal surfaces eacli with irregular

rows of simple or small multidcnticulate spines

and very few bristles, distal margins usually unar-

med; latéral and mesial surfaces eaclt with sntall

simple or multidenticulate spines dorsally and

282

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New Pagurus from Japan

Fig. 9. — Pagurus alaini n.sp., holotype 6 SL 7.7 mm (CBM-ZC 3416), Tosa Bay, Shikoku. Japan; lett mouthparts; A, mandible.

internai: B, maxillule, external: inset, endopod, latéral; C, maxilla, exlernal; D, first maxilliped, external: E. second maxilliped, exter-

nal; F, third maxilliped, latéral (external); G, ischium of third maxilliped. dorsal (internai): H, cbela and carpus of right cheliped. dorsal

(granules on dorsal surface of palm not depicted); I, central portion of dorsal surface of right palm, dorsal; J, chela and carpus of lett

cheliped. dorsal. Scale bars: A-G, 1 mm; H, J, 5 mm; I, 0.5 mm.

283 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New Pagurus from Japan

with few simple or bifid small tubcrdes dorsally;

ventral surface smooth. Meri with weakly convex

dorsal and ventral margins; dorsal surfaces each

with transverse, inultidenticulate ridges bearing

bristles, mesial margins not particularly delimi-

ted; latéral surface nearly smooth, with scattered

small, low protubérances dorsally and ventrally:

mesial surlace nearly smooth; ventral margins

each with row oi small protubérances. Ischia

with ventral margins smooth but with few setae;

dorsal surfaces each with dense setae. Coxae

unarmed; fcmalc with paired gonopores on third

pereopods. Anterior sternal lobe on sixth thora-

cic somite subovate. slightly skewed, anterior sur¬

face with long setae.

Fourth pereopods (Fig. 8D, E) setose, semichelate.

Dactyl slightly curved, terminating in corneous

claw, ventral rnargin with row of corneous spi-

nules; preungual process distinctly smaller than

terminal claw, basally articulated, showing a

sfrongly compressed, scale-like piece. Propodal

rasp composed of single row of relative!}' large

corneous scales.

Filth pereopods chelate. Male gonopores on

coxae ( Fig. 8F) each encircled by row of setae,

vas delerence not prorruded on either side.

Srernite ol eighth thoracic somite (Fig. 8F) deve-

loped antcroventrnlly as two subovate lobes sepa-

rated by decp médian and posterior grooves,

anterior margins each with long setae.

Abdomen with three imequally biramous unpai-

red pleopods on third to fifth «omîtes in males,

exopods moderately well-developed, endopods

reduced; with four unpaired pleopods in females,

Fig. 11. — Pagurus alaini n.sp„ holotype 3 SL 7.7 mm (CBM-ZC 3416). Tosa Bay, Shikoku, Japan; A, left second pereopod, latéral;

B, left third pereopod. latéral; C, same, dactyl, mesial. Scale bars: A. B, 5 mm; C, 2 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Komai T.

second to l'ourdi pleopods widi both rami well-

developed, fi fi h pleopod with cxopod well-

developed, endopod noticeably reduced.

Uropods strongly asymmetrical. Telson (Fig. 8G)

with posterior lobes strongly asymmetrical, sépa¬

ra tcd by indistinct or srnall médian eleft; termi¬

nal margins oblique, with marginal and

submarginal spines, strongest at ou ter angles;

latéral margins denticulatc, particularly on left

side, sometimes with lew contenus spitmles;

transverse incision moderately deep.

Eleven pairs of phyllobranchiae.

Coloration

In fresh specimens: carapace, chelipeds and

ambulatory percopods getierally light brown.

Chelipeds with strong iridescence on chela and

carpus. Second and rhird percopods with tinge of

red around each articulation of dactyl, propodus

and carpus, no niarked scripes 01 bands.

In preservative: faded rnto straw colo-ur generally,

but iridescence on chelipeds preserved for a long

tinte.

Remarks

The number of corneous spines on the ventral

margins of the ambulatory dactyls tends to

increase with growtb in tlirs new species, The

right antenna and the dactyl of the right second

pereopod of the Itolotype are apparently aber¬

rant. The distal two segments of the antennal

peduncle are abnornially short and slender and

the flagellum is not fully differentiated. The dac¬

tyl of the right second pereopod is abnormally

short. These are presumably due to injury.

Pagurus il ta nu is very similar to P, kaiensis

McLaughlin, 1997, recentlv dcscribed front the

Kai Islands, lndonesîa. Nevertheless, it is distin-

guished front the Indonesian species by the rela-

tively well-produced rostrum reaching beyond

the latéral projections and the structure of the

preungual process of rite dactyl of the fourrh per-

eopod. In the new species, the preungual process

appears as a sntall scale-like piece which is dis-

tinctly smaller than the terminal claw. In

P. kaiemis, it is a stout projection, being disrinct-

ly larger than the terminal claw. More numerous

vental spines on the ambulatory dactyls (13-23 vs

11-14) séparâtes P alaini from P. kaiensis.

Coloration is apparently different in the two spe¬

cies. In P. alaini , the chelipeds and ambulatory

percopods are cnrirely light brown or tan, some¬

times with tinge of red around each articulation

of the ambulatory percopods; the dorsal surfaces

of each pereopod beats strong iridescence. In

P kaiensis, even in preserved conditions, the che¬

lipeds beat' an overall faint orange tint, apprécia¬

ble faded on the chelae, but darker on the çarpi

and rneri; the meri hâve splotches of whire; each

ambulatory pereopod beats longitudinal stripes

of orange on the latéral face of the carpus and

the latéral, rnesial, and ventral surfaces of the

dactyl (McLaughlin 1997).

Although previous authors (e.g. Forest & de

Saint Laurent 1967; McLaughlin 1974) hâve

tried to divide rhe genus Paginas îiuo several

informai species groups, al présent no species-

group assignment eau bc made for /’ alaini. In

the structure of the ambulatory dactyls, which

are rwisted and hear a prominent médian sulcus

on each surface, and associate proximal déprés¬

sions on the lareral and rnesial surfaces, as well as

the armamenr of the posterior margin of telson,

P. alaini (also P. kaiensis) appears superftcrally

related to the members of the bernhardus group

of Pagurus of McLaughlin (1974). However, rhe

less-produced rostrum, straight, not recurved

outer lobe of the endopod of maxillitle, confor¬

mation of the lefr chela, and single row of cor¬

neous scales of rhe propodal rasp, exclude

P alaini front that group.

Acknowledgements

It is a pleasure to dedicate this study to Alain

Crosnier for h is many years of outstanding

contributions to, and support of, dccapod syste-

marics. I .tnt most grateful to Patsy

A- McLaughlin of the .Shannon Point Marine

Cenrer, Western Washington University, for pro-

viding the aurhor with copy of her manuscript

and draw ings of Pagurus kaiensis, and for revic-

wing the manuscript. I am greatly indebced to

the following scientists foc sending me ntaterial

on loan or donation: Kunio Amaoka, Seiji

Goshima, Marnoru Yabe, and Fumihito Muto,

Hokkaido University, Hakodate; Tin-Yam Chan,

National Taiw r an Océan University, Keelung;

I 286

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 30(2)

New P a gu rus from Japan

Kazunori Hasegawa and Hiroshi Namikawa,

Sliowa Memorial Insiitute, National Science

Muséum, Tsukuba; Syuka Maruyama, Wakkanai

Fisheries Experimental Station, Wakkanai; Kunio

S. isaki and Hiromitsu. Endo, Eaculty of Science,

Kochi University, Kochi; Kyoichiro Ueda and

Yoshitaka Yabumoto, Kitakyushu Muséum of

Natural History, Kitakyusliu. Rafael Lentaitre,

National Muséum of Narural History,

Washington D.C., kindly reviewed the manus-

cript and offered valuahle comments on it.

T. -Y. Chan kindly provided me witli his colour

slide of Purapaguroaes nippnneusis for publica¬

tion. Part of this srudy vvas supportcd by a grant

from the Research In.stituie of Marine

Invertebrates.

REFERENCES

Alcock A. 1905. —Catalogue of the Indian decapod

Cmstacea in the collection of the Indian Muséum.

Part 2. Anomura. Fuse. I. P agit ri des. Indian

Muséum, Calcutta, xi + 197 p.

Baba K. 1986. — Anomura and Brathyura, /« Japan

Fisheries Resource Conservation Association, Baba

K., Hayashi K.-Y. Ht Torivama M. (eds), Decapod

Crustaceans from continental shelf and dope around

Japan. Japan Fisheries Rcsource Conservation

Association. Tokyo. 336 p. |in Japanese and

English |.

Balss H. 1913. — Ôstasiajîschc Decapoden I. Die

Galatlieiden und i’aguridcn. in Bcîtragc zur

Naturgcxchîchtc Osttraicns, herausgcgelicn von Dr.

F. Dot) ein. Ahhandlungen der Bayerischen Akademie

der Wissnscbaften , Maihematiseb-Naturwissen-

schajtlicheAhteilung. Suppl. 2 (9): 1-85, pis 1, 2.

Benedict J. F. 1892. — l’reliminary descriptions of

thirty-seven ncw species of herrnit crans ol the

gettus Fupagurus in the U.S. National Muséum.

Proccedi nvs of the United States National Muséum

15:1-36."

— 1901. — The hennit crabs of the Payants bernhar-

dus type. Ptvteedings of the United States National

Muséum 15: 451-466.

Brandt F. 1851 — Krebse, in Middendorf A. T. von,

Reise in den Hassersten Norde» and (htm Sibiriens

wahrend der Jahre !B4 I and IB4-i mil allerlmhster

Genehmigttng auf Veranstaltung der Kaiserlicben

Akademie der Wtssenschafien zu St. Petersburg aus-

gefiihrt und in Verbindnng mit vielen (lelehrten

herausgegcben (Zoologie) 2 (1): 77-148, pis 5. 6.

Dana J. D. 1851. — Conspectum crustaceorum quae

in orbis terrarum circumnavigatione, Carolo

Wilkes e classe rcipublicae foederatae duce, lexit et

descrîpsit. [Prcprint from] Proccedings of the

Aeademy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 5:

267-272 (not seen).

Doflein F. 1902. — Ostasiatische Dckapoden.

Ahhandlungen Koniglich Bayererischen Akademie

der Wissenchaftcn. mathematisch-physikalischen

K lasse 21:61 3-670, pis I -6.

Fahricius J. ( . 1775. — Systema entomoligiae, sistens

imectorum classes, ordines, généra, species, adieetis

synonyms , lacis, descriptiorubus, observationibus.

Plcnsburg and Leipzig, xxxii + 832 p.

Forcst |. & Saint Laurent M, de 1%7. - Résultats

scientifiques des campagnes de la « Calypso •>, VII.

Campagne de la « Calypso » au large des côtes

atlantiques de l'Amérique du Sud (1961-1962). 6.

Crustacés Décapodes : Pagurides. Annales de l'Ins¬

titut Océanographique de Monaco 45 (2): 45-172,

P 1 ' }:

lgarashi 1. 1970. A list of marine decapod trusta

céans front i lokkaido, deposired at the Fisheries

Muséum, Facultv of Fisheries, Hokkaido

University, U. Anomura. Contribution No. U from

the Fisheries Muséum, Faculty oj Fisheries. Hokkaido

University. 1-1 5, pis 1-9.

Kim F.-S. 1973. — Anomura and Brathyura.

IHusrated encyclopedia of fattna and flora of Karen

14: 1-694, text Figs 1-265, pis 1-112 lin RoreanJ.

Sarnlia Publishîng Co. Séoul.

Komai T., Maruyama S. & Konishi K. 1992. —A lisi

of decapod crustaceans front Hokkaido, norrhern

Japan. Retearches on Cmstacea 2 1: 189-205 (in

Japanese vvirh English absrractf

Lemaître R. 1995. — A review of rhe herrnit crabs of

the gémis Xy/opagurus A. Milite Edwards, 1880

(Crustacea: Decapoda: Paguridae), including des¬

criptions of two ncw spetiea. Smithsonian

Contributions la /.oology 570: i-iii. 1 -27.

Linnaeus C, 1758. Systema naturac per régna tria

naturae, secundum classes, ordines, généra, species,

cum characterihus, differentiis, synonymis lacis,

ed. 10, I: i-iii, 1-824.

Makarov V V. 1938. — | Crustacés Décapodes uno-

ntures], in Shtakelberg A. A,(cd.), Fanna SSSR ( 11 .

ser.) 16 (10) (3): i-x,. 1-324. pis 1-5 lin Russian],

Akadcmii N’auk SSSR. Moscow ar Leningrad.

— 1962. — Crustacea Decapoda Anomura. in Fanna

of USSR, 10 (3): 1-278, pis 1-5 [English translation

puhlished for the National Science Foundation and

Smithsonian Institution. Washington, 19. C.,

U.S.A], Israël Program lur Seientific Translation,

Jerusarem.

Mcl.aughlin I’. A. 1974. — The herrnit crabs

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Paguridea) of northwesrern

Nttrih America. Ztmlovtsche Verhandelingen 130:

1-396, pi. 1.

— 1997. — Crustacea Decapoda: Herrnit crabs of the

lamily Paguridae from Karubar Expédition in

Indonesia, in Crosnier A. ôc Bouchet P. (eds),

Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

287 I

Komai T.

16, Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire natu¬

relle 172:433-572.

McLaughlin P. A. & Haig J. 1973. — On che status of

Pagurus méfierait Brandt, with descriptions of a new

genus and two new species front California

(Crustacea: Decapoda; Paguridae). Bulletin of the

Southern California Acadcmy of Sciences 72: 113-136.

McLaughlin P, A. & Jensen G. C. 1996. — A new

species of herntit crab of die genus Parapagurodes

(Decapoda: Anomura: Paguridae) front the eastern

Pacific, wîth a description of its first zoeal stage.

Journal of N mural Histary 30: 841-854.

Miyaké S. 1957. — Anonturan decapod fauna of

Hokkaido, Japan. Journal of Fuculty of Sciences,

Hokkaido LJniversity, Sériés 6, 13: 85-92.

— 1965. — Anontura: 630-652, figs 1032-1115 [in

Japanese], in Okada K., Uchida S. & Uchida T.

(eds), New illustrated encyctopcdia of the fauna oj

Japan. Hokuryukait, Tokyo.

— 1975. — Anomura: 110-119. 187-342 [in

Japanese], in Utinomi F, (ed.), Freshwater and

marine animais, Gakusltukenkyusha, Tokyo.

— 1978. — The Crustacea Anomura ofSagami Bay.

Biologicnl Laboratory, Impérial Household, Tokyo,

ix + 200 p.

— 1982. — Japanese Crustacean Decapods and

Stomatopods in Color. Vol. 1. Macrura, Anomura

and Stomatopoda. Hoikusha, Osaka, iii + 261 p.,

pis 1-56 | in japanese],

Miyaké S. & Tmafuku M. 1980. — Hermit crabs

front Kii Peninsula II. Nankiseibutsu: Nanki

Biologica!Society 22: 59-64, pis 1,2 [in Japanese].

Rathbun R. 1883. — Descriptive catalogue of the col¬

lection illustrating the scientific investigations of

the sea and fresn waters. Great International

Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. Bulletin oj the

United States National Muséum 27: 513-621.

Stimpson W. 1858. — Crustacea, Prodromus descrip-

tionis anintalium evertebratorum, quae in expedi-

tione ad oceanunt Pacificum septentriônalem, a

Republica Federata ntissa, Cadwatdaro Ringgold et

Johanne Rodgers ducibus, observavit et descripcit.

VIL [Preprint (Deccmber 1858) front] Proceedings

of the Academy of N a tarai Sciences of Philadelphia

1858:225-252. '

— 1907. — Report on the Crustacea (Brachyura and

Anomura) collected by the Pacific Exploring

Expédition, 1853-1856. Smithsonian Miscellaneous

Collections 49 (1717): 1-240, pis 1-26.

Takeda M, 1982. — Keys ta the Japanese and foreign

Crustaceatis fitlly illustrated in colors, Hokuryukan,

Tokyo, vi + 1 -58 (keys) + 284 p.

Terao A. 1913. — A catalogue of hcrmit-crahs found

in Japan (Paguridae cxcluding 1 ithodidae), with

descriptions of four new species. Annotationes

ZoologicaeJaponaises 8 (2): 355-391.

(Jrita T. 1942. — Decapod crustaceans front

Saghalien, Japan. Bulletin of the Biogeographical

Society of Japan 12 (1): 1-77.

Vinogradov L. G. 1950. — [A key to the shrimps,

lobsters and crabs of the Far East.J Izvestija tikhoo-

keanskogo nauchna-issledouateliskogo Instittita rybtio-

go Khozjaist.va i Okeanographii 33: 179-358,

pis 39-43 [in Russian],

Yokoya Y. 1933. — On the distribution of decapod

Crustacea hihabiting the continental shelf around

Japan, chiefly Ltased upon the ntaterîals collected by

S. S. "Sovo Maru” during the years 1923-1930.

Journal of College of Agriculture, Impérial University

of Tokyo 12 (1): 1-226.

— 1939. — Macrura and Anomura of decapod

Crustacea found in the neighborhood of Onagawa,

Miyagi-ken. Science Reports ofTohoku Impérial

University, sériés 4, 14: 261-289.

I 288

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885

(Parapaguridae), with comments

on its relationships and évolution

Rafael LEMAITRE

Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Muséum of Natural History,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 (U.S.A.)

Iemaitre.rafael@nmnh.si.edu

Lemaitre R. 1998. — Revisiting Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885 (Parapaguridae), with

comments on its relationships and évolution. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 289-305.

KEY WORDS

deep-water herrait crab,

Parapaguridae,

Tylaspis,

Probeebei,

morphology,

pleopod development.

ABSTRACT

The parapagurid hermit crab Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885, has been

discovered living in association with anémones in New Caledonia. Very few

specimens were known of this species, previously thought to carry its abdo¬

men unprotected, or perhaps bury it in the soft botrom sédiment. The study

of ail available specimens of this striking hermit crab revealed lack of details

and morphologies! inaccuracics in published accounts. As a result, the mono-

typic genus Tylaspis Henderson, 1885 has been rediagnosed, and T. anomala

Henderson, 1885 rcdescribcd and illustrated. The genus Tylaspis has been

found to bc more closely related to another monotypic genus, Probeebei

Bonne, 1926, represented by P. mirabilis Boone, 1926, than to any other

parapagurid genus. A summary of the taxonomy and diagnosis of P. mirabilis

is presented. The morphological similarities and différences, pleopod deve¬

lopment, and habitat of these two species are discussed. Possible evolutionary

explanations of their unusual morphology are explored.

289 I

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

Lemaitre R.

MOTS CLÉS

pagures de profondeur,

P.irapagurid.te,

fylaspis anomabt,

Probtebei mirabilis.

morpholouie,

développement des pléopotles.

RÉSUMÉ

Réexamen de Tylaspis anornala Hcnderson, 1885 (Parapaguridae) et discussion

sur ses affinités et son évolution. Tylaspis anornala, un Parapagurklae associé à

des acrinies, a été découvert en Nouvelle-Calédonie. On ne connaissait que

très peu de spécimens de cette espèce et on croyait que son abdomen n était

pas protégé ou bien qu elle s enfouissait dans les sédiments meubles. L étude

de tous les spécimens disponibles de ce pagure étonnant n révélé, dans les

descriptions précédentes, l'absence de détails morphologiques et des impréci¬

sions. Le genre monotypique Tylapsis Hcnderson, I HR 5 est redéfini et

T. anornala est redécric et figuré. l.c genre Tylapsis apparaît plus proche d'un

autre genre monotypique, Prabeebti Boone, 1426, représenté par P. mirabilis

Bonne, 1926, que d’aucun autre genre de Parapagurtdae. La taxonomie et

une diagnose de P. mirabilis sont brièvement présentées. Les similitudes et

différences morphologiques, le développement des pléopodes et l'habirat de

ces deux espèces sont discutes. Des hypothèses explicatives sur l'évolution de

leur morphologie inhabituelle sont proposées.

INTRODUCTION

The unusual hermit crab Tylaspis anornala

Henderson, 1885 was described from a male spé¬

cimen discovered in cleep waters (4344 m) of the

South Pacific during the British Challenger expé¬

dition (1872-1876) (Henderson 1885, 1888).

According to Henderson (1888), the calcified

céphalothorax apparcntly unprotected by a gas-

tropod shell, alone sufficed to disringuish T. ano-

mala from ail other hermit cm 1rs. Since the

original description, F. anornala has been men-

tioned in faunistic studios and evolutionaty dis¬

cussions ol pagnroids, or used as one of the

prime ex a m p 1 es of life in the deep sea ( e.g.

Alcock 1905; Pzibram 1905; Borradaile 1916;

Wolff 1961a, b; Russell 1962; Menzies et al.

1973; Marshall 1979; Gage Tyler 1991).

Additional material was reported by de Saint

Laurent (1972), including the first known

females, based on collections obtaincd during

one of the US Albatross expéditions. De Saint

Laurent also reinstated and redelined the family

Parapaguridae, and placed 77 anornala in this

family based on such characters as presence of

labral spine, lack of exopodal flagellum on the

first maxilliped, undivided abdominal tergites,

unpaired left gonopore in females, and telson

lacking médian constriction. This familial arran¬

gement has been followed by subséquent carci-

nologists (McLaughlin 1983; Lemaitre 1989,

1996).

During studies of the extensive deep-water her¬

mit crab collections obtaincd during various

recent French sampling campaigns in the New

Caledonia région, two relatively large, well-

preserved male spécimens ol Tylaspis anornala

were found, cach carrying an anemone as mcans

of protection. Previous spécimens of 77 anornala

had been collected without any évidence of pro¬

tection for rheir abdomen, leading carcinologists

to speculate wherher this spccies was ircc-living

with its abdomen unprotected (Balss 1924;

Melin 1939; Wolff 1961a, b), or protected its

membranous abdomen by burying it in the soft

ooze of the sea floor (Borradaile 1916). The dis-

covery of the New Caledonia spécimens suggests

an an.swer to this long-standing question. Also

during this study, an additional specimeit of

77 anornala collected in the western Pacific east ol

Guarn, was located in the Zoological Muséum of

Moscow State University (D. Zhadan, pers.

I 290

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala

comm.). This finding extends considerably the

distribution of this species front the eastern

South Pacific to the western Pacific.

In addition to the apparent absence of shell-

carrying behavior, there are also several morpho-

logical characteristics of Tylaspis anomala that are

unusual araong hennit crahs. Most strikmg are:

the calcification of the posterior carapace and its

partial fusion with the shicld: rite apparent

absence or considérable réduction of the ocular

acides; very long, slender and spinous walking

legs (second and third pereopods); the lack of

propodal rasp on the fourth pereopod; and sym-

metrical uropods and telson. Despite the unusual

learures found in T. anomala , surprîsingly few

details on these and other important aspects of

its morphology are available in published

accounts. For example, previous descriptions of

T. anomala indicate that males hâve only paircd

first and second pleopods, and unpaired lefr

third to fifth (llenderson 1888; de Saint Laurent

1972). However, the New Caledonia male spéci¬

mens hâve five pairs of pleopods, albeit the third

to fifth are asymmetrical (lefr biramous, right

uniramous and short). Detailed examination of

other available material of T. anomala , rcvcaled

additional discrepancies or inaccuracies in publi-

shed accounts of this taxon. In view of these

Fig. 1. — Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885, New Caledonia, BIOCAL stn CP 17, dorsal view of S (SL 8.7 mm) (MNHN-Pg 5533).

Scale bar: 10 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

291 I

Fig. 2. — A. Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885. New Caledonia. BIOCAL stn CP 17, 6 (SL 8.7 mm) (MNHN-Pg 5533): cephalic

appendages, shield, and posierior carapace (dorsal view); B D, Probeebei mirabilis Boone, 1926. eastern Pacific, off Peru, Albatross

stn 4647, 04 '33'S - 87 42’30 'W, 2005 fm, 3667 m, 9.XI.1904 (USNM 267810); B, abdomen, posterïor portion of céphalothorax and

right fourth pereopod (dorsal view) of ovigerous ? (SL 20.7 mm); C, céphalothorax and abdomen (dorsal view) of è (SL 23,9 mm):

D, sternum, abdomen, uropods and telson (ventral view) of same i. Scale bars: A, 5 mm; B-D, 10 mm.

I 292

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala

defficienries, i: is clear that a more detailed and

accurate diagnosis of the monotypic genus

Tylaspis is needed, as well as a redescriprion of its

species T. anomala.

While comparing the morphoiog)’ of T. anomala

with that of orher parapagurids, ir was found

that ntany characters are shared with another

unique parapagurid, Prnbeebei mirabilis Boone,

1926, to which T. anomala is probably most clo-

sely related. The morphological similatities and

différences ol these rwo species are desetibed in

detail, including pleopod development as estima-

red Iront a small sériés ol yuung individuals. The

possible evolutionary interprétation ol the unu-

sual morphology ol the céphalothorax and abdo¬

men of these tvvo species is briefly discussed.

Although P. mirabilis bas been previously descri-

bed in detail by Wolff (1961b), it is appropriate

for comparison purposes to include here a sunt-

mary of its taxonomy as well as diagnostic cha¬

racters based on rhe examination of many

specintens in the collections of the National

Muséum of NaturaJ History, Smithsonian

Institution, Washington D. C. (USNM), and

Zoologisk Muséum, Copctihagcn (ZMK).

The New Caledonia matcrial of 7. anomala is

deposited in the Muséum national d Histoire

naturelle, Paris (MNHN); the type is housed in

rite Natural History Muséum, London [former-

Jy British Muséum (Natural History)] (NHM);

the Albatross specimens are part ol the collections

in the USNM; and an additions! specimen is

deposited in the Zoological Muséum Moscow

State University (ZMUM). The type of

Prnbeebei mirabilis Boone, 1926 remains deposi¬

ted in the American Muséum of Natural History,

New York (AMNH). A single measurement,

shield length, indicative of size, is included in

paremhesis, as measured (to the nearest 0.1 mm)

trom rhe tip of the rostrum to rhe midpoint of

the posterior rnargin of the shield. General ter-

minology follows McLaughlin (1974) and

Lemaitre (1989), except fin grooves, lineae, and

sulci, used as summarized in Lemaitre (1995: 2,

ftg. 1); rhe sulcus verticalis was not included by

Lemaitre, and is used as defmed by Boas (1926)

and Pilgrim (1973). fhe term semichclate” is

used according to the définition provided by

McLaughlin (1997: 435).

SYSTEMATICS

Genus 7 ylasph Henderson. 1885

Tylaspis Henderson, 1885: 900; 1888: 81. - A. Milne

Edwards & Bouvier 1893: 7. — Alcock 1905: 25. -

Borradaile 1916: 121, figs 12, 13b. — Balss 1927:

1012.; — Melin 1939: l3.-WolfF 1961a: 931; 1961b:

25, lig. I lb. - Gordan 1956: 342. — de Saint Laurent

1972; 120. - Marshall 1979: 304. - Gage & Tyler

1991: 83.

TYPE SPECIES. — Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885,

by monotypy.

Distribution. — Pacific Océan.

Diagnosis

Eleven pairs of phyllobranchiate gills. Shield and

Fig. 3, — Ocular peduncles. acides (arrows) and rostrum (dor-

solateral view); A. Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885, New

Caledonia, BIOCAL stn CP 17, i (8.7 mm) (MNHN-Pg 5533):

B, Probeebei mirabilis Boone. 1926. easlern Pacific, off Peru,

Albatross stn 4647. 04 r 33'S - 87 : 42’30'W, 2005 fm, 3667 m,

9.XI.1904 (USNM 267810). Scale bars: A, 1 mm; B, 2 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

293

Lemaitre R.

posterior carapace partially RiSed (Figs 1, 2A),

well-calcified. Rostrum well developed,

Branchiostegites membranous. Shield marked by

deep calcified cervical groove and linea transver-

salis; dorsal surface strongly convex. Posterior

carapace (Fig. 2A) lacking lineac or sulci; latéral

margins arciform. Ocular acides (Fig. 3A) redu-

ced. Antennular and antennal peduncles distinct-

ly overreaching eyestalks. Fourth segment of

antennal peduncle (Fig. 4B) unarmed. Thoracic

sternite (Fig. 4G) of chclipeds narrow. Stérilités

of second and third percopods niodcrately broa-

dened. Sternites of fourth and fifth percopods

each consisting of transverse rod subdivided in

midline, tliat of fifth very narrow and widely

separated front precedtng sternite. Ambtilatory

legs (Fig. I ) very long and slender; second wal-

king leg (third pereopod) distinctly longer thau

first (second pereopod). Abdomen membranous

(Fig. 1), except for niodcrately calcified tergite of

first somite and pleura of second soinite.

Uropods and telson (Fig. 4H) symmetrical.

Males witli well-developed paired first and

second pleopods modified as gonopods, and

asymmetrically paired third to fifth pleopods; left

third to fifth pleopods biramous, right third to

fifth rudimemary (each consisting of small bud).

Females lacking first pleopods; second to fifth

pleopods paired (symmetrical or asymmetrical).

Tylaspis anomala I lenderson, 1885

(Figs 1,2A, 3 A, 4-7)

Tylaspis anomala Hendcrsun, 1885 : 900. fig. 329;

1888: 81, pl. 8, fig. 5. Alcock 1905: 191. - Pzibram

1905: 198. - Balss 1924: 763, fig. 19. - Melin 1939:

15. - Gordan 1956: 342. - WulfF 1961b: 26. -

Russell 1962: 20.— de Saint Laurent 1972: 121. —

Menzies étal. 1973: 235.

HOLOTVPE. — South Pacific. Challenger, stn 285,

32°36’S - 137”43’\V» 2375 fin (4344 m): 1 6,

5.7 mm (NHM 1888: 33).

AoniVlONAI MATI'KIAl. New Caledonia. NO /etin

Charcot, BIOCAL stn CP 17, 20"35’S - 167°25'E,

3680 m, I4.V1II.1985: 2 6 6, 7.2. 8.7 mm (MNI1N-

Pg 553 $1.

Pacific Océan (other). NE ni F.aster Island, Alhatross,

stn 4701, I9"11'5 102‘ , 24'W, 2265 fin (4143 m),

26.X11.1904: 2 6 6, 6.5, 6.5 mm; 2 9$, 5.9,

8.0 mm (USNM 168482). — E ol Guam, Akademik

Mstislav Keldysh, 9th cruisc, stn 1065, 14°09.5’N -

155°54.04'E. 3800-4270 m. 4-5.X1.1984: 1 6, 8.0

mm [not seen| (ZMUM Ma-4831).

i lis i RlbUTION. — Pacific Océan: NE of Easter Island;

New Caledonia; and East of Guam (D. Zhadan, pers.

contra.), Deptlt : 3680 to 4344 m.

H .MUTAT AND SYMBIOTIl. ASSOCIATIONS. — The spéci¬

mens front New Caledonia (MNHN-Pg 5533) were

each fottnd carrying an untdentîfied anentone (remo-

ved and urider stmly by D. Doumenc, A. Crosnier,

pers. coinm.).

Rldescription

Shield (Figs I , 2A) approximately as broad as

long. Dorsal surface strongly convex, uneven,

with scattered short setae; with distinct bulges on

latéral région, most bulges with one or more

small spines dorsally, Rostrum promincntly tri-

angular, well in advance of latéral projections of

shield; with distinct mid-dorsal lidge, Anterior

margins weakly concave. Latéral projections

broadly rounded. Antérolatéral région with one

to four small spines dorsallv. Ventrolateral mar-

gin with small spine. Posterior margin broadly

rounded. Anterodistnl margin of branchiostegite

rounded, unarmed, setose.

Posterior carapace (Figs 1, 2A) with numerous

small spines on dorsolateral surfaces; dorsoine-

dian or cardiae région somewhat elevated, gla-

brous, weakly subdivided into rhree low rounded

longitudinal ridges. Branchiosregites (Fig. 4A)

divided into anreriot and posterior portion by

broad, shallow sulcus vcrticalis.

Ocular peduncles less than half length of shield,

rttflatcd basally, and with short dorsal row of

long setae. Cornea pigmented, width subequal to

distal widrh ol ocular peduncle.

Antennular peduncle long, slender, exceeding

distal margin of cornea by half length of penulti-

mate segment; ventral flagellum with six or seven

articles. Ulrimare segment twicc as long as penul-

timate segment, with scattered setae. Rasai seg¬

ment with strong veniroinesial spine; latéral lace

with distal subreetangular lobe ol statocyst

atnied with rwo or rhree small spines, antl strong

simple or bifid spine proximally.

Antennal peduncle (Fig. 4B) exceeding distal

margin of cornea by approximately 0.3 length of

fifth segment. Flagellum long, exceeding exrended

294

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Lemaitre R.

first ambulatory leg; articles with scattered setae

one to two articles in length. Fifth segment unar-

med, with long setae lateraily and mesially.

Fourth segment unarmed: with transverse durso-

distal row of setae. Third segment with strong

ventromesial distal spine. Second segment with

dorsolateral distal angle weakly produced, termi-

nating in spine; latéral margin with one or two

small spines proximally; mesia! margin with

spine on dorsodistal angle. First segment with

two or three small spines on latéral lace; ventro¬

mesial angle produced, with three or tour small

spines lateraily. Antcniial acides straight, excee-

ding distal nvargins ot eorneae by 0.3 to 0.5 length

of acide, terminating in strong spine; mesial

margin unarmed, serose.

Mandible (Fig. 5A) wirh 3-segmented palp.

Maxillulc (Fig. 5B, C) wirh external lobe of

endopod weakly developed, internai lobe with

two long sérac. Maxilla (Fig. 5D) with endopod

exceeding distal margin of scaphognathite. First

maxilliped (Fig. 5E) with endopod exceeding

exopod in distal extension. Second maxilliped

(Fig. 5F) without distinguishing characters.

Third maxilliped (Fig. 5G) with cristil dentata of

fourteen corneous-tipped teeth; coxa and basis

each wirh snrall mesial tooth. Sternite ol third

ntaxillipeds with spine on each side ot midline.

Epistome unarmed.

Chelipeds dtssunilar Righr cheliped (Fig. 4C)

slender, w ith scattered short setae. Fingers sube-

qual to length of pa]ni, terminating in small cor-

neous claws; rips strongly curved inwardly,

crossed vvhen closed; dorsal and ventral faces

unarmed; cutting edges with irregularly sized cal-

careous teeth, and row of small, fused corneous

teeth distally. Palm longer than broad, latéral and

mesial faces rounded; dorsal and ventral laces

smooth, unarmed or ar most with scattered

minute spines; mesial tace with cwo or three irre-

gular rows of small spines. Carpus with nu mé¬

rous small spines on dorsal and ventral surfaces,

and subdistal row ol small spines on dorsal face.

Merus with numérotes small spines on dorsal and

latéral faces, mesial face smooth; ventromesial

margin with row ot spines. Ischium with spines

on dorsal margin and ventral face. Coxa with

small spines on vçnrrai tace.

Left cheliped (Fig. 4D) well-calcified, slender,

with scattered setae. Fingers terminating in small

corneous claws; dorsal and ventral surfaces unar-

med; cutting edge ot dactyl w irh row of minute,

fused corneous teeth; cutting edge of fixed finger

vvitli row r of small, regularly spaced teeth inter-

spersed w r ith minute corneous spines. Dactyl

subequal to palm in length. Palm with dorsal and

ventral surfaces unarmed, except for irregular

rows of small spines on dorsomesial face. Carpus

with numéraux small spines on dorsal surface;

ventral face with scattered small spines. Merus

wilh small spines on dorsal and latéral faces,

mesial face smooth; with ventromesial and ven-

rrolateral row of spines. Ischium with dorsal

spine and several small spines on venrral face.

Coxa wilh small spines on ventral face.

Ambulatory legs (Fig. I ) similar from righr to

left, very long and slender; second walking leg

exceeding first by full length of dactyl, and excee¬

ding excended right cheliped by nearly full

length of propodtis. Dacryls nearly straight,

approximately as long as propodi, with dorsal

row of small spines and bristle-like setae, and dis¬

tal dorsolateral and dorsomesial rows ot long

setae; ventral margin unarmed. Meri, car pi and

propodi each with numerous spines (often in

pairs) arrangée! in irregular rows on ail surfaces.

Ischia and coxae unarmed. Anterior lobe of ster-

nite of third percopods (Fig. 4G) sloping, Sctose,

unarmed or w ith one or rwo small spines.

Fourth pereopod (Fig. 4 F.) semichelate. Dactyl

subtriangular, strongly curved, terminating in

sharp corneous claw, and wirh three ro five

minute corneous spinulcs on ventral margin.

Prapodus elongate, approximately 3.5 tintes as

long as broad, with strong ventrodistal spine.

Merus, carpus, and prapodus unarmed but with

long setae.

Filth pereopod (Fig. 4F) chelate, wirh long setae

on merus, carpus, prapodus and dactyl. Dactyl

and prapodus each with weak rasp forrned of few

minute corneous Spines.

Telson (Fig. 4H) lacking transverse suture,

subrectangular, slightly longer than broad; poste-

rior margin entire. broadly rounded. unarmed.

Uropods (Fig. 4H) elongate, about four tintes as

Long as broad; rasps weakly developed, consisring

ot two ot three rows ot small corneous spines.

Male paired first gonopods (Fig. 6A) each with

296

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Lemaitre R.

elongate, subconical distal lobe; second paired

gonopods (Fig. 6B) each with distal segment

twisted distally, distomesial (ace setose, and with

Fig. 6. — Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885, New Caledoma,

BIOCAL stn CP 17. 4 , 8.7 mm (MNHN-Pg 5533): A B, left llrat

(mesial view) and second (anteriot view) gonopods . CE, third

to fifth pair ot pleopods (left on left, nght on riglit, latéral view);

A, first gonopùd; B, second gonopod; C, ililid pair; D, fourth

pair; E, fifth pair. Scale bar: 1 mm.

short bristle-like secae on latéral margin, with

short exopod (holotype only). Smaller known

female (SI 5.') mm) with second to Fifth pair of

pleopods (Fig. 7A-D) symmetrical, biramous,

each with short endopod and spar.se setac.

Largest known Female (SI 8.0 mm) with second

to fifth pair of pleopods asymmetrical

(Fig. 7E-H); left biramous, with subequal rami;

right rudimentary, each consisting of small bud.

Remarks

De Saint Laurent (1972: 121) mistakenly indica-

ted chat shc cxamined spécimens of Tylaspis ano¬

mala from US Albatross plankton station 4605.

No specimens of this species were obtaincd at

this srarion

Several important morphological leatLires of

T. anomala hâve been inaccurately or insuffi-

ciently reported in previotis descriptions of this

species. For examplc, Henderson (1888) and de

Saint Laurent (1972) srated rhat ocular acides

were absent, and this interprétation has been fol-

lowed b y rnost tarcinologists. McLaughlin

(1983) did suggest thaï the acides in three

monotypic parapagutid généra (i.e. Tylaspis ,

Prnbeebei and Typhlopagurus de Saint Laurent,

1972) were reduCed or lost, but did not specify

exactly vvhich was the condition in Tylaspis.

Alrhough the ocular acides in T. anomala are

considerably reduced and indecd not casily dis-

cernible, rhey are présent (Fig. 3A). A careful

examination of T. anomala specimens. and their

comparison with chose ot species from ail other

parapagurid gênera, ciearly indicates a conti¬

nuum from well-developed ocular acides (Sym-

pagurus Smith, 1883, Oncapagurus Lemaitre,

1996, Paragiopagurus Lemaitre, 1986, Strobo-

pagurus Lemaitre, 1989), through stages where

they arc reduced [Probeebei mirabilis Bonne,

1926 (Fig. 3 B), Typhlopagurus fores ti de Saint

Laurent, 1972] or moderately developed

[Bivalvopagums sinemis (de Saint Laurent, 1672),

species of Parapagurus Smith, 1879], to a condi¬

tion such as in T. anomala , where the acides are

barely discernible.

Alrhough rhe partial fusion and calcification of

the céphalothorax in T. anomala is a feature that

lias been previously docutnented, the absence of

linea or sulci on the posterior carapace has not.

298

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Lemaitre R.

The partial fusion of the shicld and postcrior

carapace is marked by a calcified dcep cervical

groove and lineae rransversalis. On the postcrior

carapace, there is no evidence of lineae or sulci as

seen in typical paguroids, although the slighdy

raised condition of the dorsomedian or cardiac

région (as shown in Fig. 2A) might give the

appearance that there is at least a sulcus cardio-

branchialis on eirhet sidc of the cardiac région.

The abdomen of T. anomala lias been described

as short, metnbranous, and wirhout the usual

twisting secn in typical shell-inhabiting hermit

crabs (FIcnderson 1888), or simply membranous

except for a weak calcification of the second rer-

gite (de Saint Laurent 1922). However, the abdo¬

men is wcaldy twisted to the right, at least in

preserved State (Fig. 1). Examination of ail avai-

lable spécimens has shown that in addition to the

calcification seen in the pleura of the second

soirtite, the tergife of the First somire is also simi-

larly calcified. As prcviously mentioned, in the

past it has been inaccurately reported thaï

T. anomala males hâve only paired First and

second pleopods, and unpaired left third to fifth.

Similarly, fentaJes hâve been reported to hâve

unpaired left second to fifth pleopods, vvith a

vestigial right second pleopod (Hcnderson

1888 ; de Saint Laurent 1972). In actuality, the

holotype as well as both ol the New Caledonia

male spccimens bave five pairs of pleopods, albeit

the third to fifth pairs are asymmetrical (left bira-

mous, right uniramous and bud-like; Fig. 6C-E).

A study of rite only two female spccimens known

(USNM 168482) shows that indeed they lack

first pleopods; Itowever, they do hâve paired

second to fifth pleopods. In the smaller female

(SL 5.9 rnm), the pleopods (Fig. 7A-D) are pai¬

red, symrneuical, biramous; in vhe larger female

(SI. 8.0 mm), rhe pleopods (Fig. 7E-H) are also

paired, but asymmetrical, with che left biramous

and right considerahlv reduced to minute buds

(only a scar is visible on the place of normal

development of the right second). In both

females, che unpaired left gonopore is clcarly

developed. suggesting maturity.

The présence of uropodal rasps in T. anomala has

not been previously reported. Although

Flenderson (1888, pl. 8, fig. 5a, b) included

illustrations of the uropods, he did not depict the

small spines that form the rasps of these appen-

dages (Fig. 4H).

TAXONOMY AND CFfARACTERISTICS OF

Probeebei mirabilis Bonne, 1926

The monotypic genus Probeebei, and its species

P. mirabilis, were original!}' briefly described by

Boone (1926a, b) as a primitive macruran, based

on a juvénile specimen obtained sotith of Cocos

Island dtiring rhe Arcturus Océanographie

Expédition in 1925 to the eastern Pacific.

Unaware of Boones description, Wolff (1960b)

described whar he thought to be a new genus

and species of pagurïd as Plein opagurus galathea ,

based on juvénile and adult spccimens obtained

during the Danish Galathea Expédition in 1952

to the eastern Pacific. However, Fermer

A Chacc, Jr. (in lin.) informed Wolff of Boone’s

brief description, and shortly rhereafter, Wolff

(1961a, b) recognised that bis taxon actually

represented the poorly described Probeebei mira¬

bilis, wbich he then redescribed in considérable

detail, showing that it really was a hermit crab

wbich he classitied in the Pagundae, Probeebei

was later plaeed in tfie Parapaguridae by de Saint

Laurent (1972).

Probeebei mirabilis Boone, 1926

(Figs 2B-D, 3B)

Ma ri'.RlAi EXA.MIN-ED. — For discussion purposes, the

following diagnose of /'. mirabilis is presemed, based

on exainination of sperimens obtained during the US

Albatross and Danish Galathea expéditions, as lollows:

18 SA, 20 9 2, 7 juvéniles (USNM 119893-119897,

267810); 1 9, 2 juvéniles (ZMK).

Distribution. — Eastern Pacific: from south of

Cocos Island to off Southwest of Galapagos; 1145 to

4775 m.

Habitat. — Apparcntly lfee-living.

Rf.MAKXS, — De Saint Laurent (1972) inaccurately

indicated thaï the holotype of tliis species was Iroin

the Indian Océan, The holotype was actually tollecied

during the Arcturus Océanographie Expédition

(stn 74-O F4, 60 miles south of Cocos Island,

04°50’N - 87°00’W, 1145 m, 30.V.1925), and as pre-

300

ZOOSVSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala

viously mentioned is deposited in the American

Muséum of Natural History, New York (AMNH

12397).

DiAGNOSIS

Eleven pairs of phyllohranchiate gills. Shidd and

posterior carapace partially fuscd, well calcificd,

spinose. Rostrum wcll-developcd, elongate, and

spinose; Ircquently strongly recurved upwardly.

Branchiostegite moderacely calcificd, spinose.

Shicld marked by deep membranous cervical

grnove and linea transversalis. Posterior carapace

spinose; cardiac sulci extending posteriorly and

converging at midpoint of posterior margin; laté¬

ral niargins broadly rounded,

Ocular peduncles with small dorsal spine proxi-

mally. Ocular acides considerably reduced

(Fig. 3B), marked by small spine. Epistome unar-

med.

Antennular and antennal peduncles distinctly

overreaching eyestalks. Fourth segment of anten¬

nal pcduncle armed with distolateral and disto-

mesial spines.

Chelipeds dissimilar in size, right not markedly

larger than left. Ambulatory legs very long, slen-

der, spinose; second distinctly longer than first.

Fourth pereopod (Fig. 2B) semichelate, lacking

rasp on propodus Fifth pereopod chelate.

Thoracic sternite of chelipeds narrow (Fig. 2D).

Sternites of second and third pereopods modera-

tely broadened. Sternites of fourth and fifth per¬

eopods each conslsting of transverse rod

subdivided in midline, that of fifth narrow and

widely separated trom preceding sternite.

Abdomen (Fig, 2B-D) arched under body so

ventral surface of telson faces sternite of fifth per¬

eopods; tergites wdl-calcified, second to fifth spi¬

nose and with well-developed pleura, Uropods

and telson (Fig. 2F)) syrnmetrical or ncarly so.

(Jropodal exopod and endopod slender, with

wcakly developed rasp consisting of rows of small

corncous spines. "Fclsort subrectangular.

Males with abdominal tergites syrnmetrical

(Fig. 2C, D); with paired first pleopods modified

as gonopods; lacking second to fifth pleopods.

Females with second to fifrh abdominal tergites

asymmetrical (Fig. 2B), left pleura larger than

right and covertng eggs; with unpaired left bira-

mous second to fifth pleopods.

COMPAR1SON OF Tylaspis AND Probeebei

Similarités

Tylaspis anomala and Probeebei mirabilis share the

follnwing characters: gill structure (phyllobran-

chia): partially fused and calcificd shidd and pos¬

terior carapace; well-developed rostrum; reduced

ocular acides; unarmed epistome; wcakly dissi¬

milar chelipeds; long, spinose ambulatory legs,

with second pair distinctly longer than first;

fourth pereopod lacking propodal rasp, with

strong ventrodistal spine on propodus; symme-

trical uropods and telson, with uropodal exopod

and endopod having weakly developed rasps; and

deep-water habitat. Both species exhibit a sirnilar

development of the second to fourth sternites

(Figs 2D, 4G), which consists of plates that are

broader than in other parapagurids.

DIFFERENCES

Tylaspis anomala and Probeebei mirabilis differ in

a number of features. No sulci are visible on the

posterior carapace of T anomala , although as pre-

viously mentioned the raised dorsomedian or car¬

diac région appears to be marked by a cardiac

sulci. The cardiac sulci are clearly defined in

P. mirabilis. The rostrum is prominent in both

anomala and P. mirabilis, but is more so in the

latter where il is spinose and often strongly recur-

s'ed upwards. The ocular acides are considerably

reduced, unarmed, in T. anomala (Fig. 3A): the

acides are similarly reclucecl in P mirabilis , but are

marked by a small spine (Fig. 3B). The most stri-

king différences berween the two species, howe-

ver, can be seen in the abdomen. The abdomen

in T. anomala is slightly twîsted to the right

(Fig. 1), and membranous except for a moderate

calcification of the tergite of the first somite and

pleura of the second; adule males hâve paired first

and second gonopods, and paired asymmetrical

third to fifth (Fig. 6); adult females Iack first and

second pleopods, and hâve paired, asymmetrical

third to fifth pleopods (Fig. 7E-11). In contrast,

rhe abdomen of P mirabilis has wdl-calcified first

to fifth tergites; rhe tergites are syrnmetrical in

males but asymmetrical in females, and armed

with spines (Fig. 2B-D); adult males hâve no

pleopods except for paired first, and adult females

hâve unpaired left second to fifth.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

301 I

Lemaitre R.

PLEOPOD DEVEI.OPM F.NT

Pleopod development from larv r al to adult stages

is an aspect that has been insufficiently studied

in paguroids in general (see review in Lemaitre &

McLaughlin 1992). Iris comtnonly assumed that

the megalopal pleopods are the satne morpholo-

gica! structures seen in the adult. No anomurans

hâve fitst pleopods in the megalopa. When juvé¬

nile or adult hermit crabs hâve First pleopods, it

has been shown that these arise as trew structures

modified as gonopods and not from pre-exisring

pleopods (Provenzano & Rice 1966; Lemaitre tk

McLaughlin 1992). In the lirhodid Lithodes rnaja

(Linnaeus, 1758). Sandberg & McLaughlin

(1997) hâve docuntented the development of

paired First and unpaired second to Fifth pleo¬

pods in Females. They observed that in this litho-

did, the megalopal pleopods are lost in the

transition to the First juvénile stages, Followed by

graduai development of second to fifth left pleo¬

pods from the sipaller juvéniles (6,6 to 10.5 mm

carapace length) to Fully grown individuals

(65.0 mm carapace length or greater). Paired first

pleopods begin to appear relativcly late in the

juvéniles stages when individuals reach about

50.0 mm carapace length.

Unfortunately no larval stages of T. anomala or

P mirabilis hâve been f'oand, and only a few

young or adult specimens are available. In the

male specimens of T anomala , no major diffé¬

rences in pleopods can be seen from the smallest

(SL 6.5 mm) to the largest (SL 8.7 mm) spéci¬

mens (Fig. 6). However, in Females, development

can be gleancd (rom diFFerences in pleopod

condition between the smallest (SL 5.9 mm;

Fig. 7A-D) presumably young, and largest (SL

8.0 mm; Fig. 7E-H) presumably adult speci¬

mens. In both females the left second to fifth are

similarly biramous, except for a greater develop¬

ment of the rami in the larger Female; the right

second to fifth pleopods are biramous in the

young specimen, and short, uniramous (bud-

like) in the adult specimen. Thus, based on the

limited material available, it appears that a pro-

cess of réduction tuteurs on the right side, whe-

reas increased growth occurs on the left side.

Whether or not these pleopods represetvt appen-

dages that hâve reappeared after the loss of mega¬

lopal pleopods (such as reported For Lithodes

maja by Sandberg & McLaughlin 1997), cannot

be determined with the limited material avai¬

lable. Ar least in males, however, development of

first and second pleopods does seem to oecur

secondarily as the individual matures.

Males ol P. mirabilis develop only paired first

pleopods modified as gonopods during the juvé¬

nile crab stages. As described by WollF (1961b:

22, fig. 8, table 1), young males hâve paired uni¬

ramous (bud-like) second to fiFth pleopods;

adults hâve only one pair ol pleopods, the first.

In Females of P. mirabilis development proceeds

on the left second to filth, From uniramous in

the young to biramous in adults; on the right

second to fifth, From uniramous in the young to

loss or scars in adults. Again, the bud-like pleo¬

pods observed in juvéniles could possibly repo¬

sent appendages that are teappeariug after the

loss of megalopal pleopods. Réduction of these

appendages continues in males unfil rhere is total

absence in the adults. Females, however, loose

onlv those on the right side, while those on the

lefi develop into the egg-carrying appendages of

the adults. The First pleopods of the male

P mirabilis develop as sexual appendages as the

animal matures.

Habitai

Tylaspis anomala and P mirabilis live exclusively

in deep vvaters (typically near 4000 m) of the

Pacific. Of benthic decapods, these two species

arc considered among those that occur the dee-

pest (WolFf 1960a; de Saint Laurent 1972). As

previously mendoned, P. anomala uses an ane-

motie to protect its abdomen. AJthough live spe¬

cimens of T. anomala hâve not been observed, it

appears from preserved specimens that, in liFe,

part of the abdomen is bent under the body (see

Borradaile 1916: 124, fig. 13; Wolfl 1961b; 27,

ftg. 11), P. mirabilis is considered to be free-

living. i.e. does not use a shell or other means of

protecting its abdomen (Wolff 1961a, b), and

also carries part of the abdomen bent under the

body. A number of lots of P. mirabilis hâve been

examined, and none contain evidence of housing

or an associated organism as mode of protection,

fciowever, the morphology of the Fourth pereo-

pod oF P. mirabilis (Fig. 2B) is virtually identical

to that of T. anomala. Both exhibit on the propo-

I 302

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala

dus of this appendage a sirong ventrodistal spine

that, ac least in 77 anomal/ 7 , is tlearlv an adapta¬

tion for grasping an ancruone (Fig. 4E). It is

concevable, thereforc, that P mirabilis may simi-

larly use its fourth pereopod to grasp a protective

organisni or housing yct to be found with spéci¬

mens of this species.

RELATIONSHIPS AND EVOLUTIONARY

COMMENTS

Tylaspis anomala appears to be more closely rela-

ted to P, mirabilis than to any orher parapagurid.

These two crab-lîke species exhibit virtually

identical morphologîcal developments on the

céphalothorax and its appendages, and hâve

sîmilar modes of lif’e. As previously mentioned,

the only marked différence betwecn the two can

be found in the abdomen (degrce of calcification,

symmetry, and pleopod arrangement). The rwo

are presumed to represent advanced forms that

hâve evolved as resuit of the abandonment by

their ancestors of shell use or other means of pro¬

tection (Wolff 1961b). The tradirional viewused

to explain paguroid abdominal modifications

(c.g. asymmetry, loss of righr pleopods, membra-

nous condition) is based on the assumptton that

such modifications arc the resuit of hermit crabs

occupyïng dextrally coiled shells (e.g. Boas 1880,

1924; Henderson 1888; Bouvier 1894, 1897;

Ferez 1 934; Russell 1962; Richter & Scholtz

1994). Thus, the premise bas been that hcrmil

crabs were first asymmetrical animais that lived

in shells. Presumably, in carctnîzed forms such as

T. anomala and P. mirabilis , abdominal asymme¬

try wa.s retained from sbell-dwelling ancestors,

and cephalothoracic and tergite calcification

evolved secondarily as a speciali/.ation for a free-

living existence. The scarcity of calcareous shells

at depths where 77 anomala and P mirabilis live

niight be cited as a limiting factor that has

influenced the évolution of the abdomen in these

two forms. However, other parapagurids

(Parapagurus sp.) with a more convenrional her¬

mit crab morphology, live abundantly at sîmilar

depths, and do use lot housing zoanthids that

grow in a dextrally coiled fashion that imitâtes

gastropod shells. Given the morphological cha-

racteristics of the céphalothorax and abdomen,

and apparent lack of shell-carrying behavior of

77 anomala , it is difficult to explain using tradi-

tional views of hermit crab évolution, why its

abdomen is membranous (except for weak calci¬

fication of the first tergite and second pleura)

and still has paired pleopods. Eqirally problema-

tical îs to anempt to explain why in P. mirabilis

only females hâve asymmetrical tergites (Fig. 2B)

and unpaired left pleopods, whercas males hâve

symmetrical tergites (Fig. 2C, D) and pleopods

(first). An alternative explanation niight be that

the asymmetry in abdominal tergites and pleo¬

pod condition in females of P. mirabilis represent

a reproductive modification to egg-carrying,

rather than a morphological trait retained from a

shell-carrying ancestor.

Acknowledgements

With great admiration 1 dedicate this study to

Alain Crosnier, whose iron will, outsranding édi¬

torial work, and persévérance in liaving the rich

New Caledonia samples (and many others from

the Indo-Pacific that he lias obtained) studied by

scientists from around the world, is paying off

with the discovery of a remarkable fauna that is

changing our views of the biogeography and évo¬

lution of crustaceans. 1 tliank him for giving me

the opportunité to study the specimens of this

interestiug and unique hermit crab. as well as lor

bis belp and advite in many muiters (not always

aboui crustaceans), and generous hospitaliry

during trips to his laborarory in Paris. Dmitry

Zhadan kittdly supplied valuable information on

the Russian material deposited in the ZMUM;

Paul Clark arranged for the loan of type material

from NHM, and Torben Wolff for the loan of

specimens of Probeebci mirabilis from ZMK.

Patsy A. McLaughlin and Tomoyuki Komai pro-

vided very useful criticism to the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Alcock A. 1905. — Catalogue of the Indian Decapod

Crustacea in the Collection of the Indian Muséum.

Part II. Anomura. Fascicule I, Pagurides. Indian

Muséum, Calcutta, xi + 197 p., pis 1-15.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

303

Lemaitre R.

Balss H. 1924. — Über Aupassungcn und Symbiose

der Paguriden eine Zusamnienfassende Ubersicht.

Zeitschrift fier Morphologie und Ockologie fier Tiere

1: 752-792.

— 1927. Crustacés Malacosrraca. Decapoda, in

Kükentltal W. & Krumbach T., Handbucb der

Zoologie , Walter de Gruyter, Berlin & Leipzig, 3

(1): 840-1038. fîg* 1-17,

Boas J. E. V. 1880. — II. Wissenschaftliche

Mitteilungen. 1. Lithodcs und Pagurus. Zoologischcr

Auz.eiger 3: 349-332.

— 1924. — Die verwandtschaftlichc Stellung der

Gattung hithodes. Dec Knngclige Danske Videntka-

bernes Sehkab BiologUke. Meddeiclscr A (4): 1 -34,

— 1926. — Z.ir Kenntnis symmetrischer Paguriden.

Bio logis lie Meddelciser 3 (6)‘ 1 52.

Boone L. 1926a. Unusual deep-se.i Crustacea

Some Forms securcd by the Areturus Océano¬

graphie Expédition. A new Family of Crustacea.

New York Z.oologicalSociety Bulletin 29 (2): 69-72.

—1926b. — A new Family of Crustacea. Preliminary

technical description. New York Zaolugical Society

Bulletin 29 (2): 73.

Borradailc I. A. 1916 — Crustacea. Part II.

Porcellanopagurus : An instance ot carcinizanon, in

British Anéantie (“Tetra Noua") Expédition, J9I0.

N attirai Histary Report. Zoology 3 (3); 111-126.

Bouvier E. I.. 1894. Sur la transformation des

Paguriens en crabes anomourcs de la sous-famille

des Litltodincs. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des

séances de l'Académie des Sciences, Paris 119 :

350-352,

— 1897, — la transformation des Bernards l’Ermite

en I.ithodrs Naturaliste , 2 série (239) : 11-43.

Gage J. D. & l yler P. A. 1991. — Deep-sea biology: a

natural history of organisais al the deep-sea foor.

Cambridge University Press, New York, 504 p.

Gordan J. 1936. — A bibliography of pagurid crabs,

exclusive ot Alcock. 1905, Bulletin ofthe American

Muséum of Natural History 108: 253-352.

Henderson J. R. 1885. — Narrative ot the cruise of

the H.M.S. Challenger with a general account ot

tbe scienriftc resulrs ot rite expédition, in Tizard

T. H, et ai. Report on the Scienttftc Results of the

voyage oj H.M.S. Challenger, daring the years

1873-1876, 1 (2); 511-1110.

— 1888, — Report on the Anomura collecred by

H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76.

Report on the Scion tifie Results ofthe Voyage of H. M.

S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876,

(Zoology) if-, xi t 22L p., pis 1-21.

Lemaitre R. 1989. — Révision ol the genuS

Parapagttrus (Anomura' Paguroidea: Parapagu-

ridae), including redescriptions of the western

Atlantic species. Zoologische Verhandclingen (253):

1-106.

— 1993. — A new genus of Parapaguridae

(Decapoda : Anomura). Crustacean Research 22:

11-20.

— 1995. — A review ol hennit crabs ot the getius

Xy topa gu rus A. Milite Edwards, 1880 (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Paguridta), including descriptions of

rwo new species. Smithsonian Contributions to

Zoology 570: i-iii, 1-27.

— 1996. — Hennit crabs ofthe Family Parapaguridae

(Crustacea: Decapoda: Anomura) frorn Australia:

species of Strabo pagurus l.crruilrc, 1989,

Sytnpagurus Smith, 1883. and two new généra.

Records ofthe Auttrrt/inn Muséum 48: 163-221

Iemaitte R. & Mdaughlin P. A. 1992. —

Descriptions of megalopa and juvéniles of Synipa-

gurus dimorphus (Solder, 1883), with an accounr ot

the Parapaguridae (Crustacea : Anomura :

Paguroidea) front Antarctic and Subantarctic

w.trers. journal of Natural History 26: 7454768.

Marshall N. B. 1979. — Deep-sea biology/

Development: and perspectives. Garland STPM

Press. New York. 566 p.

Mcl.aughlin P. A. 1974. — The hcrmit crabs

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Paguridea) of nortbwestern

North America. Zoologische Verhandclingen 130:

1 -396. pi. L

— 1983, — Hennit crabs - are they really polyphyle-

tic? Journal of Crustacean Biology 3: 608-621.

— 1997. — Crustacea Decapoda: hcrmit crabs of the

family Paguridae front the KARL1BAR Expédition

in Indouesia, in Crosniet A. A; Bouchet P. (eds).

Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

Volume 16 (5), Mémoires du Muséum national

(/'Histoire naturelle T’2 : 433-572.

Melin G. 1939.— Paguriden und Galatheidc-n von

Prof. Dr Sixten Rocks expédition nach tien Bonin-

Insel n 1914. Kungliga Svenska Vetenskaps-

Akademiens Handlingar 18: 1-119.

Menzies R. J., George R. Y. & Rowe G. T. 1973. —

Abyssal environment and eco/ogy ofthe World océans.

A Wiley-Interscience Publication, John Wiley &

Sons, New York, 488 p.

Milne Edwards A. &c Bouvier K. I., 1893. — Reports

on the results of dredging under the supervision of

Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico

(1877-1878). in the Caribbean Sea (1878-1879),

and along the Atlantic coasr of the United States

(1880). by the U.S. Cnast Survey Steamer “Blake".

Lient.-Com. S.D. Sigslue, U.S.N., and

Commander J.R. Bartleti. U.S.N.. Commanding.

33. Description des Crustacés de la famille des

Paguriens recueillis pendant F Expédition. Menwirs

of the Muséum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard

College 14 (3): I 172.

Pcrez C 1934. — Les pagures ou Bernards PHerniite

(Un exemple d’adaptation). I Actualités

Scientifiques et Industrielles 101. Herman et Cie

Editeurs, Paris, 32 p.

Pilgrim R. L. C. 1973. — Axial skelcton and muscu¬

lature in the rhorux of the hermic crab. Pagurus

bernbardus [Anomura : Paguridae]. Journal of

Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom

I 304

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala

53: 363-396.

Provenzano A. J. Jr & Rice A. L. 1966. — Juvénile

morphology and the development of taxonomie

characters in Paguristes sericeus A. Milne Edwards

(Decapoda, Diogenidae). Crustaceana 10: 53-69.

Pzibram H. 1905. — Die “Heterochelie” bei

Decapoden Crustaceen (Zugleich: Experimentelle

Studien uber Régénération. Dritte Mitteilung).

Archiv Entwicklungsmechanik der Orgismen 19:

181-247.

Richter S. & Scholtz G. 1994. — Morphological évi¬

dence for a hermit crab ancestry of lithodids

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomola, Paguroidea).

Zoologischer Anzeiger 233(5/6): 187-210.

Russell E. S. 1962. — ’fhe diversity of animais, an

evolutionary study. Acta Biotheorica, supplément 1 :

1-151.

Saint Laurent M. de 1972. — Sur la famille des

Parapaguridae Smith, 1882. Description de Typhlo-

pagurus foresti gen. nov. et de quinze espèces ou sous-

espèces nouvelles de Parapagurus Smith (Crustacea,

Decapoda). Bijdragen tôt de Dierkunde 42: 97-123.

Sandberg L. & McLaughlin P, A. 1997. — Crustacea,

Decapoda, Paguridea, Marine Invertebrates of

Scanainavia , Universitetsforlaget, Oslo 10: 1-120,

figs 1-26, maps 1-17.

WolffT. 1960a. — The hadal community, an intro¬

duction. Deep-Sea Research 6: 95-124.

— 1960b. — Strejflys over dybhavets dyreliv. Natu-

rens Verden, Copenhague, Juni 1960: 161-191.

— 1961a.— A Sathyal-abyssal hermit crab with a

calcified asymmetrical abdomen. Nature 190

(4779): 931-932.

— 1961b. — Description of a remarkable deep-sea

hermit crab with notes on the évolution of the

Paguridea. Galathea Report 4: 11-32.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

305

A new genus of Eusiridae (Crustacea,

Amphipoda), associated with the abalone

Haliotis rubra Leach, in south-eastern Australia

James K. LOWRY & Helen E. STODDART

Australian Muséum

6 College Street, Sydney South, NSW 2000 (Australia)

jiml@amsg.austmus.gov.au

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Amphipoda,

Eusiridae,

Haliogeneia,

new genus,

new specics,

commensal,

Moflusca,

Gasuopoda,

Haliotis ,

temperate Australia.

Lowry J. K. & Stoddart H. E. 1998. — A new genus of Eusiridae (Crustacea, Amphipoda),

associated with the abalone Haliotis rubra Leach, in south-eastern Australia. Zoosystema

20 (2) : 307-314.

ABSTRACT

A new genus and species of eusirid amphipod, Haliogeneia crosnieri, is descri-

bed from south-eastern Australia. It appears to be most closely related to the

Southern temperate and subantarctic genus Gondogeneia J. L. Barnard, 1972.

Haliogeneia crosnieri n.sp. has highly modified gnathopods and has only been

found in association with the abalone Haliotis rubra Leach.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Amphipoda,

Eusiridae,

Haliogeneia,

nouveau genre,

nouvelle espèce,

commensale,

Gastropoda,

Haliotis,

Australie tempérée.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre d’Eusiridae (Crustacea, Amphipoda), associé à l'ormeau

Haliotis rubra Leach, dans le Sud-Est de l'Australie. Une nouvelle espèce

d’Amphipode Eusiridae d’un nouveau genre, Haliogeneia crosnieri, est décrite

du sud-est de l'Australie. Ce genre est étroitement apparenté à Gondogeneia

J. L. Barnard, 1972, des eaux tempérées et subantarctiques. Haliogeneia cros¬

nieri n.sp. a des gnathopodes très modifiés et a été trouvé seulement en asso¬

ciation avec l’ormeau Haliotis rubra Leach.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

307

Lowry J. K. & Stoddart H. E.

INTRODUCTION

Eusirids are mainly free-living amphipods mosdy

found among shallow-water algae in boréal, tcm-

perate and subantarctic areas. There are very few

records of eusirids in association wirb othcr ani¬

mais. Griffiths (1974) and Brandi (1975) hâve

reported Calliopiella mkhaelseni Schellenberg,

1925, living under the shells of varions species of

limpet, l'a tel la spp., in Southern Africa. In this

paper we describe a new genus and species of

eusirid amphipod, Haliogeneia crosnieri, living in

association wich the abalone Haliotis ruina Leach

in south-easccrn Ausiralia. Calliopiella and

Haliogeneia do not appear to be closely related so

their associations with limpets and abalone,

although rare in eusirid amphipods, appear to be

independent events.

The following abbreviations are used on the

plates:

antenna;

gnathopod;

head;

epistome;

epimeron;

tnandible;

maxilliped;

maxilla;

pereopod;

telson;

uropod;

left;

right.

Material is deposited in the Australian Muséum,

Sydney (AM).

Haliogeneia n.g.

Type species. — Haliogeneia crosnieri n.sp.

ETYMOLOGY. — From the abalone genus Haliotis and

“geneia”, the stem for ponrogeneid-type eusirids.

Diagnosis

Head: eyes reniform. Antenna 1: peduncular

article 3 not produced apicoventrally; accessory

flagellum scale-like. Epistome: not produced.

Mandible: molar conical, weakly triturative.

Maxilla 1: palp well-developed, article 1 shorter

than article 2; article 3 shorter titan article 2.

Maxilla 2: inner plate as broad as ourer plate;

inner plate wîthout oblique serai row, with 2 plu-

mose setae near margin, Maxilliped; outer plate

small, not reaching apex of palp article 3.

Gnathopods I & 2; subchelate, similar, stout,

gnathopod I slighdy smaller than gnarhopod 2;

carpi shorter than propodi with small lobe on pos-

terior margin; dactvli highly modifiée), scooped-

spatulate. Coxae 1-4: large, similar length. Sternal

gills absent. Pereopod* 5 to 7; meri not strongly

produced posrertorly; dacryli with well-developed

subterminal sera. Pleonites 1 to 3 smooth.

Uropods I and 2: with latéral robust setae.

Uropod 3: rami subequal in length. Telson cleft,

Remarks

Haliogeneia is very similar to Gondogeneia ]. L.

Barnard, 1972. The main différences between

these généra are in the molar, which is reduced

and conical in Haliogeneia but well-developed

and columnar in Gondogeneia , and in the dactyli

of gnathopods I and 2, which are of a highly-

derived scooped-spatulute form in Haliogeneia.

Haliogeneia does not appear to be closely related

to CaUiopieUa Schellenberg, 1925, the onlyother

eusirid genus known to hâve an association with

gasttopod molluscs. In addition to the modified

molar and gnathopods, Haliogeneia diffets from

Calliopiella in the absence of an oblique setal row

on the inner plate of maxilla 2, in the much

more setose uropods and in the cleft telson.

Haliogeneia ci-osnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1-5)

Type MATERIAL. — Australia. Second Pressure Reef,

south of Bunga Head, New South Wales, approxitna-

tely 36"36'S - 150"03’E, 13 ni depth. in association

with the abalone Haliotis ruina, XJ 995, cnil.

E. Koellner: holotypc, 9 11.5 mm (AM P49724);

pautype, ovig. 9, 10.0 mm (AM P49725); paratype,

ovig. V, 10.5 mm (AM P49726): paratype 9 (AM

P49728); 18 pararypes (AM P49? 17)

El vmolugy. — This species is named to honour

Alain Crosnicr who far years lias been the main facili-

tator for the description of the South Pacific and wes¬

tern hidian Océan marine faun.t. Wc rhank him for

allowing us to study tlic Iysianassoîd amphipod collec¬

tions under his care. His generosity and encourage-

308

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

A new genus of Eusiridae

ment gave us the opportunity to study and learn front Antenna 2: peduncular article 3 short, Iength

collections which vvere available in nootherway, 1.4 tintes depth, without flange on antérolatéral

margin; article 5 long. Iength 1.3 times depth;

Description flagellum longer than peduncle, more than

Based on holotype female. Colour: when live, 33-articulate; calceoli absent.

“luminous" blue (according to collector of type Epistome and upper lip: fused, not produced.

material, E. Koellner). Head: slightly deeper than Mandibles: incisors asymmetrical, left wirh six

long; latéral cephalic lobe subquadrate, slightly sériations, right with ten serrations; lacitiiae

produced; anteroventral margin vertical, rounded; mobilis asymmetrical, left with eleven serrations,

rostrum small; eyes medium, slightly renilorm, right with four serrations; accessory setal rows,

Antenna 1; medium Iength, 0.25 times body; left with four serrare setae, right wirh fhree serratc

peduncular article 1 longer than (1.6 times) setae; molars cortical, with reduced triturating

article 2; article 2 longer than (2.0 times) surface, wirh one long pappose seta; article 2

article 3; article 3 shorter than (0.3 times) long, 2.0 rimes as long as wide, 1.4 times

article 1; accessory flagellum présent, scale-like; article 3; article 3 short, 2.7 rimes as long as

flagellum 31-articulate, with groups of setae along wide, Lower lip; inner lobes absent, Maxilla 1;

posterior margin of most articles; calceoli absent, inner plate small, subovate, with three pappose

Fig. 1. — Haliogeneia crosnieri n.sp., holotype 9, 11.5 mm (AM P49724), south of Bunga Head, New South Wales, Australia.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

309

Lowry J. K. & Stoddart H. E.

setae; outer plate wirh eleven strong setal-teeth;

palp 2-arrlculate, article I 0.6 rimes article 2,

article 2 vvitli fîve apical setae, withour subtermi¬

nal setae. Maxilla 2: inner and outer plates

broad; inner plate with apical .slender setae, with

médial slender setae, without oblique row of

slender setae, médial margin with two large pap-

pose setae; outer plate witli apical robust setae,

without médial slender setae. Maxilliped: inner

plate small, just reaching base of outer plate,

subrectangular, with tliree apical nodular setae

and nine apical pappose seate, with nvo apico-

medial pappose setae, without oblique serai row,

without robust setae or submargina) setae along

médial margin; palp large, 4-articulate; article 2

broad, wirh setose inner margin; article 3 short,

without setose inner margin; dactylus spatulate,

unguis absent.

Gnathopod 1: subchelate, slightly smaller than

gnathopod 2; coxa deeper than wide, anteroven-

tral margin rounded; basis long, subrectangular,

with tuft of five long, slender setae on posterior

margin; carpus subtriangul.tr, short, length

0.9 rimes hreadth, shorter than (0.7 tintes) pro¬

podus, with a small, acutely-produced lobe; pro-

podus broad, length about as long as widrh,

produced posterodistally, palm slightly obtuse,

concave, margin lined with short spines, with a

single robust sera near inner base of dactylus,

with several posterodisral robust setae; dactylus

broadened distally, scooped-spatulate. Gnatho¬

pod 2: subchelate; coxa deeper than wide; basis

long, subrectangular, with tuft of four long, slen-

der serae on posterior margin; carpus subtrtangu-

lar, short, length about 0.9 rimes breadrh, shorrer

than (0.7 rimes) propodus, with a small, acutely-

produced lobe; propodus broad, about as long as

wide, produced posterodistally, palm slightly

obtuse, concave, margin lined with short spines,

with a slender sera near inner base of dactylus,

Fig. 4. — Haliogeneia crosnieri n.sp., holotype 9 , 11.5 mm (AM P49724), south ot Bunga Head, New South Wales, Australia. Scale

bars: 0.5 mm.

312

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new genus of Eusiridae

Piq 5 — Haliogeneia crosnieri n.sp., paraîype 9 (AM P49728); A, whole animal; B, médial view of antenna 1 showing scale-like

accessory flagellum; C, dactylus of peraeopod 6 ; D, latéral view of gnathopods 1 and 2; E, anterior surface of spatulate dactyli of

gnathopods 1 and 2; F, médial view of propodus and dactylus of gnathopod 1. Scale bars: A, 2 mm; B, 100 pm; C, 100 pm; D,

200 pm: E, 200 pm; F. 200 pm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2) 313

LowryJ. K. & Stoddart H. E.

with sevcral posterodistal robust setae; dactylus

broadened di.stally, scooped-spatulatc.

Pereopod 3: coxa deepcr than wide; basis long,

subrectangular, anterior rnargin with five long

slender setae, posterior rnargin with tuft of three

long slender setae; merus long, length 1.6 times

breadth, anterior rnargin sliglnly expanded; car-

pus long, length 1.8 mues breadth; propodus

length 2,7 times breadth, with five setae along

posterior rnargin. Pereopod 4: coxa slightly dce-

per than wide, with slightly developed postero-

ventral Lobe; basis long, subrectangular, anterior

rnargin with seven long slender setae, posterior

rnargin with tuft of fivc long slender setae; merus

long, length 1.5 times breadth, anterior rnargin

slightly expanded Pereopod 5: coxa ahout as

wide as deep, with posteroventral lobe; basis

expanded posteriorly, with long slender setae

along anterior rnargin; merus long, length

pus short, subquadrate, length 1.2 times breadth;

propodus subrectangular, length 2.6 tintes

breadth. Pereopod 6: coxa about as wide as deep,

with posteroventral lobe; basis expanded posce-

riorly, with slender setae along anterior rnargin:

merus long, length 1.6 times breadth, expanded

posterodisially; carpus short, length 1.8 times

breadth; propodus subrectangular, length

as wide as deep, not lobed; basis expanded poste¬

riorly, with slender setae along anterior rnargin;

merus long, length 1.7 times breadth, expanded

posterodisially; carpus long, length 2.6 times

breadth; propodus .subrectangular, length

short, curved, with prominent subtcrminal seta.

Epimeron 3: posteroventral corner broadly roun-

ded. Uropod 1: peduncle with fourteen dorsola-

teral robusr setae and four dorsontcdial robust

setae; inner ramus slightly longer than outer;

outer ramus with seven latéral and two apical

robust setae; inner ramus with three médial, five

latéral and two apical robust setae. Uropod 2;

peduncle with four dorsolateral robust setae and

three dorsotnedlal robust setae; rami subequal in

length; outer ramus with four latéral and two

apical robusr setae; inner ramus with nvo latéral,

and three apical robust setae. Uropod 3:

peduncle short, without dorsolateral or dorsome-

dial robust setae; rami subequal in length, lined

with plumose setae; outer ramus with nine latéral

and fifteen médial robust setae; inner rainas with

nine médial and eleven latéral robust setae.

Telson: moderately cleft (56%), longer than

bload, length 1.7 times breadth, without dorsal

robust setae, with sparse dorsal slender setae, dis¬

tal margins rounded, without apical setae.

R t-MARKS

Haliagpneia crosnieri appears to be a spéciali/ed

Çondogeneia. which has developed sonie kind of

association with the abalone Halioti. t rubra.

Mr E. Koellner (commercial abalone diver) has

observer! spécimens falling off the shells when

they are brought on deck. There is some indica¬

tion that it may be living on the mande of the

abalone. The dactyli of the gnathopods have a

slightly scooped spatulate shape. Unfortunately,

we have no information ahout how they are

used.

There is only one male specimen (8.0 mm) in

the collection; there are no calceoli on its anten-

nae.

Acknowledgements

We thank Eddie Koellner for bringing this spe-

cies to our attention and for making sludy mater

rial available to us. We thank Roger Springthorpe

for composing and inking the plates and Andrew

Parker and Geoff Avern for the 8EM micro-

graphs.

REFERENCES

Barnard J. L 1072. — Gammaridean Ainphipoda of

Australia. Part J. Smilbmnian Contributions to

Xoologjf 103:1-333.

Brandi G. M., 1475. — The ecology of Patelin froni

the Cape Pcninsula South Atrica. 5. Commen-

salism. '/jtnlogica Af'tiamn 10 (2): 133-162.

Griffiths G !.. 14/4. — The Amphipoda of sotnhem

Africa. Part 2. The Gamntaridea and Capreltidea of

South West Africa snuth of 20"S. Antitils of the

South African Muséum 62: 164-208.

Schdlenbcrg A. 1425.— Crustacca VIII: Amphipoda,

in Michaelscn W. (cd.l. Hettruge sur Keuntmt der

Mcercs/nnnu Westnfrikus 3: 111 204.

314

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Hermit crabs of the genus Nematopagurus

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Paguridae)

from south-eastern South Africa and

Madagascar: new records and new species

Patsy A. McLAUGHLIN

Shannon Point Marine Center, Western Washington University,

1900 Shannon Point Road, Anacortes, Washington 98221-9081B (U.S.A.)

patsy@cc.wwu.edu

McLaughlin P. A. 1998. — Hermit crabs of the genus Nematopagurus (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Paguridae) from south-eastern South Africa and Madagascar: new records and

new species. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 315-338.

KEYWORDS

Hermit crabs,

Nematopagurus,

new species,

new records,

Southern Africa.

ABSTRACT

As part of an ongoing review of the hermit crab genus Nematopagurus A.

Mil ne Edwards et Bouvier, a small, but diverse collection of specimens from

eastern South Africa and Madagascar is reported on. Of the seven species

présent, four represent new taxa, two from South Africa and two from

Madagascar. Three species are new records for South Africa.

MOTS CLÉS

pagures,

Nematopagurus ,

nouvelle espèce,

nouveau signalement,

Afrique du Sud.

RÉSUMÉ

Pagures du genre Nematopagurus (Crustacea , Decapoda, Paguridae) du Sud-

Est de l'Afrique du Sud et de Madagascar : nouvelles découvertes et nouvelles

espèces. Au cours d'une révision du genre de pagure Nematopagurus N. Milne

Edwards et Bouvier, une petite mais riche collection de l’est d'Afrique du Sud

et de Madagascar a été examinée. Parmi les sept espèces présentes, quatre

sont nouvelles, deux d’Afrique du Sud et deux de Madagascar. Trois espèces

sont signalées pour la première fois d'Afrique du Sud.

315

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

McLaughlin P. A.

INTRODUCTION

During the course of an ongoing review of the

hermit crab genus, Nernatopagurus A. Milne

Edwards et Bouvier, 1892, a small, but very

interesting collection of specimeris of this genus

from the eastern coast of South Africa was made

available 10 the author. Given die relatively close

proximity of this collection to Madagascar, long

the dut)' station of ORSTOM’s eminent biolo-

gist, Dr Alain Gros nier, to whom this volume is

dedicated, it seemed only fitting that these spe-

cies of Nemattipagurus, and those from

Madagascar, collccted by Dr Crosnier himself, be

dealt with separately.

Nernatopagurus was established by A. Milne

Edwards & Bouvier (1892) for the lone Atlantic

species Nernatopagurus longieornis A. Milne

Edwards et Bouvier, 1892. From the Indo-

Pacific, Alcock (1905a, b) de-scrihed four new

species and transferred Catapagunts muricatus

Henderson, 1896 to Nernatopagurus, Alcock's

monograph (1905b) provtded the principal source

of information on the genus for the following

sixty years. Since the mid 1960s, nine additional

species hâve been described in, or assigned ro

Nernatopagurus, ail from the Pacific and/or

Indian Océans, and a considerably large number

of undescribed species remain to be added. Many

species ol Nernatopagurus are superlicially quite

similar, and only through the use ol a suite of

morphological characters can correct identifica¬

tions be made. Alcock’s (1905b) species descrip¬

tions provided only very general inlcirmation;

however, carcinologists often hâve been reluctant

to establish new taxa even when faced with clear

discrepancies (r'-.g- Kemp & Sewell 1912; Miyaké

1978; HaigSc Bail 1988).

Nernatopagurus is characterized by the presence

of eleven pairs ol biserial phyllobranchiate gills

(cf. McLaughlin & de Saint Laurent 1998); a

broadly rounded rostral lobe, generally subequal

chelipeds; semichelate fourth pereopods, each

with a single row ot coineous scales in die propo-

dal rasp; males with a long filamentous right

sexual tube orientated trom righl to lelt across

the ventral thorax, and short left sexual tube; and

females with paired first pleopods modified as

gonopods.

None of the faunistic reports ol hermit crabs

from Madagascar (e.g. Hoffmann 1874; Lenz &

Richtcrs 1881; Lenz 1910; Gravier 1920;

Dechancé 1964) mention species of

Nernatopagurus-, however, two species, borh

undescribed, are represented in the ORSTOM

collections. In contrasr, Kensley (1969) reported

two species ol Nernatopagurus in south-east

South Atrican waters, one as N. gardineri Alcock,

1905, the second as N. squamirhe/is Alcock,

1905. Neither are conspecific with Alcock’s taxa.

A rhird species, identifiée! only as

“? Nernatopagurus sp.” based on a single female

specimen was latcr recorded by Kensley (1978).

Ail three species were collectcd off Natal at

depths between 138 and 347 m. and ail are

represented in the présent material.

Kensley s (1969) N, gardineri is the undescribed

species, N. meinngae n.sp.; his N. squamichelis is

conspecific with the Madagascar species descri-

bed hcrein as N. crosnieri n.sp. Kensley s (1978)

specimen of ? Nernatopagurus sp." was returned

ro rhe collections of the Zoological Muséum,

University of Copenhagcn (ZMLIC). It lias been

reexamined and bas proved to represent N. spi-

nulosmsoris McLaughlin et Brock, 1974, descri¬

bed originally from the Hawaiian Islands, but

reported recently trom the Red Sea (Tiirkay

1986), Indonesia (McLaughlin 1997), and rhe

Seychelles (McLaughlin fie Hogarth 1998).

Additional specimens of this species were collec-

ted during the Meiring Naude cruises. A second

species from Madagascar, and one from off

North Zululand, also are new ro science. They

are described hcrein as N. ehauseyensis n sp. and

N. kosiensis n.sp. respectively. Nernatopagurus

diadema Lewinsohn, 1969, previcmsly known

only from the Red Sea, is (ormallv recorded for

the first rime off North Zululand, although

Witherington (1973) documenred its presence in

rhe Mozambique Channel in his unpublishcd

dissertation. Nenialopagurus holthuisi McLaughlin

et Hogarth (1998), a species recently described

from the Seychelles, is also présent in South

African waters. A key to the local species is pre-

sented.

316

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Materials for this study hâve corne primarily

from cruises of the South African research vessel

Meirtng Naudc in the région ofF south-eastern

South Africa, and the French research vessel

Vauban in wâtets off Madagascar These hâve

been supplemented by Kensley's (1969) spéci¬

mens of N. u gardinerV and N. “ sqmmichelis " col-

lected by scientisrs du ring the seventh cruise of

the RV Anton Bniun during the Inrernarional

Indian Océan Expédition (llOL) of 1964, and

deposited in the South African Muséum, Cape

Town (SAM). Fur comparative purposes, the

holotype of N. gardineri was bortowed from the

University Muséum of Zoology, Cambridge

(UMZC). Holotypes and some paratypes of the

new species hâve been deposited in the Muséum

national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN). As

availability permitted, paratypes also hâve been

deposited in the National Muséum of Natural

History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington

D. C. (USNM) and South Alrican Muséum.

Non-rype niaterials rentaiti in the author’s Perso¬

nal collection (PMcL). One measurement, shicld

length (SE), measured from the tip o( the ros-

rrum, or midpoint of the roundcd rostral lobe, to

rhe midpoint of the posterior ntargin of the

shield, provides an indication of specimen size.

Terminology used in the diagnoses and descrip¬

tions generally follows that ol McLaughlin

(1974) with rhe exception of the fourth pereo-

pod (afrer McLaughlin 1997) and telson (after

McLaughlin ÜC Forest 1997). The station dési¬

gnation CH indicates samples collected with a

béant trawl.

KEY TO THE REGIONAT SPECIES

1. Diametcr of cornea approxintately equal to or exceeding peduncular length.

Dorsal surfaces of carpi and points of chelipeds with transverse rows of scutes .... 2

— Diameter of cornea appreciably less than peduncular length. Dorsal surfaces of

carpi and palms of chelipeds without transverse rows of scutes .3

2. Dorsomesial margin of palm of rigbt cheliped and dorsolateral margitt of left chela

each with small spines. Dactyls of ambulatory legs very long, exceptionally slen-

der, distaljy cun'ed and strongly tvvisted .. N. chctnseyensis n.sp.

— Dorsomesial margin of palm of right cheliped and dorsolateral ntargin of lefr chela

unarmed. Dactyls of ambulatory legs tnodcrately long, not exceptionally slender,

distally curved but not strongly twisted . N crosnieri n.sp.

3. Dorsal surfaces of palms of chelipeds each wirh large rosette of tuberdes .

. N. diadema Lewinsohn

— Dorsal surfaces of palms of chelipeds without large rosette of tubercles .4

4. Dorsal surfaces of chelae of both chelipeds covered with spines or spinules .5

— Dorsal surfaces of chelae of both chelipeds wirh médian longitudinal row of spines

5. Spines of chelae with nunterous spines ntodified by teardrop-shaped sensory struc¬

tures . N. spinulosensoris McLaughlin et Brock

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

317

McLaughlin P. A.

_ Spines of chelae without numerous spines modificd by teardrop-shapcd sensory

structures .. N. holtbuisi McLaughJin et Hogarth

6. Right chelipcd each with médian longitudinal row of spines extending full length of

palm; dorsal surface with long dense setae distally on palm and proximally on fixed

finger, scattered long setae on remaining surfaces .TV, meiringae n.sp.

— Right cheliped each with médian longitudinal row of spines only in proximal third

of palm; dorsal surface with only scattered long setae, no dense setae distally on

palm and proximally on fixed finger . N. kosiensis n.sp.

Nematopagunis crosniert n.sp.

(Fig. 1)

Nematopagurus squamiebelis — Kensley 1969: 163,

fig. 6a-d; nnt Nematopagurus squamiebelis Alcock,

1905b.

Matf.RIAI 1XAMIN1TX - - Madagascar. Vtluban stn

CH 10, 12-M3 S - 48“ 15’h, 360-345 m, 10.IV.1971,

coll, A. Crosnier: holcitype â SL 6.8 mm (MNHN

Pg 5537); paratypes, 1 o SL 6.3 mm. 1 ovig. 2 SL

6.1 mm (MNHN Pg 5538). — Stn CH 56,

23°36.3’S - 43"31.6’E, 395-410 m, 26.11.1973, coll.

A. Crosnier: 1 ovig. 9 SL 6.3 mm (USNM 276083).

South Africa. Anton Bruit» stn 370, 24°40'S -

35°28'E, 347 m, 18.VIII.I964; 2 ââ SL 4.0,

4.5 mm, 1 9 SL 3.0 mm (SAM 19479).

TYPE MATERIAL — The holotype is a male with shield

length of 6.8 mm front Madagascar, Vttuban station

CH 10 (MNHN Pg 5537). The other spécimens

mentioned here are paratypes.

Distribution. — South Mozambique Channd to off

Cap d’Ambre, Madagascar; 347-410 m.

Habitat. — Shell substrate.

Etymology. — This species is dedicated to Alain

Crosnier, esteemed friend and colleague, and exalted

leader of “Crosnier’s Cm ni es".

Description

Shield broader than long; anterior margin bet-

ween rostral lobe and latéral projections weakly

concave; antérolatéral margins sloping; posterior

margin fruncate or rounded; surface with few

sparse tults of short setae laterally and anteriorly.

Rostrum very broadly rounded, not produced

beyond level of latéral projections. Latéral projec¬

tions strongly developed beneath anterior mar¬

gin; each with laterally directed spinule.

Ocular peduncles short, 0.55-0.60 length of

shield; dorsal surfaces each with médian tuft of

stiff setae at base of cornea, dorsomesial surface

with sparse tuft of setae; corneae strongly dilated,

corneal diameter equal to or excceding peduncu-

lar length. Ocular acides small, triangular; rermi-

nating subacutcly, with decply concave dorsal

surface and prominent submargrnal spine.

Antennular peduncles moderarely short, excee-

dïng distal margins of corneae by 0.25-0.45

length of ultimare segments. Ulrimate and

penultimate segments with few scattered setae.

Basal segment with acute spine on latéral face

distally.

Antennal peduncles moderately short, overrea-

ching distal margins of corneae by 0.20-0.35

lengrh of fifth segments Fifth and fourtb seg¬

ments with few scattered setae. Third segment

with small spine at ventrodistal angle. Second

segment with dorsolateral distal angle produced,

termiuating in acuce spine, latéral and inesial

margins with few stiff setae; dorsomesial tlisral

angle with small spine. First segment unarmed.

Antennal acide moderately long, reaching

beyond proximal half of ultimate peduncular

segment; arcuate, terminating in acute spine;

mesial margin with tufrs of long stiff setae.

Antennal flagella long, overreaching tip of right

cheliped; occasionally few articles each with one

or two very short setae or bristles, at least in

proximal half.

Chelipeds subcqual: right only sliglitl) r longer,

but srouter rhan lefr, both moderarely elongate.

Dactyl slightlv shortet to nearly equal to length

of palm; cutting edge with three or four strong

calcareous teerh proximally, corncous teeth dis¬

tally, terminating in small corneous claw and

318

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

Fig. 1. — Nematopagurus crosnieri n.sp., paratype, ovigerous ? (SL 6.3 mm), Vauban stn CH 56 (USNM 276083); A, shield and

cephalic appendages: B, carpus and chela of right cheliped (dorsal view); C, carpus and chela of left cheliped (dorsal view); D, right

second pereopod (latéral view); E, dactyl of right second pereopod (mesial view); F, left third pereopod (latéral view); G, dactyi of left

third pereopod (mesial view); H, telson. Scale bars: A. 5 mm; H, 2 mm; B-G, 1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA > 1998 • 20(2)

319

McLaughlin P. A.

slightly overkpped by fixed fînger; dorsal surface

with several low transverse scutes mesially and

extending onto rounded dorsomesial margin,

each with marginal row of short stiff setae, few

tufts of short setae adjacent to cutting edge;

mesial face with abundance of long setae.

Palm 0.80 co nearly as long as carpus; dorsome¬

sial margin not delimited; dorsal surface with

eight or nine rows of parlially to nearly complété

rransverse scutes eontinued onto latéral and

mesial faces, each with marginal row of short stiff

setae; proximal 0.75-0.80 of dorsal surface of

fixed fînger with moderately short rransverse

rows of scutes provided with marginal short stiff

setae; distal 0.20-0.25 of dorsal surface with scat-

tered tults of setae; cutting edge with rosv of

three or four strong calcaréous teeth, small ealca-

reous teeth near tip, terminating in small cor-

neous claw; ventral .surlaces of palm and fixed

fînger smooth, with few short transverse rows of

long setae. Carpus approximately equal to length

of merus; dorsodistal margin with row ol uni-

formly short stiff setae; dorsomesial margin with

row of strong spines; dorsal surface with complé¬

té or incomplète transverse scutes extending onto

latéral and mesial faces and provided marginally

with short stiff setae; dorsolateral margin not

delimited; ventral surface with low protubérances

and tufts of setae, occasionally small spine neat

venrrodistal margin. Merus subtriangular; dorsal

margin, mesial and latéral faces ail with transver¬

se ridges and long stiff setae; ventrolateral margin

with two widely-spaced spines in distal half, Ire-

quently few rransverse ridges and stiff setae

proximally; ventromesial margin with three

widely-spaced spines, ventral surface with few

low protubérances or ridges and tufts of setae.

Ischium with small acute or blunt spine at ven-

trokteral angle.

Left chclipcd usually reaebing nearly ro tip of

dactyl of rigbt; moderately slendcr. Dactyl slîght-

lv shorter to slightly longer than palm; cutting

edge with row of small corncous teeth, termina¬

ting in small corncous claw and slightly overlap-

ped by fixed linger: dorsomesial margin rounded,

dorsal surface with tufts of short setae adjacent ro

cutting edge, rows of marginally serilerous scutes

extending onto mesial face; ventral surface with

few tufts of setae. Palm 0.65-0.80 length of car¬

pus; dorsomesial margin rounded; dorsal surface,

like that ol righc, with seven to ninc transverse

rows of complété or incomplète scutes, each

extending onto latéral and mesial laces and pro¬

vided with marginal row of short stiff setae; dor¬

sal surface of fixed fînger with several short

transverse scutes, each with marginal fringe of

short stiff setae; cutting edge with row of small

calcaréous teeth interspersed with corncous

teeth. Carpus approximately 1,25 longer rlian

merus; dorsodistal margin with unifonn row of

short stiff setae, dorsomesial margin with row of

prominent spines, dorsolateral margin not deli¬

mited; dorsal surface with several complété or

more Frequently interrupted, marginally serite-

rous scutes extending onto latéral and mesial

faces; ventral surface with low protubérances and

tufts of setae. Merus subtriangular; dorsal surface

with transverse ridges and stiff serae, distal mar-

gin with row of moderately long still setae: laté¬

ral and mesial faces with tufts of stiff setae;

ventral surface with few low protubérances and

tufts of setae; ventromesial margin with row of

acute spines, dccrcasing in size proximally, ven-

trolatcral margin with three or four spines distal-

ly and spinulose ridges in proximal half. Ischium

with acure or blunt spine at ventrolateral angle.

Ambulatorv legs slightly overreaching right clteli-

ped. Dactyls 0.25 to twice length of propodi; in

latéral view straight or slightly curved ventrally

(third right); in dorsal view, slightly twisred; each

terminating in strong corneous claw: dorsal sur¬

faces each wirh vert' short rransverse rows of

small corneous spines and moderately short stiff

setae; mesial faces each with row of corneous spi-

nules dorsally and row of corneous spines at ven¬

tral margin, short row of setae in midline

proximally; latéral faces each with arched row of

setae in proximal fourth and row of sparse tufts

of short setae near dorsal and ventral raargins.

Propodi 0.25-0.35 longer than carpi; dorsal sur¬

faces each with row of short transverse ridges

extending onto latéral faces and set with short

stiff setae; mesial and latéral laces with few seat-

tered serae (second) or wirh longitudinal row of

sparse tufts of short setae near ventral margin

(rhird); ventral surfaces with few widely-spaced

sparse rufts of setae, one or two corneous spines

at ventrodistal angle. Carpi 0.50-0.75 length of

320

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

meri; dorsal surfaces each with spinc at dorsodis-

tal angle, Irequently one additional spine in

proximal half on second pereopods, occasionally

also on third righc, and ail with row of tufts of

stiff setae; latéral faces each with several short

oblique rows of stiff setae, ventral surfaces each

with few scattered sparse tufts of setae; mesial

faces glabrous or with few tiny tufts of very short

setae. Meri lateiallv compressed; dorsal surfaces

each with row of transverse ridges and stiff setae;

latéral faces each with one or two longitudinal

rows of short setae; mesial faces glabrous or with

very few sparse tufts of short setae; ventral sur¬

faces of second pereopods each usually with

acute spine distally and three or four biunt or

spinulose protubérances accompanied by sparse

tufts of setae; third with tufts of setae. Ischia cach

with few setae dorsally and vcntrally. Anterior

lobe of sternite of third pereopods roundly

subrectangular, with long stiff setae mediâlly

and/or on anterior margin.

Males with well-developed, elongace, fîliform

sexual tube on coxa of right fifth pereopod, left

with sexua! tube developcd onlv as enlatged

papilla protruding from gonopore. foison with

posterior lobes asymmetrical, subtriangular; sepa-

rated by deep médian cleft; terminal margins

oblique, each with one or more rows of acute

spines; latéral margins oblique, each with row ol

small subacute spines increasing in si/.e loward

outer angle; dorsal surface frequently spinulose

near terminal margins.

Coi.OUR

Not known.

RE MARKS

Kensley (1969) identified three specimens ftom

the Southern end of the Mozambique Channel

(Anton Broun stn 370, 1IOE) as Nematopagurus

'"squamichelis Alcock, 1905 presumably because

of the “imbricaring squamae" covering the chelae

and carpi of the chelipeds. However, Kensley's

( 1969: Fig. 6b, c) figures suggested a species more

closely related to Nematopagurus scutellichelis

Alcock, 1905b (pl. 12, fig. 3). Reexamination of

Kensley’s specimens (SAM 19479) has confirmed

the conspecificity of his TV. “ sefUMiiiehelis" with

N. crosnieri n.sp. The new species is readily dis-

tinguished from botli of Alcock’s species. AJcock’s

N. squamichelts is deseribed as having the squa-

miform, imbrieating cubercles of the palms for-

rning several sériés; the dorsomesial of the palm

and dorsolateral margins of the palm and ftxed

flnger are spinose. These margins are unarmed in

N. crosnieri, and rhe squamae of the dorsal sur¬

faces of the chelae do not form several distinct

sériés. Non a topagu rus scuicilkhelis wâs deseribed

and illustrated by Alcock (1905b: 112, pl. 12,

fig. 5) as having almosr nude chelipeds and

ambulatoty legs. The meri and carpi of the

second 3nd third pereopods were reportedly

squamose, while the propodi were scutellated,

the squamae and scutes being nude and polished.

The carpi ofboth pairs were deseribed with spi¬

nose dorsal margins. As may bc seen in

figure 1D, t, the ambulatoty legs of N. crosnieri

are abundaiuly setose on the dorsal and latéral

surfaces of the propodi and càrpi; the dorsal sur¬

faces of the carpi do not bave a row of spines.

Nematopagurus crosnieri bears a close resemblance

to N. scutellifonnis McLaughlin, 1997, not onlj

in the form of the scutes of the chelae and carpi,

and setation, but in the form of the telson.

However, the chelae of N. crosnieri lack the

spines on the dorsomesial margins of the palms

and dorsolateral margins of the palms and fixed

fmgers that are présent in N. scutellifonnis.

Netnatopagurus cbauseyensis n.sp.

(Fig. 2)

Material EXAMINEE). — Madagascar. Vuubdn stn

CH 43, 15°24.5’S - 46 a 02’E, 250-265 ni, 7.XI.1972,

coll. A. Crosnieri 1 2 SL 4.3 mm (MNHN

Pg 5540). — Stn CH 4?, 1 5°20S - 46°11.8’E,

245-250 m, 7.XI. 1972: 2 6 S. 1 ovig. 2 SL

3.5-5.0 mm (MNHN Pg 5541). — Stn CH 56,

23°36’S - 43°31,6’L, 395-410 m, 26.11.1973. coll.

A. Crosnier: 1 ? SL 4.5 mm (MNHN Pg 5542), 1 6

SJ 4.5 mm (MNHN Pg 5539), 1 ovig. 2 SL4.3 mm

(JJSNM 276084), I 2 SL 4.3 mm (SAM).

T YI'E MATERIAL. — The female, SI. 4.5 mm, from

Vauban station CH 56 (MNHN Pg 5539) is the

holotype. Ail orher specimens mentioned here are

para types.

Distribution. — Madagascar; 245-410 m.

Habitat. — Gastropod shells.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

McLaughlin P. A.

Etymology. — This species is namect for the French

island of Chausey, home of Alain Crosnicr, and offi¬

cial gathering place for “Crosnier’s Cronies

Description

Shield as broad or broader than long; antérolaté¬

ral nrargins sloping; anterior margin between ros-

trum and latéral projections concave; posterior

margin truncate; dorsal surface with several tufts

ofsetae. Rostrum very broadly rounded, nor pro-

duced to level of latéral projecdons. Latéral pro¬

jections prominent, roundly triangular or

subquadrate, eacb with laterally dlrected submar-

ginal spine.

Ocular peduncles short, 0.75-0.80 length of

shield; surfaces each with dorsomedian row of

stiff setae at base of cornea, and sparse tufts of

short setae dorsally and mesially; corneae stron-

gly dilated, corneal diameter equal to or excee-

ding peduncular length. Ocular acides small,

triangular; terminating subacutely, with deeply

concave dorsal surface and prominent submargi¬

nal spine.

Antennular peduncles moderately short, excee-

ding distal margin of corneae by 0.25-0.50 leng¬

th of ultimare segment. Ultimate segment with

longitudinal row of tufts of setae ou dorsal surface.

Penultimate segment with few scattered setae.

Basal segment with nülVierous short setae dorsal-

ly and distally, prominent spine on latéral face.

Antennal peduncles moderatcly short, overrea-

ching distal margin of cornea by 0.20-0.35 leng¬

th of fifth segment. Fifth with few short setae

dorsally and distally. Pourth segment with long

stiff setae, especially on ventral surface Third

segment with small spine at vciurodistal angle

completel) eoncealed by long stiff setae. Second

segment with dorsolateral distal angle produccd,

terminating in simple or bifid spine, latéral and

mesial margins with long stiff setae; dorsomesial

distal angle with small spine. First segment pro-

duced ventrolaterally as flattcncd subacute lobe.

Antennal acide moderatcly long, l'çaching to or

beyond proximal half of ultimate peduncular

segment; slightly arcuate, terminating in acute

spine; mesial margin with mimerons tufts ol long

stiff setae. Antennal flagella long, overreaching

tip of right cheliped; occasionally few articles

each with one or two very short setae or brisrles,

at least in proximal half.

Chilipeds subequal; right slight ly stronger than

left, but olten somewhat shorter. Dactyl slightly

shorter than palm; cutting edge with elongate

fused pair of strong calcareous teeth separated

front single similat calcareous tooth by two smal-

ler calcareous recrh, few çorneOus teeth distally,

terminating in small corneous claw and slightly

overlapped by fixed langer; proximal half of dor¬

sal surface with several low, short transverse

sentes mesially and extending onto rounded,

Ltnarmcd dorsomesial margin, each sente with

marginal row of short stiff setae, tufts of some¬

what longer setae distally and adjacent to cutting

edge; mesial face and ventral surface with nume-

rous short transverse ridges and longer setae.

Palm 0.75-0.85 length of carpus; dorsomesial

margin creased by sériés of short transverse

sentes, each with small spine and Linge of stiff

setae; dorsal surface wirh eleven to fifteen irregu¬

lar transverse rows of short seules continued onto

latéral face, each with marginal row ol short stiff

setae; proximal 0.75-0.80 of dorsal surface of

flxcd finger with irregular transverse rows of

short sentes provided with marginal short stiff

setae, also continued onto latéral face as short

transverse ridges with longer setae; distal

0.20-0.25 of dorsal surface nearly smooth, with

only scattered tufts of setae; cutting edge with

row of strong calcareous teeth, small calcareous

teeth interspersed with corneous teeth distally,

terminating in small corneous claw; ventral sur¬

faces of palm and fixed fmger with short trans¬

verse ridges and moderate to long setae. Carpus

slightly shorter than merus; dorsodistal margin

with row of short stiff setae; dorsomesial margin

with row of moderately strong spincs; dorsal sur¬

face with irregular transverse rows, each consis-

ting of three to six short scutes, extending onto

dorsal half of latéral face, and provided marginal-

ly with short stiff setae; dorsolateral margin not

delimived; latéral, mesial and ventral surfaces

with transverse ridges and moderate ro long

setae. Merus subtriangular; dorsal margin with

row of transverse ridges and short to moderately

long, setae; latéral and mesial faces each with

transverse ridges, Inngest in ventral third, and

long stiff setae; ventrolateral margin with two to

322

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

Fig. 2. — Nematopagurus chauseyensls n.sp., paratype, 2 (SL 4.3 mm), Vauban stn CH 43 (MNHN Pg 5540); A, shield and cepha-

lic appendages; B. carpus and chela of right cheliped (dorsal view); C, carpus and chela of left cheliped (dorsal view); D, right

second pereopod (latéral view); E, dactyl of right second pereopod (mesial view); F, left third pereopod (latéral view); G, telson.

Scale bars: A, 3 mm; B-F, 5 mm; G, 1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

McLaughlin P. A.

four acute spines in distal half; ventromesial mar-

gin with une to three spines; ventral surface with

three or four transverse ridges, each with long

stiff setae and occasionally one or two small

spines. Ischiuln with fevv stiff setae; one spine at

ventrolateral distal angle.

Left cheliped moderately slender. Dactyl slighrly

longer to nearly twice lengrh of palm; cutting

edge with tow of small corneous tccth, termina-

ring in small corneous claw and slightly overlap-

ped by fixed finger; dorsal surface with row of

sparse ruffs of setae adjacent to cutting edge, few

short marginally sétiferous sentes proxi mally,

extending onto mesial face dorsally; dorsomesial

margin not delimited; mesial and ventral surfaces

also with numerotis long setae. Palm

0.65-0.75 length of carpus; dorsomesial margin

not delimited, but with one or two spines proxi-

mally; dorsal surface, like chat of right, with

seven to eleven irregular transverse rows of short

scutes, extending onto mesial and latéral faces

and provided with marginal row of short stiff

setae; dorsal surface of fixed 11nger with several

transverse rows of short scutes in proximal

0.65-0.75, ça ch with marginal fringe of short

stiff setae, distal quarter to third nearly smooth,

but with scarteted tufrs of setae; ventral surfaces

ail with short transvase rows of long stiff setae;

cutting edge of fixed finger wtth row of small cal-

careous tecth interspersed with corneous teeth.

Carpus approximately equal to slightly longer

than mertts; dorsodistal margin wirh row of short

to moderately long stiff setae, dorsomesial mar¬

gin wirh row of spines partially concealcd by

long stiff setae, dorsolateral margin not delimi-

red; dorsal surface with irregular transverse rows

of short, marginally setiferous scutes extending

onto latéral face; mesial and ventral surfaces with

rufts of stiff setae. Menas subtriangular, dorsal

surface with transverse ridges and stiff setae, dis¬

tal margin wirh row of moderately long stiff

setae; latéral and mesial faces with rufts of stiff

setae; ventral surface with low sometimes spinose

ridges and long setae; ventromesial margin wirh

one to threc spines in distal 0.65, ventrolateral

margin with two to four spines in distal half and

few short sometimes spinulose ridges in proximal

half. Ischium with spine at ventrolateral distal

angle and scattered tufts of setae.

Ambulatnry legs overreachîng right cheliped by

Ü.tO-0.25 length of dactyls. Dactyls very slender,

0.35-0.50 longer than propodi; in latéral view,

curved ventrally; in dorsal view, strongly twisied

in distal third to half; each terminating in small

corneous claw; dorsal surfaces each with onc or

two rows of very short corneous spines and long

stiff setae; mesial faces each with row of corneous

spinales dorsally; latéral faces each with few scat¬

tered setae; ventral surfaces each with row of ele¬

ven to seventeen strong corneous spines

increasing in size distallv. Propodi 0.25-0.35 lon¬

ger than carpi; dorsal surfaces each with row of

short transverse scute-like ridges extending onto

latéral faces and set with short to moderately

long stiff setae; tnesial and latéral faces with scat¬

tered setae; ventral surfaces usuallv with widely-

spaced sparse tufts of setae, one or two corneous

spines at vcntrodistal angle. Carpi 0.50-

0.85 length of meri; dorsal surfaces each with

spine at dorsodistal angle and transverse rows of

tufts of stiff setae; mesial and ventral surfaces

each wirh few scattered tufts of long setae; latéral

faces each with three to several short to modera¬

tely long transverse rows ol stiff setae. Meri each

with row ol transverse ridges and stiff setae on

dorsal surfaces; latéral and mesial laces usually

with few tufts of setae; ventral surfaces with tew

tufts ol setae, second also with one spine distally.

Ischia each with setae dorsally and ventrally.

Anterior lobe of sternite of third pereopods sub-

semictrcular, with long stifl setae on anterior

margin,

Males with well-developed, elongate, filiform

sexual cube on coxa of right fifth pereopod, left

one with very short sexual tube. Telson with pos-

tc-rior lobes slightly asymmetrical, subsemicircu-

lar to subrectangular; separated by deep médian

clcft, terminal margins rounded, each with row

of long spines interspersed with smaller spines

and extending onto latéral margins, sometimes

wirh adjacent row of spinulcs on dorsal surface.

COLOUR

Not known.

Remarks

Nematopagurus chauseyensis bears a considérable

resemblance to Alcock’s (1905b) N. squarnichelis

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

in havïng very short ocular peduncles with stron- one or two spines on the dorsomcsial margin of

giy dilated corncae, antcnnular and antennal rhe palm of the left chcliped. Additionally the

peduncles that overreach the distal margins of ambulatory dactyls of N, squamichelis are descri-

the corneae, and the carpi and chelae of the che- bed and illustrated as being stout and moderately

lipeds that are covered dorsally with transverse long. The dactyls of N. chauseyensis are distinctly

rows of setiferous short seules. Alcocfcs specimen longer and much more slender.

has not been available for reexamination; howe-

ver, from hix description and figure (Alcock Nematopagurus diademn Lewinsohn, 1969

1905b: 113, pl. 12, fig. 1) N squamichelis and (Fig. 3)

N. chauseyensis are easily differentiatecl, Alcock’s

taxon is describcd as having spines on borh rhe Nematopagurus diaekma Lewinsohn, 1969:74, fig. 13.

dorsomcsial and dorsolateral margins of the .. _ „ „ .... . XI .

palms of both chelipeds. Nematopagurus chau- Zu | uland . Sodesana Bay, off Gobeys Point, Meiring

seyensis lacks spines on the pooriy defined dorso- Naude srn ZG 4, 27°26.2’S - 32°44.7’E, 120-150 m.

latéral margin of the light chela, and has only 2.VI.1987: I ovig. 9 SL 3.5 mm (PMcL).

DISTRIBUTION. — Red Sea; Mozambique Channel;

62-150 m.

Habitat. — Lewinsohn (1969) reported the use of

several species of gastropod shells.

Diagnosis

Shield broader than long; surface with few very

small tufts of setae. Rostrum rounded and nearly

Fig. 3. — Nematopagurus diadema Lewinsohn, 1969, ovigerous 9 (SL 3.5 mm), Meiring Naude stn ZG 4 (PMcL); A, shield and

cephalic appendages; B. telson; C, carpus and chela of right cheliped (dorsal view). Scale bars: A, 1 mm; B, 2 mm: C, 0.5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA > 1998 - 20(2)

325

McLaughlin P. A.

obsolète. Latéral projections each with outwardly

directed tiny spine. Ocular peduncles relatively

long, approximately as long as shield; corneae

slightly dilated. Ocular acides rclatively small,

triangular, terminating subacutely, with submar¬

ginal spine. Anrennular peduncles overreacb dis¬

tal margin of corneae by 0.25-0.33 length of

ultimate segment. Antennal peduncles reaching

beyond bases of corneae, but not to distal mar-

gins. Antennal acide nearly reaching distal mar¬

gin of ultimate pcduncular segment.

Chelipeds similar, but right distinctly stronger.

Right chcliped with row of rounded uibercles on

dorsomesial surface of daetyl and adjacent row of

tufts of plumose setae, neither extending to distal

third; fixed finger with double row of similarly

rounded tuberdes in dorsal midline. Palm with

elevated rosette (cluster) of rounded tuberculare

platelets distally; dorsomesial margin with few

small widely-spaced tuberdes and adjacent irre-

gular row of large almost pear-shaped tuberdes,

dorsal midline with two similar pear-shaped

tuberdes and one subacutc small spine; dorsola-

teral margin ol palm and fixed finger with row of

widely-spaced similar tuberdes and adjacent tufts

of plumose setae. Carpus with row of acute

spines on dorsomesial margin, few small spines

on dorsal Surface distally, and irrégular row of

small spines laierâllv. Venttolateral margin ol

merus with one very prominent spine and few

smaller spines proximally and on ventral surface;

ventromesial margin with two small spines.

Left cheliped arnied similarly to right, but dorso-

proximal margin of palm with dense plumose

setae not présent on right.

Ambulatory legs similar. Dactyls 0.35-0.50 lon¬

ger than propodi; dorsal margins each with row

of long spiniform brisrles; ventral margins each

with eight to ten corneous spines. Propodi each

with row of tufts of setae on dorsal margins.

Carpi each with dorsodistal spine, second also

with additional spine in proximal half, Meri with

tufts of serae dorsaüy and ventrally.

Telson with siibequal posterior lobes sepâraced by

moderately broad médian clelt; terminal margins

each with three or four strong spines interspersed

with smaller spines; latéral margins each with

weakly cakified marginal plate, more distinct on

left.

COLOUR

In preservative only a faint hint of longitudinal

stripes on the latéral surfaces of ambulatory legs

remains.

Remarks

The North Zululand specimen exhibits some dif¬

férences from Lewinsohn’s description of his Red

Sea specimens. Specifically, the South African

specimen bas distinctly shorter ultimate seg¬

ments in the anrennular peduncles, shorter

ambulatory dactyls, and an additional postero-

dorsal spine on the carpus of each second pereo-

pod: however, these différences are well wiihin

the ranges of variation seen in species of

Ne ma top a gu rus. The South African specimen

shares the distinctive and unique armature of the

chelae with Red Sea specimens of N. diadema ,

and there is no doubr thaï it is correctiy assigued

to this taxon. Witherington (1973) in an unpu-

blished doctoral dissertation also reported a spe¬

cimen of N. diadema from an Anton Bruun

station in Mozambique Channel.

Nematopagurus holthuisi

McLaughlin et Hogarth, 1998

(Fig. 4)

Nematopagurus holthuisi McLaughlin et Hogarth,

1998: 25, figs 19-26.

Nematopagurus muricatus - Laurie 1926: 161; not

Nematopagurus muricatus (Henderson, 1896).

MATERtAL EXAMINED. — South Africa. North

Zululand, SL Kosi River niouth, Meiring Naude stn

ZA 29, 26 D 54.3’S - 32°54.8’E, 48 m, 8.VI.1987:

1 ovig. 9 SI. 2.8 mm (PMcL).

DlsrRIBUTIUN. — Seychelles, North Zululand, South

Africa; 45-48 m.

HABITA I . — Çollected on muddy sand, Halimeda

and seagrass lieds in the Seychelles; habitat not repor¬

ted for the North Zululand specimen.

DlAGNOMS

Shield as broad or broader than long; dorsal sur¬

face with sparse tufts of setae anteriorly and late-

rally. Rostrum broadly rounded, weakly

produced or nearly obsolète, not reaching level of

latéral projections. Latéral projections roundly

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

triangular, each usually wirh prominent submar-

ginal spine. Ocular peduncles 0.80-0.90 length

of shield; dorsal surfaces each with médian tufr

ofstifif setae at base of cornea, one additional tuft

on mesial surface and short row on dorsal surface

proximally; corneae somewhat dilated Ocular

acides narrowly triangular; terminating acutely,

with concave dorsal surface and prominent sub¬

marginal .spine. Amennulat peduncles overrea-

ching distal margin of corneae by 0.20-0.50

lengrh of uhimate scgmetit. Antennal peduncles

not overreaching distal margin of cornea. Second

segment with dorsolareral distal angle produced,

terminating in simple or bifid spine, latéral mar¬

gin with one or two tufts of stilf secae, occasio-

nally also with riny spinule; dorsomesial distal

angle with srnall spine. Antennal acide reaching

distal half of ultimate peduncular segment;

arcuate, terminating in acute spine; mesial mar¬

gin with few moderately long stiff setae.

Antennal flagella slightly longer than oufstret-

ched right cheliped; eveiy article with one or two

very short setae.

Chelipeds subequal; right slightly longer and

stronger. Dactyl somewhat shorter than palm;

very slightly overlapped by fixed finger; dorsal

surface unarmed or with few small spines, most

numerous proximally, few tufts of setae distally,

dorsomesial margin with row of stronger spines

extending nearly to tip. Palm slightly shorter

than carpus; dorsomesial margin with row of

small spines; dorsai surface wirh scattered long

setae and covered with extremely short fine setae

and numerous but not densely packed, small

spines, médian longitudinal row of spines slightly

stronger proximally; dorsolateral margin with

Fig. 4. — Nematopagurus holthuisi McLaughlin et Hogarth, 1998, ovigerous 9 (SL 2.8 mm), Meiring Naude stn ZA 29 (PMcL);

A, shield and cephalic appendages; B. telson; C, carpus and chela of right cheliped (dorsal view, fine setae of palm and fixed finger

not shown). Scale bars: A. B, 2 mm; C, 1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

327

McLaughlin P. A.

row of spines extending to tip of fixed finger;

dorsal surface of fixed finger vvith similar cove-

ring of small spin es proximally and scactered lon¬

ger setae disrally. Car pas wirh one or two small

spines on dorsodistal margin and soinerimes one

additional spine adjacent to margin, dorsomesial

margin with row of spines; dorsal surface practi-

cally glabrous, dorsolateral margin with more

irregular row of slightly smaller spines; mesial

and ventral surfaces with tufts of long stiff, iri-

descent setae. Merus with two strong spines on

ventrolareral margin dîstally; ventromesial mar¬

gin with one to three spines in distal half; ventral

surface with two transverse rows of two or three

acute, subacute or bliint spines and tufts of long

stiff indescent setae.

Left cheliped reâçhing beyond base of dactyl of

right; moderately slender, Dactyl slightly longer

than palm; slightly overlapped by fixed finger;

dorsal surface unarmed or with few small spines

in proximal half, dorsomesial margin with row of

spines exrending nearly to tip, surfaces ail wirh

stiff setae. Palm approximately 0.50 length of

carpus; dorsomesial margin with row of small

spines; dorsal surface eovered with extreniely

short fine setae and numerous, but not densely

packed, small spines, médian longitudinal row

on slightly raised midline more distinct proxi-

rnally; dorsolateral margin with row of spines,

extending nearly to tip of lixed finger; surfaces

wirh long sriff setae. Carpus wirh spine dorsodis¬

tal margin; dorsomesial and dorsolateral margins

each with row of spines. Merus with one or two

spine on ventrolareral margin and sometimes

small spine at ventrolareral discal angle; ventro¬

mesial margin with two strong spines in distal

half; ventral surface with transversc row of few

small spines or ruberclcs distaily, transverse unar¬

med or spinulose ridge proximally.

Ambulatory legs ail of approximately equal length.

Dactyls of second pair approximately 1.10 length

of propodi, dactyls of third pair about 1.25 leng¬

th of propodi; dorsal surfaces each with row of

corneous spines and few moderately long setae;

mesial faces each with row of short corneous

spines dorsally; ventral margins each with row of

eight to ten (second), and eleven or twelve

(third) corneous spines. Propodi each with low

protubérances and tufts of short setae on dorsal

surfaces; one small corneous spine ar each ven-

trodisral angle, and one additional corneous

spine near mid-length. Carpi ail with small spine

at dorsodistal angle; second pair each with one or

two additional small spines on dorsal surface in

proximal half. Meri with widely-spaced rufrs of

setae dorsally; ventral margins each with low pro¬

tubérances (sometimes spinose on second) and

tufts of stiff setae. Anterior lobe of sternite of

third percopods stibquadrate, with few marginal

setae.

Coxa of fifth right pereopod with long sexual

tube directed across ventral thorax and coiled in

distal half; left tube short, directed somewhat

posteriorly. Telson with posterior lobes practically

symmetrical; separated by moderately deep

médian cleft; terminal margins somewhat roun-

dc-d, left with four or five moderately large

spines, right with four; latéral margins each xvith

distinct chirinous plate, left sometimes with one

to three tiny spinules.

COCÈHJR

In preservative: ocular peduncles each with band

of color near proximal margin ultimate segment.

One disral or subdistal and one médian cireular

band of color on hoth dactyl and fixed finger of

each cheliped. Ambulatory legs longitudinally

stripcd as follows: ischia each with three stripes

on latéral face; meri, carpi and propodi cach with

one dorsal, one venrral, and three latéral stripes,

with the upper and lower latéral stripes infemip-

ted medially on the meri and propodi. Dactyls of

the ambulatory legs with faint uniform colora¬

tion and darker subdistal band (after

McLaughlin & Hogarth 1998).

Remarks

McLaughlin & Hogarth (1998) desciibcd

N. holtbuisi front specimens colJected du ring the

Netheriands Seychelles Expédition of 1992-

1993. and indicated rhat this was the same spe-

cies reported lrom the Seychelles by I.aurie

(192 6) as N. mûri ai tus (Henderson, 1896). As

noted hy McLaughlin & Hogarth (1998),

N. hulthitisi is even more similar to N. lewimolmi

Türkay, 1986 in the general armature of the che-

lae, but N. holthuisi is readily distinguished by

its: (1) longer, more slender ocular peduncles

328

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

with only slightly dilated corneae; (2) longer

antennular peduncles; (3) amlnilaiory legs rhar

are ail of relatively equal total length; and

(4) carpi of second pereopods thaï Kave one or

two proximal spines in addition ro the dorsodis-

tal spine. The single speeimen ol N, holthuisi col-

lected during the Meiring Naudc cruise agréés

quite well with the Seychelles specimens,

although the spines of the chelipeds arc a litdc

smallcr, and the mcri each hâve an additionai

spine on the ventromesial margin. This is the

First record of this species in South African

waters.

Nematopagurus kosiensis n.sp.

(Fig. 5)

MaterIAI KXAMINED. — South Africa. Norih

Zululand. Sodesana Bay, Off Gobey's Point, Meiring

Naude stn ZG 4, 27°26.2'S - 32°44.7'E, 120-130 m,

2.VI.1987: 1 ovig. 2 SL 3.5 mm (MNHN Pg 5543).

Tytt MAI PRIAI. — The single ovigerous female from

off Gobey’s Point, Sodesana Bay, North Zululand,

South Africa is the holorype.

Distribution. — Known only frorn type locality off

North Zululand, South Africa; 120-150 m.

HABITAT. — Collected from sandsrone rubble with

glass sponges.

EitmOLOGY. — This species is narned for the région

of the type locality, SE of the mouth of the Rosi

River, Zululand, South Africa.

Description

Shield longer than broad; antérolatéral ntargins

sloping; anterîor margin between rostrum and

latéral projections somewhat concave; posterior

margin truncate; dorsal surface with sparse tufts

of setae generally circumscribing gastric région.

Rostrum very obtusely and roundly triangular,

reaching level of right latéral projection, slightly

overreaching left. Latéral projections prominent,

obtusely rriangular, right with small submarginal

spine, left unarmed.

Ocular peduncles approximatcly 0.80 length of

shield; dorsal surfaces each with sparse médian

tuft of stiff setae at base of cornea, two veiy sparse

tufts on dorsal surface and additionai tuft rnesial-

ly; corneae not noticeably dilated, width about

0.35 peduncular length. Ocular acides small, tri¬

angular; terminatiug acutely, with concave dorsal

surface and prominent submarginal spine.

Antennular peduncles uverreaching distal margin

of corneae by nearly 0.80 length ol ultimate seg¬

ment. Ultimate segment with one or two fine

setae. Basal segment with prominent spine on

dorsolateral margin.

Antennal peduncles overreaching distal margin

of cornea by approximatcly 0.20 length of fifth

segment. Fifth and fourth segments with few

setae, Third segment with sparse tuft of stiff setae

at ventrodistal angle. Second segment with dur

solateral distal angle produced. terminatiug in

strong spine. latéral margin with few setae; dor-

somcsial distal angle with small spine. First seg¬

ment with one spinule on ventrolateral margin

distally, Antennal acide long, overreaching distal

margin of cornea and reaching distal half of ulti¬

mate peduncular segment; arcuate, terminating

in aeute spine; mesial margin with few rnoderate-

ly long stiff sente, Antennal flagella missing,

Chelipeds subequal; right slighrly longer and

stronger. Dactyl slightly shorter than palm; cut-

ting edge with two proximal and one médian

strong calcareous reerh separated by row of small

calcareous denticles, row of corneous teeth distal¬

ly, terminaiing in small corneous claw and very

slightly overlapped by fixed linger; convex dorsal

surface and dorsomesial margin with scattered

sparse tufts of moderately long setae; mesial and

ventral surfaces with scattered long serae. Palm

slightly shorter rhan carpus; dorsomesial margin

with row of small spines; dorsal midline wirh

longitudinal row of spines in proximal third,

dorsal surface with few veiy sparse tufts of setae;

dorsolateral margin with row of tiny spinules

extending approximately half length of fixed fin-

ger; dorsal surface of fixed finger with scattered,

moderately long setae; cutting edge with three

moderately small calcareous teeth proximally,

one large calcareous tooth medially and row of

quite small calcareous teeth distally, terminating

in small corneous claw; latéral and ventral sur¬

faces of palm and fixed fînger with scattered

setae. Carpus slighrly longer than merus; dorso-

distal margin with one prominent spine, dorso¬

mesial and dorsolateral margins each with row of

slender acute spines and long, moderately stiff

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

329

McLaughlin P. A.

setae; dorsal surface with few scattered long setae;

latéral, rnesial and ventral surfaces ail with sparse

tufts of long setae, venrrolatera] distal angle with

spinule. Merus subtriangular; dorsodistal margin

with row of muderately stiff long setae; dorsal

margin, rnesial, latéral and ventral faces ail with

short transverse rows of long setae; ventrolateral

margin with two widely-spaced acute spines dis-

tally, spinule and spinulose protubérances proxi-

mally; venrromesial margin with one strong

spine at distal angle and one marginal smaller

spine in distal half. Ischium with few setae dor¬

sal ly and ventrally; ventrolateral distal angle with

acute spine.

l.eft cheliped long, reaching almost to dp ol dac-

tyl of right; moderately slender. Dactyl approxi-

mately 0.25 longer than palm; cutting edge with

row of small corneous teeth, terminating in small

corneous claw and very slightly overlapped by

fixed finger; roundcd dorsal surface with two

rows of widely-spaced sparse tufts of long setae;

rnesial and ventral surfaces with few moderately

long setae. Palm approximately 0.65 length of

carpus; dorsomesial margin with row of quite

small spines; dorsal surface with short longitudi¬

nal row of small spines in slightly elevated mid-

line, not extending onto fixed finger; dorsal

surface laterad ofmidline microscopically rugose,

dorsolateral margin with row ol very small spi-

nules, extending nearly to distal half of fixed fin-

ger; ail surfaces with scattered long serae; cutting

edge of fixed finger wjth row of small calcareous

teeth. Carpus slightly longer than merus; dorso¬

distal margin with one acute spine; dorsomesial

and dorsolateral margins eaeh with row of spines

strongest mesially; rnesial, latéral and ventral sur¬

faces ail with short transverse rows of long stiff

setae; ventrolateral distal angle with minute

tubercle. Merus subtriangular; dorsodistal mar¬

gin with row of stiff setae, dorsal surface with

transverse rows of setae; venrromesial margin

with three small spines in distal half, transverse

ridges and setae proximally; ventrolateral margin

with three stronger spines in distal half, spinulose

protubérances proximally. Ischium with row of

widely-spaced spinules and setae on venrromesial

margin; ventrolateral distal angle with small

spine.

Ambulatory legs elongate, overreaching tips of

chelipeds by nearly hall lengths of dactyls.

Dactyls 1.10-1.20 length of propodi; dorsal sur¬

faces each with few short setae and row of cor¬

neous bristles; rnesial faces each wirh row of

small corneous spines dorsally; lureral faces with

few scattered setae; ventral margins each with

row of ten ro thirteen corneous spines. Propodi

1.35-1,40 longer rhan carpi; dorsal surfaces each

w'ith row of widely-spaced low protubérances

and sparse tufts of setae; row of widely-spaced

small corneous spinules on ventral surfaces.

Carpi 0.65-0.75 length of meti; dorsal surfaces

each with dorsodistal and dorsoproximal spine

and row of tufts of sparse setae; ventral and laté¬

ral surfaces with few serae. Meri with few setae

dorsally and ventrally, ventral margins of second

pair each wirh acute spine ar latéral disral angle

and one additional spine in distal half. Ischia

unarmed. Amener lobe of sternite of third per-

eopods subquadrate, with few marginal setae.

Male not known. Telson with médian indenta¬

tion indicating anlerior and posterior lobes; ante-

rior lobes distinct!)' narrower than posterior

lobes; latrer practically symmetrical, separated by

distinct médian cleft; termina] margius roundlv

oblique, each with row of moderately strong cal¬

careous spines interspersed with snuiller spines;

latéral margins each wirh spinose weakly calcified

plate.

COLOUR

In preservative: most colour has faded, but a pair

of longitudinal stripes is still apparent on the

latéral faces of meri and carpi of chelipeds and

on meri, carpi and propodi of second and third

pereopods.

Remarks

ln the armature of the chelipeds, this species

most closély résemblés N. longicornis from the

Atlantic. However, lire shorter ocular peduncles

with strongly dilated corneae, and the single dor¬

sodistal spine on each carpus of the second per¬

eopods immediately disiinguis'hes N. longicornis

from the South African species. There is also a

superficial similarity hetw r ecii N. kosiensis and

N, alcocki McLaughlin, 1997 described from

Indoiiesia, The armature of the chelipeds and

ambulatory legs is very similar in the two species.

330

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

McLaughlin P. A.

but the dorsal surfaces of the palnis and fixed

fingers of N. alcocki bave an abundance of short

setae that is lacking on those surfaces in

N. kosiensii. As in N. longicarnis, the ocular

peduncles of N. alcocki are short, stout and the

corneae distinctly dilated. Additionally, the ante-

rior lobe ot the sternite of rhe thiid pcreopods in

N. alcocki is roundty subrectangular, but subqua-

drate in N. kodensisx the telson of N. alcocki Iras

four or five large spines and only one or two spi-

nules exteriding onto die latéral margin, whereas

the termina] margins of the telson of N. kosiensis

hâve numerous large and smaller spines and the

plate of the latéral margin is spinose over the

entire length.

Ne matopagu rus meiringae n.sp.

(Fig. 6)

Nematopagurus gardineri - Kensley 1969: 163, figs

6e-h; not Nematopagurus gardineri AJcock, 1905a.

MATERIAL EXAMINEE». — South Africa. Transkei, off

Mgazi, Mcirinv, Nantie stn J3, 3l°46.3’S - 29°30.9’E,

96 m, 1 5.VT11.1982; 1 6 SI. 2.8 mm (MNHN

Pg 5544). — Off Durban, Natal, Anton Braun

stn 390, 29°35’S - 31 a 42’E, 138 m. 9.1X.1964: 1 6

SL 2.4 mm (SAM Al9478).

Type MATERIAL. — The male with a shield length ol

2.8 mm front off Mgazi, Sourh Africa (MNHN

Pg 5544) is the holorype. The male front off Durban

(SAM Al 9478) is the para type.

Distribution. Sourheastern South Africa, off

Transkei and Natal; 96-138 m.

HABITAT. — Sand and rubble substrate.

ETYMOLOGY. — Named for the research vessel

Meiring Naude.

Description

Shield generally smooth, with few tufts of setae

laterally; ver y slightly broader than long; anterior

margin between nearly obsolète rostral lobe and

latéral projections weakly concave; antérolatéral

margins terraced; posterioi margin roundly trun-

cate. Latéral projections produced, each with

small marginal spine.

Ocular peduncles moderately long, 0.60-0.80

length of shield; one or nvo stiff setae on mesial

surface and one or two tufts of thinner setae on

332

dorsal surlace; corneae dilated, maximal corneal

width included 1.5-2.0 tintes in peduncular

length; ocular acides trianguJar, terminally sub-

acute, with small submarginal spine.

Antennular peduncles overreaching distal mar¬

gins of corneae by 0.25-0.35 length of ultimate

segment. Ultimate segment with one or two dor-

sodistal setae and one or two widely-spaced tufts

on dorsal surlace. Basal segment with small spine

on latéral face,

Antenn.il peduncles reaching to or nearly distal

margins ol corneae. Fifth and lourth segments

with few moderately stiff setae. Third segment

with small spine at ventrodistal angle, partially

obscured by long stiff setae. Second segment

with dorsoljteral distal angle produced to

approximarely mid-length of fourth segment,

with terminal spine and few stiff setae; dorsome-

sial distal angle with small spine. First segment

with distolateral margin unarmed, ventmlateral

margin with one to three small spines distally.

Antennal acide reaching to distal half of fifth

peduncular segment, arcuate, terminating in

srrong spine, and with sparse tufts of long setae

on mesial face. Antennal flagellum long, with

one or two short setae every two to six articles, at

least proximally.

Chelipeds generally similar; right cheliped slight-

ly stouter and distinctly longer than left. Dactyl

0.75-0.80 length of palm; dorsomesial margin

with three or four small spines proximally; dorsal

and mesial surfaces with numerous long setae

providing very setose marginal appearance; dor¬

sal ntidline with row of moderately small spines,

not reaching to fip; cutting edge with several cal-

careous teeth in proximal 0.75, corneous teetb

distally, terminating in corneous daw and slight¬

ly overlapped by fixed finger. Palm slightly short-

er than çarpus, dorsomesial margin with irregular

row of strong spines, dorsal ntidline slightly ele-

vated and armed with row of similarly-sized

spines extending onto fixed finger proximally;

dorsolateral margin also with row of moderately

strong spines, decreasing in size proximally on

palm and distally on fixed finget, but not extend¬

ing to tip; dorsal surface otherwise unarmed

(holotype) or with cluster of four small spines

distomesially; dorsal surface of palm distally and

fixed finger proximally with long, moderately

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New records and new species of Nematopagw

Fig. 6. — Nematopagurus meiringae n.sp., holotype S (SL 2.8 mm), Meiring Naude stn J3 (MNHN Pg 5544); A, shield and cephalic

appendages: B, carpus and chela of right cheliped (dorsal view); C. carpus and chela of left cheliped (dorsal view); D, right second

pereopod (latéral view); E, left third pereopod (latéral view); F, telson. Scale bars: A-C, 2 mm; D, E, 3 mm; F, 1 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20 (2)

McLaughlin P. A.

dense setae, remainder of dorsal surface of palm

and fixed fuiger vvirK sparser covering of modéra-

tely short to moderarely long setae, parrially

concealing armature; mesial and lareral faces

with transver.se ridges and long setae; ventral sur¬

faces of palm, fixed finger and dactyl ail with

scattered long setae. Carpus slightly longer than

merus: dorsomesial margin with row of strong

spines and long snff serae, dorsal surface with

few low protubérances, dorsodistal margin with

prominent spine and one much smaller spine;

dorsolateral margin not distinctly delimited, bur

wirh row of much smaller spines and transverse

rows of long, very stiff, indescent serae extending

onto latéral face; mesial face also with transverse

rows of long serae; ventralateral distal angle with

adjacent small spine. Merus with short transverse

rows of sriff serae; ventromesial margin with row

of three moderarely widely-spaced spines in

proximal 0.65; dorsolareral margin wirh one or

two prominent and one or two smaller spines in

proximal 0.75; ventral surface with transverse

rows of setae, Ischium with few tufts of setae

dorsally and venrrally.

Left cheliped with dactyl 0.10-0.30 longer than

palm; dorsomesial margin with long setae parti al ly

concealing strong spine near proximal angle; dor¬

sal surface with short proximal rovv of (our or five

small spines in midline and numéro us long setae;

mesial face with short perpendictilar rows of long

serae dorsally and venrrally, Palm approximarely

0.50-0.55 length of carpus; dorsomesial margin

with long setae not concealing row of moderately

strong spines; dorsolareral margin wirh dense long

serae ar leasr partially concealing row of spines

decreasing in size on fixed finger hur not exten¬

ding to rip; dorsolareral surface unarmed, but with

covering of long moderarely dense setae, dorsal

midline with rovv of.spines becoming considerably

smaller on fixed finger and not extending to dp;

dorsomesial surface of palm unarmed, but with

sparser covering of long setae, Carpus with row of

strong spines and long setae on dorsomesial mar¬

gin; dorsolateral margin also with long setae par-

Table 1. — Characters distinguishing N. gardineri Alcock, 1905 from N. meiringae n.sp.

Character

N. gardineri Alcock, 1905

N. meiringae n.sp.

Ocular peduncles

Corneal diameter

Nearly equal to length of shield

Included approximately 3 times in

peduncle length

Approximately 0.80 of shield length

Included 1,5-2 times in peduncle length

Rlght cheliped; dactyl

Row of spines on dorsomesial margin;

dorsal surface with few tufts of setae

spines

3-4 proximal spines on dorsomesial

margin; dorsal surface with médian row

of spines

Right cheliped: palm

Dense long setae proximally on dorsal

surface: dorsal surface mesially and

laterally each with 2 rows of small

spines

Dense long setae distally on dorsal sur¬

face: dorsal surface mesially and late¬

rally unarmed or cluster of few spines

mesially

Right cheliped: carpus

Dorsal surface with Iridescent sheen

Dorsal surface without iridescent sheen

Left cheliped: dactyl

Row of spines on dorsomesial margin;

dorsal surface with few tufts of setae

1 spine on dorsomesial margin proxi¬

mally; dorsal midline with row of 4 or 5

spines

Left cheliped: palm

Telson

Dense long setae on dorsal surface

proximally; dorsomesial and dorsolate¬

ral surfaces each with several small

spines

Terminal margins each wilh several

strong spines interspersed with smaller

spines and extending onio latéral mar¬

gins

Dense long setae on latéral surface

extending onto fixed finger- dorsomesial

and dorsolateral surfaces unarmed

Terminal margins each with 1 or 2

small spines near midline, 3 large

spines laterally, and not extending onto

latéral margins

334

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

tially coneealing short row of smallcr spincs; dor-

sodistal rnargin vvich one small spinc; mesial and

latéral laces with lovv protuheratice.s and tufts of

setae, ventrolateral margiti with spinule at angle.

Merus with levv long setae dorsally; ventromesial

rnargin with row of thrcc widely-spaced spines in

proximal 0.75; ventrolateral rnargin with three

spines in distal hall; ventral surface with few long

setae. Ischium wirh sparse tufts of setae dorsally

and ventrally.

Ambularory legs wirh dactyls 1.40-1.60 longer

than propodi; dorsal margins cach with row of

long corneous bristles in distal hall md modera-

tely long sttfl setae proximally; ventral margins

each with eighr ro thirteen corneous spines.

Propodi of righr longer than left; dorsal surfaces

each with low protubérances and short to ntode-

rarely long stiff setae; ventral surfaces each wirh

corneous spine at distal rnargin and one additio-

nal corneous spine in distal half (paratype only),

tults of stiff setae proximally. Carpi each with

dorsodistal spine, on second pereopod separated

by low protubérances and tufts of stiff serae from

two small spines in proximal hall. Meri each with

low protubérances and tufts ol stift serae dorsally

and ventrally; second often also with small spine

on ventral rnargin in distal 0.25. Fourrh pereo-

pods missing in hoth holotype and paratype.

Stemite of third pereopods subsemicircular, and

slightly slcewed to left, wirh marginal long setae.

Weil developed righr sexual tube forming one or

two loops. Telson wirh rransver.se indentation

suggesring séparation into anterior and posterior

portions; asymmetrical posterior lobes separated

by shallow médian cleft, terminal margins each

with three strong spines and one or two smaller

spines; latéral margins each with distinct chiti-

nous plate.

CoLOUR

Not known.

Rémarks

Alcock's (1905a, b) description ol TV. gardineri

was based on a specimen collected by F.. Stanley

Gardiner, whosc matcrials hâve, for the most

part, been deposited in the collections of the

University Muséum of Zoology, Cambridge,

U. K. Having now examined Alcock’s type spéci¬

men, an ovigerous female (SI. 2.1 mm), it is nor

difficult to understand why Kensley (1969)

thought he was reporting Alcock's taxon. With

rhe exception of the shorter and more broadly

dilared corneae, N. meiritigae n.sp. is superficially

quitc similar to Alcock’s (1905a: pl. 68, fig, 3;

1905b; pl, 12, flg. 2) illustrations. However, as

may be seen from table 1, when the two species

are critieally evaluated, there is no doubt of rheir

distinetiveness. Wherher orher reports of N. gar¬

dineri (/.£’. Miyaké 1978; Haig 8c Bail 1988)

actually represent Alcock’s (1905a, b) taxon,

N. mciringae , or other, possibly undescribed spe¬

cies of the genus, remain co be determined.

Nematopagurus spinulosensoris

McLaughlin et Brock, 1974

(Fig. 7)

Nematopagurus spinulosensoris McLaughlin et Brock,

1974: 246, figs 1-3. — McLaughlin 8c Lane 1975: 520,

pis 1-3. — McLaughlin 1997: 510, figs 2üd, 41a, b.

Nematopagurus spnnilosensorius - Tiirkay 1986: 139

(misspelling).

Nematopagurus muricatm — Thompson 1943: 424. —

Miyaké 1978: 129; not Nematopagurus muricatus

(Hendetson, 1896).

? Nematopagurus sp. — Kensley 1978: 258, fig. 4.

MaTURIAL F.XAMINED. — South Africa.

Th. Mortensen s Java-South Africa Expédition,

stn 24, of! Durban: 1 9 SL 6.9 mm (ZMUC

CRU 2663). — OH Natal, Aieiring Naude stn A-14,

31 ”0B.9’S - 30° 15.7’F„ 111 ni, V111 1981: 1 d SL

8.7 mm (PMcL). — Stn K3, 30®22.A’S - 30°50.8’E,

124 m, 19.V111.1981: 1 9 SL 4.4 mm (PMcL), —

Stn X6, 30“23.2’S - 30°50.8'E, 140 m, 19.V1IJ.I981:

1 3 Sl. 6.5 mm (PMcL).

DISTRIBUTION. — Hawaiian Islands; Japan; Maldive

Islands, Indonesia; east coast of South Africa;

111-250 m.

HABITAT. — Sand and sponge mbble,

DlAGNOSlS. — Shield longer chan broad.

Rostrum usually obruselv rounded, occasionally

obtusely triangular. Ocular peduncles overrea-

ched by both antennular and antennal

peduncles; corneae usually strongly dilated.

335

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20(2)

McLaughlin P. A.

Ocular acides acutely triangular, moderately

slender, with prominent longitudinal furrow and

very strong submarginal spine.

Chelipeds subequal, right usually somewhat lar-

ger; chelac and carpi of both chelipeds with

numerous sensory-modified spmes on dorsal sur¬

faces. Right cheliped with dorsal surface of dactyl

generally flattened, dorsomesial margin, or dorsal

surface mesially, usually with irregulat longitudi¬

nal row of unmodified small spines or tubercles.

Palm with irregular single or double row of

modified or unmodified moderately strong

spines on dorsomesial margin; dorsal surface

with severa] irregular rows of custonvarily modi¬

fied spines, extending onto fixed finger proximal-

ly; dorsolateràl margin with single or double row

of moderately strong, usually modified spines,

extending onto fixed finger as single row of blunt

modified or unmodified spines or tubercles.

Carpus with row of strong unmodified spines on

dorsomesial margin; dorsal surface with very irre¬

gular rows of moderately strong, generally modi¬

fied spines; laterodista! margin with acute spine.

Distal margin of merus usually with one to three

strong acute spines; vcntrolateral margin with

row of few to several strong spines; mesiodistal

margin and ventromesial face distally usually

with few small spines.

Left cheliped with short row of small unmodified

spines or spinulose tubercles usually in dorsal

midline of dactyl. Palm with single or double

row of frequemly modified spines on dorsome-

Fig. 7. — Nematopagurus spinulosensoris McLaughlin et Brock, 1974, d (SL 6.5 mm), Meiring Naude stn X6 (PMcL); A. shield and

cephalic appendages; B, carpus and chela of right cheliped (dorsal view); C, enlargement ot single sensory-modified spine; D. tel-

son. Scale bars: A. B, 5 mm; D, 2 mm; C, 0.5 mm.

336

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New records and new species of Nematopagurus

sial margin; dorsal midline with two or three

irrcgular rows of usually modified spines exten-

ding onto fixed finger; dorsolateral margin with

double or Lriple row of small modified spines

proximally becoming single row of small unmo-

dified spines or rubercles on fixed finger. Carpus

wirh row ot frequently unmodified spines on

dorsomesial margin; dorsal surface with two or

three irregular rows of modified .spines proximal¬

ly, rending to clusrer distally, distal margin occa-

sionally with one or two spines; dorsolateral

margin with single or double row of commonly

modified spines. Merus with onc to three spines

on distal margin; ventromesial and ventrolateral

margins each with one row of spines.

Second and third pereopods generally similar.

Dactyls long, slendet; ventral surfaces each with

one row of ten to fifieen strong corneous spines.

Carpi each with one row of strong spines on dor¬

sal surfaces. Sternite of third pereopods wirh sub-

semicircular aiuerior lobe, anterior margin with

long stiff setae.

Coxa of left fifth pereopod with vas deferens

usuallv slightly protruded. Telson with posterior

lobes subtriangular or subquadrate, left usually

slightly larger; separated by very shallow médian

cleft; terminal and usually also latéral margins

weakly calcïfied, terminal margins rounded or

somewhat oblique, each with numerous small

calcareous spines marginally and several stronger

calcareous acute or blunt spines submarginally;

latéral margins unarmed or occasionally each

with one row of small calcareous spines or spi-

nules.

COLOUR

In life: chelipeds and ambulatory legs generally

vivid salmon-pink, bordering on iridescent;

anrennal flagella bright yellow.

In preservative: shield pale orange or straw-

colorcd; ocular peduneles light orange with dark

orange ring proximally. Chelipeds very pale

orange wirh white spines; carpi with darker red-

orange proximally and ventrally. Ambulatory legs

pale orange wirh lighter longitudinal stripes on

dactyls and propodi; carpi pale orange with dar¬

ker red-orange proximally; meri pale orange and

white (McLaughlin & Brock 1974).

Acknowledgements

I am indebred to Niel Bruce, Zoological

Muséum, University of Copenhagen, Alain

Crosnïer, ORSTOM, Winks Emmerson,

University ot l’ranskei, and Michelle van der

Merwe, South African Muséum, for making the

spedmens of Nematopagurus availabié for studv.

Ray Symonds’ loan of the type specimen ol

N. gardineri from the University Muséum of

Zoology, Cambridge, is also gratefully acknow-

ledged. This is a scientific contribution Irom the

Shannon Point Marine Center, Western

Washington University.

REFERENCES

Alcock A. 1905a. — Marine Crustaceans. XIV.

Paguridae, in Gardiner ]. S. (ed.), the fourni and

geography of the Maldit/e and l.accadive Archipe-

lagoes, Being an account of the work carried un and

the collections niade by an expédition during the years

1899and 1900. 2: 827-835.

— 1905b. — Anomura. Fascicule 1. Pagurides, in

Catalogue of the Jnelian dccapod Crustacés in the col¬

lections of the Indïan Muséum, tndian Muséum,

Calcutta 2: î-xi, 1-197.

Dechancé M. 1964. — Sur une collection de

Crustacés Pagurides de Madagascar et des

Comores. Cahiers ORSTOM, série Océanographie

2 : 27-45.

Gravier Ch. 1920. - Sur une collection de Crustacés

recueillis à Madagascar par M. le Lieutenant

De-cary. Bulletin du Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle 26 : 376-383, 465-472.

Haig J. & Bail E. E. 1988. — 1 lermit crabs from nor-

thern Australijn and eastern Indonesian waters

(Crustacca Decapoda: Anomura; Paguroideà) col-

lected during the 1975 Alpha Hélix Expédition.

Records of the AustraTian Muséum 40: I 51 -196.

Henderson J. R. 1896. — Natural histoty notes from

H. M. Fupeuigdtor Commander C. ! . Üldhant,

R. N., commanding.-Scries 11, No. 24. Report cm

the Paguridae collected during the season 1893-

1894. {ouatai of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 65:

516-536.

Hoffmann C. K. 1874. — Crustacés et Éehinodermcs

de Madagascar et de file de la Réunion, in Pollen

F. P. 1 . &' van Dam D. C' (eds), Recherches sur la

Faune de Madagascar et de ses dépendances ,

E. J. Brill, Levde 5t 1-58.

Kemp S. &C Seymour Sewell R. R. 1912. — II. Notes

on Decapoda in the Indian Muséum. III. The spe-

cies ohtaincd by R.I.M.S.S. Invcstigator during the

survey season 1910-1911. Records uf the Indian

Muséum 7 : 15-32.

337 I

ZOOSŸSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

McLaughlin P. A.

Kensley B. 1969. — Decapod Crustacea from the

south-west Indian Océan. Armais of the South

African Muséum 52: 149-181.

— 1978. — Dccapod crustaceans collected in Sou¬

thern African waters by the Th. Mortensen Java-

South Africa expédition (Crustacea, Decapoda).

Steenstrupia 4: 249-261.

Laurie R. D. 1926. — Anomura collected by Mr.

J. Stanley Gardiner in the western Indian Océan in

H. M. S. Sea/ark, Report of the Percy Sladen Trust

expédition to the Indian Océan in 1905.

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London

(2)-19: 121-167.

Lenz H. 1910. — Crustaceen von Madagaskar,

Ostafrika und Ceylon: 539-576, in Voeltzkow A.

(ed.), Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905

mit Mitteln der Hermann und L'Use geb. Heckmann

Wentsel-Stifung ausgefÂhrt, Wissenschaftliche

Ergebnisse 2. Systematische Arbeiten 4.

Schweizerbart sche Vcrlagsbuchhandlung, Nagele

und Dr. Sproesser, Stuttgart.

Lenz H & Richtcrs F. 1881, — Beitrag zur

Krustaceenfauna von Madagascar. Abhandlungen

herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen

Naturforschenden Gesellscbaft 12: 421 -428.

Lewinsohti Ch. 1969. — Die Anomuren des Roten

Meeres (Crustacea Decapoda: Paguridea,

Galatheidea, Hippidea), Zoolot/ische Verhandelingen

104: 1-213.

McLaughlin P. A, 1974. -— The hermit crabs

(Crustacea Decapoda, Paguridea) of northwestern

North America. Zoologische Verhandelingen

No. 130: 1-396.

— 1997. — Crustacea Decapoda: Hermit crabs of the

family Paguridae from the KARLIBAR cruise in

Indonesia, in Grosnier A. & Bouchet P. (eds),

Résultats des Campagnes MU S ORSTOM, 16,

Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle

172 : 433-572.

McLaughlin P. A, & Brock J. H. 1974. — A new spe-

cies of hermit crab of the genus Nematopagurus

(Crustacea: Decapoda: Paguridae) trom Hawaii.

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington

84: 245-256.

McLaughlin P. A. &C Forest J. 1997. — Crustacea

Decapoda: Diacanthurus n.g., a new genus of her-

mil crabs (Paguridae) with both Recent and fossil

représentation, and the descriptions of two new

species, in Crosnier A. (ed.). Résultats des

Campagnes MUSOR5TOM, 18, Mémoires du

Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle 176 :

236-259.

McLaughlin P. A, & Hogarth P, S. 1998. — Hermit

crabs (Decapoda: Anomura: Paguridea) Irom the

Seychelles. Zoologische Verhandelingen 131: 1-48.

McLaughlin P. A. & l.anc C. E. 1975. — The irror-

phology of unique structures on the spines of a

deep-water Hawaiian hermit crab (Crustacea:

Decapoda: Paguridae). fournal of Zoology, 176:

519-526.

McLaughlin P. A. & Saint Laurent M. de 1998. —A

new genus for four species of hermit crabs heretofo-

rc assignai to the genus Pagurus Fabricius (Deca¬

poda: Anomura: Paguridae). Proceedings of the

Biological Society of Washington 111 (1): 158-187.

Milne Edwards A. & Bouvier E. L. 1892. —

Observations préliminaires sur les paguriens

recueillis par les expéditions du Travailleur et du

Talisman. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie et

Paléontologie (7) 13: 185-226.

Miyaké S. 1978. — The crustaccan Anomura of

Saga m i Bay: 1-200 [in English], 1-161 [in

lapanese], 1 loikusha PublishingCo., Tokyo.

Thompson E. F. 1943. — Paguridae and

Cocnobitidac, in The John Murray Expédition

1933-1934, Sctentijic Reports 7:411-426.

Tiirkay M. 1986. — Crustacea Decapoda Reptantia

der Tiefsee des Roten Meeres. Senckenbergiana

Maritima 18(3/6): 123-185.

Withcrington P. D. 1973. — The hermit crabs

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomura) collected by the

International Indian Océan Expédition, 1963-1964,

with notes on their distribution and the zoography of

the western Indian Océan. Doctoral dissertation,

1973, The College of William and Mary in

Virginia, 192 p„ unpublished.

338

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new genus and species of dromiid crab

(Brachyura, Dromiidae) from the Timor Sea,

North-West Australia with records

of other species from the China Sea

Colin L. McLAY

Zoology Department, University of Canterbury,

Christchurch (New Zealand)

cml@zool.canterbury.ac.nz

MacLay C. L. 1998. — A new genus and species of dromiid crab (Brachyura, Dromiidae)

from the Timor Sea, Northwes! Australia with records of other species from the China Sea.

Zoosystema 20 (2) : 339-350.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Dromiidae,

new genus,

Alainodromia,

new species.

China Sea.

ABSTRACT

A new genus and species of dromiid crab, Alainodromia timorensis, is descri-

bed from the Holothuria Bank, Timor Sea, based on spécimens collected by

HMS Penguin in 1892. Collecrions from the Holothuria Bank and the

Macclesfield Bank, in the China Sea, during the period 1888-1893 by the

Royal Navy survey vesscls, HMS Rambler , Penguin and F.geria also induded

the lollowing dromiid crabs: Lauridrnmia intermedia (Laurie, 1906),

Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903, Petalomera granulatd Stimpson,

1858. Cryptodromiapiis butlifera (Alcock, 1900), C. unidentata (Ruppell,

1830), Cryptodramia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888, and Epigodramia areolata

(thle, 1913). Petalomera acutidens Sakai, 1983 is shown to belong ro the

genus Epigodromia McLay, 1993.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Dromiidae,

nouveau genre,

Alainodromia ,

nouvelle espèce,

mer de Chine.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre et une nouvelle espèce de dromie (Brachyura, Dromiidae) de

la mer de Timor, au nord-ouest de l’Australie et signalement d’autres espèces de

la mer de Chine. Un nouveau genre et une nouvelle espèce de Dromiidae,

Alainodromia timorensis, sont décrits du banc Holothuria, en mer de Timor,

à partir de spécimens récoltés par le HMS Penguin en 1892. Les collections

provenant du banc Holothuria et du banc Macclesfield, en mer de Chine,

prélevés en 1888-1893 pat les bateaux de la Royal Navy HMS Rambler ,

Penguin et Egeria , contiennent aussi les Dromiidae suivants : Lauridromia

intermedia (Laurie, 1906), Dromiodopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903,

Petalomera granulata Stimpson, 1858, Cryptodromiopsis bulliferu (Alcock,

1900), C. unidentata (Ruppell, 1830), Cryptodromia hilgendorft De Man,

1888, and Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913). Il est montre que Petalomera

acutidens Sakai, 1983 appartient au genre Epigodromia McLay, 1993.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • Z0 (2)

339 I

McLay C. L.

INTRODUCTION

A new genus and species of dromiid crab is des-

cribed from the Holothuria Bank (13°25’S -

126°00’E) in thc Timor Sca near Vansirtart Bay,

Kimberley, north-wcst of Australia. The spéci¬

mens were collcctcd in 1892 by P. Bassett-Smith

Surgeon RN, aboard HMS Penguin during its

cruise in the Australian and China Seas. The

Stomatopoda matcrial Irom this cruise were

reported by Pollock (1893). While station infor¬

mation and a preliminary report, focussing

mainiy on the corals, front the Macclesfield

Bank, oft the coast ol Vietnam (15 U 40’N -

I 14°45’Ë), was presented to the Admirait)' by

Bassett-Smith (1894), nothing seems to hâve

been reported about the results of dredging on

the Holothuria Bank. This area was investigated

en route to or from the China Sea, Besides the

new species describcd herein, 1 also include a list

of other drontiids collcctcd from the Holothuria

Bank as wel) as drontiids from the Macclesfield

Bank. Ail of the material reported in this paper is

held in the Crusracea collection of the British

Muséum (BM), London. It is interesting to note

that if the dromiid material had been vvorked up

at the sanie time as the scomatopods, fîve new

species, and as many généra, would hâve been

discovered.

The report by Bassett-Smith (1894) is divided

into three parts: Part I lists the stations occupied

by HMS Rambler (during April, 1888) from sta¬

tions A to I, Part II lises the stations occupied by

HMS Penguin (during April. 1892) from

stations I to 32, and Part III lists the stations

occupied by HMS Egeria (during April, 1893)

from stations 33 to 77. This makes a total of

eighty-seven Macclesfield Bank stations which

were sampled using dredges and “swabs”. While

most of the material collected on the ftrst survey

in 1888 was listed as corals and sponges, crabs

were recorded from stations A, F, and I. In

Part II, a footnote mentions a report by

Commander W. U. Moore and P. W. Bassett-

Smith about the “[...] dredgings obtained on this

bank (i.e. Macclesfield) by HMS Rambler, in

1888, publishcd by the Hydrographie Depart¬

ment of the Admiralty, in Mardi 1889, under

the title of‘Reports of the Results of an examina¬

tion by the officers of HMSV Rambler of the

slopes and zoological condition of the Tizard and

Macclesfield Banks". I hâve not had the opportu-

nity of Consulting this report, but there does not

secm to hâve been any dromiid material collected

on thc First cruise. On the second survey, in

1892, crustaccaus were described as “[...] not

plentiful, thciugh among the cotai forms, their

appcarancc and shape was often most grotesque

and gencrally strongly protcctive, those coloured

green and red, Jike thc algae in which rhey lived,

even having white irregular spots on tliem resem-

bling spirorbis shells, etc., others completely hid-

den in a sponge mucli larger than themselves

which they carried about, or some species of

lambris (rtc.) so enrirely lilce a rocky bottom, rltat

when still it was almost impossible to detect

them”. This is the only spécifie refcrence to

sponge crabs (Dromiidae) collected during the

second voyage. On thc third survey, Brachyura

arc mentioned for stations 39. 56, 59, 64, and

76. These include a parasitic crab from a Cidaris

urchin (station 56), and large spider crabs (sta¬

tions 59, 76). At station 39 <l [...| three species of

“ Drnmia ” carrying large sponges on their back”

and at station 64 a species of " Dromia" was said

to be commun. Thus for ail the Macclesfield

Bank stations dromiids are mentioned only three

times.

When the Brachyura collection from these

voyages was lodged at the British Muséum, the

only information included on the labels was die

naine of the collector (Bassett-Smith), the naine

of the ship, and thc depth (these hâve been

converted from fathoms to métrés) along with

the accession number. Somctimes the type of

bottom was included. Silice station numbers

from the Macclesfield Bank survey were not

included. it is not possible to relate the spéci¬

mens back to station information wirli any cer-

taintv. The depths which were recorded on the

labels do not seeni to correspond to the station

data. As noted above, rhe collection from

station 39 was leported to contain three species

of "Dromia”. The only sample which contained

three dromiid species was No.: 98. 8. 20. 99-110

but the label information does not agréé with the

information given in the report, However, the

label information does agréé with station 64

340

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New genus of Dromiidae

where the report States that a species of “ Dromia"

was corn mon. Therefore I tematively suggest that

sonie records for Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie,

1906), Petalo nieragranuldia Stiinpson, 1858, and

Cryptodro ni iopsis bullifcra (Alcock, 1900) may

hâve corne from station 64. Linking any of the

other specimens with particular stations would

Lie purely spéculative. There does not seem to be

any data available for the Holothuria Bank sta¬

tions.

Besides mapping the bathymetry of the

Macclesfield Bank, for shipping purposes, the

other purpose of the voyage seems to hâve been

to test Darwin’s theory about the otigin and dis¬

tribution of coral reefs (Darwin, 1842). Hence

the interest of Bassett-Smith in the corals, espe-

cially reef-building species. The survey establi-

shed that the Bank was about 80 miles (130 km)

long by 30 miles (50 km) wide with a periphery

200 miles (320 km) long. In his Préfacé to

Bassett-Smith’s report, the chief hydrographer,

W. J. L. Wharton stated that on the periphery

“[...] there exists a rim of coral in luxurious

growth, and at a remarkably even depth below

the surface of from 9 fms (17 m) to 14 fms

(26 m), this rim being broken here and there by

passages ofgreater depth, but less than the gene¬

ral depths of front 40 fms (73 m) to 48 fms

(88 m), which prevail over the whole central

body of the bank”. He conduded by stating “[...]

that from the présent tirne onwards no move-

ment (of the bottom) is neccssary in order to

form in the future a perfect atoll, the simple

growth of coral on the rim sufficing; and thar we

may hâve here an instance of a suitable original

foundation for an atoll so formed, as pointed out

by r Mr. Darwin”.

The terminology and method of présentation

used in this paper follows that of McLay (1993),

where the fuiI synonymies for each species can be

found. The original name and the synonymies

given below ertcompass ail the important

nomenclatural decisions along with référencés to

published records of specimens already reported

from the Macclesfield and Holothuria Banks

areas. The only exception is Petalomcra gmnu/ata

Stimpson, 1858 which was not included in

McLay (1993) and so a fuiI synonymy for this

species is included herein.

Family Dromhdau De Haan, 1833

Alainodromia n.g.

TlTE SPECIES. — Alainodromia timorensis n.sp., by

inonotypy.

ETYMOL.OGY. — This new generic name combines

" Dromia” with the Christian name of Dr Alain

Crosnier, in récognition of his immense contribution

to the study ot decapod Crustacea.

Gender féminine.

Diagnosis

Carapace about as wide as long (including rostral

and antérolatéral teeth), surface weakly convex,

granulate and/or tuberculate. Rostrum strongly

tridentate, projecring, supraorbital margin well

developed. Antérolatéral teeth well-developed,

some may be bifid, on a much higher level than

the rostrum. Coxae of third maxillipeds close

together and inserted on the sternal plate which

begins just in front of the bases of the chelipeds.

Female sternal grooves end close together but

separately beeween bases of firsc waiking legs.

Antennal exopod well-developed. Cheliped

without an epipod, male chelipeds much larger

than those ot female. First two pairs of waiking

legs slightly smaller than chelipeds, tuberculate,

dactyli well-developed, inner margins armed

with small spines. I.ast two pairs of legs stout,

reduced. datryli strongly curved, inner propodal

margin with single spines, no spines on outer

propodal margins. Abdomen ol six Iree seg¬

ments, strongly ridged and tuberculate. Uropod

plates absent. Abdominal locking mechanism

involves latéral tubercles on penultimate segment

locking in front of tubercles on the base of the

First waiking legs. Corners of posterior telson

margin produced.

Discussion

Alainodromia timorensis n.sp. resembles some of

the species belonging to Takedrornia McLay,

1993, but differs in several important respects.

The most distinctive characters of Alainodromia

n.g. are the approximateJy pentagonal carapace

shape, prominent rostral area, srrongly develo¬

ped, elevated antérolatéral teeth, strongly sculp-

tured abdomen and absence of the uropod

plates. In addition, the female sternal grooves are

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

341

McLay C. L.

convergent, ending close together. This genus

clearly belongs in the group of généra which lack

an epipod on the cheliped, such as Cryptodromia

Stimpson, 1858, Takedromia McLay, 1993, and

Epigodromiti McLay, 1993. Ail ol the species

belonging to lhese généra only attain a relatively

small size. Wliile the species of Takedromia and

Epigodromia bave probably abandoned the habit

of carrying pièces of camouflage, the structure of

the last tvvo pairs of legs’ in A. timorensis n.sp.

sttggests thaï, like the species of Cryptodromia, it

still employs this habit. The new genus shares

with Takedromia and Epigodromia, and some

other dromiids, the characteristic that the cheli-

peds are strongly sexually dimorphic, being

much larger in the male.

Alaitiodromia timorensis n.sp.

(Figs 1-3)

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Holothuria Bank. HMS

Penguin, 13°25’S - 126°00’E, 44 m, 1892, coll. P. W.

Bassett-Smith: 2 d 6, 11.8 X 11.0 mni (holotvpe,

BM 1998: 193), 12.7 X 11.6 mm (paratvpc, broken,

BM 1998: 194). — 27.5 m, no date:' 1 2 6.4 x

6.1 mm, 1 d, 8.7 x 8.4 mm, both carrying sacculinid

parasite externa under the abdomen (BM 1892: 3: 26:

224-225).

Description

Carapace broadly subpentagonal in shape, wider

than long, more strongly convex in the anterior-

posterior direction, laterally alntost fiat, surface

covered with fine gtanules, anterior half adorned

with about forty larger subacute tubercles bea-

ring long setae. Régions of the carapace weakly

defined. Short frontal groove extends back bet-

vveen latéral rostral teeth. Branchial and cervical

grooves distinct. Protogastric région with three

small tubercles, mcsogastric région with seven

unequal tubercles, and branchial région with

about ten unequal tubercles. Canliac area slightly

convex, fi ne I y granulated, well-defined by

grooves. Rostrum strongly tridentatc, teeth sepa-

rated by a broad U-shaped sinus, médian tooth

deflexed but visible dorsally, latéral teeth larger,

prominent, directed anteriorly, slightly longer

than médian tooth. Antérolatéral margin with

three teeth, begins well behind post-orbital cor¬

ner, rising quickly to a large antero-dorsally

directed tooth which is flattened and beats rwo

or three small tubercles on its postetior margin,

followed by a bifid dorso-larerally directed tooth

marking the widest part of the carapace, and

then the third antérolatéral tooth which is flatte¬

ned like the first tooth and directed laterally.

There is some variation in the antérolatéral teeth

because either of the first two teeth ntay or may

not be bifid. Branchial notch ttot distinct, posté¬

rolatéral margins convergent, bearing two or

three well-developed tubercles. Posterior carapace

margin alrnost straight. The antérolatéral teeth

and tubetculated area of the carapace are on a

higher level than the rostral area.

Sttpraorbital border extends back front posterior

margin of latéral rostral tooth to a strong

supraorbital tooth which is directed alrnost verti-

cally, remainmg supraorbital margin slightly

sinuous towards a small postorbital tooth. No

orbital fissure, suborbital margin not visible dor¬

sally, finely granulated, with a small tooth near

the in lier corner.

First segment of antenna much wider than long,

granulatc, mcdially beaked, superior lobe longer

and bearing several small spïncs. Second segment

longer than vvide, convex, granulatc, distomedial

corner produced as a blunt curved lobe on which

third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod

firmly fixed to second segment, granulate, exten-

ding beyond joint between third and fourth seg¬

ments, tip slightly bilobed to accommodate

fourth segment of antenna, inner border curved

over base of eyestalk. Ratio of length of antennal

flagella/CW = 0.56.

Subhepatic area slightly convex, with two small

tubercles beneath the first antérolatéral tooth and

a rovv of three flattened tubercles curving poste-

riorly below these. This row of tubercles is on the

same level as the anterior margin of the buccal

frame. A shallovv groove extends around below

these tubercles to the branchial groove. Female

sternal grooves end close together, but apart on a

convex, transvase ridge between bases of first

legs. Crista dentata on third maxillipeds armed

with about eight similar small spines.

Chelipeds finely granulated, well-developed,

much larger in male (length about twice CL),

covercd in sharp granules. Mcrus especiallv long

in male, inferior margins bearing several small

342

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20 (2)

New genus of Dromiidae

Fig. i. — Alainodromia timorensis n.sp.. Holothuria Bank. HMS Penguin. 13 25'S - 126°00'E, 44 m, 1892: 3 holotype 11.8 x

11.0 mm (BM 1988: 193), dorsal view ol whole crab (left and rlght second walking legs, and right fourth leg missing). Scale bar for

drawing: 5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

343

McLay C. L.

Fig. 2. — Alainodromia timorensis ri.sp., Holothuria Bank, HMS

Penguin, 13'25'S - 126 OO'E, 44 m, 1892: 3 holotype 11.8 x

11.0 mm (BM 1998:193), externa! surface of left cheliped. Scale

bar: 2 mm.

tubercles. Carpus has two small tuberclcs on the

superior border, two similar proximal tubercles,

and two obtuse, distal tubercles on the outer

lace. Propodus cspeciallv long in male, outer face

has six or seven small tubercles. Fingers strongly

downcurvcd, gaping at base, cutting edges armed

with six-seven small teeth, meeting at tips. Inner

surface ol fingers hollowed out and covered with

a dense layer of setae which covers the gap bet-

ween the fingers.

First two pairs of legs slightly smaller tlvan cheli-

peds, margitis of meri, catpi and propodi armed

with a few prominent tubercles, surface otherwise

finely granulate. Proximal and distal corners of

carpi each hâve a large, rounded swelliug. Dactyli

shorter rhan propodi, inner inargins hâve eight-

nine well-developed spines, ail of similar size.

Last two pairs of legs stout, reduced, but of simi¬

lar length, fourrh pair subdorsal, folded across

postérolatéral corners of carapace. Dactyli of

both legs well-developed, strongly curved, distal

border of propodi bearing single, small propodal

spines. The tips of the dactyli are not direedy

opposable ro the propodal spines. No spines on

the outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson about as

wide as long, posterior margin strongly concave

with latéral corners produced as subacute lobes.

Uropod plates absent. Abdominal locking

mechanism consists of latéral projection from the

penultimate abdominal segment fitting in front

of a tubercle on base of first legs. Médian ridge

of abdomen strongly developed. giving a

W-shape in cross section; on second-sixth seg¬

ments there is a proximal pair of médian

tubercles followed by a single distal médian

tubercle. or ridge, with smaller latéral tubercles

on each side. Thus each abdominal segment has

five prominent tubercles. Besides the latéral

tubercles involved in the abdominal locking

mechanism, there is another similar, more distal

tubercle following them. Latéral margins ot other

abdominal segments without tubercles. On the

telson there are four small rounded tubercles

artanged in a sejuare.

First male plcopod with a semi-rolled, setose

tube with sharp tip, second pleopod simple,

needle-like. Génital papilla Iront coxa ol last legs,

soft and flexible, very long, reaching almost to

the joint mid-way along the first male gonopod.

Discussion

This new genus and species is based on four spé¬

cimens collected from the Timor Sea at depths

ranging from 27 to 44 m. Three specimens were

Fig. 3. — Alainodromia timorensis n.sp., Holothuria Bank, HMS

Penguin, 13°25'S - 126°00'E, 44 m, 1892: 3 holotype 11.8 x

11.0 mm (BM 1998:193); external surface of abdomen.

344

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus of Dromiidae

males and the other a female, but this animal, as

well as one of the males, was infected with a sac-

culinid parasite. While the male appeared to

hâve fully developed gonopods, the female pleo-

pods were much smaller than might be expected.

The two uninfected large males had well-develo-

ped chelipeds and gonopods, but the infected

small male had smaller chelipeds suggesting that

it had not yet passed the pubertal moult.

Similarly, judging by the size of the abdomen,

the female was also immature. Dromiids carrying

sacculinid externa are not very common.

The structure of the last two pairs of legs of

A. timotensis suggests that it probably carries

pièces of camouflage. Species of Çrypwdromia

mainly utilize pièces of sponge or ascidians to

conceal their body, changing them regularly

during intermoult periods (see McLay 1983).

Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906)

Dromia intermedia Laurie, 1906: 351. - Ihle 1913:

23, pl. 1, figs 1-3. - Sakai 1936; 10, pi. 6, fig. 1;

1976: 8, pl. I, flg. 3. - Campbell 1971: 29.

Lauridromia intermedia. - McLay 1993: 146, fig. 15 d.

MATERIAL EXAMIMl.D. — Holothuria Bank. HMS

Penguirv. LV‘25'S - 126“00'£, 44 ni, 1892: 1 9,7.6 x

7.5 mm (BM 92: 3: 26: 226).

Macclesfield Bank. HMS ? Egeria , 15“40’N -

114°45'£, ? stn 64, 64-68 m, sand and coral, 1893:

3 6 6, 6.2 x 6.8, 7.9 x 7.7, 11.7 x 11.8 mm (BM

98: 8: 20).

Discussion

A full description ol Lauridromia intermedia can

be found in McLay (1993). This is a widespread

Indo-Pacific species and it has been recorded

from Japan (Sakai 1976) and (rom the south

coast of Timor (Ihle 1913). The above new

records do not greatly extend the range of

L. intermedia. Ail of these records lie within the

known depth range (7-150 m).

Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903

Dromidiopsis tridentatus Borradaile, 1903: 576, pl. .3.3,

fig. 2a.

Dromidia australiensis var. - de Man 1896: 372 (not

D. australiensis Haswell, 1882).

Dromidiopsis australiensis - Borradaile 1900; 572.

Dromidiopsis tridentata — Balss 1934: 502. —

Lewinsohn 1984: 97, fig. 1. — McLay 1993: 141, figs

4a-j, 16a-b.

MaTERIAI. EXAMINER. — Macclesfield Bank. HMS

Egena, 15°40'N - 114°45’E, 80 m, 1893: 1 9, 8.9 x

9.8 mm (soit) (BM 1893: 11:3: 264).

Discussion

Dromidiopsis tridentata has been fully descri lied

by McLay (1993). The known distribution of

this species extends from India through

Indonesia to New Caledonia and the Fiji fslands,

Thus this record from the Macclesfield Bank

extends the range of D. tridentata into the China

Sea. In the review of the genus Dromidiopsis

Borradaile, 1900 by McLay (1993) attention was

drawn to the anomalous record of Sakai (1976)

of D. abrolhensis Montgomery, 1931 [a synonym

of D. australiensis (Haswell, 1882) 1 from Japan.

Lewinsohn (1984) investigated the use of the

name D. tridentata and showed thaï many of the

supposed records of D. australiensis were in fact

of the former species. Thus it now seems likcly

that Sakai probably had a spedmen of D. triden¬

tata and that the range of this species probably

also includes Japan.

Petalornera granulata Stimpson, 1858

Petalomera granulata Stimpson, 1858: 240; 1907:

179, pl. 21, fig. 4. - Alcock 1901; 78 (list). - Ihle

1913: 48 (key), 91 (list). - Cordon 1931: 526 (list). -

Sakai 1936:37, pl. 1, fig. 3, text fig. lOa-c; 1965 10,

pl. 5, fig, h 1976; 25, pl. 4, fig. 4. - Suzuki & Kurata

1967: 95 (list). — Yamaguchi et al. 1987: 7, pl. 1,

fig. 5,-Dai & Yang 199h 25. pis 2-3, fig. 7, 1-3.

Petalomera trranulara var. indica Alcock, 1899: 148. -

Urita 1926: I.

Petalomera indica — Alcock 1901: 55, pl. 3, fig. 14,

14a.-Ihle 1913: 48 (key), 91 (list).

Not Petalomera granulata - Shcn 1932: 3, pl. 1,

figs 9-J0, text figs 1-3 (= Paradromia japonica

Hcnderson, 1888).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Holothuria Bank. HMS

Penguin : 13°25'S - 126°00’E, no depth, 1892: 1 6,

8.5 x 9.3 mm, 1 9, 10.2 x 11.2 mm (BM

92: 3: 26: 213-214). — 69.6-71.5 m, 1892: 1 <3,

7.8 X 8.5 mm (BM 92: 3: 26: 215). — 44 m, 1892:

1 ovig. 9, 7.2 x 7.6 mm, 1 9, 9.0 x 9.8 mm (BM

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

345

McLay C. L.

92: 3: 26. 216-217). 39 m, 1892: 1 ovig. 9. 8.6 X

9.4 mm (BM 92: 3: 26: 218).

Macclesfield Bank. HMS Egttria, I5°40'N -

114°45’B, no depth, 1893: 1 <3, 8.2 x 8.7 mm (BM

93: 11 : 3: 21). — ? sin 64, 64-68 in, sand and coral,

1893: 6 d-d, 6.9 X 6.9, 7.2 x 7.8, 9.4 x 9.5, 9.9 x

10.4, 10.6 x 11.3, 1 1.5 x 11,7 mm, 2 ovig. 9 9,

9.0 x 9.8, 15.6 X 1 5.4 mm (BM 98: 8: 20).

Discussion

McLay (1993) revised rhe genus Petalotnem

Stimpson, 1858, removing ail ot thc species to

odier généra except for P. pulchra Miers, 1884

and P. granulata Stimpson, 1858 (the type .spe¬

cies of rhe genus Petalomera) . This impcised a

much more restrictive définition on tlie genus,

emphasi/.ing the faci tJiat rhe chelipeds and first

two pairs of walking legs of these dromiids had

petaloid meri (hente rhe generic name of

Petalomera). During the nineteenth century,

many species without this character were added

to the genus at least partly because Borradaile

(1903), in his generic révision, omitied petaloid

meri frûm the définition of thc genus. The

concept of the genus then came to include any

small dromiids with an epipod on the cheliped

and a granular carapace. LJntil thc révision by

McLay (1993) a total of nineteen species had

been added. Most of thèse species hâve now been

assigned to the généra Stirndrornia McLay, 1993,

Dromia Weber, 1795, Tunedromia McLay, 1993.

Frodrornia McLay, 1993, and F pi godronna

McLay, 1993- Through an uversight one species,

Petalomera acutidem Sakai, 1983. was omitted.

This species should be known as Epigodromia

acutidens (Sakai, 1983) because it does not

conform to the strict définition of the original

genus.

The only other name under which Petalomera

granulata has been known is P. indka Alcock,

1901. This species was synonymized with P gra¬

nulata Stimpson, 1858 by Sakai ( 1965).

P granulata is known from Kagoshima, Japan

(the type localicy), China (Dai &c Yang 1991),

Indonesia and Northern Australie (McLay 1993)

and the Andaman lslands and Sri Lanka (Alcock

1901, as P indka). Thus the records of /? granu¬

lata from the Macclesfield and Holothuria Banks

does not really extend rhe range of this species

The previously known depth range for P granu¬

lata was 30-80 in, so the new records (44-70 m)

do not extend this range.

The occurrence of ovigerous females provides

new information about the reproduction of

P. granulata: egg numbers ranged from 80 (CW

7.2 mm) to 760 (CW 15.6 mm), and the mean

egg diameter was 0.77 mm. The comparable

data for P. pulchra are 120 to 1278 eggs (CW 6.7

to 19.9 mm) with a mean egg diameter of

0.7 mm (McLay 1993). Thus, the reproductive

strategies ol these two species are probable very

similar. In P pulchra rhe fentaie pubertal moult

occurs over a comparatively wide size range (CW

6.7 to 11.8 mm) but whether the same pheno-

menon occurs in P. granulata is not clear because

only six females [four ovigerous and two non-

ovigerous (CW 9.0-10.2 mm)] were available.

Unfortunately, the abdomen width of the non-

ovigerous females was not measured.

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera

(Alcock, 1900)

Dromia {Cryptodromia) bullifera Alcock, 1900: 143.

Cryptodromia bullifera - Ihle 1913: 40. — Sakai 1936:

23, pl. 7, fig. 3; 1976: 16, text fig. 8. - Ward 1941: 1.

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera — McLay 1993, 189,

fig) 17 e.

Matériel examined. — Holothuria Bank. HMS

Penguin: 13°25’S -126 D 00'E, 69.6-71.5 m, 1892:

2 ovig. 9 9, 5.2 X 4.9, 6.4 X 6.3 mm (BM

92: 3: 26: 220-221), — 97 m. 1892: 1 d. 7.7 x

7.7 mm (BM 92: 3: 26: 222).

Macclesfield Bank. HMS Penguin : 15°40’N -

1 l4 a 45’E, 55-92 m, 1892: I d, 4.5 x 4.3 mm (spon-

ge cap) (BM 1984: 523). — ? stn 64, 64-68 m, sand

and coral. 1893: 1 ovig. 9, 6.1 X 6.0 mm (BM

1984: S16).

Discussion

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera has been fully descri-

bed by McLay (1993). Its distribution ranges

from rhe Red Sea to the Philippine lslands and

north to Japan. Therefore the new records do not

extend the known range for this species, McLay

(1993) concluded thaï the dcpth range for

C. bullifera was from 0-60 m, but one of the spé¬

cimens from etie Holothuria Bank came from

97 m (53 fathorns). This small male exteitds the

lower depth limit to almost 100 m.

346

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus of Dromiidae

Ail of the female spécimens reported here were

ovigerous and they provide che firsr information

about rhe reproduction of C. bullifera. The

females were ail of a similar .size and the number

of eggs ranged from rhircy to sixry, with a mean

egg size of 0.7 mm. As noted by McLay (1993).

this species reaches marurxty ac a very small size

(CW 5.0 mm). The egg size for C. bullifera is

similar to that of C. unidentata (0.75-1.10 mm)

but this species does not reach sexual maturity

until they are about CW 11.0 mm. Not surpri-

singly, egg numbers (range 216-440, mean 331)

arc higher for C. unidentata.

One of specimens reported by McLay (1993)

carried a compound ascidian cap and the présent

collection includcs a small male carrying a spon-

ge cap. Thus C. bullifera seems to use similar

camouflage material to other small dromiids.

Cryptodromiopsis unidentata

(Ruppell, 1830)

Dromia unidentata Ruppell, 1830: 16, pl. 4, fig. 2, 2a,

pl. 5, fig. 9.

Dramidia unidentata - Nobîli 1903: 23. - Rathbun

1910: 367. - Ihle 1913: 31. - Sakai 1936: 13. pl. 6,

fig. 2, text fig. 2; 1976: 1 1, pl. 2, fig. 2, text fig. 2 a-b.

Cryptodromia unilobata Campbell et Stephenson.

1970: 240, fig. 2A-1.

Cryptodromiopsis unidentata — McLay 1993: 192,

figs 7 a-k, 18 a.

Material EXAMINED. — Macclesfield Bank. HMS

Egeria, 15°40’N - I14°45T, 46 m, 1893: 1 <3,6.4 x

6.6 mm (sponge cap) (BM 1893: 11:3: 263).

Discussion

Cryptodromiopsis unidentata has been fully descri-

bed and figured by McLay (1993). It is a very

widespread species from the Red Sea and coast of

Africa through rhe Indian Océan to the Pacific

where it occurs as far south as the Kermadec

Islands, north of New Zealand, as far north as

Japan, and to the easr as far as Hawaii and Easrer

Island. Thus the occurrence of G. unidentata on

rhe Macclesfield Bank is not surprisirig.

Arnong the Dromiidae. C. unidentata has the

rnost catholic tastes when it cornés to camouflage:

it has been recorded as carrying pièces of a varie-

ty of sponges, both compound and solitary asci-

dians, as well as actinaria (McLay 1993). The

specimen from the Macclesfield Bank was car¬

rying a piece of sponge.

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi de Man, 1888

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi de Man, 1888: 404, pL 18,

fig. 3. - Borradaile 1900: 571. - Ihle 1913: 45. -

Buiiendijk 1939: 224. - Takcda 1973: 78. -

Campbell & Stephenson 1970: 245, fig. 3 A-C. -

Rodgers & Qlemd 1988: 303. - McLay 1982: 317;

1993: 205, fig. 18 d. - Dai & Yang 1991: 24, pl. 2

(2), fig. 6 B.

MA I TRIAI. EXAMINE!). — Macclesfield Bank. HMS

Penguhr. 15“40 - N - 114°45’E, 55-92 m, 1892: 1 d,

5.5 x 5.3 mm (sponge cap), 1 9, 5.8 x 5.4 mm

(sponge cap, RM 1998: 195-196). — HMS F.geria ,

15°40N - 114°45’E, 80 m, 1893: 1 d, 6.9 X 6.1 mm

(sponge cap) (BM 1893: 11: 3: 194).

Discussion

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi has been figured by

McLay (1993) and by Campbell & Stephenson

(1970) who include an illustration of the first

male pleopod (see also Dai & Yang 1991), This

is a widespread Indo-Pacific species that has

already been recorded from the coast of China by

Dai & Yang (1991). Boih specimens from the

Macdesficld Bank were carrying sponges which

is typical for C. hilgendorfi. The only detailcd

study of the camouflage behaviour of any dro-

miid was carried oui in Moreton Bay, Australia

(McLay 1983) Here C. hilgendorfi uxed ar least

rwelve different sponges as well as three ascidians

for camouflage. Both of the Macclesfield Bank

specimens came from near the known lower

depth limit of this species (range 0-88 m).

Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913)

Cryptodromia areolata Ihle, 1913: 47, pl. 2, figs 10-

11. - Sakai 1936: pl. 1, fig. 1; 1965: 8, pl. 3, fig. 4;

1976: 17, pl. 4, fig. 2, - Takcda &c Miyaké 1970:

202 1 1972: 66. - Campbell 1971: 29. - Serene &

Lohavanijaya 1973t 18, pl. 2A, figs 5-7. — Dai &

Yang 1991: 25, pl. 1 (8).

Epigodromia areolata - McLay 1993: 217, fig. 19 e-f.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Macclesfield Bank. HMS

Egeria , 15°40'N - 114°45’E, 132 m, 1893: 1 d,

12.0 x 11.6 mm (BM 93: 11: 5: 262).

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

347

McLay C. L.

Discussion

Epigodromia enrôlât a has been illustrated by Ihle

(1913), Sakai (197b), and McLay (1993), while

tbe male pleopod has been figured by Serene &

l.ohvanijaya (1973). A feature of rhis species is

that males hâve much larger chelipeds than

females of the same size. This species has proved

to be abundanr in collections Irom Japan and the

South China Sea (Takeda & Miyaké 1972).

/:. areolata is only known Irom a fairly narrow

Iatitudinal batid Irom Japan in the north to New

Caledonia in the south. The maximum size for a

male of this species is CW 12.3 mm, so the

Macclesficld Bank spccimen is near the upper

limit. This specimen also lies within the known

depth range of30-350 m.

In the review by McLay (1993) of Epigodromia

McLay, 1993, one species. which belongs in this

genus, was overlooked. Petalomera acutidens

Sakai, 1983, Irom Japan, should be known as

Epigodromia acutidens (Sakai, 1983). In this spe¬

cies the antérolatéral margin is armed with ftve

or six sharp teeth. This brings to ten the number

of species of Epigodromia.

Acknowledgements

I am very grateful to Paul Clark, British

Muséum, who Idndly made the Holothuria and

Macclesfield Bank dromiid material available for

study, and who has waited a long tinte for this

report (although nor as long as the specimens

remained unreported in the British Muséum col¬

lection)! I ant grateful to Clinton Duffy who

expertly drew the figures.

REFERENCES

Alcock A. 1899. — An account of the deep-sea

Brachyura collected by the marine survey ship

“Investigator". Trustées of the Indian Muséum,

Calcutta, 85 p,

— 1900. — Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of

India. No. 5 Biacltyura, Primigenia or Dromiacca.

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 1899 (1900)

68: 123-169.

— 1901. — Catalogue of the Indian Decapod

Crustacea in the collection of the Indian Muséum.

Part I. Brachyura. Fasc. I. Introduction and

Dromides or Dromiacca (Brachyura Primigenia).

Trustées of the Indian Muséum, Calcutta, 80 p.,

pis 1-8.

Balss H. 1934. — Sur quelques Décapodes

Brachyotires de Madagascar, in Gruvel A.,

Contribution a l'étude des Crustacés de

Madagascar. Faune des Colonies françaises 5. fasc. 8

(31): 501-528.

Bassett-Smith P. W. 1894. — Report on the dredgings

obtained on the Macclesfield Bank, in HMS

Rambler, Commander W. U. Moore. RN-April

1888, and HMS PcOguin, Commander W. U.

Moore, RN-April 1892, and HMS Fgc-tia, Com¬

mander A. M. Field, RN-April 1893. Hydrographie

Department, Admiralty, London, 32 p.

Borradaile L. A. 1900. — On sonie Crustaccans Irom

the South Pacific. Part IV. The Crabs. Proeeedings

of the Zoolatical Society, London, ycar 1900:

568-596.

1903. Marine Crustaceans IX. The sponge

crabs, in Cardiner J. S. (ed.l, The Fauna and

Ccography of the Maldive and l.accadive

Archipeutgoes 2 (l): 574-578.

Buirenuijk A. M. 1939, — Biological results of the

Snelllus Expédition. V. The Dromiacea,

Oxystom.ua. and Oxyrhyncha of the Snellius

Expédition. Temrntnekia 4: 223-276.

Campbell B. M. 1971. — New records and nevv spe¬

cies of crabs (Crustacea: Brachyura) trawled off

Southern Queensland: Dromiacea, Homolidae,

Gym no pleura, Cotystoidca and Oxystomata.

Memoirs of the Queensland Muséum 16, 27-48.

Campbell B. M. & Srephenson W. 1970. — The

sublitror.il Brachyura (Crusracea: Decapoda) of

Morcton Bay. Memoirs of the QtieensLmd Muséum

15:235-301.

Dai A. & Yang S. 1991. — Crabs of the China Seas.

Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 608 p.

Darwin C. 1842. — The Structure and Distribution of

Cotai Ree/s. Smirh. Elder and Co.. London, 214 p.

Gordon L 1931 — Brachyura (rom the coasts of

China. Journal oj the linnean Society, l.ondon

(Zoology) 37. 325-558.

Haan W. de 1833-1850. — Crustacea, in Siebold

P. F.. Fauna Japonica stve Descriptio anintalium,

quae in ilinere per Japoniarn. jussu et auspiciis super-

ronim, qui summum in India Btttttvd Imperium

tenent, suspecta, annis 1823-1830 eollcgit, notis,

observatiurubus et adumbraiionibus ilhistrdvit.

Lttgduni Batdvorum, fasc. 1-8: i-xxi ♦ vii-xvii +

ix-xvi + 1-243, pis 1-55, A-J, L-Q, cire., pi. 2,

Haswell W. A 1882 — Description of sonie new

species of Austral ian Decapoda. Proeeedings of the

Linnean Society, New South Wales 6: 750-763.

Jhle J. E. W. 1913. — Die Decapoda Brachyura der

Siboga-Expedition l. Dromiacea. Siboga Expédition

Monographs 39 (b), Eivr. 71: 1-96, figs 1-38,

pis 1-4.

Laurie R. D. 1906. — Report on the Brachyura col-

348

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus of Dromiidae

lectcd by Pnifessor Herdntan, at Ceylon, in 1902,

în Herdman W. A., Repart la the Government of

Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisher 1er of the Gulf of

Manaar. With supplementary Reports upon the

Murine Biology of Ceylon by other Naturalists. Part 5,

suppl. Rep. 40: 349-432.

Lewinsohn C, 1984. — Droiniidâe froltt Madagascar

and ihe .Seychelles (Crustacea Decapoda Bra-

chyura). Bulletin du Muséum national .d 7 lis toi re

naturelle, Paris, série 4, A 6 (1) : 89-129.

Man J. G. de 1888. — Bcrichi Liber die von Herrn

Dr. J. Brock im indischen Archipel gesanimcltcn

Decapoden und Stomatopoden. A rehiv fur

Naturgeschichte 53. 1887 (1888): 215- 600.

pis 7-22a.

— 1896. — Berieht Liber die von Herrn

Schiftscapitâin Storm 7.11 Acjch, an den westlichen

Kusten von Malakka, Bornéo und Celebes sowie in

der Java-see gesammelten Decapoden und

Stomatopoden. Dritter Theil. Zoologisches Jahrbuch

(Systematik) 9: 339-386, figs 40-49.

McLay C. L. 1982. — Population biology of the

sponge crab Cryptndrnniiu hilgendorfi (Dromiacea)

in Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia. Marine

Biology 70: 317-326.

— 1983. — Dispersai and use of sponges and ascl-

dians as camouflage by Cryptodromia hilgendorfi

(Brachyura: Dromiacea). Marine Biology 76: 17-32.

— 1993. — Crustacea Decapucfct: The sponge crabs

(Dromiidae) of New Caledotiia and the Philippines

with a review of the généra, in Crosnier A. (ed.).

Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

volume 10, Mémoires du Muséum national

d'Histoire naturelle., Paris 156 r 111-251.

Miers H. J. 1884. — Crustacea: 178-322, pis 18-32;

513-575, pis 46-51, in : Report of the soohgical col¬

lections mode in the Judo- Pacific Océan mtring the

voyage of If.M.S. “ Alert ”, IBS 1-2, Parti. The collec¬

tions from Melanesia. Pari II. The rollections from

the Western lndian Océan, t rustées of the Britîsh

Muséum, London.

Montgomery S. K. 1931. — Rcporr on the Crus-

tacean Brachyura of the Percy Sladctt Trust

Expédition to the Abrothos Islands undet the lea¬

dership of Professor W-J. Darin, D. Sc T.L.S., in

1913: along with others crabs front Western

Australia. tournai of the Linneati Society. Zoology 37:

405-465, 1 fig., pis 24-30.

Nobili G. 1903. - Contributo alla fauna carcinologi-

ca dt Bornéo. Bollettino Museo di Zoologia e di

Ànatomia companita , Universita di Torino 1 8 (447):

1-32.

Pollock R. 1. 1893. — Report on the stomatopod

crustaceans obtained by P. W. BasseU-Smith, esq.,

surgeon R.N., during the cruise, in the Australian

and China Seas, of HMS Penguin, Commander

W. U. Moore. Aimais & Magazine of Natural

History, sérié 6, 11: 473-479.

Rathbun M. J. 1910. — Brachyura. V. In: The

Danish Expédition to Siam 1899-1900, Konge/ige

dttnske Videnskabcrttes Selskab (7), 5 (4): 301-367,

figs 1-44, pis 1-2,

Rodger» K. A. & Qlcrod R, 1988. — A cacalog ol

zoological spécimens collccted from Tuvalu (Ellice

Islaniïs) bv Sixten Bock, 1917. Pacific Science 42:

300-395. '

Ruppell E. 1830. — Besdtireibung und Abbildung von

24 Arten kurzschwiinziger Krahhen, ah Beitrag zur

Naturgeschichte des rothen Meeres. H. L. Bronber,

Frankfurt a. M.: 1-28. pis 1-6.

Sakai T. 1936. — Studies on the crabs of Japan. I.

Dromiacea. Seiemific Reports Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku

Sect. B. 3. sunpl. 1: 1-66, figs 1 13. pis 1-9.

— 1965. — The Crabs of Sagami Bay. collected by Mis

Majesty the Fmperur of Japon. Maruzen Co., Tokyo:

i-xvi. 1-206, ligs 1-27 [English text], pis 1-100;

1-92 [(apanese textji 1-26 (référencés and index in

English); 27-32 [index in Japancse), 1 map,

— 1976. — Crabs of Japon and Adjacent Seas.

Kodansha Ltd, Tokyo, 3 vols: i-xxix +1-773

[English text), figs 1-379: 1-461 [Japanese text];

1-16, pis 1-251.

— 1983. — Description of new généra and spccies of

Japancse crabs, together with systematically and

biogeiigraphically inreresting species. (1). Researches

on Crustacea 12: 1 -44.

Serine R. & I.ohavanijaya P. 1973. — The Brachyura

(Crustacea Decapoda) collected by the Naga

Expédition, including a review of the Homolidae,

in Scienrific Results of Marine Investigations of the

South China Séa and the Gull ol Tbailand

1959-1961, Nata Reports, 4 (4): 1-187, figs 1-186,

pis 1-21,

Shen C. J. 1932, — (nverrebrates of China; the bra-

chyttran Crustacea of North China. Zoologica

Sinica, ser A 9 (1 ): 1-320, pis 1-10.

Stimpson W. 1858. — Prodromus descriptionis ani-

malium cvertebraiorurn, quac in Expcdirione ad

Oceanuni Pacificurst Septentrionalem. a Republtca

Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne

Rodgers ducibus. observavit et descripsit

W. Stimpson Pars VII. Crustacea Anomoura.

Proceedings of the Academ y of Natural Science,

Philadelphia 10,4; 225-252 (63-90).

— 1907. — Report on rhe Crustacea (Brachyura and

Anomura) collected by the North Pacific Exploring

Expédition 1853-1856. Smithsonian Misceuanemis

Collections 49 (1717): 1-240, pis 1-26.

Suzuki K. & Kuarata Y. 1967. — On the earcinologi-

cal fauna of the Izu-Oshima and its adjacent islands.

Researches on Crustacea 3: 86-104, figs 1,2, pis 8, 9.

Takeda M. 1973. — Studies of the Crustacea

Brachyura of the Palau Islands I. Dromiidae.

Dynomenldae, Calappidae, Leticosiidac, Hymeno-

somatidac, Majidac and Parthcnopidae. Bulletin of

the Liberal Arts & Science Course, Nthott Univetsiry

School ol Medicinc 1: 75-122, figs 1 -6, pis 2, 3.

Takeda M. & Miyaké S. 1970. — Crabs from the

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

349

McLay C. L.

East China Sea. IV. Gymnopleura, Dromiacea and

Oxystomata. Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture,

Kyushu University 16 (3): 193-235.

— 1972. — Crabs from the East China Sea. V. A

remaining collection. Occasional Papers Zoological

Laboratory Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu

University 3: 63-90.

Urita T. 1926. — A Checklist of Brachyura found in

Kagoshima Préfecture, Japan : 1-40. The Tsingtao

Times, Tsingtao.

Ward M. 1941. — New Brachyura from the Gulf of

Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. American

Museum Novitates ( 1104) : 1-15.

Weber F. 1795. — Nomenclator entomologicus secun-

dum Entomologiam Systematicam ill. Fabricii adjectis

speciebus recens detectis et varietatibus. Chilonii and

Hamburgi, viii + 171 p.

Yamaguchi T., Harada K., Takeda M. & Kikuchi T.

1987. — Crab fauna of the Amakusa Islands.

Calanus 10: 1-71.

350

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20 (2)

A new genus of Galatheidae

(Crustacea, Anomura)

from the Western Pacific Océan

Enrique MACPHERSON

Centra de Estudios Avanzados de Blanes (CSIC), Cami de Santa Barbara s/n

17300 Blanes, Girona (Espana)

macpherson@ceab.csic.es

Macpherson E. 1998. — A new genus of Galatheidae (Crustacea, Anomura) from the

Western Pacific Océan. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 351-355.

KEY WORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Galatheidae,

Crosnierita,

new genus,

new species,

Pacific Océan.

ABSTRACT

A new genus, Crosnierita, is established for rhree species of galatheid crusta-

ceans: C. dicata n.sp., Munida nrizae Macpherson, 1994 and M. yante

Macpherson, 1994, the latrer two having been transferred to the genus

Agononida. The new genus is characterized by the absence of male pleopods

on the first abdominal segment, the frontal margin deeply concave, the laté¬

ral margin of the basal antennular segment bearing two spines in addition to

the distal spines, the third and fourth segments of the antennal pedunclc

reduced in size and the merus of the third maxilliped very short. Ail these

characters suggest that the new genus approaches BathyTnunida Balss, 1914

and its relatives.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Galatheidae,

Crosnierita,

nouveau genre

nouvelle espèce,

océan Pacifique.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre de Galatheidae (Crustacea, Anomura) de l'océan Pacifique

occidental. Le nouveau genre Crosnierita est établi pour trois espèces de crus¬

tacés galathéides : C. dicata n.sp., Munida ttrizae Macpherson, 1994 et

M. yante Macpherson, 1994, ces deux dernières espèces ayant été précédem¬

ment placées dans le genre Agononida. Le nouveau genre est caractérisé par :

l’absence de pléopodes sur le premier segment abdominal des mâles ; le bord

rostral profondément concave ; le bord latéral du segment basal des anten-

nules portant deux épines en plus des épines distales ; les troisième et quatriè¬

me segments du pédoncule antennaire de taille réduite et avec le mérus du

troisième maxillipede très réduit. Cel ensemble de caractères suggère que ce

nouveau genre est proche de Bathymunida Balss, 1914.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

351

Macpherson E.

INTRODUCTION

In a recent paper. Baba & de Saint Laurent

(1996) escablished the genus Agononida for the

species of Muni du Leach, 1820 that are characte-

rized by the lack of male gonopods on the first

abdominal segment. A more rhorough studysho-

wed that the two previously described species

{Agononida urizae (Macpherson, 1994) ftom

New Caledonia, Mat!Itcw and Hunter Tslands

and Chesterlield Islands and A. yante

(Macpherson. 1994) from New Caledonia] and a

new species ftom Loyalty Islands and Vanuatu

(see below) hete described can be placed in a

genus rather different rhan Agononida and more

or less dose to Bathymunida Ralss, 1914.

The terminology used in this paper follows pre-

vious papers ( e.g. Macpherson & de Saint

Laurent 1991; Macphctson 1994; Baba & de

Saint Laurent 1996). Measurements given are of

carapace lengrh exduding rostrum. Colour notes

are taken from slides by P. Laboute. The types of

the new species hâve been deposited in the col¬

lections of the Muséum national d’I listoire natu¬

relle, Paris (MNHN) and the National Muséum

ofNatural History, Washington (NMNH).

Genus Crosnierita n.g.

Type species. — Crosnierita dicata n.sp. by présent

désignation.

ETYMOLOGY. — The generic name is dedicated to

Alain Crosnîer, in acknowledgement to hîs enormous

generousity, friendship and h is effort in the improve-

ment of the crustacean collections.

Gender: féminine.

DlAGNOSlS

Carapace with transverse ridges, usually granula-

ted. Rostral spine spiniform, clearly overreaching

supraocular spines; supraocular spines spiniform,

well-developed. but not overreaching end of cor-

tteae. Pair of epigastric spines situated direerly

behind supraocular spines. Médian gastric and

cardiac spines sometinfes présent. Pair of postccr-

vical spines présent, not followed by additional

spines. Frontal margins dccply concave.

Antérolatéral spines strong. Branchial margins

with four spines. Second to fourrh abdominal

tergites with rvvo moderately elevated transversal

ridges, each anterior ridge bearing four to six

spines; a médian spine on posterior ridge of

fourth tergite. Telsona! subdivision incomplète.

Fourth thoracic sternite with anterior margin

wide. moderately concave; sixth and seventh stér¬

ilités' wirhout granules or keels. Eyes large, cor-

neae strongly dilated, maximum corneal width

equal to or ntorc than one third distance between

antérolatéral spines. Antennular basal segment

with two distal spines; two additional well-deve-

loped spines on latéral margin, subdistal spine

longer rhan proximal spine. Antenna) basal seg¬

ment with disromesial spine short, usually not

reaching end of second segment; second segment

not redueed, with well-dcvclopcd distal spines,

distomesial spine clearly overreaching antcnnal

peduncle; third and fourth segments redueed.

Antcnnal flagellum longer than chelipeds. Merus

of third maxilliped clearly shorter than ischium,

subrbomboidal in latéral view, with distal spine

on extensor margin and with strong marginal

spine near midlength of flexor border. Chelipeds

slender, eltmgated, usually longer and stouter in

male than in fetnale. Walking legs long and slen¬

der; dactyli slender, curving, without latéral keel,

flexor margin with spinc-like setae. Chelae of

fi fi h peteopods more setosc in male than in

fetnale and fingers shorter than hand. Flexor face

of fi'fih peteopods with long and sparse simple

setae. In male,, movable finger with a dense set of

setae on proximal part. Male gonopods absent

from first abdominal segment.

Remarks

The strongly excavated frontal margin and the

extremely short merus of the third maxilliped

link this new genus to Bathymunida Balss, but

their relationships are rather distant. Crosnierita

may be eastly differentiated from Bathymunida

by the following characcers: (1) rostral and

supraocular spines spiniform and well-developed;

(2) absence of strong gastric and cardiac pro¬

cesses; (3) présence of a médian spine on poste¬

rior ridge of fourth abdominal segment;

(4) présence of well-developed spines on latéral

margin of basal antennular peduncle; and

352

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New genus of Galatheidae

(5) absence of toothbrush-like setae on the flexor

face of fifth pereiopods.

The new genus also resembles Agononida Baba et

de Saint Laurent in the ornamentation of the

rostrum, carapace and abdomen. However,

Crosnieritd is easily separatcd Iront that genus by

the sltape o( the front margin, the size ol the

third and fourth segments of the antcnnal

peduncle and the shape ol the third tnaxilliped.

Key TO SPUCIES OF Crosnieritd

1. Longitudinal row of spines on cardiac région . C. dicata

— Spines absent on cardiac région .2

2. Médian spine on metagastric région. Posterior border of carapace with a médian

spine . C. urizae

— No médian spine on metagastric région. Posterior border of carapace unarmed.

. C. yante

Crosnierita dicata n.sp.

(Fig. 1)

Type MATFRTAl . — The male of 8.9 mm from

MUSORSTOM 6, stn 419 (MNHN-Ga 4241) has

been selected as holorype; the other specimens are

paratypes (see belovv).

Mai priai examine». — Loyaltv Islands. MUSORS¬

TOM 6, stn 419, 20 Ü 41.65’S -'l67 o 03.70’E, 283 m,

16.11.1989: 7 â â, 7.2 to 9.3 mm; 9 ovig. 9 9, 7.4

to 8.6 mm; 4 9 9, 7.2 to 8.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 4242,

NMNH).

Vanuatu. MUSORSI'OM 8, stn 963, 20 o 20 S -

168°49’E, 400-440 m. 21.1X.1994: 1 ovig. 9,

8.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 4243). — Stn 1017, 17°53'S -

168 u 2û'L. 294-295 m. 27.1X.1994: 2 6 6,7. 9 and

8.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 4244). — Stn 1018, 17°53’S -

168°25’E, 300-301 m. 27.JX.1994: 1 9, 6.2 mm

(MNHN-Ga 4245).

EtYMOLOGY. — From the Latin dico, dedicate.

Distribu tion. — Loyalty Islands, Vanuatu, between

283 and 440 m.

Description

Carapace with few sccondary striae. Strong

médian spine in anterior part of metagastric

région. Cardiac région with a row of four médian

spines decreasing in size posteriorly, posterior-

most spine small, sometimes absent. Two posi-

cervical spines, each sometimes bearing

accompanying small spine behind. Posterior

margin of carapace unarmed. One small margi¬

nal spine behind and latéral to antérolatéral orbi¬

tal spine. Thoraeic sternites with numerous short

arcuate striae. Second abdominal segment with

six spines on anterior ridge, two médian spines

larger lhan latcial spines; third and fourth seg¬

ments with four spines, rwo médian spines larger

rhan latéral spines; posterior ridge of tourrh seg¬

ment with médian spine. Basal aniennular seg¬

ment (distal spines excluded) terminating in

anterior end of cornea. distolateral spine longer

rhan distomesial. Basal antcnnal segment with

distomesial spine short, ending in midlength of

second segment; distomesial spine on second

segment clearly exceeding peduncle, distolateral

spine half length of distomesial spine; third seg¬

ment spineless. Extensor border of merus of

third tnaxilliped wùth distal spine. Chclipeds

slender, opposable margins of fingers denticula-

ted; sonie small spines on proximal half of

movable finger. Dactylus ol walking legs more

than half that of propodus, proximal half of

flexor border with sonte spinules.

Coloration

Ground colour of carapace pinkish; numerous

yellovv and reddish spots on carapace and abdo¬

minal segments; two purple spots on posterior

353

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New genus of Galatheidae

part of gastric région; red spots on latéral parts of

abdominal segments. Rostrum, supraocular and

antérolatéral spines pinkish. Chelipeds and wal-

king legs with red and pinkish bands; cheliped

palm with distal third red; fingers with proximal

two thirds reddish, distal third whitish; distal

part of dactylus of walking legs reddish.

Remarks

C. dicata is closely related to C. urizae

(Macpherson, 1994) from New Caledonia,

Matthew and Hunter Islands and Chesterfield

Islands and C. yante (Macpherson, 1994) from

New Caledonia. However, the new species differs

easily from the other species of the genus by the

presence of a strong médian spine in the anterior

part of the metagastric région and a longitudinal

row of médian spines in the cardiac région.

Acknowledgements

I am greatly indebted to A. Crosnier and

B. Richer de Forges of ORSTOM from placing at

my disposai these interesting specimens. The

manuscript benefited from suggestions by

K. Baba of Kumamoto University. The species

has been illustrated by J. Macpherson.

REFERENCES

Baba K. & Saint Laurent M. de 1996. — Crustacea

Decapoda: Révision of the genus Bathymunida

Balss, 1914, and description of six new related

généra (Galatheidae), in Crosnier A. (ed.), Résultats

des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 15,

Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle

168:433-502.

Macpherson E. 1994. — Crustacea Decapoda:

Studies on the genus Munida Leach, 1820

(Galatheidae) in New Caledonian and adjacents

waters with descriptions of 56 new species, in

Crosnier A. (ed.), Résultats des Campagnes

MUSORSTOM, Volume 12, Mémoires du

Muséum national dTlistoire naturelle 161: 421-569.

Macpherson E. & Saint Laurent M. de 1991. —

Galatheid crustaceans of the genus Munida from

French Polynesia. Bulletin du Muséum national

d'Histoire naturelle, série 4, A 13 (3-4) : 373-422.

355

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

A new genus and species

of pinnotherid crab (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Brachyura) from Indonesia

Raymond B. MANNING

Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Muséum of Natural History,

Smithsonian Institution,

Washington D.C. 20560 (U.S.A.)

rayb@patriot.net

Manning R. B. 1998. — A new genus and species of pinnotherid crab (Crustacea,

Decapoda. Brachyura) from Indonesia. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 357-362.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Alain crosnieri,

new genus,

new species,

holothurians.

ABSTRACT

Seven specimens of Alain crosnieri n.g., n.sp., were taken off Maluku,

Indonesia in holothurians, genus Molpadia , during the KARUBAR

Expédition 1991 in depths of 399-405 and 457-461 m. Alain crosnieri is

unique among members of the Pinnotherinae in having only six abdominal

somites in the male, with the second and third somites fused. It also is only

the second member of the Pinnotherinae to be taken in depths greater than

400 m and to be represented by an androgynous male.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Brachyura,

Alain crosnieri,

nouveau genre,

nouvelle espèce,

holothuries.

RÉSUMÉ

Un nouveau genre et une nouvelle espèce de crabe Pinnotheridae (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Brachyura) d'Indonésie. Sept spécimens d’Alain crosnieri n.g., n.sp.,

ont été récoltés dans l'archipel des Moluques, en Indonésie, au cours de

l’expédition KARUBAR en 1991. Cette espèce est un commensal intestinal

d’holothuries du genre Malpadia , vivant à des profondeurs comprises entre

399 et 461 m. Alain crosnieri est le seul membre de la sous-famille des

Pinnotherinae à posséder seulement six somites abdominaux chez le mâle, les

deuxième et troisième somites étant fusionnés. C’est également le second

membre des Pinnotherinae prélevé à des profondeurs supérieures à 400 m et

représenté par un mâle androgyne.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

357

Manning R. B.

INTRODUCTION

Among the spécimens collected during the

KARUBAR Expédition 1991 to Indonesia were

two lots of a pinnorherid which Alain Crosnier

sent to me for srudy. Tliese were ail taken in

holothurians, genus Molpadia Cuvier, 1817,

from depths of 405-399 and 457-461 m, an

unusually deep habitat lor a pinnotherid crab.

Although these specimens superficially resemblc

those species of Pinnotheres s.l. known from

holothurians and included in Part III of Bürgcr’s

(1895: 364) key as well as those species listcd by

Schmitt et al. (1973: 13) as associâtes of holothu¬

rians, the crab represented in the KARUBAR

collections proved to belong to a new genus and

species, named herein,

The female holotype and four paratypes are in

the collections of the Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, France (MNHN): two

paratypes are in the collections of the National

Muséum of Natural History, Smithsonian

Institution, Washington, D. C. (USNM).

Abbreviations

carapace length, measured on the midline;

carapace breadth;

shrimp trawl used at KARUBAR stations;

bcarn rrawl used at KARUBAR stations;

fathoms;

meters;

millimeters;

MXP2

second maxilliped;

MXP3

third maxilliped;

numben

PLP(s)

pleopod(s);

Stn

station;

WL1-4

first to fourth walking legs.

Sizes are expressed as cl X cb. Ail measurements

are in millimeters.

SYSTEMATICS

Family P IN N OTHER1DAK De Haan, 1833

Subfamily PiNNOTHERINAE De Haan, 1833

Alain n.g.

Type SPECIES. — Alain crosnieri n.sp., by présent dési¬

gnation and monotypy. The gender is masculine.

F.TYMOtOijY. — Dedicated to my friend and col-

league, Alain Crosnier, who.çe unmatchc-d energy,

interest, and abilities in the fteld hâve added so much

to our knowledge of the decapod and stomatopod

crusraceans ol West Africa, Madagascar, the

Philippines, Indonesia, New Calcdonia, and Tahiti,

indeca, .mywhcrc hc has had the opportunity to make

collections. His collccting abilily is matchcd only by

his interest in sharing material wirh ocher muséums

and seeing the Iruits of his labors studied and publi-

shed upon by his colleagues annmd the World,

Host. A hnlothurian, genus Molpadia , collected in

depths of 399-405 m and 457-461 m.

DlAGNOSIS

Size moderately large, females as large as cl 1 1.7,

cb 13-0. Carapace firm, subcircular, 1.1 to

1.2 tintes broader than long (appearing 1.0 in

Fig. IA), widest neat midlength. MXP3 with

ischium and merus tused, 3-segmenred exopod

présent; palp 3-segmented; propodus spatulate,

longer than carpus; dactylus spatulate, narrower

than propodus, inserted near midlength oflower

margin of propodus, and extending beyond its

apex. WL1-4 similar, subequal right and left;

dactyli of WL1-2 similar, subequal in length,

shorter than subequal dactyli of WL3-4,

Abdomen of six somires in male, somites 2 and 3

fused; abdomen with seven somites in female.

Remarks

This new genus can be distinguished from ail

other généra now recognized in the

Pinnotherinae by the fusion of abdominal

somites 2 and 3 in the male. As pointed out by

me (1993: 127, 128), members of only two

généra, Juxtafabia Campos, 1993 and

Ernestotheres Manning, 1993, are known to hâve

only six abdominal somites in the male. In

Ernestotheres somites 5 and 6 are fused, whereas

in Juxtafabia somites 4 and 5 are fused.

Ernestotheres further differs from Alain and

Juxtafabia in having the dactyli of the walking

legs subequal; in Alain and Juxtafabia, the dactyli

ofWL3-4 are the longest of ail dactyli.

1 hâve been able to find only one other record of a

member of the Pinnotherinae ltving in depths of

more than 400 m, Pinnotheres abyssicola Alcock et

Anderson, 1899. lt was taken off the Travancore

coast of India in 430 fm (787 m) in a bivalve.

I 358

ZOOS VSTE MA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Alain crosnieri , a new pinnotherid crab

ÏM/l’Stti?

fyv.ïï.

genus Lima Bruguiere, 1797. The unique ovige- three segments. It also diflers from Alain crosnieri

rous fcmale of P. abyssicola apparendy has never in having long, slender walking legs, with the

been ligured. lt probably should lie referred to a dactyli of WLl and two longer than chose of che

new genus, as the distal segment of MXP3 is styli- other two legs. Some species of the genus Fabia

form and articulated terniinally on the subdistal Dana, 1851, e.g., Fabia emiliai (Melo, 1971 ) and

segment; Alcock & Anderson (1899) did not F. felderi Gore, 1986 also hâve two abdominal

mention whether the palp is composed of two or somites fused (E. Campos, in litt.).

Fig. 1. — Alain crosnieri n.g., n.sp.; A, 9 paratype, 11.7 x 13.0 mm, dorsal view; B, androgynous male paratype, 7.6 x 8.3 mm, dor¬

sal view (left WL3 missing) (both MNHN-B 26142). Scale bar: 2 cm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

359

Manning R. B.

Alain crosnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1-3)

Material. — Indonesia, Maluku, KARUBAR

Expédition, stn CP 59, 8°20'Q1”S - I32°09’32”E,

399-405 m„ 31X1991: 3 33, 8.3 x 9.5, 8.3 X 10.0

and 9.4 X 10.6; 2 9 9, 9.9.8.2 X 9.5 and 10.4 X 11.2

[9, 8.2 X 9.5 is holatyne (MNHN-B 26140) and

2 3 3 are paratypes (MNHN-B 26141); 1 6 and

1 9 are paratypes (USNM 264723)]. — Stn CC 58,

8°21’47 S - 132°00'45"E. 457-461 m, 31X1991:

1 3, 7.6 X 8.3, 1 9, 11.7X 13.0 (paratypes, MNHN-

B 26142).

Size range. — 4 3 6,7. 6 x 8.3 to 9.4 x 10.6;

3 9 9, 8.2 x 9.5 to 11.7x 13.0.

Distribution. — Known only from off Maluku,

Indonesia.

ETYMOLOGY. — See etymology for genus, above.

Description

Female (Fig. IA) similar to male but larger; much

more setose, especially on the walking legs; and

abdomen with seven rallier tban six somites. Size

large, cb to at least 13 mm. Carapace firm, sub-

circular, width 1.1-1. 2 tintes lengtli (appearing

1.0 in Fig. 1 A). Antérolatéral surfaces almo.st ver¬

tical. Surlace punctate. régions poorly defined.

Front scarcely projeçting, broadly V-shaped in

anterior view. Eyes not visible in dorsal view.

Margin of carapace, other titan posterior, lined

with plumose setae, larger and denscr above base

of cheliped. Dorsal surface of carapace with few

very' long, simple setae.

Cheliped with numerous long, simple setae on

carpus and palm; movable finger liait as long as

palnt; chela with finger tips appressed in distal

third, tips not Crossing; movable finger with

tooth in proximal third, fixed finger with larger,

irregulat cooth in distal third; setae présent in

gape ot chela; inner, lower surface ol chela dense-

ly setose. Carpus denselv setose on inner surface.

Merus densely setose on inner, ventral distal, and

outer proximal surfaces’.

WL equal rigltt and left, ail segments densely

setose, Wl.2-3 witlt swintming setae. Dactyli of

walking legs simple, similar, dactyli ol WLI-2

subeqUal in lengtli, shorter than subequal dactyli

of WL3-4. Fropudus of WL4 shortcst of ail pro-

podi of walking legs. WL1 reaching beyond base

of dactylus of WL2 when extended, dactylus

0.7 tintes as long as propodus, latter about

2.5 tintes longer than high, 1.3 times longer than

carpus; merus 2 rimes as long as carpus. WE2

with dactylus 0.67 rimes as long as propodus,

latter 2.7 times longer rhan high, 1.2 times lon¬

ger than carpus; merus 2 times as long as carpus.

WL3 with dactylus 1 2 times as long as propo¬

dus, larrer 2.9 tintes longer than high, 1.2 times

longer titan carpus; merus 2 times as long as car¬

pus. WI.4 with dactylus 1.2 times as long as pro¬

podus, latter 2.3 tintes longer than high,

0.9 times as long as carpus; merus 1.3 times as

long as carpus.

Abdomen with seven somites, reaching to bases

of walking legs and MXP3. margin lined with

long setae. Four pairs of biramous pleopods pré¬

sent, one pair each on somites 2-5.

Male (Fig. IB) smaller than fentale; size large, cb

to about 1 I mm; muclt less setose than female,

setae présent in same areas but sparser and sltor-

ter. Swintming setae présent an WL2-3.

Carapace firm, 1.1-1 .2 times broader titan long,

front scarcely projeçting, eyes visible in dorsal

view. Chelae with finger tips Crossing, opposable

margins of fingcrs armed as in tentale. Cheliped

(Fig. 2C) with movable finger longer rhan thar ol

female, 0.8 times as long as palm, latter 1.3 tintes

longer than high. WL (Fig. 2D-G) as in female,

propodus ol W1.4 sliOrtest of propodi ol walking

legs. Proportions ol walking legs similar to ihose

ol female, dillering in having a stouter propodus

on WL3-4. Abdomen (Fig. 211) of male very

broad. hourglass-shaped, only six somites pré¬

sent, somites 2-3 fused. Male PLP1 (Figs 2J, K) a

simple tube; in androgynous male PLP2 and

poorly developcd biramous fentale pleopod both

présent on fused sontites 2-3 (Fig. 21); unira-

ntous female pleopods présent on somites 4 and

5 (Fig. 21). Fentale gonopores présent.

Remarks

This is only the second spccies of Pinnotherinae

in which androgynous males are known. The

other species is Nepin not hères androgynies

Manning, 1993. front Sénégal. In A. crosnieri,

the male has rwo gonopods and tbree female-like

pleopods (Fig. 21); in figure 21 the first pair of

gonopods has been removed and is not shown.

360

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 - 20 (2)

Alain crosnieri , a new pinnotherid crab

Fig. 2. — Alain crosnieri n g , n.sp., androgynous 6 paratype, 7,6 x 8.3 mm (MNHN-B 26142); A, MXP3; B, MXP2; C, cheliped;

D-G, WL1-4; H. abdomen, dorsal (outer) view; I. abdomen, ventral (inner) view. 6 PLP1 removed; J. gonopod; K. apex of gonopod.

(Setae omitted in Fig. 2A-H.). Scale bars: A, B. 10 mm; C-l. 2 mm;

The proportions of tlie merus, carpus, propodus

and dactylus of each of the walking legs of the

female are shown diagrarnmatically in figure 3.

Fig. 3. — Alain crosnieri n.g.. n.sp.. 2, diagrammatic représen¬

tation of merus, carpus, propodus, and dactylus of WL1-4.

Acknowledgements

Alain Crosnier originally sent me the rwo lots of

pinnotherids from the KARUBAR collections for

J-K, 2 mm; L, 10 mm.

study, for which I am indebted to him. Lilly

King Manning prepared the figures. This is

contribution No. 433 from the Smithsonian

Marine Station at I jnie Port, Port l’ierce, Florida.

Support of that facility for my studies on the sys-

tematics of pinnotherid crahs is gratefully ack-

nowledged. ! thank Rafael Lemaître, F.roesto

Campos, and an anonymous reviewer, for their

commcnts on the manuscript, which materially

improved it.

REFERENCES

Alcock A. & Anderson A. R. S. 1899. — An account

of the deep-sea Crusiâccà dredged during the sur-

veying-seasun of 1897-98 Natural history notes

from H M. Royal Indian Marine Suivcy Ship

“Investigator” Commander 1. H. Heming, R. N.,

commanding, sérié 3, n" 2., The An mils and

Magazine of Natural History , sériés 7, 3 (13): 1-27.

ZOOSYSTEMA > 1998 • 20(2)

361

Manning R. B.

Bürger O. 1895. — Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der

Pinnotherinen. Zoologischer Jahrbücher, Abtheilung

Jur Systematik, Géographie und Biologie der Thiere 8:

361-390, pis 9, 10.

Campos E. 1993. — Systematics and taxonomie

remarks on Pinnotheres muliniarum Rathbun, 1918

(Crustacea: Brachyura: Pinnotheridae). Proceedings

of the Biological Society of Washington 106: 92-101.

Dana J. D. 1851. — On the classification of the

Crustacea Grapsoidea. American Journal of Science

and Arts, sériés 2, 12: 283-291.

Gore R. H. 1986. — Fabia felderi species novum, a

new pinnotherid crab from the central eastern coast

of Florida (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura).

Northeast Gulf Science 8 (2): 143-148.

Manning R. B. 1993. — West African pinnotherid

crabs, subfamily Pinnotherinae (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Brachyura). Bulletin du Muséum national

d’Histoire naturelle, série 4, A 15 (1-4) : 125-177.

Melo G. A. S. de 1971. — Duas novas especies de

Pinnotheridae (Crustacea: Brachyura) do litoral

brasileiro. Papéis avulsos de zoologia do Departa-

mento de Zoologia, Sâo Paulo 23 (22): 197-203.

Schmitt W. L., McCain J. C. & Davidson E. S.

1973. — Fam. Pinnotheridae, Decapoda I,

Brachyura F, in Gruner H.-E. & Holthuis L. B.

(eds), Crustaceorum Catalogus 3. W. Junk, Den

Haag, 160 p.

362

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Le genre Eutrichocheles \Noo6 Mason, 1876

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Thalassinidea)

en Polynésie française et au Vietnam

avec description de deux espèces nouvelles

Nguyen NGOC-HO

Laboratoire de Zoologie (Arthropodes), Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle,

61 rue de Buffon, F-75231 Paris cedex 05 (France)

nngoc-ho@mnhn.fr

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Thalassinidea,

Axiidae,

Eutrichocheles,

systématique,

Indo-Pacifique.

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Thalassinidea,

Axiidae,

Eutrichocheles,

raxonomy,

lndo-Pacific.

Ngoc-Ho N. 1998. — Le genre Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876 (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Thalassinidea) en Polynésie française et au Vietnam avec description de deux espèces

nouvelles. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 363-378.

RÉSUMÉ

Trois espèces A'Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876 dont deux nouvelles, pro¬

venant de Polynésie française et du Vietnam sont décrites. Elles sont compa¬

rées aux taxons voisins et l’un de ces derniers, Eutrichocheles modestus

(Herbst, 1796) est revu plus en détail ; une diagnose est présentée. L’étude

du nouveau matériel conduit à quelques modifications dans la diagnose du

genre Eutrichocheles.

ABSTRACT

The genus Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876 (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Thalassinidea) in French Polynesia and in Vietnam unth description oftwo neiv

species, Three species of Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876 from French

Polynesia and Vietnam are described, two of thcm new. They are compared

to related taxa, of which Eutrichocheles modestus (Herbst, 1796) is reviewed in

more detail and a diagnosis presented. Examination of new material has

resulted in somc amendements to the diagnosis of the genus Eutrichocheles.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

363

Ngoc-Ho N.

INTRODUCTION

Le genre Eutrichocheles , établi par Wood Mason

en 1876 pour y inclure l’espèce Cancer modestus

Herbst, 1796, a d’abord été placé parmi les

Astacidea Nephropidae (voir Holthuis, 1986).

Par la suite, Balss (1933) et Chopra (1933), ainsi

que des auteurs plus récents, notamment Sakai

& de Saint Laurent (1989) et Poore (1994), par¬

tagent un avis différent qui est de considérer ce

genre comme un membre des Axiidae.

Huit espèces à'Eutrichocheles sont connues

jusqu’à présent : E. modestus (Herbst. 1796)

(espèce-type), E. brocki (de Man, 1888),

E. defensus (Rathbun, 1901), E. bisquamosa (de

Man, 1905), E. johnstoiri (Edmondson, 1925),

E. pindatyba Rodriguez et Kensléy, 1991, et les

deux plus récemment décrites, E. austrinus Sakai,

1994 et E. purni/us Sakai, 1994. Deux de ces

espèces proviennent de l’ouest Atlantique,

E. defensus de Porto Rico et pindatyba du

Brésil ; les autres sont originaires de IJndo-

Pacifique. Ce sont des espèces rares et, à l’excep¬

tion d’ZT. brocki et E. austrinus qui comptaient

respectivement trois et deux spécimens-types,

toutes les autres, l’espèce-type comprise (voir

Chopra 1933 : 281), ont été établies d’après un

seul spécimen. Pour E. modestus et E. brocki-, peu

de matériel a été étudié après la description origi¬

nale pour |es autres, seuls le ou les types sont

connus jusqu'à présent,

Ce travail ne fait pas exception et les trois espèces

décrites ici sont représentées chacune par un seul

spécimen. Deux d’entre elles ont été récoltées en

Polynésie Française, ce sont • Eutrichocheles brocki

(de Man) et Eutrichocheles tuamotu n.sp. ; la troi¬

sième, Eutrichocheles crosnieri n.sp. provient du

Vietnam, Toutes les trois sont comparées aux

espèces voisines et l’espèce-type du genre,

E. modestus , qui est proche de celle du Vietnam,

est revue plus en détail, avec sa diagnose,

Les spécimens étudiés font partie des collections

du Natural History Muséum, London (BM), du

Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris

(MNHN). de la Zoological Référencé

Collection, University ot Singapore (ZRC). Les

mensurations indiquées dans les descriptions

concernent la longueur de la carapace, rostre

inclus (le.) et la longueur totale (lt.), rostre et tel-

son indus.

364

Genre Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876

Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876 : 231. — Chopra

1933 : 277. Balss 1957 : 1580. — Sakai & de Saint

Laurent 1989 ; 31, — Sakai 1994 ; 185. — Poore

1094:97 (clé).

Aciopsis ( Paraxiopsis ) de Man, 1905 ; 597 ; 1925 : 71,

101. - Gurney 1942:240.

DlACNOSF.

(adaptée de Sakai &C de Saint Laurent 1989 et

Sakai 1994).

Région antéro-dorsale de la carapace (ou gas¬

trique) convexe dans sa partie médiane, avec une

paire de carènes latérales, une paire de carènes sub¬

médianes et une carène médiane ; sillon cervical

bien défini, bord antcro-latcral de la carapace avec

une ou deux épines. Rostre triangulaire, à bout

pointu dépassant les yeux ; bords latéraux dentés

se continuant postérieurement par les carènes laté¬

rales de la carapace. Telson plus long que large,

face dorsale avec une paire de carènes obliques,

bord postérieur souvent avec une épine médiane.

Yeux globuleux ou cylindriques, cornées plus ou

moins pigmentées. Deuxième Segment du pédon¬

cule antennaire avec une petite dent dorso-distale,

écaille a ri ten unité bilurquée ou trifurquée.

Péréiopodes I subégaux, péréiopodes 3 et 4 (quel¬

quefois) au propode muni de rangées tranversales

d’cpincs. Êpipodites présents aux maxillipèdes 1-3

et péréiopodes 1-4 ; une paire d'arthrobranchies

aux maxillipèdes 3 et péréiopodes 1-4 Pléopode 1

mâle absent ou présent en un très petit lobe arron¬

di ou allongé, sans flagellum, pléopode 2 mâle

avec appendix masadina, pléopodes 2-5 mâle sans

appendix intenta ; pléopode 1 femelle présent, üni-

ramé, avec un artiele basal et un flagellum niultiar-

riculé, ou absent (rare), pléopodes 2-5 femelle sans

appendix interna. Exopodite des uropodes avec

une suture transverse.

Remarques

Le genre Eutrichocheles est jusqu’à présent carac¬

térisé, entre autres, par un bord antéro-latéral de

la carapace souvent muni d une épine et une

écaille antennaire biturquee. Sa diagnose a éré

modifiée à ce niveau car, comme chez E. brocki

(voir de Man 1925 : 103. 107), le bord antéro¬

latéral de la carapace est muni de deux épines

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Trois espèces d 'Eutrichocheles (Thalassinidea)

chez l’espèce nouvelle du Vietnam ; de plus, son

écaille antennaire esc trifurquée. Dans le genre

Eutrichocheles comme chez certains autres

membres des Axiidae, chaque bord latéral denté

du rostre se continue postérieurement dans la

région gastrique par une carène latérale qui est,

elle aussi, munie de dents, Pour la clarté de la

description, il est parfois nécessaire de différen¬

cier les dents roseraies de celles des carènes. Dans

ce travail, cette différentiation se fait par le bord

postérieur de la cavité orbitaire. En vue dorsale et

surtout en vue latérale de la région gastrique, les

dents qui sont placées au-delà de ce bord soni

considérées comme appartenant au rostre, celles

placées en arrière sont rattachées aux carènes.

Poore (1994 ; 97), dans la clé des genres

d’Axiidae, considère les Eutrichocheles comme

dépourvus d'appendix internu aux pléopodes 2-5.

Pour plus de précisions, il faudrait ajouter que,

chez le male, un appendïx musculina est présent

au pléopode 2. Sakai (1994) suggère de revoir les

caractéristiques des pléopodes dans le genre

Eutrichocheles. Celles indiquées dans la diagnose

ci-dessus proviennent de l'étude du matériel pré¬

sent et d'autres spécimens du même genre dans

les collections du Muséum national d’Histoire

naturelle, Paris.

Eutrichocheles brocki (De Man, 1888)

(Fig. 1)

Axius Brocki de Man, 1888 : 475, pl. 20, fig. 3.

Axiopsis ( PurUxiopsis) Brocki de Man, 1905 : 597 ;

1925:71, 101, pl. 8, fig. I9-I9f.

Axiopsis (Pantxiopsis) brocki - Poore & Griffin 1979 :

228, Fig. 3. - Sakai 1987:304.

Eutrichocheles brocki - Sakai & de Saint-Laurent

1989: 52, fig. 4B.-Sakai 1992a : 215, 1994: 185.

Eutrichocheles afï, brocki - Sakai 1992b : 169.

MATERIEL EXAMINÉ. — Polynésie française. Archipel

de Tuamotu, atoll de l angat.iufa, fond de corail et de

sable, avril 1997, coll. Gilbert Poli : 1 2, le. 6,5 mm,

lt. 17,5 mm (MNHN-Th 1313).

Locai.ITÉ-T\TE. — Ambone, Indonésie.

DISTRIBUTION. — Indonésie, Bornéo, Okinawa,

Japon, Polynésie, Australie septentrionale et occiden¬

tale. Fonds rocheux ou de corail, jusqu’à 84 m.

Diagnose

Bord antéro-latéral de la carapace avec deux

épines. Rostre triangulaire, bord latéral avec une

ou deux dents. Carène latérale de la région gas¬

trique munie de deux dents dans le tiers anté¬

rieur ; carènes submédianes, continues ou inter¬

rompues en leur milieu, avec une dent antérieure

terminale ; carène médiane avec une protubéran¬

ce au tiers postérieur. Pédoncule oculaire court,

ne dépassant pas le milieu du rostre. Ecaille

antennaire bifurquée distalement, troisième seg¬

ment du pédoncule antennaire avec deux ou trois

spinules ventrales. Maxillipède 3 avec trois ou

quatre fortes épines ventrales au mérus, une

épine vcntro-subdistale au carpe. I’éréiopode 1

avec une épine dorsale au tiers antérieur du

mérus, propode muni d’une carène longitudinale

dorsale se terminant par une épine subdistale et

une faible carène ventrale tuberculée.

Péréiopode 2 avec une épine ventro-distale au

mérus, une épine vers le milieu du bord ventral

et une à quatre épines dans la moitié proximale.

"1 bison plus long que large, carène oblique munie

de trois ou quatre épines, bord latéral avec trois à

cinq épines, bord postérieur convexe, épine

médiane présente.

Description

Carapace lisse, à sillon cervical bien défini ; bord

antéro-latéral avec une épine près du bord supé¬

rieur du pédoncule antennaire en vue latérale, et

une autre beaucoup plus petite placée plus bas ;

région gastrique bombée en arrière du rostre.

Rostre (Fig. IB) à peu près triangulaire, se termi¬

nant en pointe vers le milieu du deuxième seg¬

ment antennulaire, face dorsale légèrement

concave, bord latéral armé d’une petite dent et de

deux tubercules à droite, de deux dents et de

deux tubercules à gauche. Carène latérale, en

continuation avec le bord latéral du rostre,

munie de deux dents antérieures, l une en arrière

des yeux, l'autre vers le tiers antérieur, le reste

inerine ; carène submédiane inerme, à l’exception

d’une dent antérieure terminale ; carène médiane

inerme elle aussi, à part d'une petite protubérance

au tiers postérieur.

Abdomen lisse (Fig. IA) à pleurons arrondis,

celui du deuxième segment recouvrant légère¬

ment ceux du premier et du troisième. Telson

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

365

Ngoc-Ho N.

(Fig. 1E) environ 1,2 lois plus long que large,

face dorsale avec un faible sillon médian longitu¬

dinal dans la moitié postérieure et quatre épines

le long de chaque carène oblique dont la plus

distale est mobile ; bord latéral armé de quatre

épines ; bord postérieur faiblement convexe, avec

une spinule médiane.

Pédoncule oculaire court (Fig. IB), ne dépassant

pas le milieu du rostre, cornée globuleuse, bien

pigmentée. Premier segment du pédoncule

antennulaire (Fig. 1H) muni d une spinule laté¬

rale et, à la lace dorsale, d une fente elliptique

recouverte de soies communiquant avec la cavité

du statocyste ; deuxième segment légèrement

plus long que le dernier. Deuxième segment du

pédoncule antennaire (Fig. 11) avec une épine

disto-latéralc, écaille antennaire bifurquée dista-

lement ; troisième segment avec une épine disto-

ventrale et deux spinales : quatrième segment à

peu près aussi long que le deuxième et 1,5 fois

plus long que le cinquième.

Maxillipède 3 (Fig. 1F) avec une épine au bord

ventral de la coxa et du basis ; ischion avec quatre

spinules ventrales et une lorte crista dentata

munie de dix dents et de quatre tubercules à la

face interne (Fig. IG) ; mérus armé d'un tuber¬

cule et de quatre épines au bord ventral, ces der¬

nières de taille croissante de l’arrière vers l’avant ;

carpe plus court que le mérus avec une épine

ventro-subdistalc ; propode presque aussi long

que le carpe et plus long que le dactyle ; exopodi-

te ne dépassant pas en longueur le bord distal du

mérus, composé d'un article basal et d’un flagel-

lum mutiarticulé.

Péréiopodes 1 (Fig. IC) grêles, subégaux. Ischion

et mérus à bord ventral serrulé, muni d’une ou

de deux épines à l'ischion et de trois ou quatre

épines au mérus ; carpe inerme ; propode envi¬

ron deux fois plus long que large, avec deux fines

carènes longitudinales, une dorsale sc terminant

en une épine distale, et une ventrale faiblement

tuberculée ; doigt fixe et dactyle, environ deux

tiers aussi longs que U propode, à extrémité

recourbée ; bord sécanr avec une protubérance

triangulaire au tiers proximal et des dents arron¬

dies dans les deux rier.s distaux, ces dernières

étant plus faibles sur le dactyle. Mérus du péréio-

pode 2 (Fig. 1D) avec une spinule ventro-distale,

une autre au quart proximal et une épine plus

forte vers le milieu du bord ventral ; doigt fixe et

dactyle, environ à moitié aussi long que le pro¬

pode, à bord sécant faiblement pectine. Qua¬

trième sternite thoracique avec la partie posté¬

rieure concave munie d'une fente médiane longi¬

tudinale et, de chaque côté, d’une épine

anréro-latérale.

Orifices génitaux femelles bien ouverts sur les

coxae des péréiopodes 3.

Ptéopode 1 unitamé, petit, comprenant un basi-

podire et un flagellum mulriarticulé à peu près de

même longueur. Pléopodes 2-5 (Fig. IJ) sem¬

blables, à exopode et endopode grêles, sans

uppendix interna.

Exopode des uropodes armé respectivement de

quatre et de trois épines au bord latéral externe et

à la crête latérale externe ; endopode avec respec¬

tivement trois et cinq épines au bord latéral

externe et à la crête médiane.

Remarques

La jeune femelle examinée s'accorde bien avec la

description de l’espèce (de Man 1888, 1925). La

région antérieure de la carapace, la morphologie

et spinulation des anrennule er antenne, des

péréiopodes 1 et 2 sont comparables à celles de la

femelle ovigère, de 20,5 mm de longueur totale,

récoltée à Bornéo Bank (de Man 1925, pl. 8,

fig. 19), Elle présente toutefois les variations sui¬

vantes : (I) carènes submédianes non interrom¬

pues en leur milieu. Certe différence a déjà été

signalée chez d’autre matériel étudié par de Man

(1925 : 104) ainsi que par Poore & Grilfin

(1979 : 228) dans le matériel d'ZT. brocki

d’Australie ; (2) péréiopode 1 avec une protubé¬

rance triangulaire sur le doigt fixe et le dactyle ;

par ce caractère, ce spécimen polynésien se rap¬

proche du matériel australien (Poore & Gritfin

1979, Fig. 3d) ; (3) teison subquadrangulaire,

plus court que chez le matériel étudié par de

Man (1888, pl. 20, fig. 3c ; 1925. pt. 8, fig. 19f)

ainsi que chez celui d’Australie (Poore & Griffin

1979, fig. 3c) ; (4) la convexité du bord posté¬

rieur est approximativement la même chez le spé¬

cimen polynésien et l’une des femelles ovigères

types (de Man, 1888, fig. 3c), mais plus faible

que chez le matériel d’Australie (Poore & Griffin

1979, fig. 3c) ainsi que chez une temelle ovigère

de la Siboga (de Man 1925, fig. 19f).

366

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

Ngoc-Ho N.

Compare au spécimen examiné ici (le 6,5 mm),

ceux étudiés par Poore et Griffïn (le. 13-17 mm)

sont de plus grande taille et diffèrent aussi par

(1) un rostre plus étroit (fig. 3a) ; (2) des épines

rostrales plus fortes ainsi que celles du telson

(fig. 3c) ; (3) l’absence de carènes longitudinales

dorsale et ventrale au propode du péréiopode 1.

EutrichocbeUs tuamotu n.sp.

(Figs 2, 3)

MaTÉRIEI-TYPê. — Polynésie française. Archipel de

Tuamotu, Moruroa, stn 51,21 °53.1 2’S -139°2,62’W,

dragage, 140 m, fond corallien dur, 15.X. 1990,

récoltes SMCB (). Poupin) : holotype 3, le. 9 mm,

1t. 21 mm (MNHN-Th 1315).

Localité-type. — Tuamotu (Polynésie française).

ÉTYMOLOGIE. — L’espèce est nommée d’après sa loca¬

lité-type.

Diagnose

Bord antéro-latéral de la carapace avec une épine.

Rostre allongé, triangulaire, bord latéral avec

deux dents et deux ou trois tubercules. Région

gastrique de la carapace avec ci rêne latérale courte

munie d’une dent ; carène submédiane représen¬

tée par une rangée de six dents et trois ou quatre

tubercules ; carène médiane avec une protubé¬

rance vers son milieu. Pédoncule oculaire court,

ne dépassant pas le tiers du rostre. Écaille anten-

naire bifurquée distalemcnt, troisième .segment

du pédoncule antennaire avec trois spinules ven¬

trales. Maxillipède 3 avec une spinule et deux

grandes épines ventrales au mérus, carpe avec

une épine ventro-distale. Péréiopodes 1 sub¬

égaux, mérus avec une ou deux épines dorsales

au tiers antérieur, propode avec des tubercules

dorsaux et une épine dorso-subdistale. Péréio¬

podes 2 avec de grosses soies cornées au bord

ventro-distal du mérus. Pléopode 1 mile présent,

très petit. Telson plus long que large, bord latéral

avec cinq épines, carène oblique avec trois épines,

bord postérieur convexe, épine médiane présente.

Description

Carapace lisse (Fig. 3A), à sillon cervical bien

défini, bord antéro-latéral (Fig. 2) avec une

épine, région gastrique bombée en arrière du

rostre. Rostre triangulaire allongé, se terminant

en pointe vers le milieu du dernier segment ante-

nulaire ; lace dorsale faiblement concave, bord

latéral armé de deux épines au niveau des yeux

et, un peu plus en avant, de deux tubercules à

gauche, d'un tubercule à droite. Carène latérale,

en continuation avec le bord latéral du rostre,

avec une partie carénée armée d’une forte dent

vers son milieu et suivie en arrière par trois

tubercules ; carène submédiane représentée par

une rangée de six dents et trois ou quatre tuber¬

cules ; carène médiane bien définie, s’étendant de

la base du rostre jusqu’au quarr postérieur envi¬

ron de la région gastrique, munie d’une petite

prorubérance vers son milieu

Abdomen lisse (Fig. 2), pleuron du deuxième

segment le plus large, recouvrant en partie ceux

du premier et du iroisièrne.Telson (Fig. 3B) envi¬

ron 1,4 fois plus long que large, face dorsale avec

un faible sillon médian longitudinal dans sa par-

Fiq. 2. — Eutrichocheles tuamotu n.sp., holotype, 3 (MNHN-Th 1315), vue latérale. Échelle : 4 mm.

368

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Ngoc-Ho N.

tie postérieure et quatre épines le long de chaque

carène oblique dont la plus distale est mobile ;

bord latéral armé de quatre épines plus petites ;

bord postérieur arrondi muni d’une spinule

médiane.

Pédoncule oculaire (Fig. 3A) très court, attei¬

gnant à peine le tiers du rostre, cornée globu¬

leuse, bien pigmentée. Premier segment du

pédoncule amennulaire (Fig. 3G), environ deux

fois plus long que le deuxième, avec une spinule

dorso-latérale subdistale et, à sa face dorsale, une

fente elliptique recouverte de soies communi¬

quant avec la cavité du statocyste ; deuxième et

troisième segments à peu près de même lon¬

gueur, inermes. Deuxième segment du pédoncule

antennaire (Fig. 3H) muni d'une épine disto-

latérale ; écaille antennaire bifurquée distale-

ment ; troisième segment avec une épine

ventro-distale et deux spinales ventrales ; qua¬

trième segment environ 1,5 fois plus long que le

cinquième, tous deux inermes.

Maxillipèdc 3 (Fig. 31) avec une forte épine ven¬

trale sur la coxa, une épine plus petite sur le

basis ; ischion avec sept spinules ventrales et, à la

face interne, une forte crista dentata munie de

quatorze dents de taille croissante de 1 arrière vers

l’avant ; mérus armé d’une spinule et de deux

grandes épines dans la moitié distale du bord

ventral ; carpe avec une épine ventto-distale ;

propode presque aussi long que le carpe et

1,5 fois plus long que le dactyle, tous deux

inermes. Lxopodite atteignant par son extrémité

le milieu du carpe, avec un article basal et un fla-

gellum multiarticulé.

Péréiopodes 1 (Figs 2, 3C) subégaux, le droit

étant plus robuste. Ischion avec une forte épine

ventrale , mérus à bord ventral serrulé portant

quatre à cinq épines de taille croissante d'arrière

en avant et une ou deux épines au tiers distal du

bord dorsal ; bord ventral du carpe dentelé ; pro¬

pode environ 1,5 fois plus long que large au

péréiopode gauche, plus court à droite, bords

dorsal et dorso-externe munis de tubercules

ronds et d’une épine dorso-subdistale ; doigt fixe

et dactyle à peu près aussi longs que le propode

au péréiopode gauche et deux tiers aussi longs il

droite ; bord sécant du doigt fixe muni d’une

dent plate au tiers proximal et de petites dents

arrondies dans la partie distale au péréiopode

gauche, avec deux dents triangulaires dans le tiers

proximal et lisse dans la partie distale au péréio¬

pode droit ; dactyle à extrémité recourbée, bord

sécant armé de dents arrondies plus ou moins

grandes au péréiopode gauche, inerme à droite.

Péréiopode 2 (Fig. 3D) avec une spinule venirale

sur l’ischion ; mérus pourvu de quatre ou cinq

épines dans les deux tiers proximaux du bord

ventral, quatre ou cinq grosses soies cornées dans

le tiers distal et une épine ventro-distale ; carpe et

propode inermes ; doigt fixe et dactyle légère¬

ment plus courts que le propode, sc terminant en

de petits ongles cornés. Péréiopodes 3 et 4

(Fig. 3F., F) très semblables sauf une plus grande

taille au péréiopode 3 ; mérus avec une épine ou

spinule ventro-distale ; propode muni de soies

cornées spiniformes disposées plus ou moins en

rangées transversales, dactyle se terminant en un

ongle corné. Quatrième sternite thoracique

(Fig. 3K) composé d'une partie antérieure mal

délimitée latéralement et d'une partie postérieure

avec une fente médiane longitudinale et, de

chaque côté, une épine antéro-latérale.

Orifices génitaux mâles petits et peu visibles sur

les coxae des péréiopodes 5.

Pléopode 1 présent comme un très petit lobe

ovale. Plcopode 2 (Fig. 3J) avec exopode et endo-

pode grêles, appendix masculina présent. Pléo-

pode 3-5 dépourvus d ’appendix interna.

Uropode (Fig. 3B) avec exopode à bord posté¬

rieur arrondi, avec cinq spinules au bord latéral

externe ; endopode pourvu de quatre épines au

bord latéral externe et de cinq autres plus fortes

sur la crête médiane.

Remarqués

Eutrichacheles tuamotu est comparable à l’espèce

australienne. E. a us tri nus Sakai, 1994 dont le

matériel-type est constitué de deux femelles. Ces

dernières, le pararype et l'holotype, ont été récol¬

tées à Darwin, Australie, respectivement le

1 lr janvier 1983 et le 30 janvier 1983, le paracype

sous un rocher intertida! et l’holotype lui aussi

probablement en eau peu profonde (Sakai

comm. pers.), bien que l’endroit de récolte ne

soit pas précisément indiqué.

Le mâle du nouveau taxon ressemble aux types

de l’espcce de Sakai par la présence d’une épine

sur le bord antéro-latéral de la carapace, par la

370

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

Trois espèces d 'Eutrichocheles (Thalassinidea)

forme et la spinulation du rostre ainsi que celles

du telson et des uropodes. Toutefois, en dehors

de celles des péréiopodes 1 considérées comme

liées au sexe, plusieurs différences les séparent :

(1) rostre plus long, extrémité atteignant le

milieu du dernier segment antennulaire chez

E. tuamotu (plus court, extrémité atteignant à

peine le milieu du deuxième segment antennulai¬

re chez E. austrinus) ; (2) carène latérale avec une

seule forte dent sur la partie carénée chez E. tua¬

motu (deux fortes dents sur la partie carénée chez

E. austrinus) ; (3) carène submédiane représentée

par une rangée de six dents et de trois ou quatre

tubercules chez E. tuamotu (une rangée de cinq

dents chez austrinus ) ; (4) pédoncule oculaire

court, atteignant à peine le tiers du rostre chez

E. tuamotu (plus long, atteignant les deux tiers

du rostre chez E. austrinus) ; (5) maxillipède 3

avec sept spinules sur l’ischion, une spinule et

deux épines sur le mérus chez E. tuamotu (quatre

spinules sur l’ischion, quatre spinules, trois

épines sur le mérus chez E. austrinus) ; (6) mérus

du péréiopode 2 muni de grosses soies cornées au

quart distal du bord ventral chez E. tuamotu

(soies absentes chez E. austrinus).

On peut finalement ajouter que le type du nou¬

veau taxon a été récolté à 140 m de profondeur

alors que ceux de E. austrinus provenaient proba¬

blement tous les deux des eaux littorales.

Eutrichocheles crosttieri n.sp.

(Figs 4-6)

Matériel-type. — Vietnam. Ha-tien, environ 30 m,

22.VIII.1995, ramené par les pêcheurs, coll. N. Ngoc-

Ho : holotype 2, le. 33 mm, 1t. 83,5 mm (MNHN-

Th 1314).

Autre matériel examiné. — Eutrichocheles modestus

(Herbst) : Malaisie. Pinang, Dr Cantor coll. : d, le.

30 mm, en mauvais état (BM 1879.32).

Singapore. Marché aux poissons, janvier 1914,

Dr Falshawn coll. : <3, cl. 29,5 mm, h. 74 mm

(MNHN-Th! 267). — 18.IX.I914, V. Jacobs Esq.

coll : c? , le, 38 mm, h. 90 mm (ZRC 1992.

10228). —Juin 1933, coll. inconnu : d, le. 28 mm,

lu 69 mm (ZRC 1992.10232).

ÉTYMOLOGIE. — L’espèce esc nommée en hommage à

Alain Crosnier, biologiste de l’ORSTOM.

Localité-type. — Ha-tien (Vietnam).

Fig. 4. — Eutrichocheles crosnieri n.sp., holotype, 9 (MNHN-Th 1314), vue latérale. Échelle : 10 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

371

Ngoc-Ho N.

Diagnose

Bord antéro-latéral de la carapace avec deux

épines. Rostre styliforme, bord latéral avec quatre

ou cinq dents. Carène latérale de la région gas¬

trique courte, avec deux fortes dents antérieures ;

carène submédiane représentée par six denrs ;

carène médiane avec une protubérance vers son

milieu. Pédoncule oculaire moyennement long,

atteignant le milieu du rostre. Ecaille antennaire

trifurquée distalement ; troisième segment du

pédoncule antennaire avec une épine ventro-

distale. Maxillipède 3 avec cinq spinules, quatre

épines ventrales au mcrus, carpe avec une épine

ventro-discalc. I’éréiopodes 1 subégaux, mérus

avec une faible carène longitudinale dorsale et

trois épines dorsales ; propodc court avec deux

épines dorsales, doigt fixe avec une grosse denr

triangulaire proximale : dactyle et doigt fixe non

arqués. Quatrième sternite abdominal avec partie

postérieure munie d'une fente médiane, bord

latéral inerrne. Telson plus long que large avec un

sillon médian longitudinal dans sa partie posté¬

rieure, carène oblique et bord latéral avec quatre

ou cinq épines, bord postérieur convexe avec une

échancrure médiane munie d’une petite épine.

Description

Carapace munie de fins tubercules (Fig. 4), à

sillon cervical bien défini, bord antéro-latéral

avec deux épines, la plus ventrale étant plus petite.

Rostre styliforme (Fig. 5A), extrémiré cassée (une

petite partie terminale manquante), (ace dorsale

légèrement concave, bord latéral armé de quatre

ou cinq dents. Région gastrique bombée en arriè¬

re du rostre. Carène latérale, en continuité avec

le bord latéral du rostre et s’étendant jusqu'au

milieu environ de la région gastrique, avec deux

fortes denrs séparées par de petits tubercules, la

première juste en arrière des yeux, la deuxième

vers son milieu : carène submcdianc représentée

par une rangée de six fortes dents s'étendant

jusqu’au quart postérieur de la région gastrique ;

carène médiane partant de la base du rostre et

occupant les deux tiers environ de la région gas¬

trique, avec une petite protubérance vers son

milieu.

Abdomen (Fig. 4) muni de petites soies dorsales,

à pleurons tronqués ventralement, celui du

deuxième segment à peine plus large que les

autres et recouvrant à peine ceux du premier et

du troisième. Telson (Fig. 5B) environ 1.3 fois

plus long que large, légèrement bombé dorsale-

ment, avec un sillon médian longitudinal dans sa

partie postérieure, quatre ou cinq épines le long

des carènes obliques dont la plus distale est

mobile ; bord latéral avec un renflement dans la

moitié proximale muni d'une épine, trois ou

quatre épines dans la moitié distale ; bord po.sté-

rieui arrondi avec une petite encoche médiane

armée d'une épine.

Pédoncule oculaire (Fig. 5A) cylindrique,

moyennement long, atteignant le milieu du

rostre, cornée globuleuse, faiblement pigmentée.

Premier segment du pédoncule antennulaire

(Fig. 6A) à peu près aussi long que les deuxième

et troisième réunis, muni à la face dorsale d'une

fente elliptique recouverte de soies communi¬

quant avec la cavité du statocysre ; deuxième et

troisième segments approximativement de même

longueur, tous mais inermes. Deuxième segment

du pédoncule antennaire (Figs 5A, 6B) avec

écaille antennaire trifurquée distalement ; troi¬

sième segment (Figs 4, 6B) avec une épine ven-

tro-distale ; quatrième segment environ 1 5 fois

plus long que le cinquième, tous deux inermes.

Maxillipède 3 (Fig. 3C) avec une forte épine

ventro-disrale sur la coxa, une épine plus petite

sur le basis ; ischion muni de six spinules ven¬

trales et, à la face interne, cl’une forte crista den-

tata avec seize dents de taille croissante de

l’arrière vers l avant et dont les quatre proximales

sont très petites ; mérus aussi long que l'ischion

avec cinq spinules proximales et quatre épines

distales au bord ventral, de taille croissante de

l'arrière vers l’avant ; carpe avec une épine ven-

tro-distale ; propode et dactyle inermes.

Exopoditc atteignant à peine par son extrémité le

bord distal du mérus, composé d'un article basal

et d'un (lagellum multiarticulé.

Péréiopodes 1 (Fig. 4, 5D) subégaux, le droit

étant légèrement plus robuste. Ischion et mérus

au bord ventral serrulé ; ischion avec une épine

vcntro-subdistalc ; mérus muni de quatre ou six

grandes épines ventrales de taille croissante de

l’arrière vers l’avant, et d’une faible carène longi¬

tudinale dorsale tuberculée avec trois fortes

épines dorsales dans la moitié distale ; carpe envi¬

ron un tiers aussi long que le mérus, muni de

372

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

illli

•<*T?7^?3î^iîWîT*![!uw5Uii^l7Ii: î

M3333I

■h*nm»MiiT;»ara

,i 11 >(->: 1 «5 f «i i.Tiia t: 10. 1 ?fÏÆy £1 ù'ÜV -<£ v5i £/ w

1 UU C:

Ngoc-Ho N.

nombreux tubercules et de quelques spinules sur

toute sa surface, plus denses aux bords dorsal et

ventral ; propode à peu près aussi long que large,

recouvert de tubercules, plus proéminents au

bord dorsal qui est pourvu de plus de deux

épines dans sa moitié discale ; doigt fixe et dactyle

non arqués et pratiquement parallèles entre eux,

presque deux fois plus longs que le propode au

péréiopode gauche, un peu plus court au péréio-

pode droit ; bord sécant du doigt fixe muni

d'une forte dent triangulaire proximale et d une

rangée petites dents arrondies distales ; dactyle à

extrémité incurvée, bord sécant muni de dents

arrondies sauf dans le cinquième proximal.

Péréiopodes 2 (Fig. 5E) mérus avec deux épines

vers le tiers et les deux tiers du bord ventral et

une épine vetitro-distale. Péréiopodes 3 (Fig. 5F)

et 4 très semblables, sauf une plus grande taille

chez le premier ; propode avec des rangées trans¬

versales de soies cornées spiniformes. Péréio¬

pode 5 (Fig- 5G) à extrémité légèrement

subehéliforme. Quatrième sternite thoracique

(Fig. 5Fl) composé d’une partie antérieure et

d’une partie postérieure séparées par une forte

lame transversale ; partie postérieure munie

d une fente médiane, bord latéral inerme.

Orifices génitaux lemellcs bien ouverts sur les

coxae des péréiopodes 3.

Pléopode I femelle (Fig. 51) avec un article basal

et une partie terminale mulliarticulée.

Pléopodes 2-5 (Fig. 5J) exopodite et endopodite

lancéolés, sans appendix interna.

Uropode (Fig. 5B) : exopodite lancéolé, avec

deux épines au bord latéral ; endopodite presque

quadrangulaire avec deux épines latérales et cinq

ou six épines à la crête médiane.

À sa capture, la femelle holotype était de couleur

jaune ocre ; par la suite, sa carapace a quelque

peu blanchi dans l'alcool.

Remarques

Par la morphologie et la spinulation du rostre, du

telson et des uropodes, le nouveau taxon apparaît

très proche d ’Etttrichocheks mordes tus (I lerbst) et il

semble nécessaire de présenter les principaux ren¬

seignements bibliographiques qui existent actuel¬

lement sut ce dernier, 200 ans après sa création.

La description originale détaillée de l'espèce

(Herbst 1796) était accompagnée d’une figure en

couleurs mais le sexe du type n’était pas indiqué.

11 en était de meme des deux travaux non illus¬

trés qui suivaient sur Axius b i serrât us von

Martens, ultérieurement mise en synonymie avec

F.utrichoiheles modestus (de Saint Laurent &

I eloeuff 1979 : 32). Il s’agissait de la description

originale très brève par von Martens (1868) sur

deux spécimens-types du Muséum de Berlin, et

d’un rapport détaillé par Nobili (1903) sur deux

spécimens de Singaport. Plus tard, Cliopra

(1933) redécrivait Eutrichocheles modestus en se

fondant sur le spécimen qui avait conduit Wood

Mason à l’établissement du genre : c'était le seul

de ce nom à l’époque, déposé àl Indian Muséum

(le type de Fkrbst ayant été perdu). Il précisa que

le spécimen était une femelle et que les premiers

pléopodes « are very much reduced and are repré¬

sentai t/y short, uniramous, sturnpy structures ». Il y

joignit une figure et deux photographies (pl. 6)

qui montrèrent un spécimen aux péréiopodes 1

très semblables à ceux figurés pat Herbst. Le plus

récent travail en date sur l’espèce est celui, très

court, de Balasubtahmanyan Sc Jacob (1961) sur

deux spécimens (sexe non indiqué) récoltés par

des pêcheurs à Porto Novo, Inde du Sud, avec

une photographie sombre.

Quatre spécimens d'E. modestus, tous mâles (ori¬

fices génitaux femelles absents, orifices mâles

petits sur les coxae des péréiopodes 5, appendix

rnasiulina aux pléopodes 2), ont été étudiés, l’un

provenant de Malaisie (BM 1879. 32), les trois

autres de Singapour (MNHN-Thl 267, ZRC

1992.10228 et ZRC 1992. 10232). Ils ont tous

des péréiopodes 1 robustes, semblables à ceux des

spécimens d'Herbst et de Chopra ; le dactyle et le

doigt fixe sont arqués, le doigt fixe est pourvu, au

moins sur l’un des chélipèdcs, d’une forte dent

cylindrique proximale (Fig. 6C). L.cs pleurons

abdominaux sont pointus vemralement et ceux

des segments 3-5 armés d’une épine latcro-anté-

rieure (Fig. 6D). Une courte carène médiane lon¬

gitudinale (Fig. 6E) occupe le quart environ de la

région dorso-posrérieure de la carapace. Les pléo¬

podes 1 sont présents, petits, sans flagellum

(Fig. 6F) et pourraient être qualifiés de « stumpy »

par Chopra.

L’examen de la littérature et du matériel

d 'E. modestus semble montrer qu’aucune femelle

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Trois espèces d ’Eutrichocheles (Thalassinidea)

de certe espèce n’a jamais été étudiée en détail et

que les deux spécimens de Herbst et de Chopra

étaient des mâles. Pour faciliter sa comparaison

avec l'espèce du Vietnam, une diagnose

d'£. modestus est présentée ci-dessous :

Bord antéro-latéral de la carapace avec une épine

ou une épine et un tubercule. Région dorso-

postérieure de la carapace avec une courte carène

médiane longitudinale Rosrre styliforme, bord

latéral avec quatre à cinq dents proximales et un

ou deux tubercules distaux. Carène larérale de la

région gastrique courte, avec deux fortes dents

antérieures ; carène submédiane avec six dents ;

carène médiane avec une protubérance vers le

tiers postérieur. Pédoncule oculaire atteignant le

milieu du rostre. Ecaille antennaire bifurquée

distalement ; troisième segment du pédoncule

antennaire avec une épine venrro-distale.

Maxillipède 3 avec crois spinulcs et quatre épines

ventrales au mérus, carpe avec une épine venrro-

distale. Péréiopodes 1 égaux, mérus avec une

Fig. 6. — A, B, Eutrichocheles crosnieri n.sp.. holotype, 9 (MNHN-Th 1314), vue dorso-ventrale ; A, antennule ; B, antenne. C-F.

Eutrichocheles modestus (Herbst), d (MNHN-Th 1267) ; C, péréiopode 1. vue externe ; D. abdomen, vue latérale ; E, région posté¬

rieure de la carapace et premier segment abdominal, vue dorsale ; F. pléopode 1, vue ventrale. Échelles : A-E, 5 mm ; F, 2 mm.

375 I

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

Ngoc-Ho N.

faible carène longitudinale dorsale et deux à

quatre épines dorsales ; propode court avec une

ou deux épines dorsales, bord sécant du doigt

fixe avec une grosse dent cylindrique proximale,

au moins sur l’un des chélipèdes ; dactyle et

doigt fixe arqués. Je dactyle plus fortement.

Quatrième sternite abdominal avec partie posté¬

rieure munie d'une fente médiane, bord latéral

avec une forte épine antérieure. Pléopode 1 mâle

présent, petit, allongé. Tclson légèrement plus

long que large avec un sillon médian longitudinal

dans sa partie postérieure ; carène oblique et

bord latéral chacun avec quatre ou cinq épines,

bord postérieur convexe avec une échancrure

médiane munie d’une petite épine.

La comparaison de la femelle holotype d’E cros-

nieri et d’un mâle d’E. modestus révèle certaines

différences qui peuvent être liées au sexe :

(1) péréiopode 1 plus grêle, dactyle et doigt fixe

non arqués, bord sécants munis de dents arron¬

dies et d une grosse dent triangulaire proximale

au doigt fixe chez E. crosnieri (péréiopode 1

robuste, dactyle et doigt fixe aux bords sécants

munis des dents triangulaires ; dactyle arqué,

doigt fixe de l'un des péréopodt-s au moins muni

d’une grosse dent cylindrique proximale chez

E, mo dessus) ; (2) pleurons abdominaux obtus

vcntralemenr, inermes chez E crosnieri (pleurons

abdominaux pointus ventralement, ceux des seg¬

ments 3-5 armés d une épine latéro-antérieure

chez E. modestus).

Les caractères suivants probablement non liés au

sexe ont été utilisés pour différencier les deux

espèces : (l) bord antéro-latéral de la carapace

muni de deux épines chez E. crosnieri (une épine

et un tubercule chez E. modestus) \ (2) région

dorso-postérieure de la carapace pratiquement

dépourvue de carène chez E crosnieri (avec une

courte carène médiane longitudinale chez

E. modestus) ; (3) écaille antennaire trifurquée

chez E. crosnieri (bifurquée chez E. modestus) ;

(4) bord postéro-latéral du quatrième sternite

abdominal inertne chez E. crosnieri (armé d’une

forte épine chez E. modestus).

D’après Herbst, le type d’E modestus était blanc

avec des bandes rouges, et c’était un très joli spé¬

cimen. Lholotype d’E. crosnieri, dès sa capture,

était de couleur jaune ocre, et apparemment sans

beauté particulière.

DISCUSSION

L'établissement d'espèces nouvelles sur un seul

spécimen-type comporte des incertitudes, sur¬

tout quand les taxons voisins ne sont connus que

par des spécimens de sexe opposé. Limportance

du dimorphisme sexuel ne pouvant pas être prise

en considération, la différenciation a été princi¬

palement réalisée sur des caractères non liés au

sexe. Un doute persiste toutefois jusqu’à te qu’un

supplément de matériel soir disponible.

Par la morphologie de la région gastrique se dis-

tingue d’abord, chez les espèces connues

d ' Eutrichocheles, un premier groupe comprenant

celles dont les carènes submédianes sont soit

absentes, soit présentes mais inermes ou munies

d'une seule dent antérieure ; ce sont : E. brocki

(de Man), E. bisefuetmosa (de Man), E. pindatyba

Rodriguez et Kensley, E. pumilus Sakai, et proba¬

blement aussi E. johnstoni (Edmondson), car

l'auteur n a pas fait mention de carènes dans la

description originale. Il s'agit d’espèces de petite

taille (II. 10-27 mm), au telson plus long que

large et avec un bord postérieur plus ou moins

arrondi. Dans le groupe d’espèces dont les

carènes submcdianes de la région gastrique sont

munies de nombreuses dents figurent celles qui

sont aussi de petite taille (It. 20-28 mm) au bord

postérieur du telson convexe ; ce sont : E. defen-

sus (Rathbun), E. austrinus Salcai et E. tuarnotu

n.sp. Les deux espèces de taille nettement plus

grande (Ir. 80-00 mm) de ce groupe sont

E. modestus (Herbst) et E. crosnieri n sp ; leur

telson est plus long que large avec des carènes

obliques bien marquées et un bord postérieur

muni d’une encoche où se loge l’épine médiane.

E. crosnieri se différencie en outre par la présence

d'une écaille antennaire trifurquée.

Quelques renseignements écologiques sont

connus pour certaines petites espèces d 'Eutricho-

chelcs dont la plupart ont été récoltées sur des

fonds de coraux, de sable grossier ou de sable

plies fin ; le.s profondeurs des localités varient de

0 à 140 m, l'espèce trouvée la plus profondément

étant E tuarnotu. Seule l’espèce australienne,

£. pumilus Sakai, a été signalée vivant dans une

éponge. Par contre, en ce qui concerne les

grandes espèces, l'unique détail sur l’habitat a été

fourni par Balasubrahmanyan & Jacob (1961)

376

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 - 20 (2)

Trois espèces d 'Eutrichocheles (Thalassinidea)

chez F., modestus : les deux spécimens étudiés ont

été récoltés à Porto Novo, Inde du Sud, à 7-8 km

de la côte et à une profondeur de 18 m. L’holo-

type d ZT. crosnieri a été capturé à 30 m de pro¬

fondeur environ par des pécheurs, probablement

au dragage.

Remerciements

L’auteur remercie le Natural History Muséum,

London (Miranda Lowe), l’University of

Singapore (Peter NG), Gilbert Poli, Joseph

Poupin qui ont fourni les spécimens d 'Eturicho-

çbeles examinés, et le Dr K, Sakai pour ses rensei¬

gnements sur l’espèce F, austrinus, Elle adresse

ses sincères remerciements à Pierre Noël qui a

revu le manuscrit et à Gary Poore pour ses com¬

mentaires.

RÉFÉRENCES

Balasubrahmanyan K. & Jacob J. 1961. —

Occurrence ol Eutrichocheles modestus (Hersbt) in

ihe ncar-shorc watcrs of Porto Novo, South India.

Nature , London 191 : 830, lig. ).

Balss H. 1933. — Ueber einige sysrematisch intéres¬

sante indopaciftsche Dckapodsn. Mittellungenaus

dem zoolvgischm Muséum in Berlin 19 : 85-98,

figs 1 -9, pi. 2.

— 1957. — Decapoda. VIII. Systemaryk, in Bronn

H. G., Klttssen und Ornungen des Tierreichs ,

Band 5, Abteilung 1, 7 (12): 1505-1672,

figs 1131-1199.

Chopra B. 1933. — Further notes on Crustacea

Decapoda in ihe Indian Muséum. V. On

Eutrichocheles niodestus (Herbsi) (Family : Axiidac).

Records oftbe Indian Muséum 35 : 277-282, fig. 1,

pl. 6.

Edmondson G. H. E. 1925. — Marine Zoology of

Tropical Central Pacific. Crustacea. Hernies P.

Bishop Muséum Bulletin , 27 : 3-62, figs 1 -8, pis 1 -2.

Gurney R. t942.— Larme afDecapod Crustacea. Ray

Soc., London, 306 p.

Herbst J. F. W. 1796. — Versuch einer

Naturgeschicbie der Krabben und Krebse 2: 163-226,

pl. 41-46. Berlin und Stralsund.

Holthuis L. B. 1986. —J. C. Fabricms’ (1798) spe-

cies of Astacus, with an accouru of Homarus capensis

(Herbst) and Eutrichocheles modes tus (Herbst)

(Decapoda Macrura). Cmslacenna 50 (3): 242-256,

fig. 1.

Man |. G. de 1888. — Bericbt itber die ini Indischeh

Archipel von Dr. J. Brock gesammelten Decapoden

und Stomatopoden. Anhiv fur Neuurgèséhkhte 53 :

215-600, pis 7-22a.

— 1905. — Diagnoses ol new species of maentrous

decapod Crustacea front tire "Siboga Expédition’.

Tijdchrifi der Nedcrlansche dierkutufige vereenigmg,

Leiden 9 (2): 587-614,

— 1925. — The Decapod ol the .S7/vw,?-Expcdition,

Part VI The Axiidac colleercd by the

Siboga- Expédition. Siboga-Expeditie, Monographe

39a5 (102) : 1-127, pis 1-10.

Martens L. von 1868. — Ueber einige neue

Crustaceen und liber dre nettholândischen

Süsswstsserk relise. Monatsberichte der Deuschen

Akademie der Wissenschufte su Berlin 1 868:

608-619'.

Nobili G. 1903. — Crostacei di Singapore. Bolet lino

dei Ahisei di Zoologid cd Anutornht cumparuttt délia

R. Univçtbta Tnrino 18 (455): 1-39, pl 1.

Poore G, C. B, 1994. — A phylôgcny oftbe familier,

of Thalassinidea (Crustacea : Decapoda) with keys

to fimilie.s and généra. Menions of the Muséum of

Victoria 54 : 79-120, figs 1 -9.

Poore C. C. B. & Griffin D. J. G. 1979. — The

Thalassinidea (Crustacea : Decapoda) of Australia.

Records of the Australian Muséum 32 (6): 217-321,

figs 1 -56.

Rathbun M.-J. 1901. — The Brachyura and Macrura

of Porto Rico. U. S. Fishery Commission Bulletin for

1900,1: 1-137, figs 1-24,pis 1-2.

Rodriguez S. de A. & Renstey B. 1991. —

Eutrichocheles pindatyba , a new Axiid shrimn

(Crustacea : Decapoda: Thalassinidea) Iront Brazil.

Proceedings of the Biolngical Society of Washington

110 (3): 556(560, figs 1-6.

Saint Laurent M. de de LeloeuffP. 1979. - Crustacés

décapodes ; Thalassinidea. i. Upogebiidae et

Callianassidat : note l [en bas de page], in Résultats

scientifiques des campagnes de la Calypso. Fascicule

XI, rr' 22, Annules de l'Institut océanographique

(Monaco) 55 suppl. : 29-101.

Sakai K. 1987. — Two new Thalassinidea

(Crustacea : Decapoda) froin Japan, with biogeo-

grapbical distribution of the Japanese

Thalassinidea. Bulletin of Marine Science 41 (2):

296-308, figs 1-3,

— 1992a. Notes on sonie species of Thalassinidea

from Trench Polynesia (Crustacea : Decapoda).

Senckenbergiana maritima 22 (3-6): 21 1-216,

figs '-7.

— 1992b. — Axiid collections of the Zoological

Muséum, Copenhageti, with the description or one

new genus and six new species (Axiidae,

Thalassinidea, Crustacea). Zoologica Scripta 21 (2):

157-180. figs 1-18.

— 1994. — lileven species of Australian Axiidae with

descriptions of one new genus and five new species.

The Ikagle 1 I : 178-202, figs 1-14.

Sakai K. de de Saint Laurent M. 1989. — A check list

ol Axiidae (Decapoda, Crustacea, Thalassinidea,

Anomura), with remarks and in addition descrip¬

tions of one new subfamily, eleven new généra and

377 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Ngoc-Ho N.

two new species. Naturalists 3

Wood Mason J. 1876. — On

: 1-104, figs 1-25. crustaceans. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of

new or little known Bengalfor 1875 : 230-232.

378

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Deep-water Arcturidae (Crustacea, Isopoda,

Valvifera) from French collections

in the south-western Pacific Océan

Gary C. B. POORE

Muséum Victoria,

71 Victoria Crescent, Abbotsford, Victoria 3067 (Australia)

gpoore@mov.vic.gov.au

KEYWORDS

Crustacea,

isopoda,

Valvifera,

Arcturidae,

Chaetarcturus ,

Dolichiscus,

south-western Pacific Océan,

systematics,

new species.

Poore G. C. B. 1998. — Deep-water Arcturidae (Crustacea, Isopoda, Valvifera) from

French collections in the south-western Pacific Océan. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 379-399.

ABSTRACT

The arcturid généra Chaeiarcturus Brandt, 1990 and Dolichiscus Richardson,

1913 are rediagnosed and six deep-water species recorded or described:

C. abyssicola (Beddard, 1886) from norch-eastern Australia; C. crosnieri n.sp.

from the Coral Sea and New Caledonia, C. taniae n.sp. from New

Caledonia, D. cornutus (Beddard, 1886) from Philippines, Indonesia and

New Caledonia; and D. kai n.sp. and D. tanimbar n.sp. from Indonesia.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Isopoda,

Valvifera,

Arcturidae,

Chaetarcturus,

Dolichiscus,

océan Pacifique SW,

systématique,

nouvelles espèces.

RÉSUMÉ

Arcturidae (Crustacea, Isopoda, Valvifera) de profondeur provenant des expédi¬

tions françaises dans le sud-ouest de l'océan Pacifique. Les genres d’Arcturidae

Chaetarcturus Brandt, 1990 et Dolichiscus Richardson, 1913 sont redéfinis et

six espèces de profondeur sont signalées ou décrites : C. abyssicola (Beddard,

1886) du nord-est d'Australie ; C. crosnieri n.sp. de la mer de Corail et de

Nouvelle-Calédonie, C. taniae n.sp. de Nouvelle-Calédonie, D. cornutus

(Beddard, 1886) des Philippines, d Indonésie et de Nouvelle-Calédonie, et

D. kai n.sp. et D. tanimbar n.sp. d'Indonésie.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

379

Poore G. C. B.

INTRODUCTION

Deep-water marine collections made b y French

expéditions in the Philippines, Indonesia and

New Caledonia between 1985 and 1994 include

several species of volviferan isopod crustaceans of

the family Arcturidae, most new to science. In

this contribution six species belonging to two

généra are reported or described. Ihe généra.

Chaetarcturus Brandt, 1990 and Dolichiscm

Richardson. 1913 are rediagnosed. Both are

diverse in Anrarctic and deep-sea environments,

so it is no surprise thar they are the best represen-

ted of the généra in these collections. The French

collections, largely ptaced in the Muséum natio¬

nal d’Histoire naturelle. Paris (MNHN), are sup-

plemented by material collectée! by Australian

expéditions in northern Australia, now deposited

in the Muséum Victoria (NMV).

Measurements ol these strongly llexed animais

are total lengths from the front ol the head to the

tip of the pleotelson along a line in the middle of

the latéral surface. Illustrations of whole animais

were made with a caméra lucida and stereomi-

croscope. Scale bars on the figures are 10 mm

and refer to habitus drawings only, The pereo-

pods were drawn at the sanie scale after removal

from the body and flattened to more accurarely

show relative lengths. The orientation of the legs

is not thçrefore as they would appear in a whole

animal. Mouthparts are not illustrated because

there appeàrs no différence in many characters

across a wide range of arcturid taxa (see for

example, Brandt 1990).

Family ARCTURIDAE Bâte et Westwood, 1868

Genus Chaetarcturus Brandt, 1990

Chaetarcturus Brandt, 1990: 74-76; 1991: 151-153. —

Wagele 1991: 1 17.

Type SPECIES. — Chaetarcturus longisjsinosus Brandt,

1990 (by original désignation).

Diagnoses

Body geniculatc. Female pereonite 4 about as

long as pereonites 2, 3. Pleonite 1 short, its suture

with pleotelson vertical in latéral view. Pleotelson

cylindrical. Paired pleotelsonic posterior spines

présent, with médial pleotelsonic posterior spine

présent. Mouthparts and pereopod I exposed in

latéral view. Antenna 2 peduncle with fevv setae;

flagellum of three to four articles. Pereopod 1

dactylos tapering, with unguis. Pereopods 2-4

dtssimilar to pereopods 5-7, with rows of paired

long setae. Pereopods 2-4 dac tylos as long as pro-

podus, with posterior row of setae. Pereopod 4

about as long as pereopod 3. of sintilar lortn.

Pereopods 5-7 stout. Peu es lused. Male pleo-

pod 1 exopod thickened, laterally convex at mid-

point, obliqucly grooved, groove ending

distolaterally on a subtermirtal angle. Oostegite 4

supported by ventral coxal process. Oostegite 5

absent in ovigetoils female; inciptent coxal pro¬

cesses not meeting in middle.

Remarks

Chaetarcturus was diagnosed by Brandt (1990)

principally on the basis of rows of long setae

extending from the carpus and propodus on to

the elongate dactylus of pereopods 2-4. The

genus is unique among the Aiitarmtrus-Wke géné¬

ra in this fearure. Ail others hâve long setae on

the carpus to propodus and a rcduccd dactylus

with few setae. The condition is an autapomor-

phy for the genus and, unhke some other charac-

ter States, is not seen in other arcturids. Brandt

(1991) used this character to differenriate

Chaetarcturus from ten other généra in her clado-

gram of Arcturidae. A further aurapomorphy is

the configuration of the male pleopod 1. T he

pleopod l of the male is a critical diagnostic cha¬

racter in Arcturidae but lias been rarcly illustra¬

ted well. In Chaetarcturus the exopod is

thickened, laterally convex at its midpoint, obli-

quelv grooved, and with the groove ending disto-

laterally on a subterminal angle. I he only other

species of Chaetarcturus for vvhich the male pleo¬

pod 1 lias been illustrated is C. aculeatus

(Kussakin, 1967) and it conforms with chose of

the two new species described herc. Oostegites

and theit coxal support were iniroduced as signi-

ficant characters for généra of Auscrarcturellidae

by Poore & Bardsley (1992). They are important

for Arcturidae too and differenriate, for example,

the Amarcturus-WVe généra (with four separate

pairs of oostegites) from the AstacilLt- group with

380

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Deep-water Arcturidae

fewer oostegites. These groups were recognized

on the basis of different cbaracter sets by Wagele

(1989) and Brandr ( 1991),

Brandt (1990) and Wagele (1991) together listed

seven Antarctic and se-ven Pacific species.

Another one from the literature and C. taniae

n.sp. are typical of the genus as conceived by

Brandt. That is, in addition to the setose dacty-

lus on pereopods 4-7, the species are generally

spinose and possess a pair of posterior pleotelso-

nic spines. These sixreen species, with subspecies,

are listed in table 1.

The last four species in table 1 diffcr from

C. longispinosus Brandt, 1990, type species of

Chaetarctums. They lack strong dorsal spines and

supraocular horns. Ail possess no or weak posté¬

rolatéral diverging spines on the pleorelson. They

possess a strong posteromedian spine on the

pleotelson. The anterior margin of pereopod 5 is

convex and tubertulate. Ail possess a setiform

unguis on pereopods 2-4 (usually short in

Chaetarctums)- Some of the species of Chactan -

turus listed by the rwo earlier authors share one

or more of these characters. But because there is

no character whiclt uniquely séparâtes the group

from odter members of Chaetarctums it is difft-

cult to justify a new genus for them. Never-

theless, ail are from a very confined area of deep

water of the south-eastem Pacific and may repre-

settt a monophyleric clade. None was included in

Chaetarctums by Brandt ( 1990).

Chaetarctums abyssicola (Beddard, 1886)

Arcturus abyssicola Beddard, 1886a: 111; 1886b: 98-

99, pl. 21 figs 5-8.

Table 1. — Species of the genus Chaetarcturus Brandt, 1990.

Species

Région

References

C. abyssalis (Birstein, 1963)

C. aculeatus (Kussakin, 1967)

C acutispinis (Kussakin, 19821

C. adareanus (Hodgson, 1902)

C. bathybialis (Birstein, 1963)

C. beddardi (Gurjanova, 1935)

C bovinus (Brandt & Wagele, 1988)

C. btunneus (Beddard. 1886a)

C. brunneus spinulosus

(Nordenstam. 1933)

C echinatus (Kussakin. 1982)

C. tranklini (Hodgson, 1902)

C. globicaudis (Kussakin, 1982)

C. longispinosus Brandt, 1990

C. oligospinis (Kussakin. 1971)

C. praecipius (Menzies et George,

1972)

C. taniae n.sp.

C. ultraabyssalis (Birstein, 1963)

C. abyssicola! Beddard, 1886)

C. myops (Beddard, 1886)

C. sp/nifrons (Beddard, 1886)

C. crosnieri n.sp.

North-western Pacific Océan

Argentina: Marion-Prince

Edward région

North-western Pacilic Océan

Antarctica

North-western Pacific Océan

Sea of Okhotsk; north-western

Pacific Océan

Antarctica

Kerguelen Islands

Shag Rock; South Georgia

North-western Pacific Océan.

Victoria Land: Adelie Land;

Antarctic Peninsula;

Falkland Islands;

Graham Land

North-western Pacific Océan.

Antarctica, Shetland Islands

North-western Pacific Océan

Peru-Chile Trench

Coral Sea

North-western Pacific Océan

Queensland, Australia

North-eastern New Zealand

F'ii

Coral Sea

Kussakin 1982; Brandt 1990.

Kensley 1980; Brandt 1990;

Wagele 1991.

Brandt 1990.

Hodgson 1910; Haie 1937; Haie 1946:

Brandt 1990; Wagele 1991.

Kussakin 1982; Brandt 1990.

Birstein 1963; Kussakin 1971, 1982;

Brandt 1990.

Brandt 1990; Wagele 1991.

Beddard 1886b; Brandt 1990;

Wagele 1991.

Brandt 1990.

Hodgson 1910: Richardson 1913;

Nordenstam 1933; Haie 1946;

Kussakin 1967; Amar& Roman 1974;

Kussakin S Vasina 1982; Brandt

1990; Wagele 1991.

Wagele 1991; Pires & Sumida 1997.

Kussakin 1982; Brandt 1990.

Brandt 1990.

Kussakin 1982; Brandt 1990.

Beddard 1886a, b.

Beddard 1886a. b.

381 I

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1998 • 20(2)

Poore G. C. B.

Materiai EXAM1NED. — Challenger stn 184, 1400 fm

(= 2550 m): 12 mm â and 14 mm juvénile 2

(BMNH 89.4.27.89 - labclled “holotype" incorrectly).

Remarks

The holotype of this species, (rom Challenger sta¬

tion 281 (4300 m depth oh sourhern Queens¬

land, Austrnlia), was said bv Beddard (I886h) to

be lacking an abdomen 3nd is nor ar the Natural

History Muséum, London. But a male and lema-

le front station 184 (2500 m depth off Cape

York, Australia; BMNH 1889.4.27.89) subse-

quently iliustrated by Beddard (1886b) were exa-

mined. Both specimens are charaeteristic of the

genus (nartow pleotelson with posterodorsal

spine; setose daetyli on pereopods 2-4; elongate

antennae 2 without row of long setae) and share

with C. erosnieri similar body proportions, orna¬

mentation and tuberculafion on the basis of

pereopod 5.

Chaetarcturus erosnieri n.sp.

(Figs 1,2)

Material EXAM1NED. — Australia. Queensland,

Coral Sea, off Cairns, 17 D 12’S - 147”I1’E,

13.V.1986, beam trawl, 1564 m, M. Pichon et al.:

holotype, ci, 28 mm (NMV |16813).

New CaUdonia. BIOCAL sut CP23, 22°46’S -

166°20’L, 2040 m, 28.VIII. 1985: paratype,

ovigerous 2, 18 ntnt (MNHN Is5070).— Stn CP26,

22°39.66’S - I6$ , 26.37'E, 1618-1740 m,

28.VIII, | 985. paratype, juvénile, 9.5 mm

(MNHN Is5071). Stn CP27, 26"00 S - 16G°26’E,

1850-1900 m, 28.V11I.I985: paratype, juvénile 2

with oostegites, 21 mm (MNHN Js5072). —

Stn CP57, 23"44’S - I66°S8’E, 1490-1620 m,

I.IX. 1985: par.ttypes, ovigerous 2. 16 mm; 2 juvé¬

niles, 9.3 and 12 mm (NMV (44029). Stn CP58,

23°56.52 : S - I66°40.55T, 2660 m, I .IX. 1985: para-

type, incomplète juvénile (MNHN ls5073). —

Stn DS59, 23’56'S 166'41'E, 2650 m. 2.IX.1985:

paratt'pe, ovigerous 9,26 mm (MNHN Js5074).

BIOGEOC.AL stn CP272, 20°00.04'S - 166“56.94 , S,

1615-1710 m, 19.1V. 1987: paratype. damaged â,

15 mm (MNHN H5075). — Stn CP3I7,

20°48.12’S - 166753.16 F.. 1630-1620 m, 2.V.1987:

paratype, juvénile, 8.0 mm (MNHN ls5076).

Chesterfield Islands. MUSORS I OM 5 stn 323,

21°18.52\S - 157"57’E, 970 m, I4.X.1986: paratype,

ovigerous 2, 12 mm (MNHN B5077)

Distribution. — New Caledonia and north-eastern

coast of Australia; 970-2660 m depth.

ErYMOLOGY. — For Alain Crosnîcr with thanks for

rnaking this material available, facilitating tny study,

and in récognition of his promotion or taxonomie

research into marine crustaceans of the Pacific.

Description

Holotype

Head with scattered dorsal and dorsolateral

tubcrcles and three more prominent latéral

tuberclcs on marginal flange.

Pcreonire 1 with three low transverse ridges, the

niost posterior with minute tuhercles.

Perconites 2 and 3 each with rwo transverse

ridges, mmutely tuberculate; latéral margin swol-

len and minutely tuberculate. Pereonite 4 similar

to pereonite 3. latéral swelling less pronounced.

Perconites 5-7 with transverse ridge minutely

tuberculate.

Pleonite 1 minutely tuberculate, with ventrally

directed latéral spine. Pleonites 2-5 and telson

fused, areas of pleonites 2 and 3 distinguishable

from remainder by ventrolateral notches.

Pleonite 2 slightly articulatirtg with pleonite 1,

minutely tuberculate. Pleonite 3 minutely tuber¬

culate, wirh pair of latéral triangular projections.

Remaining pleotelson minutely tuberculate, with

obtuse latéral triangular projections near apex;

with strong mid-dorsai posterior spine.

Antenna 2: articles 2 and 3 minutely tuberculate

in longitudinal rows; articles 1-3 together as long

as head and perconites 2 and 3; article 4

1.4 times as long as this; article 5 0.85 tintes as

long as article 4; articles 4 and 5 wcakly setose;

flagellum broken.

Coxa 1 with weak row of marginal short spines.

Coxae 2-4 each with two to three spinules on

postérolatéral corners, largest on coxa 4.

Coxae 3, 4 wirh spinules on anterior and poste¬

rior margins. Coxae 5-7 swollen, each with mid-

ventral short spine on posterior margin engaging

pair of small rubercles on anterior margin of fol-

lowing pereonite. Bases ol pereopods 1-7 minu¬

tely and irregularly tuberculate; following articles

unarmed. Dacrylus ol pereopods 2-4 1.2, 1.5

and 1.8 times Icngrh ol propodus respectively,

wirh rows o! long setae along posterior margin,

wirh long apical setiform unguis.

Pereopod 1 basis with small tooth; ail articles

setose along posterior margin; carpus postero-

382

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Poore G. C. B.

distally produced as a sharp toorh; propodus and

dactylus setose on mexial face; dactylus swollen

in proximal rwo rhirds; unguis 20% of dactyl.

Pereopods 5-7 bases wirh four, three and tvvo

spines or denticles respectively; merus-propodus

with short robust setae along posterior margins.

Uropod wich two rami; endopod 80% length of

exopod, with acute apex wirh one small disral

seta.

Brown on head and mouthparts.

Ovigerous fennile, 25-5 tnrn

Pleonite 1 and pleotelson with well-developed

postérolatéral spines. Coxae 2-4 with ventral

plates, wcll-dcveloped on coxa 4, apically roun-

ded and not meeting medially. Coxa 5 with

tuberculate ventral lobe, oostegite absent.

Juvénile female, 20.5 mm

Oostegite 5 visible only as senticircular bud.

Remarks

The species is very sintilar to Chaetarcturus abys-

sicola (Beddard, 1886). The larter difîers only in

a less produced mid-dorsal posterior spine on the

pleotelson, being smoother, and most significant-

ly in lacking any indication of the postérolatéral

spines on the pleotelson. The male holorype of

C. crosnieri lias only srnail postérolatéral lobes on

the pleotelson and in fhis way resembles the

smallest juvéniles. ,411 the adult fcmales and lar-

ger juvéniles bave well-developed postérolatéral

pleotelsonic spines. Although the holotype

contes front an area remote Iront New Caledonia

where ail otliers were collectcd, it is difficult to

conclude that ntore than one species is involved

because the general spination pattern is consis¬

tent in ail material (except in the relatively smoo¬

ther juvéniles). The only male front New

Caledonia has a damaged pleotelson but no spine

is visible.

Chaetarcturus taniae n.sp.

{Figs 3, 4)

MATERIAI IXAMINED. — New Caledonia. BIOCAL

stn CP26, ir 39.66’S - I6fi°26.37’E, 1618-1740 nt,

28. VIII. 1 985: holotype, d, 13.8 mm (MNHN

ls5078).

I 384

DISTRIBUTION. — New Caledonia; 1618-1740 m

(type locality only).

EtyMOI OGY. — For lania Bardsley, Melbourne, who

helped with the récognition and illustration of some

ol these species.

Description

Holotype

Head with pair of strong dorsolateral spines ante-

rior to eyes, second pair of dorsolateral spines

posterior to eycs, latéral margin with denticles.

Pereonite 1 well-differentiatcd from head lateral-

ly, wirh pair of dorsal submedian and pair of

shorter dorsolateral spines posteriorly.

Pérennités 2-4 each with pair of dorsal subnie-

dian spines posteriorly, pair of dorsolateral Spines

and pair of latéral spines; pereonite 4 wirh pair of

dorsal submedian denticles anteriorly.

Pereonites 5-7 each with pair of dorsal subme-

dian spines posteriorly, pair of dorsolateral spines

becoming more latéral on pereonites 6 and 7;

pereonite 5 with pair of latéral denticles.

Ail pleonites and telxon immoveably fused.

Pleonites 1-3 each with pair of dorsal submedian

spines, pair of dorsolateral spines and pair of

latéral spines (ail posteriorly curved), dorsolateral

spines longest and most posteriorly directed on

pleonite 3. Remuining pleotelson domed, distin-

guishcd front more anterior région by deep trans¬

verse groove, with mid-dorsal row of three

spines, two pairs of dorsolateral spines, three

pairs of smaller spines near latéral margins, the

lasi overreaching the broadly angled apex.

Antenna 2: article 2 with one upper spine;

article 3 with three upper spines, last the longest,

and one distolâteral spine; articles 1-3 togêther as

long as head and pereonites 1-2; article 4

1.5 tintes as long as rhis; article 5 1.3 rimes as

long as article 4; flagellum of 6 articles, first very

long, plus minute claw.

Coxa 1 with irregular antérolatéral and latéral

teeth. Coxae 2 and 3 each wirh minute denticles

laterally. Coxa 4 with latéral denticles, ventral

plate with two denticles on posterior margin.

Coxae 5-7 (indistjnguishablc front pereonite)

each with one latéral spine. Basis of pereopod 1

unarmed; bases of pereopods 2-4 witlt irregular

denticles along anterior margins; utérus and car-

pus of pereopod 2 with one distal spine; basis

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Poore G. C. B.

and ischium of pereopod 4 with one distal spine; ticles posteriorly; merus-propodus with short

propodus unarmed. Dacrylus of pcreopods 2 and robust setae along posterior margins.

4 1 and 1.4 rimes length of propodus respective- Uropod with irregular row of six denticles.

ly, with rows of long serae along posterior mar-

gin, with long apical setiform unguis. (Pereo- Remarks

pod 3 unknown.) Cbaetarcturus taniae is a typical Chaetarcturus,

Pereopods 5 and 6 bases with short irregular den- spinose and with paired posterodorsal pleotelso-

Fig. 3. — Chaetarcturus taniae n.sp.; holotype S (MNHN Is5078); A, habitus, latéral view; B, head and pereonites 1-3; C, pleonite 1

and pleotelson; D, pereonite 4, ventral view. Scale bar for habitus: 10 mm.

386

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Deep-water Arcturidae

nie spines. It has fewer dorsal spines than C. Lon-

gispinosus and C bovinus and differs from ail spe-

cies in the possession of three médian spines on

the posterior half of the pleotelson.

Genus Dolicbiscus Richardson, 1913

Dolichiscus Richardson, 1913: 13-14. - Haie 1946:

197. - Schultz 1981: 71-73. - Wagele 1989: 139-

140; 1991: 98. - Brandr 1990: 140-142; 1991: 151-

152.

Paradolicbiscus Schultz, 1981: 80-81 (type species

Antarcturus gaussianus Vanhôffen, 1914 by original

désignation). — Wagele 1989: 139-140; 1991: 112.—

Brandt 1991: 151-152.

Type SPECltü, — Dolichiscus pft'fferi Richardson, 1913

(by original désignation).

Diagnosis

Body geniculate. Female pereonite 4 about as

long as pereonites 2, 3. Pleonite 1 elongatc, its

Fig. 4. — Chaetarcturus taniae n.sp.; holotype i (MNHN Is5078): A, pereopod 1 ; B, pereopod 1, dactylus; C, pleopod 1 ; D, pleopod 1.

detail of end of groove and distolateral lobe; E. pleopod 2; F, pleopod 2, tip of appendix masculina.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

387

Poore G. C. B.

suture with pleotelson strongly oblique in lacerai

view, sometimes weakly ariicularing. Pleotelson

with rnicl-dorsal ridge. Paired pleotelsonic poste-

rior spines absent; médial pleotelsonic posterior

spine présent. Mouthparts and pcrcopod 1 expo-

sed in latéral view. Antenna 2 peduncte with few

setae; flagellum of tnore than 8 articles.

Pereopod 1 dactylus lobed anteriorly, with

unguis. Pereopods 2-4 dissimilar to pcrcopods 5-

7, with rows of paired long setae. Pereopods 2-4

dactylus shorrer than propodus, wirhout poste¬

rior row of setae; unguis setiform. Pereopod 4

about as long as pereopod .3, ol sinitlar form.

Pereopods 5-7 elongate. Penes fused. Male pleo-

pod 1 exopod thickened, parallel-sided for most

of length, obliquely grooved, groove ending dis-

tolaterally on a triangular lobe. Oostegite 4 sup-

ported by ventral coxal process. Oostegite 5

absent in ovigerous female.

Remarks

Schultz (1981) separated Purüclolichiscus from

Dolichiscus only on the basis of possession of

“short or long dorsal and coxal spines’’. Ail spe-

cies of Dolichiscus are more or Iess spinose, the

degree of spination being a useful spécifie charac-

ter. The spccies assigned to his new genus by

Schultz are not much more spinose than thci.se

placed in Dolichiscus and there is no clear divi¬

sion between the two. Thé cwo gênera are there-

fore synonimized. Wagele (1989) recognised the

similarity of the two généra, praposing that an

elongate antennal 2 flagellum was a synapomor-

phy linking thern. He was unable to find auto-

morphies for either but retainc-d them as separàtc

généra in 1991. Sjmilarly, Brandt (1991) placed

the two généra together vvithout synapomorphios

or autapomorphies in her cladogram.

Brandt (1990) contradicted Richardson’s (1913)

and Schultz's (19S1) opinion that pleonite 1 is

free by stating that although indicated by a deep

groove it is not movable. There certainly is a

clear well-marked oblique “suture” between plco-

nite 1 and the pleotelson and, in fixed material,

slight movement between them. This is quitc

different from the situation in Antarcturus for

cxample where there is no indication, except on

the edges of the epimera, of pleonite 1 which is

truly fused into the pleotelson.

The seventeen known species of Dolichiscus are

distinguished on the basis of botly and limb

ornamentation. Mouthparts are not informative

for species récognition (see Brandt 1990 and

Pires tk Sumida 1997 for good examples) and are

not figured here. Three species of Dolichiscus

wert* found in these collections.

Dolichiscus comutus (Beddard, 1886)

(Figs 5, 6)

Arclurus comutus Beddard, 1886a; 108. - 1886b: 93-

94, pl. 19 figs 6-12.

Dolichiscus comutus - Brandt 1990: 142.

MaIERIAL tXAMINil». — Philippines. Sarnboangan,

H MS Challenger stn 214, 04®33’N - 12.7*06'K,

10.TI 1874, 920 ni: hulolype ovigerous 9, 36 min

(BMNH 1889.4.27.84).

Indontsia. Tûnimbar islands, KARUBAR stn CP53,

08° 18'S - 13r4l’K. 1026-1053 ni, 30.X.I991: figu-

red S, 35.6 mm (MNHN Is5079). — Stn CP52,

08*03’S 13I"48'E, 1244-1266 m, 30.X.1991: à,

31.7 mm (MNHN B5080). — .Stn CP87. 08*47'$ -

130*49’F., 1017-1024 in, 5.XU991: I à, 34.1 mm;

1 ovigerous 9.38.3 mm (NMVJ44024).

New Caledonia. BATHLfS 1 stn CP651,

21 “41,80'S - 166*40.10’E, 1080-1118 m,

11.111.1993; ovigerous 9. 44.0 mm (MNHN

U508I ). — Stn CP660, 2I*10.48'S - 165*53.19'E,

786-800 m. 13.111.1993: o. 25.7 mm (NMV

J4nü25). — Stn CP662, 21'01.03’S - 165°48.70'E,

960 m, 13.111.1993: d, 38.1 mm; juvénile, 28,0 mm

(MNHN ls5082).

BA’l'HUS 4 stn Cl’951, 21*31.44’$ - 164°54.97T,

960 ni, 10.VI11.1 994: ovigerous 9, 38,0 mm

(MNHN TsS0S3),

BIOCAL stn CP61, 24"11'S - 167*32'E, 1070 m,

2.1X.1985: juvénile 9, 42.1 mm: ovigerous 9,

45.2 mm (MNHN Is5084). — Stn CP62, 24*19'S -

167*49 E, 1395-1410 m, 2. LX.1985: 9 bearing juvé¬

niles, 42 mm;, ovigerous 9,37,2 mm (NMV J44026).

BIOGEOCAL Stn CP232. 2I*33.53’S - 166*23. PE,

530 m. 12.1V.1987: d . 30.2 mm (MNHN

ls5085)- — Stn CP297 20 o 38.64'S - 167*10.77’E,

1230-1240 m, 28.TV 1987: 2 ovigerous 9 9, 38 and

46 mm (MNHN Is5086),

Chcsterfield Islands. MÜSORSTf )M 5 sut CP323,

21*18.52’S - 157*5”.62’E, 970 m, 14.X.1986: <?,

31.5 mnv, juvénile 33.6 mm (MNHN Js5087). —

Stn CP324, 21*1 5.01 ’S - 157°51.33’E, 970 m,

I4.X.1986: juvénile-26.8 mm (MNHN Is5088).

Distribution. — Philippines, Indonesia, New

Caledonia; 530-1410 m depth.

388

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Poore G. C. B.

Description

Figured 35.6 mm male

Head with pair of dorsolateral spines.

Pereonite I with pair of obscure dorsolateral

bosses, pair of latéral spines, and two dorsal

transverse low ridges. Pereonites 2-4 each with

two pairs ot latéral spines (lowcr pair marginal)

and two dorsal transvere low ridges, one near

anterior mat gin and other near postcrior margin.

Pereonite 5 with two pairs of lacerai spines (hori-

zontally arranged), and one dorsal transverse low

ridge. Pereonites 6 and 7 each with one pair of

latéral spines and one dorsal transverse low ridge.

Pleonite 1 with pair of dorsolateral spines, pair of

latéral spines, two pairs of Ventrolateral spines

(posterior pair longer), minute spine on loWer

posterlatc-ral margin, and two pairs of ventral

spines (posterior pair longer). Pleonitcs 2-5 and

telson fused, only area of pleonite 2 distingui-

shable from remainder by latéral indentation and

ventrolateral notch. Pleonite 2 articulating freely

from pleonite 1, with pair of dorsolateral and

pair of latéral spines. Pleonite 3 with pair of laté¬

ral spines. Remaining pleotejson with dorsolate¬

ral rows each of seven spines, latéral margins

convex each with row of three spines (plus obs¬

cure denricles), médian dorsal posterior spine,

and concave posterior margin separating pair of

diverging fiat postérolatéral spines.

Antenna 2: article 2 with one upper spine;

article 3 with lower spine; articles 1-3 together as

long as head-pereonite 2; article 4, 2.5 times as

long as rhis; article 5, 1.05 times as long as article

4; flagellum (broken) of more than six articles.

Coxae 1-3 ttnarmed. Coxa 4 with latéral spine

and spine on ventral coxal plate. Coxa 5 with

one latéral spine and three spines anterior, ante-

ro- and postérolatéral to basis Socket. Coxae 6

and 7 (indistinguishable from pereonite) each

with latéral spine. Basis of percopod 1 with

minute proximal anterior denticlc; bases of per-

eopods 2-4 with zéro, one, rwo anterior spines

respectivcly; ischium and merus of pereopods 2-

4 each with one distal spine; remaining articles

unarmed. Dactylus of pereopods 2-4 about

0.3 length of propodus, with one long apical

seta.

Pereopods 5-7 bases unarmed; merus-propodus

with short robust setae along posterior margins.

Penial plate split in distal third.

Pleopod I peduncle thickened, with nine cou-

pling hoolcs, irregularly denticulare along latéral

margin; endopod as long as exopod, hoth

1.1 times as long as peduncle. Endopod thicke¬

ned through most of length; with marginal plu-

inose setae distal ly, setae up to two thirds length

of endopod; médial and latéral setae shorcer; dia¬

gonal groove along posterior face enclosed as a

channel by oveflying flaps in distaJ two thirds of

endopod and opening near the apex of a triangu-

lar projection, c-xtending as far as haif endopod

width and with a soft convex distal margin.

Pleopod 2 peduncle about quarter length of that

of pleopod 1, with six coupling hooks; rami

membranous; endopod broader and 1.15 times

as long as exopod, both rami with marginal plu-

mose setae up to two thirds length of rami;

appendix masculina just shorter than endopod,

tapering and distally curvc-d anceriorly. Pleopod 3

as long as pleopod 2, with short peduncle,

without coupling hooks; rami membranous;

endopod just shorter than exopod, with sparse

marginal short plumose setae; exopod enclosing

endopod proximally. Pleopods 4 and 5 longer

than others; peduncle short and narrower than

rami; rami membranous; endopods subacute,

with short distolateral plumose setae; exopod

enclosing endopod proximally.

Uropod with anterior spine, longer second spine

and row of fivc shorter spines (third longest);

endopod hait length of exopod, tapering.

Ovigerous 38 mm ferndle

Differs (rom male in presence of oostegites on

pereonites 1-4 and hroader and deeper pereon.

Head with additional pair of smaller dorsolateral

spines. Pereonites 1-4 each with additional pair

ol short postérolatéral spines. Pereonite 5 w r ith

strongly concave anterior margin of sternite.

Pleotelson wirh dorsolateral rows each of eighr

spines. Coxae 2-4 each with additional tuedially-

directed strong spine supporting marsupium,

Coxa 4 ventral plate with additional pair of pos-

terolaterally directed spines. I’ereopod 3 basis

with two spines. Coxa 7 with additional anterior

spine. Pereopods 2-4 wirh basis relatively longer

than in male and curved. Uropod wirh row of

seven spines of uneven lengths.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Poore G. C. B.

Juvénile 42 mm femelle

With overlapping oostegite buds on pereo-

nites 1-4. Pereonite 5 with pair of short lobes

covering oopores on anterior margin of sternitc.

Other vuriettiun

Other ovigerous females hâve an extra spine on

the basis of pereopods 2-4. The smaller juvéniles

front Chesterfield Islands hâve reduced spination

on the pleotelson.

Remarks

The ovigerous female holotype from the

Philippines was examined and found to fall

within the variability of the large collection from

Indonesia and New Caledonia. It differed rnost

noticeablv Iront the specimen illustrated here in

having ten spines on the uropods in two rows,

whereas only a single row of about six spines is

more typical.

The species is distinguished front others in this

collection by the présence of a spinose or serrate

dorsolaterai ridge on the pleotelson and an irregu-

lar row of six to seven spines on the uropod. The

first and second uropodal spines are tnuch larget

than those in the ridge. 1 here is considérable

variability in the degree of spination on the body

and legs. The basis ofat |eâst pereopods 2-4 has a

spine but in sonre individuals there is also a spine

on the basis of pereopods 1 and 6, or more spines

than usual on the other legs, Larger specimens

tend to be more spinose than smaller ones.

The two small specimens from the Chesterfield

Islands differ from the others but are not diffe-

rentiated as a separate species because of the wide

range of variability within specimens front near-

by New Caledonia. Tbese two only bave obscu-

rely dentate dorsolaterai ridges on the pleotelson

ending in a strong spine.

Dolicbiscus kai n.sp.

(Figs 7-9)

MaterJAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Tanitnbar

Islands, KARUBAR stn CP38, 07"40'S - 132°27'E,

620-666 m, 28.X. 1991: holotype, â, 27 mm

(MNHN U5089). — Kai Islands, KARUBAR

stn CP20, 05"15’S - 132°59'E, 769-809 m,

25.X.1991: paratypes, 8 ovigerous 9$, 22-30 mm;

6 ââ, 20-29 mm (MNHN Is5090); 2 $$, 2 9 9

I 392

(NMV J44027). — Stn CP19, 05°15'S - I32°01’E,

605-576 m, 25.X. 1991: paratypes, 4 ovigerous 9 9,

26-29 mm (MNHN Is5091); I cC 24 mm (MNHN

Js5092). — Stn CC2I. 05°I4'S - 133°0OT., 688-

694 m, 25.X. 1991: paratypes, 2 ovigerous 9 9, 22,

30 mm (MNHN (s5093).

ETYMOLOGY. — For the Kai Islands, Indonesia; noun

in apposition.

DISTRIBUTION. — Eastern Indonesia; 576-809 m

depth.

Description

Holotype

Ffead with pair of dorsolaterai spines.

Pereonite 1 with pair of dorsolaterai spines, two

pairs of latéral spines (anterior pair longer), and

rwo dorsal transverse obscure ridges. Pereo-

nites 2-4 each with pair of dorsolaterai spines,

two pairs of latéral spines (anferior pair longer)

and transverse obscure ridge neat posrerior mar¬

gin. Pereonite 4 with minute veiurolateral spine.

Pereonite 5 with two pairs of latéral spines (hori¬

zon tally arranged), two dorsal transverse low

ridges. Pereonites 6 and 7 each with one pair of

latéral spines and one dorsal transverse low ridge.

Pleonite 1 with pair of dorsolaterai spines and

two pairs of vcntrolateral spines (postenor pair

longer). Pjeonites 2-5 and telson fused, only area

of pleonite 2 distinguishabie from remamder by

latéral indentation and ventrolateral notch.

Pleonite 2 articulating freely from pleonite 1,

with pair of dorsolaterai and pair of latéral

spines. Pleonite 3 with pair of latéral spines.

Remainïng pleotelson with dorsolaterai rows

each of up to six irregular tubercles, latéral mar-

gins p.irallel, with weak denticles, médian dorsal

posrerior spine, and straight posterior margin

separanng pair of parallel fiat postérolatéral trian-

gular projections.

Anrenna 2 article 2 with one upper spine: article 3

with weak lower spine; articles 1-3 together as

long as head-pereonite 2; article 4 2.1 times as

long as this; article 5 and flagellum unknown.

Coxae 1-3 unarmed. Coxa 4 with latéral spine.

Coxa 5 wirh one latéral spine and one spine

anterior to basis socket. Coxae 6 and 7 (distin-

guishable from pereonite) each with latéral spine.

Basis of pereopod 1 with minute proximal ante¬

rior denticle; bases of pereopods 2-4 with two,

ZOOSYSTEMA - 1998 • 20 (2)

Deep-water Arcturidae

two, three anterior spines respectively; ischium Peuial plate split in distal rhird.

and nieras of pereopods 2-4 each with one distal Pleopod 1 peduncle thickened, with six coupling

spine; remaining articles unarmed. Dacryius of hooks, irregularly denticulate along latéral mar-

pereopods 2-4 about 0.2 lengrh of propodus, gin; endopod as long as exopod, both 1.4 times

with one long apical seta. as long as peduncle. Endopod thickened through

Pereopod 5 basis unarmed; pereopods 6 and 7 most of length; with marginal plumose setae dis¬

bases each with one spine; merus-propodus with tally, setae up to two thirds length of endopod;

short robust setae along posterior margins. médial and latéral setae shorter; diagonal groove

Fig. 7. — Dotichiscus kai n.sp., holotype 6 (MNHN Is5089); A, habitus; B, head and pereonites 1-2; C, pleonite 1 and pleotelson;

D-F, pereopods 2-4, dactyli; G. pereopod 5. Scale bar for habitus: 10 mm.

393 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Poore G. C. B.

along posrerior face enclosed as a channel by

overlying flaps in distal two rliirds of endopod

and opening ncar the apex of a broad-based tri-

angular projection, extending as far as 0.3 endo¬

pod width and with a soft convex distal margin.

Pleopod 2 peduncle about quarter length of that

of pleopod l, with six coupling hooks; rarni

membranous; endopod broader and 1.15 tintes

as long as exopod, botli rami with marginal plu-

rnose setae up to two thirds length of rarni;

appendix masculïna just shorter titan endopod,

tapering and distally curved anteriorly.

Pleopods 3-5 as in D. corn ut us.

Uropod with anterior spine and longer second

spine about quarter way along; endopod haïf

length of exopod, with truncate margin.

Ovigerous 27 mm femelle

Differs from male in presence of oostegites on

pereonites 1-4, broader and deeper pereon, ail

spines longer. Pereonites 2-4 each with additional

pair of antérolatéral spines and additional pair of

short postérolatéral spines. Pleorelson with dor-

solateral rows of fîve or six spines. Coxa 1 with

anterior spine. Coxae 2-4 each with additonal

postérolatéral spines and additional medially-

directed strong spine supporting marsupium.

Coxa 4 ventral plate with additional pair of pos-

terolaterally directed spines. Pereopod 5 basis

with onc spine. Coxa 5 with additional latéral

spine. Pcreopods 2-4 with basis relatively longer

than in male and curvcd.

29 mm male

Antenna 2 peduncle article 4 2.1 tintes as long as

articles 1 -3 together, article 5 as long as 4; flagel-

lum (broken) of more than sixteen articles.

Rf.marks

Males smaller than that figured hâve only one

spine on the uropod, lack spines on bases of per-

eopods 2-4 and any ornamentation on the dorso-

lateral ridge of the pleorelson. Dolichhcus kai

differs from D. eornutus in the absence of a spine

row on the distal part of the uropod, weaker spi-

nation ol the pleotelson, its parallel sides, and

the parallel (rather than diverging) postérolatéral

spines on the pleotelson.

Fig. 8. — Dolichiscus kai n.sp., holotype tî (MNHN Is5089);

A, penial plate; B, pleopod 2 (with endopod oniy); C, pleopod 1

(with exopod only).

394

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Deep-water Arccuridae

Fig. 9. — Dolichiscus kai n.sp., ovigerous 9 (MNHN Is5091); A, habitus; B, head and pereonites 1-3; C, pereonite 1 and pleotelson;

D. pereonites 4 and 5, ventral view. Scale bar for habitus: 10 mm.

Dolichiscus tanimbar n.sp.

(Figs 10, 11)

MATERIAL EXAMinH l). — Indoncsia. Tanimbar

Islands, KARUBAR stn CP70, 08°4l’S - 131°47’F.,

4l3-4l()m, 2.XI. 1991: holotype, ovigerous 9,

23 mm (MNI1N Is5094). — Stn CP69, 08°42’S -

131“53’E, 356-368 m, 2.XI.1991: paratype ? car-

rying juvéniles, 24 mm (NMV J44028).

Etymoi.OGY. — Eor the Tanimbar Islands, Indonesia;

noun in apposition.

Distribution. — Eastern Indonesia; 356-410 m

depth.

Description

Holotype

Head with pair of dorsolateral spines anterior to

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 • 20(2)

395

Deep-waœr Arcturidae

Fig. 11. — Dolichiscus tanimbar n.sp., holotype, ovigerous 9 (MNHN Is5094); A. head and pereonites 1-2; B, pereonite 7, pleonite 1

and pleotelson; C, pereonites 4 and 5, ventral view; D, pereopod 5; E, uropodal rami. Scale bar for A-C: 10 mm.

eyes, pair of dorsolaceral spines posterior to eyes

(one with latéral spinale), pair of dorsolateral

spines posterior to these, and pair of latéral spines.

Pereonite 1 with two pairs of dorsolateral spines,

and two pairs of latéral spines (more dorsal pair

posterior to other pair). Pereonite 2 wirh two

pairs of short dorsolateral spines anreriorly, one

pair of dorsolateral spines posteriorly, four pairs

of latéral spines (most ventral longest), and pair

of anteroventral marginal spines. Pereonite 3

with two pairs of short dorsolateral spines ante-

riorly, two pairs of latéral spines (placed oblique-

ly)> one pair of anteroventral marginal spines,

and one pair of postérolatéral marginal dcnticles.

Pereonite 4 with two pairs of short dorsolateral

spines anteriorly, two pairs of latéral spines, one

pair of anteroventral marginal spines, and one

pair ol postérolatéral marginal spines.

Pereonite 5 with two pairs of latéral spines (hori-

zontally arranged), one dorsal transverse low

ridge. Pereonites 6 and 7 each with one pair of

latéral spines and one dorsal transverse low ridge.

Pleonite 1 with pair of dorsolateral spines, pair of

latéral spines, two pairs of ventrolateral spines

(posterior pair longer), minute spine on lower

postérolatéral margin, and two pairs of ventral

spines (posterior pair longer). Pleonites 2-5 and

telson fused, only area of pleonite 2 distingui-

shahle from remainder by ventrolateral notch.

Pleonite 2 articulating freely from pleonite 1,

with pair of dorsolateral and pair of latéral

spines. Pleonite 3 with pair of latéral spines and

pair of dorsolateral spines (longest of ail pleotel¬

son spines). Remaining pleotelson with dorsola¬

teral rows each of six spines, two pairs of much

smalfer spines nrediad to these rows in posterior

half of dorsurn, latéral margins convexeach with

row of five unevcn spines, médian dorsal poste¬

rior spinc, pair of small spines on posterior face,

and convex posterior margin separating pair of

posteriorly-directed fiat postérolatéral teeth,

Antenna 2: article 2 with four upper spines,

second the longest, and one latéral spine distally;

article 3 with four irregularly spaced upper

397 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 ■ 20 (2)

Poore G. C. B.

spines, First the longest, and ont lower spine;

articles 1-3 together as long as heacl and half of

pereonite 2; article 4, 2.3 times as long as this;

article 3, 1.1 times as long as article 4; flagellum

(broken) ol more than eight articles

Coxa 1 with one anrerolateral and one latéral

spines. Coxae 2 and 3 each with one latéral and

one postérolatéral spine. Coxa 4 with one latéral

and one postérolatéral spine, latéral spine and

medially-directed strong spine supporting marsu¬

pium. Coxa 5 with two latéral spines (more pos-

terior longer) and two spines anierior and

postérolatéral ro hasts soclcer. Coxae 6 and 7 (dis-

tinguishable from pereonite) each with two laté¬

ral spines (more posterior longer). Basis of

pereopod 1 unarmed; bases of pereopods 2-4

with two, three, five anterior spines respectively;

ischium and merus ol pereopods 2-4 each with

one distal spine; carpus of pereopods 2-4 each

with one spine ar mîdpoint and one spine distal-

ly (two smaller more proximal spines on pereoni¬

te 4); propodus unarmed. Dactylus of

pereopods 2-4 about 0.23 lengrh of propodus,

with one long apical sera.

Pereopods 5-7 bases with four, three and two

spines or denticles respectively; inerus-propodus

with short robust setae along posterior margins.

Uropod wirh irregular row ot seven spines along

middle, three more latéral; endopod 0.3 length

of exopod, wirh rounded setose apex.

Remarks

This species is more spinose than others of

Dolichiscus in rhese collections and resembles

species included by Schulcz (1981) in

Paradolichisats, a genus I hâve synonymi/ed with

Dolichiscus. It is similar to D. opilioncs (Schultz,

1981) from New Zealand but its dorsal spines

are more prominent. A notable similarity bet-

ween the two species is the pleopod 1 of the

male. Schultz’s figure shows the pleopod 1 to be

typical of the genus.

Acknowledgements

I thank Alain Crosnier and ORSTOM, Paris, for

making this material available and for arranging

funding for my 1995 visit to the Muséum natio¬

nal d’Histoire naturelle, Paris. I am also grateful

to the the Australian Department of Industry,

Science and Technology for assistance under rhe

Australia-France Bilateral Science and Techno¬

logy Collaboration Program. I thank too the

Natural History Muséum, London for access to

types. I thank Kate Thompson who inked the

figures and Angelika Brandt who made useful

comments on the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Amar R. & Roman M.-L. 1974. -— Invertébrés

marins des Xllème et XVèrne Expéditions

Antarctiques Françaises en Terre Adélie. 14.

Tanaidacés et lsopodes. Tethys 5: “161-600.

Beddard F. E. 1886a. — Preliminary notice of rhe

Isopoda collected dtirlng the voyage of H.M.S.

Challenger. - Part 111. Proeeedings of the Zoological

Society of London 1886: 97-122.

— 1886b. — Report on rhe Isopoda collected by

H.M.S. Challenger during ibe years 1873-1876.

Part 11. Report ot! the Scientiftc Results of the Voyage

oJ H.M.S. Challenger dunng the years 1873 -76.

Zoology 17: I-178', pis 1-XXV.

Birstein J. A. 1963- - Deep water isopods (Crusincea.

Isopoda) oftbe north-wes/ern pan of the Pacific Océan.

AkaJcmia Nauk. SSSR, Moscovv, 213 p. [L’nglish

translation by the Indian National Scienrific

Documentât tort Centre, New Dehli, 1973.1

Brandt A. 1990. — A a tore tic valvifirans (CrusMcea,

Isopoda* Vtdvtfera) new généra, new species and redes-

m'plions. E. J. Brill, Leiden, 176 p.

— 1991. /.ut Besiedlungsgeschichte des anrarkti-

schen Schelfes am Beispiel der Isopoda (Crustacea,

Malacosrraca). Berichte znr Polaiforschung 98: 1 -240.

Haie H. M. 1937. — Isopoda and Tanaidacea. A/is-

trahtsian A//ta relie expédition. 1911-14, Scientiftc

Reports, Séries C, Zoology and Botnny 2: 5-45.

— 1946. - Isopoda - Valvifera. British. Australian

and New Zeahind An tare tu Research Expédition,

1939-1931, Reports, Sériés B (Zoology and Boiany)

5: 161-212,

Hodgson T. V, 1910. — Crustacea. 9. Isopoda.

National Anrarctic Expédition, 1901-1904, Natural

History 5, Zoology and Botany. I 77-

Kcnsley B. 1980. — Marine isopods from Marion,

Prince Edward, and Crozct Islande (Crustacea,

Isopoda). Annals of the South AfricUn Muséum 82:

155-185.

Kussakin O. C. 1967. — Fauna of Isopoda and

Tanaidacea in the Coastal zones of the Anrarctic

and subantarctic water,. [Translation trom Russian

by the Israël Progtam for Scicntific Ira lis la rions,

Jérusalem, 1968.] Biological Répons of the Soviet

Antarctic Expédition (1955-1958) 3: 22Ô-389.

— 1971. — Additions to the fauna of isopods

398

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Deep-water Arcturidae

(Crustacea, Isopoda) of the Kurile-Kamchatka

Trench. Part 111. Flabellifera and Valvifera. Trudy

Instituta Okeaonogiya, Akademiya Nauk SSSR,

Moscow 92: 239-273 [in Russian with an English

summary].

— 1972. — Isopoda front the Coastal zone of the

Kurde Islands. III. Three new arcturids front the

Middle Kurdes with taxonomie remarks on the

family Arcturidae. Crustaceana Supplément 3:

178-189.

— 1982. — Marine and brackish-water Crustacea

(Isopoda) of cold and temperate waters of the

Northern Hemisphere. Suborders Anthuridea,

Microcerberidea, Valvifera, Tyloidea. Opredeliteli

po Fatme SSR, Akademiya Nauk, SSSR 131: 1-461

[in Russian].

Kussakin O. G. & Vasina G. S. 1982. — Additions to

the fauna of benthic Isopoda and Gnathiida

(Crustacea) of subantarctic waters of the Indian

Océan. 2. Isopoda (Valvifera and Asellota) and

Gnathiida. Tethys 10: 315-336.

Nordenstam A. 193.3. — Marine Isopoda of the fami-

lies Serolidae, Idotheidae, Pseudidotheidae, Arctu¬

ridae, Parasellidae and Stenetriidae ntainly from the

South Atlantic. Further Zoological Results of the

Swedish Antarctic Expédition, 1901-1903, 3: 1-284.

Pires A. M. S. & Sumida P. Y. G. 1997. —The valvi-

feran isopods (Crustacea Peracarida) from

Bransfield Strait and adjacent waters, Antartica.

Ophelia 46: 11 -34.

Poore G. C. B. & Bardsley T. M. 1992. / —

Austrarcturellidae (Crustacea: Isopoda: Valvifera), a

new fantily from Australasia. Invertebrate

Taxonomy 6: 843-908.

Richardson H. 1913. — Crustacés isopodes.

Deuxième Expédition Antarctique Française (1908-

10) 3: 1-25.

Schultz G. A. 1981. — Arcturidae from the Antarctic

and Southern seas (Isopoda, Valvifera) Part I.:

63-94, in Biology of the Antarctic Seas 10,

Antarctic Research Sériés 32. American Geophysical

Union.

Wàgele J.-’W. 1989. — Evolution und phylogene-

tisches System der Isopoda. Stand der Forschung

und neue Erkenntnisse. Zoologica (Stuttgart) 140:

1-262.

— 1991. — Synopses of the Antarctic Benthos

Volume 2. Antarctic Isopoda Valvifera. Theses

Zoologicae Volume 14, Koeltz Scientific Books,

Kônigstein, 213 p.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

399

New records of freshwater Palaemonidae

(Crustacea, Decapoda) from New Caledonia

John W. SHORT

Queensland Muséum,

P.O. Box 3300, South Brisbane Qld 4101 (Australia)

JohnSh@qm.qld.gov.au

Gérard MARQUET

LERVEM, Université française du Pacifique,

BP 4477 Nouméa, Nouvelle-Calédonie (France)

Short J. W. & Marquai G. 1998. — New records ot freshwater Palaemonidae (Crustacea,

Decapoda) from New Caledonia. Zoosystema 20 (2) : 401-410.

KEY WORDS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Palaemonidae,

Macrobrachium,

Palaeman,

New Caledonia,

Indo-West Pacific,

new records.

ABSTRACT

A freshwater survey of over thirty-five river catchments throughout mainland

New Caledonia ("U Grande Terre”) and a number of caves on Lifou, the

Loyalty Islands, yieldcd four new records of Palaemonidae for the région,

viz., Macrobrachium grandirnanus (Randall, 1839), Al. latimanus (von

Martens, 1868), M. microps Holthuis, 1978, and PaLaemon concinnus Dana,

1852, which are reported licre. Six spccies had previously been recorded:

M. aemulum (Nobili, 1906), M. australe (Guérin-Méneville, 1838), AI. cale-

do nicum (J. Roux, 1926), M. equidem (Dana, 1852), Al. lar (Fabricius,

1798) and Palaernon debilis Dana, 1852, bringing the total fauna to ten spe-

cies. A key is provided to the freshwater Palaemonidae of New Caledonia.

MOTS CLÉS

Crustacea,

Decapoda,

Palaemonidae,

Macrobrachium,

Palaernon,

Nouvelle-Calédonie,

Indo-ouest Pacifique,

nouveaux signalements

RÉSUMÉ

Additions à l’inventaire de Palaemonidae (Crustacea , Decapoda) d'eau douce de

Nouvelle-Calédonie. Un inventaire effectué sur plus de trente-cinq rivières de

la Grande Terre et sur quelques grottes de Lifou (archipel des îles Loyauté) a

permis de recenser quatre espèces signalées pour la première fois en

Nouvelle-Calédonie: Macrobrachium grandirnanus (Randall, 1839), M. Liti-

rnanus (von Martens, 1868), M. microps Holthuis, 1978, et Pabiemon concin¬

nus Dana, 1852. Six autres espèces avaient été recensées auparavant :

M. aemulum (Nobili, 1906). M. australe (Guérin-Méneville, 1838), M. cale-

donicum (J. Roux, 1926), M. equidens (Dana, 1852), Al. lar (Fabricius,

1798) et PaLiernon debilis Dana, 1852. Le nombre total d’espèces invento¬

riées s'élève dorénavant à dix. Une clé de détermination des Palaemonidae

d’eau douce de Nouvelle-Calédonie est proposée.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

401

Short J. W. & Marquet G.

INTRODUCTION

The freshwater Palaemonidae of New Caledonia

were first srudied by J. Roux (1926) based on

collections made by Roux and R Sarasin in 1911

and 1912. Three species were reported, inclu-

ding one new ro science. Kamita (1967) publi-

shed an account of the freshwater shrimps

collected by the 1958 Osaka Melanesia

Expédition but included no ncw records or spe¬

cies of Palaemonidae. The most detailed survey

ol the freshwater shrimps of New Caledonia was

conducted by the Zoological Institute of the

University of Vicnna in 1965 led by Professor

Dr Ferdinand Startniihlner. In ail, 124 stations

were samplcd in mainland New Caledonia. This

material was srudied by Holthuis (1969) who lis-

ted three new records of Palaemonidae.

The présent report is largely based on collections

made between Septeinber and Ocrober 1991

throughour mainland New Caledonia (project

PEDCAL). A total of thirty-five river catchments

were investigated (Marquet 1996). Later a num-

ber of orher rivers of “Grand? Terre ” (surveyed by

G. M.) and a few caves on Lifou, in the LoyaJty

Islands (first by B. Séret, ORSTOM, rhen by

G. M.), were also investigated. In total, this col-

lecting campaign yielded four new records of

freshwater Palaemonidae.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The présent material was collected by electrofi-

shing in rivers and using baited traps in caves.

The majority of specimens hâve been lodged in

the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris

(MNHN), with the remainder in the Queens¬

land Muséum (QM). Specimen lengths are cara¬

pace length (CL) front the orbital ntargin to the

posterior carapace. The second pereiopods (large

chclipeds) are abbreviated as P2.

The présence or absence of a pre-anal carina is

inrroduced as an important character for disrîn-

guishing species ol Macrobrachium Bâte, 1868.

Although the morphology of the pre-anal carina

has been wideiv used in atyid taxonomy it does

not appcar ro bave been utilized for palaemonids.

The carina is found on the sclcrite between the

ventral uropods, hereby termed the inter-uropo-

dal sclcrite, as it does not appcar to hâve been

nanied previously in the literature. Unlike ntany

leatures of Macrobrachiuni morphology the pre¬

sence or absence ol a pre-anal carina does not

change signifieantly during development and is

présent in both sexes. It is therefore a very useful

key character.

The morphology of the epistome, sornetimes used

as a taxonomie character in other decapod groups,

is also introduced Itère for distinguishing species

in the genus. This structure shows more develop-

mental variation than the pre-anal carina but can

sornetimes be used to discriminate between orher-

wise similar species and is useful for both sexes.

Another useful character not widely used for dis-

tinguishing species is the shape of the inferior

orbit. In most species this is ceasonably consis¬

tent between the sexes and at different stages of

development.

These new characters hâve been used in the fol-

lowing key to New Caledonian freshwater

Palaemonidae Unlike previous keys to

Macrobrachiuni this key can be used for ail adult

specimens, not just mature male specimens with

fully developed second pereiopods. Regrettably,

it was srill necessary to use the morphology of

the second pereiopods to sonie extern (often bro-

ken oft during the process of préservation and

handltng), but this has been kept to a minimum

and fully developed males (often a small percen-

tage of material collected) are not obligatory for

accurate déterminations.

Key to thf. freshwater Palaemonfdae of New Caledonia

1. Anterior carapace with hepatic spine; P2 hypertrophied in developed

males, covered in numerous modified setae (spinules, tubercles, spines of pre¬

vious authors) . Macrobrachium .... 3

— Anterior carapace with branchiostegal spine; P2 similarly developed in both

sexes, smooth, not covered in numerous modified setae .... Palaemon . 2

402

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New Caledonian freshwater Palaemonidae

2 (1). Upper antenmilar flagellum with fused portion clearly less than ha If length of

shorter free ramus; lirst male pleopod wirh vestigial appendix intenta .

.7? concinnus

— Upper antennular flagellum with fused portion over hall length of shorter free

ramus; first male pleopod without appendix interna . P. debilis

3 (1). Pre-anal carina absent on inter-uropodal sclerite (between ventral uropods) .... 4

— Pre-anal carina well-developed on inter-uropodal sclerite .5

4 (3). Second pereiopods of developed males strongly dimorphic, differing in shape,

size and setation; inferior orbit obtuse . M. grandimanus

— Second pereiopods of developed males isomorphic; inferior orbit distinctly

angular . M. equidens

(Freshwater records generally restricted to areas under tidal influence.

More typically an inhabitant of mid to high salinity estuarine areas.)

3 (3). Ocular cornea well-developed; fourth abdominal pleura posteroventrally roun-

ded or bluntly angular ...6

— Ocular cornea reduced; fourth abdominal pleura posteroventrally acute .

. M. microps

6 (5). Adult P2 nterus clearly longer than carpus .7

— Adult P2 merus about equal to or clearly shorter than carpus .8

7 (6). Epistome lobes poorly-developed, low and rounded, not produced anteroventral-

ly in adults; P2 stout, chela without enlarged incisor tooth on each finger in

developed males ........ M. latimanus

— Epistome lobes strongly-developed, produced anteroventrally in adults; P2 elon-

gate, chela with enlarged incisor tooth on each finger in developed males .

. M. lar

8 (6). Epistome lobes strongly diverging and widely separated anteriorly.

. M. aemulum

— Epistome lobes not strongly diverging anteriorly, poorlv to moderately separated

9 (8). P2 manus clearly longer than dactylus, subcylindrical on major chela of develo¬

ped males, minor cheliped pubescent on ali segments . M. australe

— P2 manus eu. equal to or clearly shorter than dactylus, markedly broadened on

major chela of developed males, minor cheliped of developed males without

setal pubescence . M. caledonicum

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

403

Short J. W. & Marquet G.

SYSTEMATICS

Macrobmcbium grandimanus (Randall, 1839)

(Figs 1C-E, 2)

Restricted svnonymy:

Palemon (sic.) grandimanus Randall, 1839: 142.

Macrobrachnon grandimanus — Hol th u is 1950:14, 110

(key), 230-233; 1973: 23-24, tcxt-fig. 7; 1980: 92. -

Choy 1984: T’2.

Not Macrobmcbium grandimanus - Liang & Yan

1983: 214, 215, fig. 3. - Liu et al. 1990: 103 (key),

113, 114, fig. 11.

Matkriai. BXAMIMED. — Wé. New Caledonia, Lifou

Island, 20°55’S - 167" 1 5’E, in large cave in coconut

plantadon ar border ol the sea, nerted, 28.VI1I.1993,

B. Séret, ORSTOM: 1 specimen (MNHN Nal3286);

1 9, 10.7 mm CL (QM W200I3).

Luengoni. New Caledonia, l.ifou Island, 2l°02’S -

167 , ’25'E, at entrance of cave, netted, 25.V11I.1993,

B. Séret, ORSTOM: 2 specimens (MNHN

Na 13287).

DISTRIBUTION. — Previously recorded from the

Ryukyus, the Philippines, Hawaii and Fiji.

DlAGNpSiS

Rostrum of medium length in developed males,

with vvell developed dorsal and ventral carinae,

dorsal margin generally straight or slightiy

convex, occasion a Iry sinuoits or upturncd, armcd

with fourtccn to fifteen (rareljr up to seventeen)

teeth, four to five postorbital, teeth more or less

evenly spaced, ventral carina with three to five

(rarely up to seven) teeth, First tooth located in

proximal half or at mtd-length of carina.

ücular cornea large, well-pigmented. Inferior

orbit moderately produced, generally obtuse,

postantennular carapace margin convex.

Epistome distinctly bilobed, lobes widely separa-

red, rounded.

P2 of developed males f'ully dimorphic, short,

minor chelipcd reaching dp of scaphoccrite by

carpus or more distal segments. Major cheliped

Fig. 1. — A, B. Macrobrachium microps Holthuis, 1978, S (21.6 mm CL); A, anterior carapace: B. inter-uropodal sclerite; C-E,

M. grandimanus (Randall. 1839), 9, 10.7 mm CL; C, inter-uropodal sclerite; D, epistome; E, anterior carapace. Scale bars: A, E,

2 mm; B-D, 1 mm.

404

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New Caledonian freshwater Palaemonidae

with well-developed setal pubescence on manus,

chela with well-developed gapc between fingers,

opposable edges armed with small to moderately

large teeth along length and a large incisor tooth,

manus broadened, maximum breadth tnuch

greater than maximum breadth of merus; carpus

clearly shorter than chela; merus ca. equal in

length to carpus. Minor cheliped wirhout setal

pubescence, chela with well-developed gape bet¬

ween fingers, opposable edges of fingers dentate

proximally, distally entire, manus clearly shorter

than dactylos, slightly broadened; carpus clearly

shorter than chela; merus ai. equal in length to

carpus.

Thoracic sternitc 4 with well-developed médian

process. Fourth abdominal pleura bluntly angu-

lar posteroventally, fifth pleura acutely angular

posteroventally, inter-uropodal sclerite without

pre-anal carina.

Remarks

M. grandimanus has previously been recorded

front anchialine caves in the Hawaiian Islands

(Holthuis 1973). The présent records are ail

front caves adjacent to the sea which were fresh

at the time of collection, It is local knowledge

thar the water level rises in these caves when the

tide is very high but undetermined whether the

water becomes brackish.

Although the collection does not include a deve-

loped male, the characteristic rostrum with

many, more or less evenly-spaced, dorsal teeth,

the lack of a pre-anal carina, the shape of the

inferior orbit and the widely separated epistome

lobes are sufficient to confirm the identity of the

species.

Liang & Yan (1983) recorded as M. grandimanus

a species from Hainan lsland, China. However

the second pereiopods do not agréé with typical

30N

30S

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

405

Short J. W. & Marquet G.

M. grandimamts. I iang & Yan's illustration

shows a distinctive setal pubescence which conti¬

nues from the superior manus onto rhe proximal

pollex. In M. grandmianus the setal pubescence is

restricted to the proximal halfofthe manus. Liu

et al. (1990) also figured a specimen which agréés

closely with Liang & Yan’s. This species appears

to be undescribed.

Macrobrachium latimanus

(von Martens, 1868)

(Fig. 3)

Restricted synonymy:

Palaemon latimanus Von Martens, 1868: 44.

Macrobrachium latimanus - Holthuis 1950: 16, 109

(key), 205-209, fig. 43a, b; 1980: 97, 98. - Tiwari

1955: 233, fig. h 1961; 98-104, figs 1,2.- Costa

1979, pl. Id. - Hwang & Yu 1982: 171, text-llg. II,

pl. III fig. B. - Chace & Bruce 1993: 23 (key), 31-32,

fig. 11.

MaTERIAL EXAMINED. — Napoemien River. New

Calcdoniu, PEDCAL. stn 17. 20°58'S - I65°20 - F., alti¬

tude 163-200 tn, rivet breadth 2 m, vvater tempéra¬

ture 19 “C, depth 0.5 tn, eleetroftshed. I5.IX.1991:

I specimen (MNHN Nal3288).

Padyeem River. New Calcdonia, 20°34'S - 164°48’E,

depth 0.2 m, electrofished, 6,Vf.1997, C. Marquer:

I <3, 23.5 mm CL, 2 9 9, 17.1, 20.5 mm CL (QM

W22255).

DISTRIBUTION. — Wîde-ranging Indo-West Pacific,

from India and Sri Lanka to the Ryukyus Islands and

the Marqucsas Islands.

DlACiNOSI.S

Rostrum short in developed males, with well-

developed dorsal and ventral carinae, dorsal mar-

gin generally convex, occasionally sinuous,

arrned with six to twelve tceth, one to two post¬

orbital, teerh tending to be more closely spaced

distally than proximally above orbit; ventral cari-

na dentare, two to four teeth, generally unarnted

on proximal bail with first tooth located clearly

within distal hâlf.

Ocular cornea large, well-pigmented. Inferior

406

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

New Caledonian freshwater Palaemonidae

orbit moderately produced, obtuse, postantennu-

lar carapace margin evenlv rounded. Epistome

distinctly bilobed, lobes ruunded, widely separa-

ted.

P2 of developed males isomorphic (may be sube-

qual in length), long, mer us reachtng tip of sca-

phocerite; chela witli weak gapc, sliort serai

pubescence on manus and Angers,, manus mode¬

rately broadened, breadch clearly greater than

maximum merus breadch, manus clearly longer

than dactylus, carpus clearly shorrer than chela;

merus clearly longer than carpus.

Thoracic srcrnke 4 with well-developed médian

process. Fourth abdominal pleura bluntly angu-

lar posteroventrally, fïfth pleura angular postera-

ventrally, inteT-uropodal sclerite with elevated

pre-anal carina.

Remark

This species appears resrricted to mountain

streams in the higher rainfall areas of eastcrn

New Caledonian Napoemien River in the

north and the Rivière du Trou bleu in the south

(photograph sent to J. S. for identification by

Christine Pollabauer, Erbio, Nouméa).

Macrobrachium microps Holchuis, 1978

(Figs IA, B, 4)

Macrobrachium microps Holthuis, 1978: 210-214.

figs 1,2. — Bruce & JlinFe 1993: 83-96, figs 1-6.

MATERIAL EXAMlNfcD. — Luengoni. New Caledonïa,

Llfou Isl.ind. 21 D 02'S - 167 D 25T.. cave, trapped,

29.XTÎ.1994, G. Marquer: 2 à 6, 21.6, 23.1 mm CL

(QM W19913).

120E 150E 180E

Fig. 4. — Distribution of Macrobrachium microps Holthuis, 1978.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

407

Short J. W. & Marquet G.

DISTRIBUTION. — Previously recordcd from the type

locality Danmin Cave, near Konogusgus, New Ireland

and West Samoa.

DlAGNOSIS

Rostrum short in developed males, with well-

developcd dorsal and ventraJ carinae (ventral

carina sometimcs rcduced), dorsal margin slight-

ly sinuous, armed with ten to cleven teeth, four

to five postorbitai, teeth more or less eveniy-spa-

ced, ventral carina with three to four teeth, first

tooth located in proximal half to about mid-

length.

Ocular cornea reduced, but well-pigmented.

Inferior orbit obtuse, postantennular carapace

margin evenly rounded, Epistome distinctly bilo-

bed, lobes rounded, widely separated.

P2 of developed males fully dimorphic, short,

minor cheliped reachirtg scaphocerite by carpus

or more distal segments. Major cheliped without

setal pubescence, chela without gape between

fingers, manus broadened, maximum breadth

much greater than maximum tnerus breadth,

strongly inflated at mid-length; carpus clearly

shorter than chela; tnerus ca. equal in length to

carpus or slightly shorter. Minor cheliped

without setai pubescence, chela with well-develo-

ped gape between fingers, manus moderately

broadened, breadth clearly greater than maxi¬

mum merus breadth, clearly shorter than dacty-

lus; carpus clearly shorter than chela; merus

slightly shorter than carpus.

Thoracic sternite 4 with low médian boss.

Fourth abdominal pleura posteroventrally acute,

inter-uropodal sclerite with elevated pre-anal

carina.

Remarks

The présent material, which does not include a

fully-developed male, agréés with the two pre¬

viously known specimens in the following

unique combination of characters for the genus:

fourth and fifth abdominal pleurae posteroven¬

trally acute; ocular cornea reduced, but well-

pigmented; and the obtuse, evenly rounded,

inferior orbit. Rostrum morphology also falls

within the previous range of variation recorded

for the species.

Although nothing is known of the life cycle of

M. micropi , the présent distributional records

suggest recruitment of juvéniles from haline

waters and an extended, planktonic larval cycle

rather than a land-locked life cycle.

Palaemon concinnus Dana, 1852

Restricted synonymy:

Palaemon concinnus Dana, 1852: 26. - Chace &

Bruce 1993: 40. - Short 1995: 622.

Palaemon ( Palaemon ) concinnus — Holthuis 1950: 61,

fig. 12.; 1980: 109.

MATF.RIAl EXAMINED. — Néra River. New

Caledonia, 2i°36'S - 165°27'E, netted, 29.V. 1995,

G. Marquet: 4 3 â, 9.4-10.6 mm CL; 1 ovig. $,

11.i mm CL; 1 non-ovig. 9, 11.3 mm CL (QM

W20738).

DISTRIBUTION. — Wide-ranging Indo-West Pacific:

Eastern Africa to Hong Kong, the Philippines,

Australia and the Tuamotu Archipelago.

DlAGNOSIS

Carapace armed with submarginal branchiostegal

spine Rostrum long, with well-developed dorsal

and ventral carinae, dorsal carina sinuous or

upturned, with distinct unarmed région, bearing

five to eight teeth, one tooth postorbital, ventral

carina dentare, three to seven teeth.

Ocular cornea large, well-pigmented. Inferior

orbit strongly produced, bluntly angular, postan¬

tennular carapace margin straight. Antennule

upper flagellum with fused portion less than half

total length of shorter free ramus. Vestigial

appendix interna présent on first male pleopod.

Remarks

This wldely-distributed species is an inhabitant

of both lowland fresh and brackish waters.

DISCUSSION

The New Caledonian freshwarer palaemonid

fauna, which now totals ten species in two géné¬

ra, is comparable to the ten species (plus one

introduced species, M rosenbergiî) recordcd from

neighbouring Fiji (Choy 1984). Interest in gly,

there are three wide-ranging, Indo-West Pacific

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

New Caledonian freshwater Palaemonidae

species recorded from Fiji, bue so far absent front

New Caledonia, viz. M. gracilirostre (Miers,

1875). M. lepidactylaides (de Man, 1892) and

M. placidulum (de Man, 1892). It is likely chat ar

least one of these will be found during future

collecting campaigns.

It is also Lnteresting that ail but one New

Caledonian species, M. caledonicum (J. Roux,

1926), rhe only endémie, are wide-ranging in the

Indo-West Pacific. No large-egged, oligohaline

palaemonids hâve so far been recorded from New

Caledonia or from the ouher islands of Oceania.

This contrasts with the larger continental land

mass of Australia, directly wesi across the Coral

Sea, which lias lour large-egged, oligohaline spe-

cies of Macro brachium, via. M. australiense

Holthuis, 1950; M. bullatum Fincham, 1987;

M. handsebini (J. Roux, 1933); and one undes-

cribed species (Short unpublished data).

Acknowledgements

The PEDCAL Ireshwater survey of New

Caledonia was funded by a grant from the

Commission de Coordination de la Recherche

dans les De'partemcnts et Territoires d’Outre-

Mer (CORDET). Profcssor Alain Crosnier

(MNFIN, Paris) and B. Séret (ORSTOM) provi-

ded help at different levels during the survey, the

former also performed preliminary sorting and

sent the material to Australia (to J. S.) for study.

REFERENCES

Bruce A. J. & Uiffe T. M. 1993. — The second

occurrence of the troglobic shrimp Macrobrachium

microps Holthuis (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Palaemonidae), in Samoa. International /ournal of

Speleology 22: 83-96.

Chace F. A. & Bruce A. j. 1993. — The Caridean

shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatrvss

Philippine Expédition, 1907-1910, Part 6:

Superfamily Palaemonoidea. Smitbsonian

Contributions m Zoology 513: 1-152.

Choy S. C. 1984. — On the freshwater palaemonid

prawns from the Fiji Islands (Decapoda, Caridea).

Cnistaceana 47 (3): 269-277.

Costa H. H. 1979. — The Palaemonidae of the

inland waters of Sri Lanka. Ceylon Journal of Science

13 (1-2): 39-64, pis 1,2.

Dana J. D. 1852. — Conspectus Crustaceorum etc..

Conspcctus of the Crustacea of the Exploring

Expédition under Captain C. W'ilkes, U.S.N. Pm-

cêèdings of the A aide ni y of Natnnd Sciences 6: 10-28,

Fabrkius I. D 1798. — Supplcmentalinne

Eninmologiaesystematicae. Hatniae, 572 p.

Guérin -Ménevillt F. E. 1838. (1830 on title page). —

Première division. Crustacés, Arachnides et

Insectes : 1-47, pis 1 -5 (Crustacés), in L. I Du-

perrey 18.30 [1838] : Voyage autour du monde, exé¬

cuté par Ordre du Roi sur la corvette de Sa Majesté.

La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 182.3, 1824

et 1825- Zoologie 2 (n° 2, section 1). Arthus

Bertrand. Paris.

Holthuis L. B. 1950. — The Decapoda of the Siboga

Expédition. Part X. The r’alaemonidae collected by

the Siboga and Snellius expéditions, with remarks

on other species,, Part t; Sublainily Palaemoninac.

Siboga-Expcdide 39 (a9): 1-268.

— 1969. — Etudes hydrobiologiques en Nouvelle-

Calédonie (Mission 1965 du Premier Institut de

Zoologie de l'Université de Vienne). LX. Ehe fresh¬

water shrimps of New Caledonia. Cahiers ORS¬

TOM, série Hydrobiologie 3 (2) : 87-108.

— 1973. — Caridean shrimps found in land-locked

sait water pools at four Indo-West Pacific localiries

(Sinai Pcninsula, funafuti Atoll Maui and Hawaii

Islands) with the description ot one new genus and

four species. Zoologische Verhandelingen 128: 1 -48.

— 1978. — Zoological resultx of the British Speleo-

logical Expédition to Papua New Guinea 1975. 7.

Cavernicolous shrimps (Crustacea Decapoda,

Natantia) front New rreland and the Philippines,

Zoologische Mededcehngen 53 (19): 209-224.

— 1980, — FAO species catalogue. Volume 1.

Shrimps and prawns of rhe world. An annotated

catalogue of species of jnterest to fisheries. FAO

Fisheries Synopsis 1 (12.5): 1-261.

Hwang J. -J. & Vu H.-P. 1982. — Studies on the

fresn-water shrimps ol rhe genus Macrobrachium

(Crustacea. Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from

Taiwan. Annual Report of the Taiwan Muséum 25:

1-157, pis 1-3.

Kamita T. 1967. — Some shrimps and prawns from

New Caledonia, Bulletin of the Osaka Muséum of

Natural History 20: 1-10, pl. 1.

Liang X.-Q. &i Yan S.-I. 1983. — New species and

new records of fresh water shrimps (Crustacea

Decapoda) from Hainan Island, China.

Ocearw/ogia et Limnologia Sinica 14 (3): 211-216.

Liu J.-Y., Liang X.-Q. ôc Yan S.-L. 1990. — A study

of rhe Palaemoninac (Crustacea Decapoda) from

China I. Maerobmchhtm, Leandtr and Lcandrites.

Transactions of the Chinese Crustacean Society 2:

102-134.

Man J. G. de 1892. — Decapoden des Indischen

Archipels: 265-527, pis 15-29, in Weber M.,

Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederliindisch

Ost-Indicn, 2. E. J. Brill, Leiden.

Marquet G. 1991. — Freshwater Crustaceans of

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

409

Short J. W. & Marquet G.

French Polynesia: Taxonomy, Distribution and

Biomass (Decapoda). Crustaceana 61 (2): 125-140.

— 1996. — The freshwater eels (Anguillidae) of New

Caledonia: Taxonomy and Distribution. Vie et

Milieu 46 ( 1 ) : 65-71.

Martens E. von 1868. — Über einige ostasiatische

Süsswasserthiere. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte 34 (1):

1-64, pl. 1.

Nobili G. 1906. — Diagnoses préliminaires de Crus¬

tacés Décapodes et Isopodes nouveaux recueillis par

M. le Dr G. Seurat aux îles Touamotou. Bulletin

du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle 12 (5) : 256-270.

Randall J. W. 1839. — Catalogue of the Crustacea

brought by Thomas Nuttall and J. K. Townsend,

from the west coast of North America and the

Sandwich Islands, with descriptions of such species

as are apparently new, among which are included

several species of different localities, previously exis-

ting in the collection of the Academy. Journal of the

Academy of N attirai Sciences of Philadelphia 8 (1):

106-147, pis 3-7.

Roux J. 1923. — Crustacés d’eau douce de l’archipel

Indo-Australien. Capita Zoologica 2 (2): 1-22.

— 1926. — Crustacés décapodes d’eau douce de la

Nouvelle-Calédonie, in Sarasin F. & Roux J., Nova

Caledonia A (2) : 181-240.

Short J. W. 1995. — First record of Palaemon concin-

nus Dana, 1852 (Crustacea: Decapoda:

Palaemonidae) from Australia. Memoirs of the

Queensland Muséum 38 (2): 622.

Tiwari K. K. 1955. — Distribution of the Indo-

Burmese freshwater prawns of the genus Palaemon

Fabr., and its bearing on the Satpura Hypothesis.

Bulletin of the National Institute of Sciences of India

7: 230-239.

— 1961. — Occurrence of the freshwater prawn

Macrobrachium latimanus (von Martens) in India

and Ceylon. Crustaceana 3: 98-104.

410

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Munidopsis reynoldsi { A. Milne Edwards, 1880)

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae):

lectotype désignation and redescription

Marcos TAVARES & Priscila CAMPINHO

Universidade Santa Ürsula, Instituto de Ciências Biolôgicas e Ambientais,

22231-040 Rio de Janeiro (Brazil)

mtavares@ax.apc.org

Tavares M & Campinho P. 1998. — Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne Edwards, 1880)

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae): lectotype désignation and redescription. Zoosystema

20 (2) : 411-417.

KEYWORDS

Munidopsis,

squat lobster,

deep-sea,

benthos,

Caribbean Sea.

ABSTRACT

A lectotype for the deep-sea squat lobster Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne

Edwards, 1880) frorn the Caribbean région is selected herein. The female

lectotype is redescribed and illustrations of the types are given. Comparison

with and illustrations of a non-type male from the Caribbean is also inclu-

ded.

MOTS CLÉS

Munidopsis ,

océan profond,

benthos,

Caraïbes.

RÉSUMÉ

Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne Edwards, 1880) (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Galatheidae) : désignation d’un lectotype et redescription. Un individu femelle

est choisi comme lectotype de Munidopsis reynoldsi, espèce profonde des

Caraïbes. Ce spécimen est redécrit et illustré, et comparé à un mâle non-type.

• 1998 • 20 (2)

411

Tavares M. & Campinho P.

INTRODUCTION

Munidopsis reynoldsi was originally described as a

species of tbe genus Galathodes A. Milne

Edwards, 1880 on the basis of rwo specimens,

the male MCZ 4747 and the fetnale MNHN-

Ga 288, both from the Blake station No. 138,

1878-1879 (Peirce & Patterson 1879). It was

described in only a fcw lines; “ Cette espèce doit se

placer à côte' du Galathodes abbreviatus, mais elle

s'en distingue par ses épines gastriques plus

saillantes , par son rostre plus relevé, par l'absence

d’épines sur les anneaux de l'abdomen et par la lon¬

gueur des pattes ambulatoires ; celles de la seconde

paire dépassent les pinces , leur cuisse est année en

dessus d’une série d'épines'' (A. Milne Edwards

1880: 56).

Because no holotype was designated, a lectotype

for M. reynoldsi is selected herein. The female

syntype (MNHN-Ga 288) is better preserved

than the male syntype and is here choscn. The

male (MCZ 4747) is the paralectotype.

Opportuniry is taken here to elaborate on the

taxonomy of this deep-sea species, providing a

redescription of the female lectotype and illustra¬

tions of the types. Comparison with and illustra¬

tion of a non-type male from the Caribbean is

also included.

Abbreviations

MCZ Muséum of Comparative Zoology,

Cambridge;

MNHN Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle,

Paris;

TA&M Texas A&M Occanography Collections;

stn station;

cl carapace lengtli measured on the mid-

line of the carapace from the tip of the

rostrum to the posterior rnargin of the

carapace;

cw maximum carapace width;

mm millimeters.

Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne Edwards, 1880)

(Figs 1-4)

Galathodes Reynoldsi A. Milne Edwards, 1880: 56.

M. ( Galathodes ) Renoldsi [r/'c.] - Henderson 1885:

414.

Munidopsis reynoldsi — A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier

1894: 225. 273. 275 [key], - Benedict 1902: 325

[synonymyl. — Chacc 1942: 74 |key]. — Pcqucgnat &

Pequegnat 1970: 139 [key]; 1971: 5 [key], 22 [syno-

nymy].

Munidopsis Reynoldsi - A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier

1897: 80 [rcdcscription], pl. 6, t igs 1-5.

Munidopsis Rtynoidsii - Doflein &C Balss 1913: 176,

178 [distribution].

MATFRIAI FXAMINKD. — Caribbean Sea. Blake,

stn 138, off Saint Croix, Frederjckstadt, 4277 m,

1878-1879: 9 lectotype, cl 20.8, cw 11.4 (MNHN-

Ga 288); â paralectotype, cl 16.0, cw 9.0 (MCZ

4747)- — Alatninos, Ctuise 70A10, stn 48,

14"29.5'N - 74"28.8”W, 4086 m, 24.V1U970: 1 6,

cl 20.4, cw 1 i .0 (TA&M 2-0597) (W. E. Pequegnat

and L. H. Pequegnat det.).

DISTRIBUTION. — Caribbean Sea: off Saint Croix,

Frederickstadr; Colombian Basin (14°29,5’N -

74°28,8’W). 3700-4277 m.

RbDESCRIPTION (lectotype female)

Carapace distinctly longer than broad (rostrum

exduded), ntoderately arched transversety; cervi¬

cal groove well distinct, conspicuous shallow

transverse dépréssion in anterior part of cardiac

région. Rostrum curved upwards, narrow, latéral

rnargin with acute spines directed forwards, tip

exceediug eyestaiks by about four limes their

length, distinct dorsal carina bearing obsolescent

tiny tubercles. Antérolatéral angle a sharp spine.

Gastric région strongly inllated; anterior gastric

région bearing sharp spine on both sides of mid-

line, and posterior to each anotlier less developed

spine; remainder of gastric région with short

tubercles. Anterior branchial région bearing

strong antérolatéral spine loliowed by scattered

moderate acure tubercles dorsally. Posterior bran¬

chial région bearing strong antérolatéral tooth

and distinct oblique and transverse rugae lateral-

ly; rugae with tendency to being transversely

continuous across central part ol cardiac région.

Posterior rnargin concave, preceded by narrow

raised ridge with tiny tubercles. Latéral plate

with small rounded aibercles, projecting attte-

riorly below antennal peduncle; angular anterior

tip bearing distinct spine.

Abdominal somires unarmed; rransverse ridge of

segment 2 srnooth, divided into anterior and

posterior parts by concave trough, that of seg-

412

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Redescription of Munidopsis reynoldsi

ments 3 and 4 obsolescent; segments 5 and 6

smooth, 6 slightly raised posterioriy in middle,

Telson divided into eight plates.

Eyes small; well exposed, ommatidia almost

absent; peduncle movable, extended into strong

smooth mesiodorsal spine directed obliquely

upward at low angle; a much shorter latéral spine

near base of cornea.

Basal article of antennular peduncle with slender

dorsolateral carina continued into anterior acure

spine; below it a broader antetior sharp spine

directed obliquely laterally, flanked by inflatcd

surface bearing cluster of irregular spinules,

Antennal peduncle with fixed short basa! article;

subséquent articles movable, second bearing

sharp spine on its antérolatéral angle, third with

serrate distal margin and acute spine on its

mesiolateral angle.

Fig. 1. — Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne Edwards, 1880); A, dorsal view of the lectotype 9 (MNHN-Ga 288); B-D, schematic view of the

posterior margin of the carapace; B, i from the Alaminos Cruise (TA&M 2-0597); C, paralectotype S (MCZ 4747); D, lectotype 9 (MNHN-

Ga 288). Notice the two spines of the posterior margin of the carapace much more stronger in the male from the Alaminos collections,

poorly developed in the male paralectotype and absent in the female lectotype. Scale bars: 5 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Redescription of Munidopsis reynoldsi

Third maxilliped with ischium longer than

merus; bearing mesial crest armed with finely

uniform, evenly-spaced corneous-tipped spines.

Merus with tour irregulat acure spines on flexor

margin. Carpus, propodus and dacryl about as

long as two more proximal articles together,

flexor surface of each bearing dense setation

mesially, and distally on propodus and dacryl.

Sternite at base of third maxilliped forming

opposée! lobes on each side of midline, irregular-

ly serrate on margin and divergent.

Cheüpeds subequal, wirh many spines and fewer

acute tubercles; ischium wirh mesial row of seven

rounded spines, irrcgular smaller spines on disto-

vcntral margin, and scattered tubercles and rugo-

sities ventrally; merus clearly extending beyond

end of rostrum, bearing row of four strong

mesial spines, terminal one strongest, live to six

spines along latéral margin; carpus spiny on ven¬

tral surface tending to smooth; mesial and latéral

Fig. 3. — Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne Edwards, 1880), external view of the third maxilliped (Mxp3) and thoracic appendages from

the paralectotype 6 (MCZ 4747); A, right P3; B, left Mxp3; C, left P3; D, left P5. Scale bars: A, C, D, 5 mm; B, 6 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

415

Tavares M. & Campinho P.

surfaces ol palrn wiih short scattered tubercles;

fingers about as long as palm, spooned especially

at tips, prehensile edges armed with rounded

teeth, tips close fitting. Epipods absent from che-

lipeds and ail walking legs.

Variations

The unique specimen caught by the RV

Alaminos (TA&M 2-0597) is considerably larger

than the type materïaJ, both male and female.

Pequcgnat & Pequegnat (1971: 22) found that

the Alaminos material “is more hirsute” than the

male paralectotype. The two spines of the poste-

rior margin of the carapace are much stronger in

the male from the Alaminos collections than in

the male paralectotype; they are absent in the

female lectotype. Also, the two gastric spines are

more prominent in the Alaminos specimen than

Fig. 4. — Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Mime Edwards, 1880). external view of left cheliped from the lectotype 9 (MNHN-Ga 288);

A, dactylus and propodus; B, carpus; C, ischium; D, merus. Scale bars: A, 4 mm; B-D, 6 mm.

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 ■ 20 (2)

Redescription of Munidopsis reynoldsi

in the types. However, ihe mesioilorsal spine of

the ocular peduncle is far weaker in the Alarninos

material than in the female lectotype, while in

the male paralectotype the mesiodorsal spine of

the ocular peduncle i$ slightly larger than in the

Alarninos specimen.

Remarks

In 1897, A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier briefly

rcdescribed and illustrated the male and the

lemale syntypes of M. reynoldsi. The illustration

of the male (pl. 6, fi g. 1) has two inaccuracies:

( 1 ) the two spines on the posterior margin of the

carapace (Fig. IB-D) in the male paralectotype

are not shown on A. Milne Edwards & Bouviers

drawing (Pequegnat & Pequegnat 1971: 22);

(2) the telson plates are not properly represented

(this report), acrually M. reynoldsi has eight tel-

son plates instead of seven (Fig. 2A-C).

Acknowledgements

We are sincerely grateful to Keiji Baba

(Kumamoto University, Japan), Enrique

Macpherson (Instituto de Ciencias del Mar,

Barcelona) and Gary C. B. Poore (Muséum of

Victoria, Australia) for reading a draft of the

manuscript (Gary also kindly checked the

English text); to Nguyen Ngoc-Ho (Muséum

national d’FIistoire naturelle, Paris), Ardis B.

Johnston (Muséum of Comparative Zoology,

Massachusetts), and Gilbert Rowe (Texas A&M

University) for lending material of Munidopsis

reynoldsi frnm their institutions; to Maria Helena

Pinheiro (Universidade Santa Ürsula, Rio de

Janeiro) for preparing the drawings. MT thanks

CNPq (National Council for the Development

of Science and Technology, Brasilia) for suppor-

ting studies on the systematics of decapods crus-

taceans in the form of ongoing grant

520254/95-3.

REFERENCES

Benedict J. F. 1902. — Descriptions of a new genus

and forty-six new species of crustaceans oftlie fanti-

ly Galatheidae, with a list of the known marine spe¬

cies. Proeeedings of the United States National

Muséum 26 (13Îl):243-334.

Chace F. A. Jr. 1942. — Reports on the scie n t i 11 c

results of the Atlantis expéditions to the West

Indics, under the joint auspices of the University ol

Havana and Harvard University. The Anotnuran

Crustacea, 1. Galarheidea. Tnrrcia 1 I: 1-106.

Doflein F. & Balss H. 1913. — Die Galatlieiden der

Deutsthen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wissenschaftliche

Ergebnisse der Deutsthen J iefsee-Expedition auf dem

Dampfer "Valvidia " 1898-1899, Jcrta 20: 125-J 84,

pis 12-17.

Henderson J. R. 1885. — Diagnoses of the new spe¬

cies of Galarheidea collected during the

“Challenger" Expédition. An nais and Magazine of

NaturalHistory, sériés 5, 16: 407-421.

Milne Edwards Â. 1880, — Reports on the results of

dredging under the supervision of Alexander

Agnssiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the

Caribbean Sea. 1877. ’78, '79, by the U. S. Coast

Survey steamer 'Blake", l.ieur.-Cornmander C. D.

Sigsbee. U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett,

U.S.N., Commanding. VIII. Etudes préliminaires

sur les Crustacés. Bulletin of the Muséum of

Comparative Zoology a) Harvard College 8 (I): T68,

pis 1-2.

Milne Edwards A. & Bouvier F. F. 1894. —

Considérations générales sur la famille des

Galathéides. Annales des Sciences Naturelles,

Zoologie, séries 7, 16: 191 -327.

— 1897- — Reports on ihe results of dredging, under

the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of

Mexico (1877-78), in the Caribbean Sea

(1878-79), and along the Atlantic coast of the

United States (1880) by the U. S. Coast Sltrvey

steamer “Blake”, Lteut.-Contmander J. R. Bartlett,

U. S. N., Commanding. XXXV. Description des

Crustacés de la famille des Galathéidés recueillis

pendant l'expédition. Bulletin of the Muséum of

Comparative Zoology at Harvard College 19 (2):

1-141, pis 1-12..

Peirce B. & Patterson. C. P. 1879. — List of dredging

stations occupied by the United States Coast

Survey steamers "Corwin”, “Bibb", “Hassler”, and

“Blake", front 1867 to 1879. Bulletin of the

Muséum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College

6(1): 1-15.

Pequegnat L. H. Si Pequegnat W. E. 1970. — Deep

sea anomuraus ol Supertâmily Calatheoidea witlt

descriptions of three new species, in Pequegnat

W. F,. & Chace E, A. Jr, (eds), Texas AefM

University Océanographie Studies, Contributions on

the biology of the Gulf of Mexico, Gulf Pnblishing

Co.. Houston 1: 125-170.

Pequegnat W. E. & Pequegnat L. Fl. — 1971. New

species and new records of Munidopsis (Decapoda:

Galatheidae) front the Gulf of Mexico and

Caribbean Sea. Texas A&M University

Océanographie Studies, Gulf Publishing Co..

Houston 1: 1-24.

417 I

ZOOSYSTEMA ■ 1998 ■ 20(2)

Instructions aux auteurs

La ligne éditoriale

Zoosystema est une revue consacrée à l'inventaire,

l'analyse, et l'interprétation de la biodiversité anima¬

le. Fdle publie des résultats originaux de recherches

en zoologie, particulièrement en systématique et

domaines associés : morphologie comparative,

fonctionnelle cr évolutive ; phylogénie : biogeogra-

phie ; taxinomie et nomenclature...

Un numéro de Zoosystema pourra erre consacré à un

thème particulier sous la responsabilité d’un éditeur

invité.

Les auteurs devront suivre le Code International de

Nomenclature Zoologique. Il est recommandé que le

matériel-type soit, au moins en partie, déposé dans

les collections du MNHN.

Les manuscrits, dont le nonrbre de pages n'est pas

limité a priori, devront suivre rigoureusement les

recommandations aux auteurs (voir ci-dessous), et

seront adressés à la revue:

Service des Publications Scientifiques du Muséum

Zoosystema

57 rue Cuvier

F-75231 Paris cedex 05

Tel : (33) 01 40 79 34 38

Fax t (33) 01 40 79 38 58

e.mail : bulletin@mnhn.fr

Tout manuscrit non conforme à ces instructions

sera retourné pour mise au point. Chaque manus¬

crit est évalué par deux rapporteurs, ou plus.

Instructions aux auteurs

Chaque manuscrit soumis (y compris les illustra¬

tions) doit être présenté en rrois exemplaires au for¬

mat A4, avec un double interligne et des marges

d'au moins 3 cm ; chaque page sera numérotée. Les

illustrations originales .seront jointes au manuscrit

définitif, ainsi qu’une disquette 3.5 ’ de format

Apple Macintosh ou compatible IBM (traitement

de texte Word de préférence), qui devra contenir

également les tableaux et éventuellement les illus¬

trations (Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop ; Deneba

Canvas).

Le format

Les manuscrits, écrits en français ou en anglais, doi¬

vent être structurés comme suit :

- titre, si possible bref, en français et traduit en

anglais ; un titre courant doit être proposé ;

- nom(s) et prénom(») défis) auteur(s) suivis de

lcur(s) adresse(s) professionnelle(s), en indiquant si

possible le numéro de télécopie et l’adresse électro¬

nique ;

- résumés écrits en français et en anglais (800 signes

au maximum chacun), suivis des mots clés et « key

words » :

- dans le texte courant, utiliser les italiques pour

tous les noms en larin : taxons de rangs générique

et spécifique (ex : Pseudolaureola Kwon, Ferrara et

Tain, 1992), et al., e.g. ... ;

- dans le texte courant, les références aux auteurs

seront en minuscules, ex. Dupont (2001), Dupont

(2001, 2002). (Dupont 2001 ; Durand 2002),

(Dupont & Durand 2003, 2005), Dupont (2001 :

1), Dupom (2001. fig. 2) ;

- dans le texte courant, les références aux illustra¬

tions et aux tableaux de l'article seront présentées

ainsi : (Fig. I), (Fig. 2A, D), (Fig. 2A-C), (Figs 3,

6), (Figs 3-5) ; (Tableau 1) ;

- les remerciements seront placés à la fin du texte,

avant les références bibliographiques ;

- les références bibliographiques doivent suivre les

exemples donnés ci-dessous -,

- indiquer dans la marge l’emplacement des illustra¬

tions ;

- donner les légendes des figures sur une feuille

séparée.

Les illustrations

Les illustrations au trait doivent être réalisées à

l’encre de Chine ou être fournies en impression

laser, l.es photographies, bien contrastées, seront

sur fond noir ou blanc. Hiles pourront être regrou¬

pées, et dans ce cas, identifiées par une Ictrre en

capitales (A, B, C...). l es planches photogra¬

phiques, de préférence placées dans le corps de

I article et non regroupées à la fin de celui-ci, doi¬

vent être traitées et numérotées comme des figures.

419 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Instructions aux auteurs

Les illustrations pourront être assemblées sur une

colonne (70 X 190 mm) ou sur toute la largeur de la

justification (144 X 190 mm). .Si possible, les

légendes (et lettrages) ne devraient pas figurer sur les

originaux. Ils seront disposés, alors, sut un calque

joint à chaque figure, la rédaction se chargeant de

les placer. Chaque figure doit comporter une échelle

métrique, sans aucun coefficient multiplicateur. Les

tableaux et graphiques, à inclure dans le manuscrit,

doivent pouvoir être imprimés sur une page et rester

lisibles après réduction éventuelle. Des photogra¬

phies en couleur pourront être publiées moyennant

une participation financière de ou des auteurs.

Références bibliographiques

Hoeg J. T. & Lützcn J. 1985. — Comparative

morphology and phylogeny of the family

Thompsoniidae (Cirripedia: Rhizocephala:

Akentrogonida) with description of three new

généra and seven nevv species. Zoologica Scripta

22: 363-386.

Rockel D., Korn W. & Kohn A. J. 1995. —

Manual of the living Conid ne, volume 1: Indo-

Pacific région. Christa Htmmen, Wiesbaden,

517 p.

Schwaner T. D. 1985. — Population structure of

black figer snakes, Norechis nier niger , on offsho¬

re islands of South Australia: 35-46, in Crigg G.,

Shine R. & Ehmann H. (eds), Biology of

Australasian Frogs and Reptiles. Surrcy Beatty and

Sons, Sydney.

Épreuves et tirés à part

Les épreuves seront adressées à fauteur ou au pre¬

mier auteur (sauf indication contraire) et devront

être retournées corrigées sous huitaine. Les correc¬

tions, autres que celles imputables à la rédaction ou à

l'imprimeur, seront à la charge des auteurs. Le(s)

auteur(s) recevront gratuitement vingt-cinq tirés à

part pour les articles jusqu’à cinquante pages (au-

delà, consulter la rédaction) ; les tirés à part supplé¬

mentaires seront à commander sur un formulaire

joint aux épreuves.

Soumettre un article pour publication dans

Zoosystema implique que celui-ci n ait pas été sou¬

mis dans une autre revue. Les droits de reproduc¬

tion de l’article, y compris les illustrations, sont

réservés à la revue. La reproduction de tout ou par¬

tie de l’article doit faire l’objet d'une demande écrite

préalable, adressée à la rédaction.

Scope of the Journal

Zoosystema is a journal devoted to rbe invenrory,

analysis and interprétation of animal biodiversity, It

publishes original results of zoological research,

particularly in systematics and related fielcLs: com¬

parative. functional and evolutionary morphology,

phylogeny, biogeograpby, raxonomy and nomen¬

clature...

A complété issue of Zoosystema may be devoted to

several papers on a single topic under the responsa-

bility of an invited editor.

Papers .should follow the International Code of

Zoological Nomenclature, We recommend that the

authors should deposit in the MNHN collections,

at leasta part of the type material.

Manuseripts, without limitation ol the number of

pages, must conform strictly with the instructions

to authors and will be sent to the Editor:

Service des Publications Scientifiques du Muséum

Zoosystema

57 rue Cuvier

F-75231 Paris cedex 05

Tel : (33) 01 40 79 34 38

Fax : (33)01 40 79 38 58

e.mail: bulletin@mnhn.fr

Instructions to authors

Manuseripts must be submitted in triplicate in A4

format, double spaced, with margins of at least

3 cm and ail pages numbered. The original figures

should be sent with the revised ntanuscript, as well

as a 3 5” diskerte Apple Macintosh or IBM-compa-

tible (Word, Word Pertect... ) format, which will

also contain tables and possibly figures (Adobe

Jllustrator, Photoshop ; Deneba Canvas).

Format

Papers are to be written in simple and concise

French or F.nglish. They should be organized as fol-

lows:

- a brtef title in English and French;

- a suggested running head;

- name(s) of aurhor(s), followed by their full profes-

sional address(es) and, il possible. Fax number and

e-mail;

- abstracts (in English and French) not exceeding

800 signs cach, with key words and “mots clés”;

- text with italicized words for Latin; taxa of generic

and spécifie tanks (e.g. Pseudolaureola Kwon,

Ferrara erTaiti, 1992), étal., ...;

I 420

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20 (2)

Instructions aux auteurs

- references to authors in main text should be pre-

sented as follows: Smith (2001), Smith (2001,

2002), (Smith 2001), (Smith 2001; Cary 2002),

(Smith & Cary 2003, 2005), Smith (2001: 1),

Smith (2001, fig. 2);

- references to illustrations and tables should be

indicated as follows: (Fig. 1), (Fig. 2A, D), (Fig.

2A-C), (Figs 3, 6), (Figs 3-5); (Table 1);

- keep acknowledgements short and place them at

the end of the text;

- give captions to illustrations on a separate sheet;

Illustrations

The éditorial board will pay spécial attention to the

quality and relevance of illustration.

Line drawings must be in Indian ink or high quality

laser printouts; high contrast photographs, placed

on white or black backgrounds, are required. These

can be grouped into Figures and their éléments and

identified by letters A, B, C... Plates are not placed

at the end of the article: they will be considered as

figures and numbered as such. Arrange Figures to fit

one or two columns (70 x 190 mm or 144 X

190 mm). No diagram or table is to exceed one

page. Letters, numbers, etc., for each figure, are to

be indicated on an accompanying overlay, not on

the original figure. A scale bar is needed for each

figure (without magnification factor).

References

Hoeg J. T. & Lützen J. 1985. — Comparative

morphology and phylogeny of the family

Thompsoniidae (Cirripedia: Rhizocephala:

Akentrogonida) with description of three new

généra and seven new species. Zoolomca Scripta

22: 363-386.

Rockel D., Korn W. & Kohn A. J. 1995. —

Manual of the living Conidae, volume 1: Indo-

Paciftc région. Christa Hentmen, Wiesbaden,

517p.

Schwaner T. D. 1985. — Population structure of

black dger snakes, Notechis ater niger, on offsho¬

re islands of South Australia: 35-46, in Grigg G.,

Shine R. & Ehmann H. (eds), Biology of

Australasian Frogs and Reptiles. Surrey Beatty and

Sons, Sydney.

Proofs and reprints

Proofs will be sent to the first author for correction

and must be retumed within eight days by express

mail. Author(s) will receive twenty-five offprints

free of charge (for paper up to 50 pages; for paper

exceeding 50 pages, consult the editors); further

offprints can be ordered on a form supplied with

the proofs.

The submission of a manuscript to Zoosystema

implies that the paper is not being offered for

publication elsewhere. Copyright of published

paper, including illustrations, becomes the property

of the journal. Requests to reproduce material from

Zoosystema should be addressed to the editor.

421 I

ZOOSYSTEMA • 1998 • 20(2)

Mise en page

Noémie de la Selle

Packaging Editorial

Achevé d’imprimer

sur les presses de l’Imprimerie Durand

28600 Luisant (France)

Juillet 1998

Dépôt légal n° 10167

Printed on acid-free paper

Imprimé sur papier non acide

Date de distribution du fascicule 1 :

6 avril 1998

Couverture: Branchinecta minuta Smirnov, 1948 (Crustacea, Anostraca),

détail de l’enveloppe de l’œuf (MEB)

Photographie A. Thiéry (Université d’Avignon)

zoosystema

1998 • 20 (2) suite

289

307

315

339

351

357

363

379

401

411

Lemaitre R.

Revisiting Tylaspis anomala Henderson, 1885 (Parapaguridae), with comments on its relationships and

évolution

m w m #

Lowry ). K. & Stoddart H. E.

A new genus of Eusiridae (Crustacea, Amphipoda), associated with the abalone Haliotis rubra Leach,

in south-eastern Australia ÆÊk,

McLaughlin P. A.

Hermit crabs of the genus Nematopagurus (Crustacea, Decapoda, Paguridae) from south-eastern

r ubra Leach, jMt

W v

South Africa and Madagascar: new records and new species

McLay C. L.

A new genus and species of dromiid crab (Brachyura, Dromiidae) from the Timor Sea, North-West

Australia with records of other species from the China Sea

Macpherson E.

A new genus of Galatheidae (Crustacea, Anomura) from the Western Pacific Océan

Manning R. B.

A new genus and species of pinnotherid crab (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura) from Indonesia

Ngoc-Ho N.

Le genre Eutrichocheles Wood Mason, 1876 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Thalassinidea) en Polynésie

française et au Vietnam avec description de deux espèces nouvelles

Poore C. C. B.

Deep-water Arcturidae (Crustacea, Isopoda, Valvifera) from French collections in the south-western

■ rifle '

Pacific Océan

Short J. W. & Marquet C

f fresrr

New records of fresnwater Palaemonidae (Crustacea, Decapoda) from New Caledonia

Tavares M. & Campinho P.

Munidopsis reynoldsi (A. Milne Edwards, 1880) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae): lectotype

désignation and redescription r

1998 • 20 (2)

zoosystema

Macpherson E., Lemaître R., Richer de Forges B. St Manning R. B. (eds)

139 • Les « Crosnier's cronies » : par la fenêtre du grenier

Crosnier's cronies and their view from the attic window

Baba K. St Williams A. B.

143 • New Galatheoidea (Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomura) from hydrothermal Systems in the West Pacific Jk

Océan : Bismarck Archipelago and Okinawa Trough

Bruce A. ).

157 • A new species of the genus Brachycarpus (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae) from New Caledonia

Buckeridge ). S.

167 • a new coral inhabiting barnacle of the genus Chionelasmus (Cirripedia, Balanomorpha) from New

Caledonia, South-West Pacific ,;»>

Castro P.

177 • Systematic status and géographie distribution of Trapezia formosa Smith, 1869 (Crustacea, Brachyura,

Trapeziidae), a symbiont of reef corals

H W

Chan T.-Y. & Yu H.-P.

183 • a new reef lobster of the genus Enoplometopus A. Milne Edwards, 1862 (Decapoda, Nephropoidea)

from the western and Southern Pacific - - -

Clark P. F. St Galil B. S.

193 • The first stage zoea of Pseudoliomera speciosa (Dana, 1852) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura,

Xanthidae)

Clark P. F & Ng P. K. L.

201 • The larval development of the poisonous mosaic crab, Lophozozymus pictor (Fabricius, 1 798)

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura, Xanthidae, Zosiminae), with comments on familial characters for

first stage zoeas k

K mSm

Davie P. ). F.

221 • a new species of Intesius (Crustacea, Decapoda, Coneplacidae) from the deep water of French

Polynesia

Hayashi K.-l.

229 • A new genus and a new species of alpheid shrimp (Decapoda, Caridea) from Japan

)ones D. S.

239 • New genus and species of Calanticidae (Cirripedia, Thoracica, Scalpellomorpha) from Australian

waters

Kensley B. St Chan T.-Y.

255 • Three new species of thalassinidean shrimps (Crustacea, Axiidae and Calocarididae) from Taiwan

Komai T.

265 • The taxonomie position of Pagurus gracilipes (Stimpson, 1858) and Pagurus nipponensis (Yokoya,

1933), and description of a new species of Pagurus (Decapoda, Anomura, Paguridae) from f

Conception Graphique : Isabel Gautray

ISSN : 1280-9551

Vente en France

Sales Office (France exduded)

Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle

Universal Book Services

Diffusion Delphine Henry

Dr. W. Backhuys

57, rue Cuvier, 75005 Paris,

P O. Box 321 2300 AH Leiden

France

The Netherlands

Tél. : 33 - 01 40 79 37 00

Tel. : 31 -71-517 02 08

Fax : 33 - 01 40 79 38 40

Fax: 31 -71-517 18 56

e.mail : dhenry@mnhn.fr

e.mail : backhuys@euronet.nl